Lakshmi Tantra Sanskrit IAST

Lakshmi Tantra Sanskrit IAST bietet den überlieferten Grundtext des Lakshmi Tantra: eine Begegnung mit Lakshmi als göttlicher Kraft, Erkenntnis und schöpferischer Gegenwart Narayanas. Die Schrift führt von der Frage nach dem höchsten Selbst zu Mantra, Gottesverehrung und Befreiung.

Hauptartikel · Sanskrit IAST · Sanskrit Devanagari

Die Lesefassung enthält die 50 Hauptkapitel und den vorhandenen Zusatzbestand bis Kapitel 57. Kapitel 56 ist nicht überliefert; weitere Lücken des Zusatzteils werden an Ort und Stelle ausgewiesen. Die Vorlage enthält daneben Kommentare und Lesarten, die nicht zum laufenden Grundtext dieser Seite gehören.

Lakshmi, die göttliche Lehrerin dieses Pāñcarātra-Textes.

Diese Sanskritfassung lesen

Die IAST-Umschrift macht die Sanskritlaute mit lateinischen Buchstaben und diakritischen Zeichen lesbar. Für das Studium kannst du einen Vers langsam lesen, in der deutschen Übersetzung seinen Sinn erschließen und anschließend noch einmal zum Original zurückkehren. Die Devanagari-Fassung bietet denselben Textbestand in indischer Schrift.

Für einen ersten Zugang eignen sich Kapitel 14 über Bewusstsein, Kapitel 17 über Zuflucht und Kapitel 50 über das Shri Sukta. Die Links bei jedem Kapitel führen zur entsprechenden Stelle der anderen beiden Fassungen.

Sanskrittext

śrīḥ

lakṣmītantram

Kapitel 1

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 1 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 1

namo nityānavadyāya jagataḥ sarvahetave |
jñānāya nistaraṅgāya lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmane || 1 - 1 ||

khagāsanaṃ ghṛṇādhāramīdṛśaṃ somabhūṣitam |
akalaṅkendusūryāgniṃ lakṣmīrūpamupāsmahe || 1 - 2 ||

vedavedāntatattvajñaṃ sarvaśāstraviśāradam |
sarvasiddhāntatatvajñaṃ dharmāṇāmāgatāgamam || 1 - 3 ||

jitendriyaṃ jitādhāraṃ rāgadveṣāvaśīkṛtam |
caturdaśāṅgayogasthaṃ prasaṃkhyānaparāyaṇam || 1 - 4 ||

viddhe svarbhānunā bhānau purā tapanatāṃ gatam |
nidānaṃ tapasāmādyaṃ tejorāśimanāmayam || 1 - 5 ||

atrimatriguṇopetamatrivargasthamavyayam |
prātaḥ saṃdhyāmupāsīnamṛṣiṃ hutahutāśanam || 1 - 6 ||

pativratānāṃ paramā dharmapatnī yaśasvinī |
brahmaviṣṇumaheśānāṃ jananī kāraṇāntare || 1 - 7 ||

devairabhiṣṭatā śaśvacchāntinityā tapasvinī |
viduṣī sarvadharmajñā nityaṃ patimanuvratā || 1 - 8 ||

patyuḥ śrutavatī tāstā vividhā dharmasaṃhitāḥ |
praṇipātapuraskāramanasūyā vaco'bravīt || 1 - 9 ||

anasūyā -

bhagavan sarvadharmajña mama nātha jagatpate |
tvatta eva śrutā dharmāste te bahuvidhātmakāḥ || 1 - 10 ||

jñānāni ca vicitrāṇi phalarūpādibhedataḥ |
etebhyo bhagavaddharmo viśiṣṭo vidhṛto mayā || 1 - 11 ||

tvayā kathayatā tāstā bhagavaddharmasaṃhitāḥ |
sūcitaṃ tatra tatraiva lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam || 1 - 12 ||

rahasyatvādapṛṣṭatvānna tvayā prakaṭīkṛtam |
tadahaṃ śrotumicchāmi lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam || 1 - 13 ||

yatsvabhāvā hi sā devī yatsvarūpā yadudbhavā |
yatpramāṇā yadādhārā yadupāyātha yatphalā || 1 - 14 ||

tadahaṃ śrotumicchāmi tvatto brahmavidāṃ vara |
bhaveyaṃ kṛtakṛtyāhaṃ yasya vijñānayogataḥ || 1 - 15 ||

taṃ me darśaya panthānamupasannāsmyadhīhi bho |
iti tasyā vacaḥ śrutvā bhagavānatrirabravīt || 1 - 16 ||

atriḥ -

sādhu saṃbodhito'smyadya dharmajñe dharmacāriṇi |
mayā pṛṣṭena vaktavyamiti noddhāṭitaṃ purā || 1 - 17 ||

arhā tvamasi kalyāṇi lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam |
śrotuṃ śrutiśiraḥśreṇihṛdayasthaṃ sanātanam || 1 - 18 ||

purā malayaśailasthā munayo dharmatatparāḥ |
śrutasāttvatavijñānā nāradāddevadarśanāt || 1 - 19 ||

apṛcchannetamevārthaṃ bhagavantaṃ sanātanam |
nāradaṃ brahmasaṃkāśaṃ bhagavaddharmavedinam || 1 - 20 ||

ṛṣayaḥ

bhagavaṃstvacchruto'smābhiḥ sāttvataḥ sattvasaṃśrayaḥ |
śuddho bhāgavato dharmo mokṣaikaphalalakṣaṇaḥ || 1 - 21 ||

tatra tattvārthakathane lakṣmīmāhātmyamuttamam |
sūcitaṃ tatra tatraiva nāpṛṣṭatvātprakāśitam || 1 - 22 ||

icchāmastadidaṃ śrotuṃ bhavasāgaratārakam |
padminīvaibhavaṃ sarvaṃ prajñāpayatu no bhavān || 1 - 23 ||

natāḥ sma śirasā pādau tava saṃsāratārakau |
adhīhi bho mune divyaṃ prapannāstvāṃ ciraṃ vayam ||

nāradaḥ -

sādhu saṃbodhito'smyadya munayaḥ saṃśitavratāḥ |
prasannaḥ kathayāmyadya lakṣmītantraṃ sanātanam || 1 - 25 ||

yatra sā dṛśyate devī svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ padminī padmanābhasya mahiṣī padmasaṃbhavā || 1 - 26 ||

purā durvāsasaḥ śāpādabhibhūte puraṃdare |
niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre bhraṣṭaśrīke jagattraye || 1 - 27 ||

daridre devavarge ca kṛśe dharme nisaṃtate |
pitāmahe suraiḥ sārdhaṃ kṣīrodārṇavameyuṣi || 1 - 28 ||

bahūn varṣagaṇān divyāṃstaptvā tīvraṃ mahattapaḥ |
saṃbodhite jagannāthe devadeve janārdane || 1 - 29 ||

pitāmahena devāya kārye ca vinivedite |
śrīrode mathite devaistadādiṣṭena vartmanā || 1 - 30 ||

pārijāte hayaśreṣṭhe gajendre'psarasāṃ gaṇe |
kālakūṭe samudbhūte vāruṇyāmamṛte tathā || 1 - 31 ||

saha candramasā devyāmutthitāyāṃ mahārṇavāt |
padminyāṃ padmanābhasya vakṣaḥsthāyāmanantaram || 1 - 32 ||

tayāvalokite devavarge śriyamupeyuṣi |
tayānavekṣite daityavarge caiva parājite || 1 - 33 ||

svārājyamakhilaṃ prāpya modamāne puraṃdare |
bṛhaspatirupāgamya rahasīdaṃ vaco'bravīt || 1 - 34 ||

bṛhaspatiḥ -

kāle saṃbodhayāmyetacchṛṇu vākyaṃ puraṃdara |
anvayavyatirekābhyāṃ lakṣmyāste kathitā purā || 1 - 35 ||

mahattā mahatāṃ nātha tasyāmāyatate sthitiḥ |
na bhraśyeta yathaivaiṣā tava rājyasthitiḥ parā || 1 - 36 ||

tathā yatasva deveśa śaraṇaṃ gaccha padminīm |
eṣā hi śreyaso mūlameṣā hi paramā gatiḥ || 1 - 37 ||

śrutīnāmabhisaṃdhiśca saiva devī sanātanī |
eṣaiva jagatāṃ prāṇā eṣaiva jagatāṃ kriyā || 1 - 38 ||

eṣaiva jagatāmicchā jñānameṣā parāvarā |
eṣaiva sṛjate kāle saiṣā pāti jagattrayam || 1 - 39 ||

jagatsaṃharate cānte tattatkāraṇasaṃsthitā |
mātaraṃ jagatāmenāmanārādhya mahat kutaḥ || 1 - 40 ||

etattu vaiṣṇavaṃ dhāma yato nāvartate yatiḥ |
eṣā sā paramā niṣṭhā sāṃkhyānāṃ viditātmanām || 1 - 41 ||

eṣā sā yogināṃ niṣṭhā yatra gatvā na śocati |
eṣā pāśupatī niṣṭhā saiṣā vedavidāṃ gatiḥ || 1 - 42 ||

pañcarātrasya kṛtsnasya saiṣā niṣṭhā sanātanī |
saiṣā nārāyaṇī devī sthitā nārāyaṇātmanā || 1 - 43 ||

pṛthagbhūtāpṛthagbhūtā jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ |
taistairjñānaiḥ pṛthagbhūtairāgamaiśca pṛthagvidhaiḥ || 1 - 44 ||

ekaivaiṣā parā devī bahudhā samupāsyate |
tāmupehi mahābhāgāṃ śaraṇaṃ padmasaṃbhavām || 1 - 45 ||

tapoviśeṣairvividhaistaistaiśca niyamaiḥ śubhaiḥ |
ārādhya mahiṣīṃ viṣṇoḥ sthirīkuru nijaśriyam || 1 - 46 ||

eṣā prasādasumukhī svaṃ padaṃ prāpayiṣyati |
abhipsitārthadā devī kāmināmapi kāmadā || 1 - 47 ||

nāradaḥ -

iti saṃbodhitaḥ śakro guruṇā guruṇā svayam |
ārādhayitukāmastāṃ kṣīrodasyottaraṃ yayau || 1 - 48 ||

tatra divyaṃ tapastepe bilvamūlaniketanaḥ |
ekapādasthito maunī kāṣṭhabhūto'nilāśanaḥ || 1 - 49 ||

ūrdhvadṛgbāhuvaktraśca niyato niyatātmavān |
divyaṃ varṣasahasraṃ vai tapastepe suduścaram || 1 - 50 ||

tapaso'vabhṛthe tasya sā devī padmasaṃbhavā |
prasannavadanā viṣṇormahiṣī darśanaṃ yayau || 1 - 51 ||

agrataḥ saṃsthitāṃ devīṃ jagatāṃ mātaraṃ parām |
tāṃ śakraścakṣuṣā vīkṣya vismayaṃ paramaṃ yayau || 1 - 52 ||

vihvalaḥ praṇipatyātha prāñjalirbalasūdanaḥ |
śriyaṃ sūktena tuṣṭāva padminīṃ pākaśāsanaḥ || 1 - 53 ||

ekāntabhāvamāpannamavyājāṃ bhaktimāsthitam |
taṃ vīkṣyajagatāṃ mātā vākyametaduvāca ha || 1 - 54 ||

śrīḥ -

vatsa śakra prasannāsmi tapasā tava suvrata |
varaṃ vṛṇu mahābhāga kimiṣṭaṃ karavāṇi te || 1 - 55 ||

śakraḥ -

adya me tapaso devi yamasya niyamasya ca |
sadyaḥ phalamavāptaṃ yad dṛṣṭā bhagavatī mayā || 1 - 56 ||

yadi vāpi varo deyastvayā me parameśvari |
tattvaṃ kathaya deveśi yāsi tvaṃ yatprakārikā || 1 - 57 ||

yatpramāṇā yadādhārā yadupāyā sanātanī |
yasya tvaṃ tena vā devi saṃbandhastava yadvidhaḥ || 1 - 58 ||

yaccānyadveditavyaṃ te nānāśāstropabṛṃhitam |
kathayeśvari tatsarvamupasanno'smyadhīhi bho || 1 - 59 ||

iti prasāditā tena vatseneva payasvinī |
snihyatā manasā padmā pākaśāsanamabravīt || 1 - 60 ||

śrīḥ -

śṛṇu śakra mahābhāga yā hyahaṃ yatprakārikā |
yasyāhaṃ tena vā yādṛk saṃbandho mama vṛtrahan || 1 - 61 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre śāstrāvatāro nāma prathamo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 2

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 2 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 2

śrīruvāca -

asti nirduḥkhaniḥsīmasukhānubhavalakṣaṇaḥ |
paramātmā paraṃ yasya padaṃ paśyanti sūrayaḥ || 2 - 1 ||

kaścitkeṣāṃcidātmā syāttāsyānyeṣāṃ ca kaścana |
tasyāpyanya itītthaṃ tu yatraiṣā vyavatiṣṭhate || 2 - 2 ||

adhvanāmadhvanaḥ pāraṃ paramātmānamūcire |
ahaṃ nāma smṛto yo'rthaḥ sa ātmā samudīryate || 2 - 3 ||

anavacchinnarūpo'haṃ paramātmeti śabdyate |
kroḍīkṛtamidaṃ sarvaṃ cetanācetanātmakam || 2 - 4 ||

yena so'haṃsmṛto bhāvaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ |
sa vāsudevo bhagavān kṣetrajñaḥ paramo mataḥ || 2 - 5 ||

viṣṇurnārāyaṇo viśvo viśvarūpa itīryate |
ahaṃtayā samākrāntaṃ tasya viśvamidaṃ jagat || 2 - 6 ||

vastvavastu ca tannāsti yannākrāntamahaṃtayā |
idaṃtayā yadālīḍhamākrāntaṃ tadahaṃtayā || 2 - 7 ||

sarvataḥ śānta evāsau nirvikāraḥ sanātanaḥ |
ananto deśakālādiparicchedavivarjitaḥ || 2 - 8 ||

mahāvibhūtirityukto vyāptiḥ sā mahatī yataḥ |
tad brahma paramaṃ dhāma nirālambanabhāvanam || 2 - 9 ||

nistaraṅgāmṛtāmbhodhikalpaṃ ṣāḍguṇyamujjvalam |
ekaṃ tacciddhanaṃ śāntamudayāstamayojjhitam || 2 - 10 ||

apṛthagbhūtaśaktitvād brahmādvaitaṃ taducyate |
tasya yā paramā śaktirjyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ || 2 - 11 ||

sarvāvasthāgatā devī svātmabhūtānapāyinī |
ahaṃtā brahmaṇastasya sāhamasmi sanātanī || 2 - 12 ||

ātmā sa sarvabhūtānāmahaṃbhūto hariḥ smṛtaḥ |
ahaṃtā sarvabhūtānāmahamasmi sanātanī || 2 - 13 ||

yena bhāvena bhavati vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ |
bhavatastasya devasya sa bhāvo'hamitīritā || 2 - 14 ||

bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ brahma tatastacchāśvataṃ padam |
bhavannārāyaṇo devo bhāvo lakṣmīrahaṃ parā || 2 - 15 ||

lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyātamato brahma sanātanam |
ahaṃtayā samākrānto hyahamarthaḥ prasidhyati || 2 - 16 ||

ahamarthasamutthā ca sāhaṃtā parikīrtitā |
anyonyenāvinābhāvādanyonyena samanvayāt || 2 - 17 ||

tādātmyaṃ viddhi saṃbandhaṃ mama nāthasya cobhayoḥ |
ahaṃtayā vināhaṃ hi nirupākhyo na sidhyati || 2 - 18 ||

ahamarthaṃ vināhaṃtā nirādhārā na sidhyati |
bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ rūpaṃ samastavyastagocaram || 2 - 19 ||

parokṣamaparokṣaṃ ca jagati pravicintyate |
nirunmeṣe nirunmeṣā sāhaṃtā parameśvarī || 2 - 20 ||

kroḍīkṛtyākhilaṃ sarvaṃ brahmaṇi vyavatiṣṭhate |
unmeṣastasya yo nāma yathā candrodaye'mbudheḥ || 2 - 21 ||

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktiḥ sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā tadā |
nimeṣastasya yo nāma saṃhṛtau paramātmanaḥ || 2 - 22 ||

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktiḥ suṣupsālakṣaṇā hi sā |
sisṛkṣāyā mamodyantyā devāllakṣmīpateḥsvayam || 2 - 23 ||

avyāhatamasaṃkocamaiśvaryaṃ pravijṛmbhate |
jñānaṃ tatparamaṃ brahma sarvadarśi nirāmayam || 2 - 24 ||

jñānātmikā tathāhaṃtā sarvajñā sarvadarśinī |
jñānātmakaṃ paraṃ rūpaṃ brahmaṇo mama cobhayoḥ || 2 - 25 ||

śeṣamaiśvaryavīryādi jñānadharmaḥ sanātanaḥ |
ahamityāntaraṃ rūpaṃ jñānarūpamudīryate || 2 - 26 ||

prakāśakādikaṃ rūpaṃ sphaṭikādisalakṣaṇam |
atastu jñānarūpatvaṃ mama nārāyaṇasya ca || 2 - 27 ||

avyāhatiryadudyatyāstadaiśvaryaṃ paraṃ mama |
iccheti socyate tattattattvaśāstreṣu paṇḍitaiḥ || 2 - 28 ||

jagatprakṛtibhāvo me yaḥ sā śaktiritīryate |
sṛjantyā yacchramābhāvo mama tadbalamiṣyate || 2 - 29 ||

bharaṇaṃ yacca kāryasya balaṃ tacca pracakṣate |
śaktyaṃśakena tatprāhurbharaṇaṃ tattvakovidāḥ || 2 - 30 ||

vikāraviraho vīryaṃ prakṛtitve'pi me sadā |
svabhāvaṃ hi jahātyāśu payo dadhisamudbhave || 2 - 31 ||

jagadbhāve'pi sā nāsti vikṛtirmama nityadā |
vikāraviraho vīryamatastattvavidāṃ matam || 2 - 32 ||

vikramaḥ kathito vīryamaiśvaryāṃśaḥ sa tu smṛtaḥ |
sahakāryanapekṣā me sarvakāryavidhau hi yā || 2 - 33 ||

tejaḥ ṣaṣṭhaṃ guṇaṃ prāhustamimaṃ tattvavedinaḥ |
parābhibhavasāmarthyaṃ tejaḥ kecitpracakṣate || 2 - 34 ||

aiśvarye yojayantyeke tattejastattvakovidāḥ |
iti pañca guṇā ete jñānasya srutayo'malāḥ || 2 - 35 ||

jñānādyāḥ ṣaḍguṇā ete ṣāḍguṇyaṃ mama tadvapuḥ |
udyatītthaṃ sisṛkṣāyā mamāyutatamī kalā || 2 - 36 ||

śuddhāśuddhātmako vargastayā kroḍīkṛto'khilaḥ |
tatra śuddhamayaṃ mārgaṃ vyākhyāsyāmi sureśvara || 2 - 37 ||

abhivyaktānabhivyaktaṣāḍguṇyakramamujjvalam |
ālambitacatūrūpaṃ rūpaṃ tatpārameśvaram || 2 - 38 ||

guṇakalpanayādhyasto guṇonmeṣakṛtakramaḥ |
mūrtīkṛtaguṇaśceti tridhā mārgo'yamadbhutaḥ || 2 - 39 ||

yugāni trīṇi ṣaṇṇāṃ yānyāhurjñānādikāni vai |
samāsavyāsatasteṣāṃ cāturātmyaṃ vivicyate || 2 - 40 ||

samastavyastabhedena guṇānāṃ tadyugatrayam |
vivakṣyate yadā sā me śāntāyāścāturātmyatā || 2 - 41 ||

ākṛtīranavekṣyāpi guṇānāṃ kalpanākṛtam |
cāturātmyamidaṃ prāhuḥ śāntāyāstattvacintakāḥ || 2 - 42 ||

śāntātiśāntādunmeṣo mama rūpādyugatraye |
kramavyaktaṃ tadādyaṃ me cāturātmyamamūrtimat || 2 - 43 ||

ataraṅgamanirdeśyaṃ niḥsattaṃ sattvamavyayam |
saccinmātrākhya unmeṣaḥ sādyā me śāntatācyutiḥ || 2 - 44 ||

vyaktajñānabalākhyāyāṃ pūrvaṃ saṃkarṣaṇātmani |
tilakālakavatsarvo vikāro mayi tiṣṭhati || 2 - 45 ||

tanmāṃ saṃkarṣaṇātmānaṃ vidurjñānabale budhāḥ |
svayaṃ gṛhṇāmi kartṛtvamunmiṣantī tataḥ param || 2 - 46 ||

pradyumna iti māmāhuḥ sarvārthadyotanīṃ tadā |
yugaṃ prasphuritaṃ rūpaṃ tasminnaiśvaryavīryayoḥ || 2 - 47 ||

tatastayā kriyāśaktyā labdhāveśā cikīrṣayā |
yujyamānāniruddhākhyāṃ lambhitā tattvakovidaiḥ || 2 - 48 ||

avasthāḥ kramaśo me tāḥ suṣuptisvapnajāgarāḥ |
tisro mama svabhāvākhyā vijñānaiśvaryaśaktayaḥ || 2 - 49 ||

unmiṣantyaḥ pṛthaktattvatrayeṇa parikīrtitāḥ |
balaṃ vīryaṃ tathā teja ityetattu guṇatrayam || 2 - 50 ||

śramādyavadyābhāvākhyaṃ jñānāderupasarjanam |
itthaṃ śāntoditāvasthādvayabhedajuṣo mama || 2 - 51 ||

svadharmormisamullāso na bhedāyāmbudheriva |
prāyo yadguṇakartavye varte kṛtyā yayā hyaham || 2 - 52 ||

tatra tadguṇayugmaṃ tu mama rūpatayocyate |
ato jñānabale devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate || 2 - 53 ||

aiśvaryavīrye pradyumno'niruddhaḥ śaktitejasī |
ādyastvabhinnaṣāḍguṇyo brahmatattvāpṛthaksthitau || 2 - 54 ||

eko'pyanunayaudāryakrauryaśauryādibhirguṇaiḥ |
naṭaḥ pravartate yadvadveṣaceṣṭādibhedavān || 2 - 55 ||

tadvadekāpi saivāhaṃ jñānaśaktyādibhirguṇaiḥ |
saṃkarṣaṇādisadbhāvaṃ bhaje lokahitepsayā || 2 - 56 ||

kramaśaḥ pralayotpattisthitibhiḥ prāṇyanugrahaḥ |
prayojanamathā?nyacca śāstraśāstrārthatatphalaiḥ || 2 - 57 ||

daśāsturyasuṣuptyādyāścaturvyūhe'pi lakṣayet |
vibhavo'nantarūpastu padmanābhamukho vibhoḥ || 2 - 58 ||

aniruddhasya vistāro darśitastasya sāttvate |
arcāpi laukikī yā sā bhagavadbhāvitātmanām || 2 - 59 ||

mantramantreśvaranyāsātsāpi ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā |
parādyarcāvasāne'sminmama rūpacatuṣṭaye || 2 - 60 ||

turyādyavasthā vijñeyā itīyaṃ śuddhapaddhatiḥ |
īṣadbhedena vijñeyaṃ tadvyūhavibhavāntaram || śuddhetaraṃ tvatho mārgaṃ mama śakra niśāmaya || 2 - 61 ||

iti śrīpāñcārātrasāre lakṣmītantre śuddhamārgaprakāśo nāma dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 3

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 3 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 3

śrīruvāca -

nityanirdoṣaniḥsīmakalyāṇaguṇaśālinī |
ahaṃ nārāyaṇī nāma sā sattā vaiṣṇavī parā || 3 - 1 ||

deśātkālāttathā rūpātparicchedo na me smṛtaḥ |
saṃvittireva me rūpaṃ sarvaiśvaryādiko guṇaḥ || 3 - 2 ||

svasvātantryavaśenaiva vibhāgastatra vartate |
vijñānaiśvaryaśaktyātmā vibhāgo yaḥ sa īritaḥ || 3 - 3 ||

vijñānaiśvaryaśaktīnāmunmeṣastvaparo'dhunā |
atarkyāyā mamodyatyā niyogānarhayā sadā || 3 - 4 ||

icchayānyatkṛtaṃ rūpamāsījjñānādike trike |
yathaivekṣurasaḥ svaccho guḍatvaṃ pratipadyate || 3 - 5 ||

tadvatsvacchamayaṃ jñānaṃ sattvatāṃ pratipadyate |
rajastvaṃ ca mamaiśvaryaṃ tamastvaṃ śaktirapyuta || 3 - 6 ||

ete trayo guṇāḥ śakra traiguṇyamiti śabdyate |
rajaḥpradhānaṃ tatsṛṣṭau traiguṇyaṃ parivartate || 3 - 7 ||

sthitau sattvapradhānaṃ tat saṃhṛtau tu tamomukham |
ahaṃ saṃvinmayī pūrvā vyāpinyapi puraṃdara || 3 - 8 ||

adhiṣṭhāya guṇān sṛṣṭisthitisaṃhṛtikāriṇī |
nirguṇāpi guṇānetānadhiṣṭhāyātmavāñchayā || 3 - 9 ||

cakraṃ pravartayāmyekā sṛṣṭisthityantarūpakam |

śakraḥ -

vidhādvayaṃ samāsthāya jñānādye tu yugatraye || 3 - 10 ||

śuddhetaravibhāgena kimarthaṃ tvaṃ pravartase |
vidhayoranayoḥ padme saṃbandhaḥ kaḥ parasparam || 3 - 11 ||

etatpṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste padmasaṃbhave |

śrīḥ -

aniyojyaṃ mamaiśvaryamicchaiva mama kāraṇam || 3 - 12 ||

muhyantyatra mahānto'pi tattvaṃ śṛṇu tathāpi me |
īśeśitavyabhāvena parivarte sadā hyaham || 3 - 13 ||

īśo nārāyaṇo jñeya īśatā tasya cāpyaham |
īśitavyaṃ tu vijñeyaṃ cidacicca puraṃdara || 3 - 14 ||

cicchaktistu parā tatra bhoktṛtāṃ pratipadyate |
bhogyopakaraṇasthānarūpaṃ tasyā acitpadam || 3 - 15 ||

anādyayā samāviddhā sā cicchaktiravidyayā |
matpravartitayā nityaṃ cicchaktirbhoktṛtāṃ gatā || 3 - 16 ||

ahaṃmamatvasaṃbandhāddhyacitsvenābhimanyate |
avidyā sā tirobhāvaṃ vidyayā yāti vai yadā || 3 - 17 ||

cicchaktirnirabhīmānā tadā madbhāvameṣyati |
tāṃ vidyāṃ śuddhamārgasthāṃ paravyūhādirūpiṇī || 3 - 18 ||

pravartayāmi kāruṇyājjñānasadbhāvadarśinī |
rakṣyarakṣakabhāvo'yaṃ saṃbandho vidhayordvayoḥ || 3 - 19 ||

vidhā rakṣati śuddhādyā rakṣyate ca vidhāparā |
etatte kathitaṃ śakra kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 3 - 20 ||

śakraḥ -

īśeśitavyabhāvena kimarthaṃ tvaṃ pravartase |
īśitavyaṃ kiyadbhedaṃ kiṃrūpaṃ tatra me vada || 3 - 21 ||

śrīḥ -

svabhāvo nānuyojyo'yaṃ mama nārāyaṇasya ca |
īśo'hamīśitavyo na sa ca devaḥ sanātanaḥ || 3 - 22 ||

īśitavyaṃ dvidhā proktaṃ cidacidvyatirekataḥ |
cicchaktirbhoktṛrūpātra sā ca cidrūpadhāriṇī || 3 - 23 ||

bhogyopakaraṇasthānairacicchaktistridhā sthitā |
prasarantyāstṛtīyaṃ me sā ca parva smṛtaṃ budhaiḥ || 3 - 24 ||

vibhakte api te ete śaktī cidacidātmike |
matsvācchandyavaśenaiva mama rūpe sanātane || 3 - 25 ||

cicchaktirvimalā śuddhā cinmayyānandarūpiṇī |
anādyavidyāviddheyamitthaṃ saṃsarati dhruvam || 3 - 26 ||

acicchaktirjaḍāpyevamaśuddhā pariṇāminī |
triguṇāpi mamaivedaṃ svācchandyāt pravijṛmbhitam || 3 - 27 ||

dhūmaketuryathā dhūmaṃ dīpyamāno bhajet svayam |
śuddhasaṃvitsvarūpāpi bhaje sāhamacidgatim || 3 - 28 ||

anākrāntā vikalpena śabdairapyakadarthitā |
ādhyānopadhināpyevaṃ varte'hamacidātmanā || 3 - 29 ||

bahirantaḥpadārthe hi citsvarūpamakhaṇḍitam |
viśinaṣṭi tathāpyetaccitrayopādhisaṃpadā || 3 - 30 ||

svātantryameva me heturnānuyojyāsmi kiṃcana |
itthaṃ prabhāvāmevaṃ māṃ vidan buddho bhaviṣyasi || 3 - 31 ||

śakraḥ -

kathaṃ sṛjasi vai lokān sukhaduḥkhasamanvitān |
asṛṣṭirhi varaṃ yadvā sṛṣṭirastu sukhātmikā || 3 - 32 ||

śrīḥ -

anādyavidyāviddhānāṃ jīvānāṃ sadasanmayam |
saṃcitaṃ karma saṃprekṣya miśrāṃ sṛṣṭiṃ karomyaham || 3 - 33 ||

śakraḥ -

kṣīrodasaṃbhave devi svācchandyaṃ te kathaṃ bhavet |
karma cetsamavekṣya tvaṃ vidadhāsi sukhāsukhe || 3 - 34 ||

śrīḥ -

kurvatyā mama kāryāṇi karma tatkaraṇaṃ smṛtam |
kartuśca karaṇāpekṣā na svātantryavighātinī || 3 - 35 ||

niravadyā svatantrāhaṃ nānuyogapade sthitā |
vibhaje bahudhātmānaṃ kartṛkarmakriyādinā || 3 - 36 ||

līlāyai kāraṇaṃ nātra mṛgyamevaṃ sthiro bhava |

śakraḥ -

yadvā tadvāstu taddevi svātantryaṃ te yadīdṛśam |
sṛṣṭiprakāramākhyāhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 3 - 37 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre traiguṇyaprakāśo nāma tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 4

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 4 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 4

śrīḥ -

nirmalākāśakalpāhaṃ niḥsamānandacinmayī |
ahaṃ nārāyaṇī nāma bhāvo'haṃ tādṛśo hareḥ || 4 - 1 ||

na śāntā noditā nāpi madhyamāhaṃ cidātmikā |
tādṛśasya harerviṣṇoḥ svarūpamakhilātmanaḥ || 4 - 2 ||

tasyācitraikarūpasya vikalpapadavījuṣaḥ |
acitrāhaṃ tadākārā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā || 4 - 3 ||

tayornau saṃvidātmaiva kvacidunmeṣa utthitaḥ |
koṭikoṭisahasraughakoṭikoṭitamī kalā || 4 - 4 ||

sisṛkṣā nāma tadrūpā sṛṣṭimiṣṭāṃ karomyaham |
ekāṃśena viśuddhādhvarūpā varte'hamañjasā || 4 - 5 ||

vajraratnaprabhā yadvatparisphurati sarvataḥ |
evaṃ śuddhamayo mārgo mama sphurati sarvataḥ || 4 - 6 ||

ameghākāśasaṃkāśānniṣpandodadhirūpataḥ |
mama jñānaghanādrūpācchuddhā sṛṣṭiḥ pravartate || 4 - 7 ||

nirvyāpāraṃ sadānandaṃ śuddhaṃ sarvātmakaṃ param |
vyajyate prathamaṃ jñānaṃ sa saṃkarṣaṇa ucyate || 4 - 8 ||

hetvantarānapekṣaṃ yat svātantryaṃ viśvanirmitau |
tadaiśvaryaṃ tadāsīnme pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 4 - 9 ||

nilīnacitrarūpā yā sarvatra samavasthitā |
avyāhatāsīcchaktirme so'niruddhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 4 - 10 ||

sṛṣṭisthityantakartāro vijñānaiśvaryaśaktayaḥ |
mama rūpamamī devāḥ puruṣāḥ puṣkarekṣaṇāḥ || 4 - 11 ||

ataraṅgārṇavābhāsamastāmbhodāmbaropamam |
rūpaṃ sisṛkṣamāṇāyā vāsudevo mamādimam || 4 - 12 ||

jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejāṃsyaśeṣataḥ |
unmiṣanti yadā tulyaṃ vāsudevastadocyate || 4 - 13 ||

teṣāṃ jñānabalonmeṣe saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate |
bibharti sakalaṃ viśvaṃ tilakālakavatsvataḥ || 4 - 14 ||

balamityeva tannāma tato vedāntaśabditam |
vīryaiśvaryasamunmeṣe pradyumnaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 4 - 15 ||

vikāraviraho vīryamavikārī tataśca saḥ |
śaktitejaḥsamunmeṣe hyaniruddhaḥ sa īritaḥ || 4 - 16 ||

tejastvanyānapekṣatvamaniruddhatvamapyuta |
śāstraṃ saṃkarṣaṇādeva bhāti nirghātaśabdavat || 4 - 17 ||

tatkriyā sakalā devātpradyumnāt saṃbhavedyataḥ |
kriyāphalamaśeṣaṃ tadaniruddhātpracakṣate || 4 - 18 ||

sṛjate hyaniruddho'tra pradyumnaḥ pāti tatkṛtam |
sṛṣṭaṃ tadrakṣitaṃ cātti sa ca saṃkarṣaṇaḥ prabhuḥ || 4 - 19 ||

sṛṣṭisthityantakāryeṇa śāstradharmaphalena ca |
anugrahamime devāḥ sadā vidadhatte svayam || 4 - 20 ||

yadyapyekaguṇonmeṣastathāpyete hi ṣaḍguṇāḥ |
anyūnānadhikāḥ sarve vāsudevātsanātanāt || 4 - 21 ||

aṅgapratyaṅgabuddhyādirnaiṣāṃ bhūtamayaḥ smṛtaḥ |
ṣāḍguṇyamaya evaiṣāṃ divyo dehaḥ sanātanaḥ || 4 - 22 ||

naivaiṣāṃ vāstavo bhedaścintanīyo divaspate |
tattatkāryaprasiddhyarthaṃ kṛto'sau kalpanāvaśāt || 4 - 23 ||

jñānānnānyattathaiśvaryaṃ tasmānnānyā ca śaktikā |
mayaitāḥ kalpitāḥ śakra dhyānaviśrāmabhūmayaḥ || 4 - 24 ||

vastu pūrvaṃ tato bhāvaḥ paścādarthastataḥ kriyā |
cātūrūpyamidaṃ jñeyaṃ sarvabhāveṣu sarvadā || 4 - 25 ||

vāsudevādirūpeṇa caturdhātmānamātmanā |
saṃvibhajyāvatiṣṭhe'haṃ sarvamāvṛtya saṃvidā || 4 - 26 ||

vāsudevādayo devāḥ pratyekaṃ tu tridhā tridhā |
keśavādisvarūpeṇa vibhajanti svakaṃ vapuḥ || 4 - 27 ||

etadvyūhāntaraṃ nāma pañcarātrābhiśabditam |
kāryasya nayane devā dvādaśaite vyavasthitāḥ || 4 - 28 ||

vibhorapyaniruddhasya hitāya jagatāṃ hareḥ |
prasaro vibhavo nāma padmanābhādayaḥ smṛtāḥ ||

āviśyāviśya kurute yatra devanarādikam |
jagaddhitaṃ jagannāthastajjñeyaṃ vibhavāntaram || 4 - 30 ||

devarṣipitṛsiddhādyaiḥ svayaṃ vā jagatāṃ hite |
nirmitaṃ bhagavadrūpamarcā sā śuddhacinmayī || 4 - 31 ||

ityeṣa leśato mārgaḥ śuddhaste saṃpradarśitaḥ |
traiguṇyamaparaṃ mārgaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 4 - 32 ||

yatte jñānaṃ purā proktaṃ tatsattvena vivartate |
rajastayā tadaiśvarya śaktiścāpi tamastayā || 4 - 33 ||

prādhānyena rajastatra sṛṣṭau saṃparivartate |
abhitaḥ sattvatamasī guṇau dvau tasya tiṣṭhataḥ || 4 - 34 ||

yā sā pūrvaṃ mayā proktā koṭikoṭitamī kalā |
tasyāḥ koṭitamenāhamaṃśena visṛje jagat || 4 - 35 ||

sarvasyādyā mahālakṣmīstriguṇāhaṃ maheśvarī |
rajorūpamadhiṣṭhāya sṛṣṭimiṣṭāṃ karomyaham || 4 - 36 ||

agnīṣomamayau bhāvau divyau strīpuṃsalakṣaṇau |
bibhratī cārusarvāṅgī lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā ||

caturbhujā viśālākṣī taptakāñcanasaṃnibhā |
mātulaṅgaṃ gadāṃ kheṭaṃ sudhāpātraṃ ca bibhratī || 4 - 38 ||

mahālakṣmīḥ samākhyātā sāhaṃ sarvāṅgasundarī |
mahāśrīḥ sā mahālakṣmīścaṇḍā caṇḍī ca caṇḍikā ||

bhadrakālī tathā bhadrā kālī durgā maheśvarī |
triguṇā bhagavatpatnī tathā bhagavatī parā || 4 - 40 ||

etāḥ saṃjñāstathā cānyāstatra me bahudhā smṛtāḥ |
vikārayogādanyāśca tāstā vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ || 4 - 41 ||

lakṣayāmi jagatsarvaṃ puṇyāpuṇye kṛtākṛte |
mahanīyā ca sarvatra mahālakṣmīḥ prakīrtitā || 4 - 42 ||

mahadbhiḥ śrayaṇīyatvānmahāśrīriti gadyate |
caṇḍasya dayitā caṇḍī caṇḍatvāccaṇḍikā matā || 4 - 43 ||

kalyāṇarūpā bhadrāsmi kālī ca kalanātsatām |
dviṣatāṃ kālarūpatvādapi kālī prakīrtitā || 4 - 44 ||

suhṛdāṃ dviṣatāṃ caiva yugapatsadasadvidheḥ |
bhadrakālī samākhyātā māyāścaryaguṇātmikā || 4 - 45 ||

mahattvācca mahāmāyā mohanānmohinī matā |
durgā ca durgamatvena bhaktarakṣāvidherapi || 4 - 46 ||

yojanāccaiva yogāhaṃ yogamāyā ca kīrtitā |
māyāyogeti vijñeyā jñānayojanato nṛṇām || 4 - 47 ||

pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyarūpatvātsāhaṃ bhagavatī smṛtā |
bhagavadyajñasaṃyogātpatnī bhagavato'smyaham || 4 - 48 ||

viśālatvātsmṛtā vyoma pūraṇācca purī smṛtā |
parāvarasvarūpatvāt smṛtā cāhaṃ parāvarā || 4 - 49 ||

śakanācchaktiruktāhaṃ rājñyahaṃ rañjanāt sadā |
sadā śāntavikāratvācchāntāhaṃ parikīrtitā || 4 - 50 ||

mattaḥ prakriyate viśvaṃ prakṛtiḥ sāsmi kīrtitā |
śrayantī śrayaṇīyāsmi śṛṇāmi duritaṃ satām || 4 - 51 ||

śṛṇomi karuṇāṃ vācaṃ śṛṇāmi ca guṇairjagat |
(śaye'ntaḥ) sarvabhūtānāṃ rame'haṃ puṇyakarmaṇām || 4 - 52 ||

īḍitā ca sadā devaiḥ śarīraṃ cāsmi vaiṣṇavam |
etānmayi guṇān dṛṣṭvā vedavedāntapāragāḥ || 4 - 53 ||

guṇayogavidhānajñāḥ śriyaṃ māṃ saṃpracakṣate |
sāhamevaṃvidhā nityā sarvākārā sanātanī || 4 - 54 ||

guṇatrayamadhiṣṭhātrī triguṇā parikīrtitā |
guṇavaiṣamyasargāya pravṛttāhaṃ sisṛkṣayā || 4 - 55 ||

taptakāñcanavarṇābhā taptakāñcanabhūṣaṇā |
nirālokamimaṃ lokaṃ pūrayāmi svatejasā || 4 - 56 ||

śūnyaṃ tadakhilaṃ lokaṃ svena pūrayituṃ purā |
bharāmi tvaparaṃ rūpaṃ tamasā kevalena tu || 4 - 57 ||

sā bhinnāñjanasaṃkāśā daṃṣṭrāñcitavarānanā |
viśālalocanā nārī babhūva tanumadhyamā || 4 - 58 ||

khaḍgapātraśiraḥkheṭairalaṃkṛtamahābhujā |
kabandhahārā śirasi bibhrāṇāhiśiraḥsrajam || 4 - 59 ||

sā māṃ provāca saṃbhūtā tāmasī pramadottamā |
nāmakarma ca me mātardehi tubhyaṃ namo namaḥ || 4 - 60 ||

śrīḥ -

tāmabravaṃ varārohāṃ tāmasīṃ pramadottamām |
dadāmi tava nāmāni yāni karmāṇi tāni te || 4 - 61 ||

mahākālī mahāmāyā mahāmārī kṣudhā tṛṣā |
nidrā kṛṣṇā caikavīrā kālarātrirduratyayā || 4 - 62 ||

etāni tava nāmāni pratipādyāni nāmabhiḥ |
ebhiḥ karmāṇi te jñātvā yo'dhīte so'śnute sukham || 4 - 63 ||

aparyāptamimaṃ sargaṃ manyamānāhamādimam |
sattvonmeṣamayaṃ rūpaṃ bharāmi smendusaṃnibham || 4 - 64 ||

akṣamālāṅkuśadharā vīṇāpustakadhāriṇī |
sā babhūva varā nārī nāmakarma tadā hyadām || 4 - 65 ||

mahāvidyā mahāvāṇī bhāratī vāk sarasvatī |
āryā brāhmī mahādhenurvedagarbhā ca dhīśca gīḥ || 4 - 66 ||

nāmānurūpaṃ karma syāt sāttvikyāḥ kāryamadbhutam |
vayaṃ tisro jagaddhātryo mātaraśca prakīrtitāḥ || 4 - 67 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre mahālakṣmīsamudbhatirnāma caturtho'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 5

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 5 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 5

śrī -

yā sāhaṃtā harerādyā sarvākārā sanātanī |
śuddhānandacidākārā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā || 5 - 1 ||

sāhaṃ sisṛkṣayā yuktā svalpālpenātmabindunā |
sṛṣṭiṃ kṛtavatī śuddhāṃ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahām || 5 - 2 ||

anujjhitasvarūpāhaṃ madīyenālpabindunā |
mahālakṣmīḥ samākhyātā traiguṇyaparivartinī || 5 - 3 ||

rajaḥpradhānā tatrāhaṃ mahāśrīḥ parameśvarī |
madīyaṃ yattamorūpaṃ mahāmāyeti sā smṛtā || 5 - 4 ||

madīyaṃ sattvarūpaṃ yanmahāvidyeti sā smṛtā |
ahaṃ ca te ca kāminyau tā vayaṃ tisra ūrjitāḥ || 5 - 5 ||

sṛṣṭavatyastu mithunānyanurūpāṇi ca tridhā |
madīyaṃ mithunaṃ yattanmānasaṃ rucirākṛti || 5 - 6 ||

hiraṇyagarbhaṃ padmākṣaṃ sundaraṃ kamalāsanam |
pradyumrāṃśādidaṃ viddhi saṃbhūtaṃ mayi mānasam || 5 - 7 ||

dhātā vidhirviriñciśca brahmā ca puruṣaḥ smṛtaḥ |
śrīḥ padmā kamalā lakṣmīstatra nārī prakīrtitā || 5 - 8 ||

saṃkarṣaṇāṃśato dvandvaṃ mahāmāyāsamudbhavam |
trinetraṃ cārusarvāṅgaṃ mānasaṃ tatra yaḥ pumān || 5 - 9 ||

sa rudraḥ śaṃkaraḥ sthāṇuḥ kapardī ca trilocanaḥ |
tatra trayīśvarā bhāṣā vidyā caivākṣarā tathā || 5 - 10 ||

kāmadhenuśca vijñeyā sā strī gauśca sarasvatī |
aniruddhāṃśasaṃbhūtaṃ mahāvidyāsamudbhavam || 5 - 11 ||

mithunaṃ mānasaṃ yattatpuruṣastatra keśavaḥ |
viṣṇuḥ kṛṣṇo hṛṣīkeśo vāsudevo janārdanaḥ || 5 - 12 ||

umā gaurī satī caṇḍā tatra strī subhagā satī |
brahmaṇastu trayī patnī sā babhūva mamājñayā || 5 - 13 ||

rudrasya dayitā gaurī vāsudevasya cāmbujā |
rajasastamasaścaiva sattvasya ca vivartanam || 5 - 14 ||

ādyaṃ parva tadetatte kathitaṃ mithunatrayam |
madhyamaṃ parva vakṣyāmi guṇānāṃ tadidaṃ śṛṇu || 5 - 15 ||

bhāṣayā saha saṃbhūya viriñco'ṇḍamajījanat |
madājñayā vibhedaitatsa gauryā saha śaṃkaraḥ || 5 - 16 ||

aṇḍamadhye pradhānaṃ yatkāryamāsīttu vedhasaḥ |
tadetatpālayāmāsa padmayā saha keśavaḥ || 5 - 17 ||

tadetanmadhyamaṃ parva guṇānāṃ parikirtitam |
tṛtīyaṃ parva vakṣyāmi tadihaikamanāḥ śṛṇu || 5 - 18 ||

aṇḍamadhye pradhānaṃ hi yattatsadasadātmakam |
traiguṇyaṃ prakṛtirvyoma svabhāvo yonirakṣaram || 5 - 19 ||

tadetatsalilīkṛtya tattvamavyaktasaṃjñakam |
hṛṣīkeśaḥ sa bhagavān padmayā saha vidyayā || 5 - 20 ||

apsu saṃśayanaṃ cakre nidrāyogamupāgataḥ |
yā sā proktā mahākālī sā nidrā tāmasī hyabhūt || 5 - 21 ||

śayānasya tadā padmamabhūnnābhyāṃ puraṃdara |
tatkālamayamākhyātaṃ paṅkajaṃ yadapaṅkajam || 5 - 22 ||

jalādhikaraṇaṃ padmamādhāraḥ puṣkaraṃ tathā |
cakraṃ ca puṇḍarīkaṃ cetyevaṃ nāmāni tasya tu || 5 - 23 ||

śakraḥ -

cidacittattvamākhyātaṃ cetanaścitprakīrtitaḥ |
acit traiguṇyamityuktaṃ kīdṛk kālo'paraḥ smṛtaḥ || 5 - 24 ||

śrīḥ -

acidaṃśo'paraḥ kālastraiguṇyamaparaṃ smṛtam |
balādikaṃ tu yatpūrvaṃ ṣāḍguṇye trikamīritam || 5 - 25 ||

tadetatkālarūpeṇa sṛṣṭau saṃparivartate |
svataścāpariṇāmīdaṃ traiguṇyaṃ pariṇāmi tat || 5 - 26 ||

kālakālyātmakaṃ dvandvamacidetatprakīrtitam |
sṛjantyā vividhān bhāvānmama devyā mahāśriyaḥ || 5 - 27 ||

kālo'yaṃ karaṇatvena vartate manmayaḥ sadā |
tasmātkālamayātpadmādviṣṇunābhisamudbhavāt || 5 - 28 ||

brahmā vedamayo jajñe sa trayyā saha vīryavān |
hiraṇyagarbha ukto yaḥ pūrvaṃ lakṣmīsamudbhavaḥ || 5 - 29 ||

mahākālīsamudbhūtā yā sā nārī trayī smṛtā |
tadetanmithunaṃ jajñe viṣṇornābhisaroruhāt || 5 - 30 ||

padmaṃ padmodbhavadvandvaṃ tadetat tritayaṃ saha |
mahāṃstāmasa ākhyāto vikāraḥ pūrvakairbudhaiḥ || 5 - 31 ||

prāṇo hiraṇyagarbhaśca buddhiśceti tridhā bhidā |
padmapuṃstrīsamālambānmahattvaṃ tasya śabdyate || 5 - 32 ||

guṇaḥ prāṇasya tu spando buddheradhyavasāyatā |
dharmādikamadharmādyaṃ dvayaṃ puṃso guṇo mataḥ || 5 - 33 ||

dharmo jñānaṃ ca vairāgyamaiśvaryaṃ ceti varṇitaḥ |
dharmādiko guṇo yasmādadharmādyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 5 - 34 ||

mahāntamāviśantyenaṃ prerayāmi svasṛṣṭaye |
preryamāṇāttatastasmādahaṃkāraśca jajñivān || 5 - 35 ||

pūrvaṃ yaḥ śaṃkaraḥ prokto mahāmāyāsamudbhavaḥ |
yā patnī tasya gaurī sā jajñe'bhimatiratra tu || 5 - 36 ||

āviśyāmumahaṃkāraṃ sṛṣṭaye prerayāmyaham |
sa babhūva tridhā pūrvaṃ guṇavyatikarāttadā || 5 - 37 ||

tāmasastatra bhūtādistasya sarvamidaṃ śṛṇu |
bhūtādeḥ śabdatanmātraṃ tanmātrācchabdasaṃbhavaḥ || 5 - 38 ||

matpreritācchabdamātrātsparśamātraṃ babhūva ha |
sparśastu sparśatanmātrāttanmātrātpreritānmayā || 5 - 39 ||

tadāsīdrūpatanmātraṃ tasmācca preritānmayā |
rūpamāvirbabhūvādyaṃ rasamātraṃ tataḥ param || 5 - 40 ||

rasamātrānmayā kṣiptāttasmājjajñe rasastataḥ |
gandhatanmātramapyāsīttasmācca preritānmayā || 5 - 41 ||

śuddho gandhaḥ samudbhūta itīyaṃ bhautikī bhidā |
mātrāṇi sūkṣmabhūtāni sthūlabhūtāni cāpare || 5 - 42 ||

śabdādayaḥ samākhyātā guṇāḥ śabdādayastu ye |
sthūlabhūtavisargāste nānye śabdādayo guṇāḥ || 5 - 43 ||

śāntatvaṃ caiva ghoratvaṃ mūḍhatvaṃ ceti tat tridhā |
satvādyunmeṣarūpāṇi tāni sūkṣmeṣu santi na || 5 - 44 ||

tena tanmātratā teṣāṃ sūkṣmāṇāṃ parikīrtitā |
sukhaduḥkhādidāyitvāt sthūlatvamitaratra tu || 5 - 45 ||

sthūlānāmeva bhūtānāṃ tridhāvasthā prakīrtitā |
sūkṣmāśca pitṛjāścaiva prabhūtā iti bhedataḥ || 5 - 46 ||

ghaṭādyā vividhā bāhyāḥ prabhūtā iti śabdyate |
śuklaśoṇitasaṃbhūtā viśeṣāḥ pitṛjāḥ smṛtāḥ || 5 - 47 ||

sūkṣmāstu pañcabhūtāḥ syuḥ sūkṣmadehavyapāśrayāḥ |
sargo bhūtādijo hyevaṃ kramaśaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 5 - 48 ||

ahaṃkārasya yāvaṃśau rajaḥsattvasamāśrayau |
vaikārika iti proktaḥ sāttvikoṃ'śastayoḥ paraḥ || 5 - 49 ||

taijasaḥ kathitaḥ sadbhistayoḥ sṛṣṭimimāṃ śṛṇu |
vaikārikādahaṃkārādāsīcchrotrādidhīndriyam || 5 - 50 ||

karmendriyaṃ ca vāgādi taijasātsaṃpravartate |
ubhayasmāttataścāsīd buddhikarmendriyaṃ manaḥ || 5 - 51 ||

śrotraṃ tvak caiva cakṣuśca jihvā ghrāṇaṃ ca pañcamam |
buddhīndriyāṇi pañcāhuḥ śaktireṣā madātmikā || 5 - 52 ||

vāk ca hastau ca pādau ca tathopasthaṃ ca pāyu ca |
karmendriyāṇi pañcāhuḥ śaktireṣā madātmikā || 5 - 53 ||

yā sā vijñānaśaktirme pāraṃparyakramāgatā |
buddhīndriyāṇyadhiṣṭhāya viṣayeṣu pravartate || 5 - 54 ||

kriyāśaktiśca yā sā me pāraṃparyakramāgatā |
karmendriyāṇyadhiṣṭhāya kartavyeṣu pravartate || 5 - 55 ||

śrotrasya viṣayaḥ śabdaḥ śravaṇaṃ ca kriyā matā |
tvacaśca viṣayaḥ sparśaḥ sparśanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 56 ||

cakṣuṣo viṣayo rūpaṃ darśanaṃ ca kriyā matā |
jihvāyā viṣayo rasyo rasanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 57 ||

ghrāṇasya viṣayo gandha āghrāṇaṃ ca kriyā matā |
vṛttayo viṣayeṣvasya śrotrādeḥ śravaṇādayaḥ || 5 - 58 ||

ālocanāni kathyante dharmimātragrahaśca saḥ |
dik ca vidyuttathā sūryaḥ somo vasumatī tathā || 5 - 59 ||

adhidaivamiti proktaṃ kramācchrotrādipañcake |
adhibhūtamiti proktaḥ śabdādyo viṣayaḥ kramāt || 5 - 60 ||

śrotrādipañcakaṃ tvetadadhyātmaṃ parikīrtitam |
śrotrādeḥ sāttvikātsṛṣṭirviyadādivyapekṣayā || 5 - 61 ||

tena bhautikamityuktaṃ kramācchrotrādipañcakam |
vācastu viṣayaḥ śabdo vacanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 62 ||

hastendriyasya cādeyamādānaṃ ca kriyā matā |
pādendriyasya gantavyaṃ gamanaṃ ca kriyā matā || 5 - 63 ||

upasthasya tadānandyamānandaśca kriyā matā |
visṛjyaṃ viṣayaḥ pāyorvisargaśca kriyā matā || 5 - 64 ||

hastādikaṃ catuṣkaṃ yattatpañcaviṣayātmakam |
agnirindraśca viṣṇuśca tathaivādyaḥ prajāpatiḥ || 5 - 65 ||

mitraśceti kramājjñeyā adhidevā vicakṣaṇaiḥ |
śabdaḥ pañcātmakaṃ caiva vāgāderviṣayo hi yaḥ || 5 - 66 ||

so'dhibhūta iti prokto vāgādyadhyātmamucyate |
manastu sahakāryasminnubhayatrāpi pañcake || 5 - 67 ||

jñānendriyagaṇaiścaitadvikalpaṃ tanute manaḥ |
vikalpo vividhā kḷptistacca proktaṃ viśeṣaṇam || 5 - 68 ||

dharmeṇa saha saṃbandho dharmiṇaśca sa ucyate |
vikalpaḥ pañcadhā jñeyo dravyakarmaguṇādibhiḥ || 5 - 69 ||

daṇḍīti dravyasaṃyogācchuklo guṇasamanvayāt |
gacchatīti kriyāyogātpumān sāmānyasaṃsthiteḥ || 5 - 70 ||

ḍitthaḥ śabdasamāyogāditīyaṃ pañcadhā sthitiḥ |
karmendriyagaṇaiścaitatsaṃkalpaṃ tanute manaḥ || 5 - 71 ||

audāsīnyacyutiryā sā saṃkalpodyoganāmikā |
ahaṃkāreṇa caitasminnubhayatra gaṇe sthitiḥ || 5 - 72 ||

jñānendriyagaṇe so'yamabhimānena vartate |
deśakālānvayo jñāturabhimānaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 5 - 73 ||

mamādya purato bhātītyevaṃ vastu pratīyate |
karmendriyagaṇe tveṣa saṃrambheṇa pravartate || 5 - 74 ||

saṃkalpapūrvarūpastu saṃrambhaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
buddhiradhyavasāyena jñānendriyagaṇe sthitā || 5 - 75 ||

buddhiradhyavasāyārthāvadhāraṇamudīryate |
avadhāraṇamarthānāṃ niścayaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 5 - 76 ||

karmendriyagaṇe buddhiḥ prayatnena pravartate |
trayodaśavidhaṃ jñeyaṃ tadetatkaraṇaṃ budhaiḥ || 5 - 77 ||

bāhyaṃ daśavidhaṃ jñeyaṃ tridhāntaḥkaraṇaṃ smṛtam |
trayoviṃśatirete tu vikārāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 5 - 78 ||

karaṇāni daśa trīṇi sūkṣmāṃśāḥ sthūlasaṃbhavāḥ |
etatsūkṣmaśarīraṃ tu virājaḥ parikīrtitam || 5 - 79 ||

vyaṣṭayaḥ sūkṣmadehāśca pratijīvaṃ vyavasthitāḥ |
apavarge nivartante jīvebhyaste svayonijāḥ || 5 - 80 ||

anyonyānugraheṇaite trayoviṃśatirutthitāḥ |
mahadādyā viśeṣāntā hyaṇḍamutpādayanti te || 5 - 81 ||

tadaṇḍamabhavaddhaimaṃ sahasrāṃśusamaprabham |
tasmin prajāpatirjajñe virāḍ devaścaturmukhaḥ || 5 - 82 ||

virājaśca manurjajñe manoste mānavāḥ smṛtāḥ |
marīcipramukhāstebhyo jagadetaccarācaram || 5 - 83 ||

prakāro'yaṃ mamodyatyā leśataste pradarśitaḥ |
svataḥ śuddhāpi cicchaktiḥ saṃviddhānādyavidyayā || 5 - 84 ||

duḥkhaṃ janmajarādyutthaṃ tatrasthā pratipadyate |
śuddhavijñānasaṃbandhācchuddhakarmasamanvayāt |
yadā dhunotyavidyāṃ tāṃ tadā sānandamaśnute || 5 - 85 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre prākṛtasṛṣṭiprakāśo nāma pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ || 5 ||

Kapitel 6

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 6 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 6

śrīḥ -

pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyacidānandamahodadheḥ |
ahaṃtāhaṃ harerādyā nistaraṅgārṇavākṛteḥ || 6 - 1 ||

sāhamevaṃvidhā śudhā kvaciducchūnatāṃ gatā |
sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā devī svatantrā saccidātmikā || 6 - 2 ||

ṣaṭkośatāṃ samāpadye sattāhaṃ vaiṣṇavī parā |
śaktirmāyā prasūtiśca prakṛtistriguṇātmikā || 6 - 3 ||

brahmāṇḍaṃ jīvadehaścetyete ṣaṭkośasaṃjñitāḥ |
sisṛkṣā yā parā viṣṇorahaṃtāyāḥ samudgatā || 6 - 4 ||

śaktiḥ sā prathamaḥ kośaḥ śuddhamārgapravartanī |
kośaḥ kulāyaparyāyaḥ śarīrāparanāmavān || 6 - 5 ||

śuddhe'smin prathame kośe prathamonmeṣalakṣaṇe |
ahaṃmānī paro hyāsīddevaḥ saṃkarṣaṇaḥ prabhuḥ || 6 - 6 ||

tilakālakavattatra vikāro masṛṇaḥ sthitaḥ |
tasyāhaṃtā tu yā devī sāhaṃ sāṃkarṣaṇī parā || 6 - 7 ||

śrīrityeva samākhyātā vijñānabalaśālinī |
yastasyā me samunmeṣaḥ pradyumnaḥ sa tu kīrtyate || 6 - 8 ||

saṃkarṣaṇasya devasya śaktikośābhimāninaḥ |
buddhitve vartate devaḥ pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 6 - 9 ||

bhoktṛbhogyasamaṣṭistu nilīnā tatra tiṣṭhati |
manobhūtasya devasya tasyāhaṃtā tu yā smṛtā || 6 - 10 ||

sāhaṃ sarasvatī nāma vīryaiśvaryavivartinī |
yo me tasyāḥ samunmeṣaḥ so'niruddhaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 6 - 11 ||

tasya saṃkarṣaṇasyāhamahaṃkāravidhau sthitā |
saṃkarṣaṇādayo devāstraya ete purātanāḥ || 6 - 12 ||

jīvo buddhirahaṃkāra iti nāmnā prakīrtitāḥ |
naivaite prākṛtā devāḥ kiṃtu śuddhacidātmakāḥ || 6 - 13 ||

ādivyūhasya devasya vāsudevasya dīvyataḥ |
tattatkāryakaratvena tattannāmnā nirūpitāḥ || 6 - 14 ||

sarve te ṣaḍguṇāḥ proktāḥ sarve te purusottamāḥ |
pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyasadānandamahodadheḥ || 6 - 15 ||

ṣaṇṇāṃ yugapadunmeṣo guṇānāṃ kāryavattayā |
yo'bhūtsa vāsudevastu vyūhaḥ prathamakalpitaḥ || 6 - 16 ||

tasya śāntirahaṃtā tu sāhaṃ śaktiḥ prakīrtitā |
śaktikośasthitā devāḥ sūyante yatra cintitāḥ || 6 - 17 ||

aniruddhasya yāhaṃtā ratirityeva saṃjñitā |
saiva devī mahālakṣmīrmāyākośaḥ sa ucyate || 6 - 18 ||

mahālakṣmyā ya unmeṣo māyāyā guṇasaṃjñitaḥ |
mahākālīmahāvidyādvayaṃ saṃparikīrtyate || 6 - 19 ||

mahālakṣmī mahāmāyāmahāvidyāmayo mahān |
prasūtirnāma kośo me tṛtīyaḥ paripaṭhyate || 6 - 20 ||

trīṇyatra mithunānyāsan yāni pūrvoditāni te |
pradhānaṃ salilīkṛtya yacchete puruṣottamaḥ || 6 - 21 ||

sā proktā prakṛtiryonirguṇasāmyasvarūpiṇī |
viriñco'janayadyadvai pūrvamaṇḍaṃ svamātmani || 6 - 22 ||

tadeke prakṛtiṃ prāhustattvaśāstraviśāradāḥ |
mahadādyaiḥ pṛthivyantairaṇḍaṃ yannirmitaṃ saha || 6 - 23 ||

tadbrahmāṇḍamiti proktaṃ yatra brahmā virāḍabhūt |
aṅgapratyaṅgayuktaṃ yaccharīraṃ jīvināmiha || 6 - 24 ||

eṣā kośavidhā ṣaṣṭhī kramaśastanutāṃ gatā |
avarohāḥ ṣaḍete me pūrṇāyāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 6 - 25 ||

ādye kośe svayaṃ devastridhaivāhaṃtayā sthitaḥ |
pañcasvanyeṣu kośeṣu jīvā nānāvidhāḥ sthitāḥ || 6 - 26 ||

śubhāśubhavibhāgotthāṃ bhajante vividhāṃ daśām |
divyāstisrastrayastāsāṃ mithunāni ca yāni tu || 6 - 27 ||

aṇḍamadhye'vatārāśca tāsāṃ teṣāṃ ca ye smṛtāḥ |
svātantryanirmitāstvete naiva karmavaśānugāḥ || 6 - 28 ||

aprākṛtāśca te dehā ubhayeṣāṃ prakīrtitāḥ |
anye pañcasu kośeṣu devādyāḥ sthāvarāntimāḥ || 6 - 29 ||

nānāsthānajuṣo jīvāḥ karmabhiḥ saṃsaranti ye |
adhikārakṣayaṃ nītvā śubhapākavaśādime || 6 - 30 ||

saṃprāpya jñānabhūyastvaṃ yogakṣapitakalmaṣāḥ |
ārohanti śanaiḥ kośānārūḍhā na patanti te || 6 - 31 ||

satyalokātprabhṛtyete yāṃ bhūmimadhirohitāḥ |
punaste na nivartante tiṣṭhantyūrdhvaṃ vrajanti vā || 6 - 32 ||

śakraḥ -

kṣīrodasaṃbhave devi padmanābhakuṭumbini |
jīvaḥ ko nāma tad brūhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 6 - 33 ||

śrīḥ -

pūrṇāhaṃtā harerādyā sāhaṃ sarveśvarī parā |
tasyāḥ smṛtāścatasro me daśāstridaśapuṃgava || 6 - 34 ||

pramāteti vidhā tvekā tadantaḥkaraṇaṃ parā |
bahiḥ karaṇamanyā ca caturthī bhāvabhūmikā || 6 - 35 ||

pramātā cetanaḥ prokto matsaṃkocaḥ sa ucyate |
ahaṃ hi deśakālādyairaparicchedamīyuṣī || 6 - 36 |||

svātantryādeva saṃkocaṃ bhajāmyajahatī svatām |
prathamastatra saṃkocaḥ pramāteti prakīrtyate || 6 - 37 ||

cidātmani yathā viśvaṃ mayi līnamavasthitam |
pramātari tathaivaitaddarpaṇodaraśailavat || 6 - 38 ||

aikarūpyaṃ dvirūpatvaṃ trirūpatvaṃ caturbhidām |
saptapañcakarūpatvaṃ pramātā yatprapadyate || 6 - 39 ||

prakāśenātmano hyeko grāhyagrāhakatāvaśāt |
dvairūpyaṃ tattrirūpatvaṃ jñānākārakriyātmanā || 6 - 40 ||

saptapañcakarūpatvaṃ tattattattvasthitau sthitam |

śakraḥ -

kāni tattvāni padmākṣi kati kīdṛgvidhāni ca || 6 - 41 ||

etatpṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste sindhusaṃbhave |

śrīḥ -

sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena bhūtāni daśa khāni ca || 6 - 42 ||

jñānakarmavibhedena trīṇyantaḥkaraṇāni ca |
prakṛtiśca prasūtiśca māyā sattvaṃ rajastamaḥ || 6 - 43 ||

kālaśca niyatiḥ śaktiḥ puruṣaḥ paramaṃ nabhaḥ |
bhagavāniti tattvāni sāttvatāḥ samadhīyate || 6 - 44 ||

śakraḥ -

mayā śrutāni tattvāni tvadvaktrasarasīruhāt |
vyācakṣvaitāni me devi namaste sarasīruhe || 6 - 45 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre ṣaṭkośaprakāśo nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ || 6 ||

Kapitel 7

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 7 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 7

śrīḥ -

vyācakṣe'haṃ tataḥ śakra kramaśastattvapaddhatim |
śuddhāśuddhavimiśreyaṃ tattvapaddhatirucyate || 7 - 1 ||

nirambhodāmbarābhāso niṣpandodadhisaṃnibhaḥ |
svacchasvacchandacaitanyasadānandamahodadhiḥ || 7 - 2 ||

ākāradeśakālādiparicchedavivarjitaḥ |
bhagavāniti vijñeyaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 7 - 3 ||

tasyāhaṃtā parā tādṛgbhagavattā sanātanī |
nārāyaṇī parā sūkṣmā nirvikalpā nirañjanā || 7 - 4 ||

jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejomahodadhiḥ |
ṣaṇṇāṃ yugapadunmeṣo guṇānāṃ prathamo hi yaḥ || 7 - 5 ||

bhavadbhāvātmakatvena dvidhā sa vyapadiśyate |
bhavaṃstu vāsudevo'tra bhāvo'smin vāsudevatā || 7 - 6 ||

śāntirnāmnā samākhyātā sāhaṃ devī sanātanī |
saṃkarṣaṇādayo vyūhāḥ sāhaṃtāḥ prāṅnirūpitāḥ || 7 - 7 ||

trayaśca cāturātmyaṃ taccatvāro'mī sureśvara |
etāvadbhagavadvācyaṃ nistattvaṃ tattvamuttamam || 7 - 8 ||

nabhastu paramaṃ vyoma paramākāśaśabditam |
yatra devo mayā sārddhaṃ vibhajyātmānamātmanā || 7 - 9 ||

krīḍate ramayā viṣṇuḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ |
ṣāḍguṇyasya samunmeṣaḥ sa deśaḥ paramāmbaram || 7 - 10 ||

puruṣo bhoktṛkūṭasthaḥ sarvajñaḥ sarvatomukhaḥ |
aṃśataḥ prasarantyasmātsarve jīvāḥ sanātanāḥ || 7 - 11 ||

pralaye tvapiyantyenaṃ karmātmāno naraṃ param |
iyaṃ mātṛdaśā sā me yā te pūrvaṃ mayoditā || 7 - 12 ||

mahālakṣmīḥ samākhyātā śaktitattvaṃ manīṣibhiḥ |
niyatistu mahāvidyā kālaḥ kālī prakīrtitā || 7 - 13 ||

sattvaṃ rajastamaśceti guṇatrayamudāhṛtam |
sukharūpaṃ smṛtaṃ sattvaṃ svacchaṃ jñānakaraṃ laghu || 7 - 14 ||

duḥkharūpaṃ rajo jñeyaṃ calaṃ raktaṃ pravartakam |
moharūpaṃ tamo jñeyaṃ guru kṛṣṇaṃ niyāmakam || 7 - 15 ||

māyā caiva prasūtiśca prakṛtiśceti vāsava |
purastādvyākṛtaṃ tubhyaṃ tadetatprakṛtitrikam || 7 - 16 ||

bhūtāni daśasaṃkhyāni tathā khāni trayodaśa |
trayoviṃśatirapyete suspaṣṭaṃ vyākṛtā purā || 7 - 17 ||

tadayaṃ mama saṃkocaḥ pramātā śuddhacinmayaḥ |
svāntaḥsphuritatattvaughaḥ sthito darpaṇavatsadā || 7 - 18 ||

cātūrūpyaṃ tu yattasya tadihaikamanāḥ śṛṇu |
ādyaṃ śūnyamayo mātā mūrchādau parikīrtitaḥ || 7 - 19 ||

tataḥ prāṇamayo mātā suṣuptau parikīrtitaḥ |
prāṇā eva pratāyante suṣuptau puruṣasya tu || 7 - 20 ||

mūrchāviṣopaghātādau prāṇo'pi vinivartate |
kevalaṃ svātmasattaiva tataḥ śūnyastadā pumān || 7 - 21 ||

tṛtīyo'ṣṭapurīmātraḥ svapne mātā prakīrtitaḥ |
prāṇā bhūtāni karmāṇi karaṇāni trayo guṇāḥ || 7 - 22 ||

prāgvāsanā avidyā ca liṅgaṃ puryaṣṭakaṃ smṛtam |
svapne'ntaḥkaraṇenaiva svairaṃ hi parivartate || 7 - 23 ||

ceṣṭamānaḥ svadehena dehī jāgraddaśāṃ gataḥ |
cātūrūpyamidaṃ puṃsastrairūpyamapi me śṛṇu || 7 - 24 ||

jñānakriyāsvarūpāṇāṃ saṃkocastrividhastu yaḥ |
tasya taddhi trirūpatvaṃ tasya vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 7 - 25 ||

māyayā jñānasaṃkoca ānaiśvaryātkriyāvyayaḥ |
aśakteraṇutā rūpe tridhaiva vyapadiśyate || 7 - 26 ||

aṇuḥ kiṃcitkaraścaiva kiṃcijjñaścāyamityuta |
dvairūpyamaikarūpyaṃ ca pūrvameva nirūpitam || 7 - 27 ||

evaṃ mātṛdaśāme'dya saviśeṣā prakīrtitā |
āntaḥkaraṇikīṃ caiva daśāṃ śakrādya me śṛṇu || 7 - 28 ||

svacchandā saṃvidevāhaṃ svataścetanatāṃ gatā |
hitvā cetanatāṃ tāṃ cāpyavarūḍhā tataḥ kramāt || 7 - 29 ||

caityasaṃkocanī cittamantaḥkaraṇamīritam |
manobuddhirahaṃkāra ityetat tritayaṃ ca tat || 7 - 30 ||

vikalpo'dhyavasāyaścāpyabhimānaśca vṛttayaḥ |
mano vikalpayatyarthamahaṃkāro'bhimanyate || 7 - 31 ||

adhyavasyati buddhiśca cetanādhiṣṭhitā sadā |
buddhiradhyātmamityuktā nirṇayo'pyadhibhūtakam || 7 - 32 ||

buddhidarpaṇasaṃlīnaḥ kṣetrajñaścādhidaivatam |
ahaṃkṛtistathādhyātmamabhimāno'dhibhūtakam || 7 - 33 ||

adhidaivamatho rudro mano'dhyātmaṃ prakīrtitam |
vikalpo'pyadhibhūtastu candramā adhidaivatam || 7 - 34 ||

prāṇasaṃrambhasaṃkalpā guṇā eṣāṃ kriyāvidhau |
prāṇaḥ prayatna ityuktaḥ saṃrambho garva ucyate || 7 - 35 ||

phalasvāmyasvarūpaśca garvaḥ saṃrambhaḥ ucyate |
audāsīnyacyutiḥ proktaḥ saṃkalpo mānaso budhaiḥ || 7 - 36 ||

vyākhyāteyaṃ dvitīyā me hyāntaḥkaraṇikī daśā |
pracyavantī tato rūpādāntaḥkaraṇikādaham || 7 - 37 ||

styānatāṃ kramaśaḥ prāptā bahiṣkaraṇasaṃjñitā |
karaṇāni tu bāhyāni vyākhyātāni mayā purā || 7 - 38 ||

jñānendriyapravṛttau tu mana ādi pravartate |
cakṣurālokayatyarthaṃ vikalpayati tanmanaḥ || 7 - 39 ||

ālokanavikalpasthamahaṃkāro'bhimanyate |
adhyavasya tato buddhiḥ kṣetrajñāya prayacchati || 7 - 40 ||

karmendriyapravṛttau tu viparyastaḥ kramaḥ smṛtaḥ |
saṃkalpādeḥ parācīnā vacanādikriyā yataḥ || 7 - 41 ||

adhyātmādiviśeṣo'tra sarvaḥ pūrvamudīritaḥ |
tṛtīyeyaṃ vidhākhyātā bahiṣkaraṇavartinī || 7 - 42 ||

caturthīṃ tvamimāṃ koṭiṃ meyarūpāṃ tu me śṛṇu |
meyaṃ tu dvividhaṃ tāvadbahirantarvyavasthayā || 7 - 43 ||

bāhyaṃ tu nīlapītādi sukhaduḥkhādyathāntaram |
ābhiścatasṛbhiścāhaṃ vidhābhiḥ styānatāṃ gatā || 7 - 44 ||

svacittotthavikalpārthaiḥ pratyakṣāpyasmi vismṛtā |
sadācāryopadeśena sattarkamanurundhatā || 7 - 45 ||

nirūpye nipuṇairyatra meye'pyasmi tadā sphuṭam |
vilāpya sakalaṃ bhāvaṃ cetyarūpamimaṃ tathā || 7 - 46 ||

svacchandā pūrṇacidrūpā prakāśe'haṃ tadā svayam |
svacchā svacchatarā sāhaṃ tataḥ karaṇasaṃjñitā || 7 - 47 ||

tato mātaryatisvacchā sphurāmi svacchacinmayī |
ārohamavarohaṃ ca bhāvayanmāmakāvubhau |
maccitto madgataprāṇo madbhāvāyopapadyate || 7 - 48 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre pramātṛkaraṇaprakāśo nāma saptamo'dhyāyaḥ || 7 ||

Kapitel 8

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 8 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 8

śakraḥ -

namaste sindhusaṃbhūte namaste padmasaṃbhave |
namaḥ saroruhāvāse nārāyaṇakuṭumbini || 8 - 1 ||

avatārāstu ye proktāstvadīyāḥ kośapañcake |
tānme vistarataḥ padme pṛcchate vaktumarhasi || 8 - 2 ||

kimarthāḥ kiṃprakārāste kiyantaḥ kiṃsvarūpakāḥ |
tattvaṃ kathaya me devi sarvajñā hyasi śāśvatī || 8 - 3 ||

śrīḥ -

ataraṅgamanirdeśyamaprakampyamanūpamam |
aprakāramasaṃbhedyamavikalpamanākulam || 8 - 4 ||

ekaṃ nārāyaṇaṃ brahma śūnyaṃ śuddhaṃ nirāmayam |
yadidaṃ dṛśyate kiṃcicchrūyate vānumīyate || 8 - 5 ||

pramāṇatrayasaṃbodhyaṃ bhāvābhāvasvalakṣaṇam |
carācaramaṇu sthūlaṃ cetanācetanaṃ jagat || 8 - 6 ||

tadidaṃ sakalaṃ brahma nārāyaṇamanuttaram |
avidyāvidhurānandasvacchasvacchandacidghanam || 8 - 7 ||

bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ divyamadhvanaḥ pāramuttamam |
śaktimacchaktibhāvena tad dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate || 8 - 8 ||

śaktimattat paraṃ brahma nārāyaṇamahaṃ bhavat |
śaktirnārāyaṇī sāhamahaṃtā bhāvarūpiṇī || 8 - 9 ||

sa pradeśo na tasyāsti yena bhūtaṃ mayā vinā |
sa pradeśo na me kaścidvinā tadyena bhūyate || 8 - 10 ||

ekadhā ca dvidhā caiva taistaistattvābdhipāragaiḥ |
vyapadiśyāvahe śāstraistāvāvāṃ sarvakāraṇam || 8 - 11 ||

bhāvottarā kvacitsṛṣṭiḥ kvacitsā bhavaduttarā |
bhavadbhāvottarā kvāpi vidvāṃstatra na muhyati || 8 - 12 ||

eka evāvatīrṇo hi devānāṃ kāryavattayā |
nārāyaṇo yadā sāhaṃ tatra tadbhāvabhāvinī || 8 - 13 ||

ekaiva cāvatīrṇāhaṃ yadā devahitepsayā |
ahaṃtāyāṃ mayi vyaktaḥ sa devo'haṃpadārthavān || 8 - 14 ||

avatīrṇau yadā tulyaṃ devakāryacikīrṣayā |
anyonyayoḥ sthitāvāvāṃ bhavadbhāvātmakau dvayoḥ || 8 - 15 ||

itthaṃ vyavasthite tattve hyavatāragatiṃ śṛṇu |
aniruddho vibhurdevo devadevaḥ sanātanaḥ || 8 - 16 ||

mahāvidyāsamudbhūtastadāhamapi vāsava |
matta eva mahālakṣmyā abhūvaṃ kamalākhyayā || 8 - 17 ||

tāvimau dampatī divyau pitarau jagatāṃ matau |
padmanābhāvatāre tu tāvetau dvāvayonijau || 8 - 18 ||

nārāyaṇāvatāro yaḥ śaktīśo nāma nāmataḥ |
prakārā bahavastasya sarvatrāhamanuvratā || 8 - 19 ||

ekadhā dvicaturdhā ca ṣoḍhā caiva tathāṣṭadhā |
punardvādaśadhā caiva tatra nāmāni me śṛṇu || 8 - 20 ||

śrīrnāma dvibhujasyāhamaṅkasthā varavarṇinī |
tasyaivobhayatorūpe śrīśca puṣṭiśca vāsava || 8 - 21 ||

caturdiśaṃ tu tasyaiva śrīḥ kīrtiśca jayā tathā |
māyeti kṛtvā rūpāṇi bhujye'haṃ tena viṣṇunā || 8 - 22 ||

tasyaiva koṇaṣaṭkasthā ṣoḍhāhaṃ śṛṇu nāma ca |
śuddhirnirañjanā nityā jñānaśaktiśca vāsava || 8 - 23 ||

tathā parājitā caiva ṣaṣṭhī tu prakṛtiḥ parā |
tasyaiva cāṣṭadhā dikṣu sāhaṃ rūpairvyavasthitā || 8 - 24 ||

lakṣmīḥ sarasvatī sarvakāmadā prītivardhanī |
yaśaskarī śāntidā ca tuṣṭidā puṣṭiraṣṭamī || 8 - 25 ||

koṇadviṣaṭke tasyaiva sthitā dvādaśadhāsmyaham |
śrīśca kāmeśvarī kāntiḥ kriyāśaktivibhūtayaḥ || 8 - 26 ||

icchā prītī ratiścaiva māyā dhīrmahimeti ca |
evaṃ caturbhujasyāpi ṣoḍhāhaṃ kramaśaḥ sthitā || 8 - 27 ||

tasyaiva ṣaḍbhujasyāhamaṣṭabāhośca vāsava |
dviṣaḍbāhostathā sāhaṃ dvisaptakabhujasya ca || 8 - 28 ||

tathā ṣoḍaśahastasya bhujadvinavakasya ca |
vibhajya bahudhātmānamiyadbhedā vyavasthitā || 8 - 29 ||

avatāro hi yo viṣṇoḥ sindhuśāyīti saṃjñitaḥ |
sthitāhaṃ paritastasya caturdhā rūpameyuṣī || 8 - 30 ||

lakṣmīrnidrā tathā prītirvidyā ceti vibhedinī |
avatāro hi yo viṣṇoḥ śrīpatirnāma nāmataḥ || 8 - 31 ||

śrīrityevākhyayā tatra tasyāhaṃ vāmataḥ sthitā |
avatāro hi yo viṣṇornāmataḥ parijātajit || 8 - 32 ||

tadaṃsasthakarā tasya vāmotsaṅge hareḥ sthitā |
avatāro hi yo viṣṇornāmnā mīnadharaḥ śubhaḥ || 8 - 33 ||

anubhramāmi taṃ tatra sāhaṃ naurūpadhāriṇī |
traivikramodayo viṣṇoravatāraḥ paraḥ smṛtaḥ || 8 - 34 ||

āhlādajananī gaṅgā tatpādātprabhavāmyaham |
anantaśayano nāma yo'vatāro hareraham || 8 - 35 ||

sthitā caturdiśaṃ tasya cāturātmyamupeyuṣī |
lakṣmīścintā tathā nidrā puṣṭiścetyākhyayā yutā || 8 - 36 ||

ityeṣu saha siddhāhamavatīrṇāṇḍamadhyataḥ |
avatārāḥ pṛthagbhūtā yadā brahmāṇḍamadhyataḥ || 8 - 37 ||

anuvratā tathaivāhamavatīrṇā pṛthak pṛthak |
avatāro hi yo nāma varāho vedaviśrutaḥ || 8 - 38 ||

tadāhamapi bhūrnāma pṛthagbhūtā bhajāmyaham |
avatāro hi yo nāma dharmo viṣṇuḥ purātanaḥ || 8 - 39 ||

tadāhaṃ bhārgavī nāma khyātijā śrīḥ prakīrtitā |
avatāro hi yo nāma dattātreyo'trinandanaḥ || 8 - 40 ||

tadā hi tasya bhogāya saraso'haṃ samutthitā |
avatāro hi yo nāma vāmano vaiṣṇavaḥ śubhaḥ || 8 - 41 ||

padmādahaṃ samutpannā tadā padmeti viśrutā |
avatāro yadā viṣṇorbhārgavo rāmasaṃjñitaḥ || 8 - 42 ||

tadāhaṃ dharaṇī nāma śaktirāsamayonijā |
avatāro hi yo nāma rāmo dāśarathiḥ śubhaḥ || 8 - 43 ||

jātā janakayajñe'haṃ kṣetrāddhalamukhakṣatāt |
nāmnā sīteti vikhyātā daśānanavināśanī || 8 - 44 ||

avatāro hi yo viṣṇoścaturdhā saṃbhaviṣyati |
madhurāyāmahaṃ vyaktiṃ caturdhaiṣyāmi vai tathā || 8 - 45 ||

revatī rukmiṇī caiva ratirnāmnā tathā hyuṣā |
avatārāntaraṃ yattu mohanaṃ buddhasaṃjñakam || 8 - 46 ||

tārāhaṃ tatra nāmnā vai dhārā caiva prakīrtitā |
dhruvādayo'vatārā ye kevalā vaiṣṇavāḥ smṛtāḥ || 8 - 47 ||

tattaccharīrabhūtāhaṃ teṣāṃ bhogyā vyavasthitā |
yattu me mohanaṃ rūpaṃ śrūyate'mṛtadhārakam || 8 - 48 ||

bhavadbhāvau tadā tatra rūpe tulyopalakṣitau |
devaiḥ puruṣarūpeṇa strīrūpeṇa tathetaraiḥ || 8 - 49 ||

saha siddhaṃ pṛthaksiddhamityetajjanma me'dbhutam |
kīrtitaṃ tava deveśa kevalaṃ janma me śṛṇu || 8 - 50 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre lakṣmyavatāraprakāśo nāmāṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ || 8 ||

Kapitel 9

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 9 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 9

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī devī nārāyaṇamanuvratā |
jñānānandakriyātmānaṃ jñānānandakriyāmayī || 9 - 1 ||

tasyā me na vinābhāvastena vā tasya vā mayā |
prakartuṃ śakyate kāle kasmiṃściddeśa eva vā || 9 - 2 ||

tattatkāryavaśāccaivānyadbhūtādbhutarūpakau |
ātmayogabalāttau svaḥ sahaiva ca vinaiva ca || 9 - 3 ||

brahmādirdattavān yādṛktapoyogabalātkṛtaḥ |
daityādibhyo jagaddhvaṃsakarebhyo varamuttamam || 9 - 4 ||

tādṛśaṃ tādṛśaṃ rūpamāsthāyāvāṃ sanātanau |
tattatpriticikīrṣāyai carāvo devakāryataḥ || 9 - 5 ||

māyayā bhāvamācchādya paramārthaṃ svatejasā |
ahamevāvatīrṇā hi tattaddhvaṃsijighāṃsayā || 9 - 6 ||

ādau devī mahālakṣmīḥ smṛtāhaṃ parameśvarī |
abhūvaṃ ca punardvedhā kṛṣṇā brāhmīti rūpataḥ || 9 - 7 ||

guṇatrayavibhāgena rūpametatparaṃ mama |
mahālakṣmīrahaṃ śakra punaḥ svāyaṃbhuve'ntare || 9 - 8 ||

hitāya sarvalokānāṃ jātā mahiṣamardanī |
madīyā śaktileśā ye tattaddevaśarīragāḥ || 9 - 9 ||

saṃbhūya te mamābhūvan rūpaṃ paramaśobhanam |
āyudhāni ca devānāṃ yāni yāni sureśvara || 9 - 10 ||

tacchaktayastadākārā āyudhāni mamābhavan |
abhiṣṭutā suraiḥ sāhaṃ mahiṣaṃ jaghnuṣī kṣaṇāt || 9 - 11 ||

mahiṣāntakarīsūktaṃ sarvasiddhipradaṃ tadā |
devyā yayādikaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ sendrairdevaiḥ saharṣibhiḥ || 9 - 12 ||

utpattiṃ yuddhavikrāntiṃ stotraṃ ceti sureśvara |
kathayanti suvistīrṇaṃ brāhmaṇā vedapāragāḥ || 9 - 13 ||

evaṃ prabhāvāṃ devīṃ tāṃ stuvan dhyāyannamannapi |
labhate ca phalaṃ śaśvadādhipatyamanaśvaram || 9 - 14 ||

yoganidrā hareruktā yā sā devī duratyayā |
mahākālītanuṃ viddhi tāṃ māṃ devīṃ sanātanīm || 9 - 15 ||

madhukaiṭabhanāśe hi mohitau tau tayā tadā |
jaghnāte varalābhena devadevena viṣṇunā || 9 - 16 ||

viśveśvaryādikaṃ sūktaṃ dṛṣṭaṃ tad brahmaṇā sadā |
stutaye yoganidrāyā mama devyāḥ puraṃdara || 9 - 17 ||

eṣā sā vaiṣṇavī māyā mahākālī duratyayā |
stutyā vaśīkṛtā kuryādvaśe stotuścarācaram || 9 - 18 ||

asyā devyāḥ samutpattiścaritaṃ stotramityapi |
hitāya sarvabhūtānāṃ dhāryante brahmavādibhiḥ || 9 - 19 ||

tāmase tvantare śakra mahāvidyā hi yā parā |
gaurīdehātsamudbhūtā kauśikīti tadā hyaham || 9 - 20 ||

vadhāya duṣṭadaityānāṃ tathā sumbhanisumbhayoḥ |
rakṣaṇāya ca lokānāṃ devānāmupakāriṇī || 9 - 21 ||

madīyāḥ śaktayo yāstā devaśreṣṭhaśarīragāḥ |
tāstāstadrūpadhāriṇyaḥ sāhāyyaṃ vidadhurhi me || 9 - 22 ||

tābhirnihatya daityendrān hantavyā ye tathā tathā |
saṃhṛtyātmani tāḥ sarvā madīyā vipruṣo'khilāḥ || 9 - 23 ||

ahaṃ nijaghnuṣī paścāttayoḥ sumbhanisumbhayoḥ |
devi prapannātihare prasīdetyādikaṃ tathā || 9 - 24 ||

nārāyaṇīstutirnāma sūktaṃ paramaśobhanam |
stutayo me tadā dṛṣṭā devairvahnipurogamaiḥ || 9 - 25 ||

eṣā saṃpūjitā bhaktyā sarvajñatvaṃ prayacchati |
kauśikī sarvadeveśa bahukāmapradā hyaham || 9 - 26 ||

utpattiryuddhavikrāntiḥ stutiśceti purātanaiḥ |
paṭhyate tritayaṃ viprairvedavedāṅgapāragaiḥ || 9 - 27 ||

vaivasvate'ntare caitau punaḥ sumbhanisumbhakau |
utpatsyete varonmattau devopadravakāriṇau || 9 - 28 ||

nandagopakule jātā yaśodāgarbhasaṃbhavā |
tāvahaṃ nāśayiṣyāmi sunandā vindhyavāsinī || 9 - 29 ||

punaścāpyatiraudreṇa rūpeṇa pṛthivītale |
avatīrya haniṣyāmi vaipracittān mahāsurān || 9 - 30 ||

bhakṣayantyāśca tānugrān vaipracittān mahāsurān |
raktā dantā bhaviṣyanti dāḍimīkusumopamāḥ || 9 - 31 ||

tato māṃ devatāḥ sarve martyaloke ca mānavāḥ |
stuvanto vyāhariṣyanti satataṃ raktadantikām || 9 - 32 ||

tasminnevāntare śakra catvāriṃśattame yuge |
sarvataḥ śatavārṣikyāmanāvṛṣṭyāmanambhasi || 9 - 33 ||

munibhiḥ saṃsmṛtā bhūmau saṃbhaviṣyāmyayonijā |
tataḥ śatena netrāṇāṃ nirīkṣiṣyāmyahaṃ munīn || 9 - 34 ||

kīrtayiṣyanti māṃ śakra śatākṣīmiti mānavāḥ |
tadāhamakhilaṃ lokamātmadehasamudbhavaiḥ || 9 - 35 ||

bhariṣyāmi śubhaiḥ śākairāviṣṭaiḥ prāṇadhārakaiḥ |
śākaṃbharīti māṃ devāstadā stoṣyanti vāsava || 9 - 36 ||

tatraiva ca haniṣyāmi durgamākhyaṃ mahāsuram |
durgādevīti vikhyātiṃ tato yāsyāmyahaṃ bhuvi || 9 - 37 ||

śākaṃbharīṃ stuvan dhyāyan śakra saṃpūjayannaman |
akṣayyāmaśnute śīghramannapānodbhavāṃ ratim || 9 - 38 ||

caturyuge ca pañcāśattame munibhirarthitā |
sundaraṃ cātibhīmaṃ ca rūpaṃ kṛtvā himācale || 9 - 39 ||

rakṣāṃsi bhakṣayiṣyāmi munīnāṃ trāṇakāraṇāt |
tato māṃ munayaḥ sarve stoṣyantyānamramūrtayaḥ || 9 - 40 ||

bhīme devi prasīdeti bhīmāmabhayadāyinim |
yuge ṣaṣṭitame kaścidaruṇo nāma dānavaḥ || 9 - 41 ||

manujānāṃ munīnāṃ ca mahābādhāṃ kariṣyati |
tatrāhaṃ bhrāmaraṃ rūpaṃ kṛtvāsaṃkhyeyaṣaṭpadā || 9 - 42 ||

trailokyasya hitārthāya badhiṣyāmi mahāsuram |
bhrāmarīti ca māṃ lokāstadā stoṣyanti sarvadā || 9 - 43 ||

itthaṃ yadā yadā bādhā dānavotthā bhaviṣyati |
tadā tadāvatīryāhaṃ haniṣyāmi mahāsurān || 9 - 44 ||

amī te leśataḥ śakra darśitāḥ paramādbhutāḥ |
avatārā nirātaṅkā madīyāḥ kevalāhvayāḥ || 9 - 45 ||

eteṣāṃ paramā proktā kūṭasthā sā mahīyasī |
mahālakṣmīrmahābhāgā prakṛtiḥ parameśvarī || 9 - 46 ||

amuṣyāḥ stutaye dṛṣṭaṃ brahmādyaiḥ sakalaiḥ suraiḥ |
namo devyādikaṃ sūktaṃ sarvakāmapradaṃ varam || 9 - 47 ||

imāṃ devīṃ stuvannityaṃ stotreṇānena māmiha |
kleśānatītya sakalānaiśvaryaṃ mahadaśnute || 9 - 48 ||

amuṣyāḥ sāvatārāyā mahālakṣmyā mamānagha |
janmāni caritaiḥ sārdhaṃ stotrairvaibhavavādibhiḥ || 9 - 49 ||

kathitāni purā śakra vasiṣṭhena mahātmanā |
svārociṣe'ntare rājñe surathāya mahātmane || 9 - 50 ||

samādhaye ca vaiśyāya praṇatāyāvasīdate |
bhaktiśraddhāvatā nityaṃ vasiṣṭhena kṛteti me || 9 - 51 ||

hṛdi sthitā sadā seyaṃ janmakarmāvalistutiḥ |
etāṃ dvijamukhācchrutvā hyadhīyāno naraḥ sadā || 9 - 52 ||

vidhūya nikhilāṃ māyāṃ samyagjñānaṃ samaśnute |
sarvāṃ saṃpadamāpnoti dhunoti sakalāpadaḥ || 9 - 53 ||

mama prabhāvāt saubhāgyaṃ kīrtiṃ caiva samaśnute |
kevalā api yadyete madīyā viṣṇunā vinā || 9 - 54 ||

na me'sti saṃbhavaḥ so'yamahaṃbhūtaḥ sthito'tra tu |
anyonyenāvinābhāvādanyonyena samanvayāt || 9 - 55 ||

mayyayaṃ devadeveśastatrāhaṃ ca sanātanī |
ityete leśataḥ śakra darśitāḥ saprakārakāḥ || 9 - 56 ||

avatārā madīyāste saṃbhūtāḥ kośapañcake |
śuddhe kośe samudbhūtā bhavadbhāvātmakāḥ pare || 9 - 57 ||

tatrāpyeṣā sthitirjñeyā viṣṇormama saha sthitiḥ |
evaṃ prakārāṃ māṃ jñātvā pratyakṣāṃ sarvasaṃmatām || 9 - 58 ||

upāyairvividhaiḥ śaśvadupāsya bahudhātmikām |
kleśakarmāśayātīto madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 9 - 59 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre kevalāvatāraprakāśo nāma navamo'dhyāyaḥ || 9 ||

Kapitel 10

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 10 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 10

śakraḥ -

kṣīrodamathanāyāsaphalarūpe madhudviṣaḥ |
namaścandrasahodaryai namaste'mṛtayonaye || 10 - 1 ||

bhāvottarāḥ prakārāste śrutāstvadvaktrapaṅkajāt |
idānīṃ śrotumicchāmi prakārān bhavaduttarān || 10 - 2 ||

vaiṣṇavā avatārāste kiṃrūpāḥ kati vāmbuje |
etatpṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste paṅkajāsane || 10 - 3 ||

śrīḥ -

hanta te śakra vakṣyāmi prakārān bhavaduttarān |
vaiṣṇavā avatārāste yāvanto yadvidhāśca te || 10 - 4 ||

ṣāḍguṇyamamalaṃ brahma nirdoṣamajaraṃ dhruvam |
sarvaśakti nirātaṅkaṃ nirālambanabhāvanam || 10 - 5 ||

tadunmiṣati vai pūrvaṃ śaktimacchaktibhāvataḥ |
nārāyaṇaḥ paro devaḥ saṃsthitaḥ śaktimattayā || 10 - 6 ||

sthirā śaktirahaṃ tasya sarvakāryakarī vibhoḥ |
tāvāvāṃ jagato'rthāya bahudhā vikriyāvahe || 10 - 7 ||

yathāhamāsthitā bhedaistathā te kathitaṃ purā |
vikārānavikārasya viṣṇoḥ śṛṇu mayoditān || 10 - 8 ||

aprākṛtānanaupamyānacintyamahimojjvalān |
svāṃ śaktiṃ māmadhiṣṭhāya prakṛtiṃ paramādbhutām || 10 - 9 ||

trairūpyeṇa jagannāthaḥ samudeti jagaddhite |
ādyena pararūpeṇa vyūharūpeṇa cāpyatha || 10 - 10 ||

tathā vibhavarūpeṇa nānābhāvamupeyuṣā |
vyāpako bhagavān devo bhaktānugrahakāmyayā || 10 - 11 ||

anaupamyamanirdaśyaṃ vapuḥ sa bhajate param |
viśvāpyāyanakaṃ kāntyā pūrṇendvayutatulyayā || 10 - 12 ||

varadābhayahastaṃ ca dvibhujaṃ padmalocanam |
rekhāmayena cakreṇa śaṅkhena ca karadvaye || 10 - 13 ||

aṅkitaṃ nirvikārāṅghristhitaṃ paramaśobhanam |
anyūnānatiriktaiḥ svairguṇaiḥ ṣaḍbhiralaṃkṛtam || 10 - 14 ||

samaṃ samavibhaktāṅgaṃ sarvāvayavasundaram |
pūrṇamābharaṇaiḥ śubhraiḥ sudhākallolasaṃkulaiḥ || 10 - 15 ||

raśmibhūtairamūrtaiḥ ravairacyutādyairavicyutam |
ekā mūrtiriyaṃ divyā parākhyā vaiṣṇavī parā || 10 - 16 ||

yogasiddhā bhajantyenāṃ hṛdi turyapadāśritām |
atha vyūhasvarūpaṃ te dvitīyaṃ varṇayāmyaham || 10 - 17 ||

vyūhyātmānaṃ caturdhā svaṃ devaḥ prāgādibhedataḥ |
vāsudevādibhedena sauṣuptādhvani tiṣṭhati || 10 - 18 ||

saṃsthānamādimūrtervai sarveṣāṃ tu samaṃ smṛtam |
ṣaḍguṇaṃ prathamaṃ rūpaṃ dvandvairjñānādisaṃbhavaiḥ || 10 - 19 ||

itarāṇi svarūpāṇi kathitāni mayā purā |
vahnyarkendusahasrābhamānandāspandalakṣaṇam || 10 - 20 ||

bījaṃ sarvakriyāṇāṃ tadvikalpānāṃ tadāspadam |
sauṣuptaṃ cāturātmyaṃ tatprathamaṃ viddhi vāsava || 10 - 21 ||

atha svāpre pade'pyevaṃ vibhajyātmānamātmanā |
devaḥ prāgādibhedena vāsudevādirūpataḥ || 10 - 22 ||

samāsavyāsabhedena guṇānāṃ puruṣottamaḥ |
sitaraktasuvarṇābhrasadṛśaiḥ paramādbhutaiḥ || 10 - 23 ||

ādimūtisamaiḥ rūpaiścaturdhā vyavatiṣṭhate |
kaivalyabhogaphaladaṃ bhavabījakṣayaṃkaram || 10 - 24 ||

cāturātmyaṃ dvitīyaṃ tat sudhāsaṃdohasundaram |
atha jāgratpade devaḥ sitaraktādibhedataḥ || 10 - 25 ||

caturbhujairudārāṅgaiḥ śaṅkhacakrādicihnitaiḥ |
nānādhvajavicitrāṅgairvāsudevādisaṃjñitaiḥ || 10 - 26 ||

vyūhaiḥ svaṃ pravibhajyāste vibhurnāma svalīlayā |
tatrādyaṃ bhagavadrūpaṃ himakundendukāntimat || 10 - 27 ||

caturbhujaṃ saumyavaktraṃ puṇḍarīkanibhekṣaṇam |
pītakauśeyavasanaṃ suparṇadhvajabhūṣitam || 10 - 28 ||

mukhyadakṣiṇahastena bhītānāmabhayapradam |
tathā vidhena vāmena dadhānaṃ śaṅkhamuttamam || 10 - 29 ||

apareṇa dadhānaṃ ca dakṣiṇena sudarśanam |
vāmena ca gadāṃ gurvīṃ niṣaṇṇāṃ vasudhātale || 10 - 30 ||

saṃcintayet puro bhāge vāsudevamitīdṛśam |
sindūraśikharākāraṃ saumyavaktraṃ caturbhujam || 10 - 31 ||

atasīpuṣpasaṃkāśavasanaṃ tālalāñchitam |
mukhyena pāṇiyugmena tulyamādyasya vai vibhoḥ || 10 - 32 ||

sīraṃ taccakrahaste'sya musalaṃ tu gadākare |
dakṣiṇe cintayedbhāge saṃkarṣaṇamitīdṛśam || 10 - 33 ||

prāvṛṇniśāsamuditakhadyotanicayaprabham |
raktakauśeyavasanaṃ makaradhvajaśobhitam || 10 - 34 ||

saumyavaktraṃ caturbāhuṃ tṛtīyaṃ parameśvaram |
mukhyahastadvayaṃ cāsya prāgvattulyaṃ mahāmate || 10 - 35 ||

vāme'parasmin śārṅgaṃ ca dakṣiṇe bāṇapañcakam |
apare cintayedbhāge pradyamnamiti kīrtitam || 10 - 36 ||

añjanādripratīkāśaṃ supītāmbaraveṣṭitam |
caturbhujaṃ viśālākṣaṃ mṛgalāñchanabhūṣitam || 10 - 37 ||

ādivat pāṇiyugalamādyamasya vicintayet |
dakṣiṇādikrameṇātha dvābhyāṃ vai khaḍgakheṭakau || 10 - 38 ||

dadhānamaniruddhaṃ tu saumyabhāge vicintayet |
vanamālādharāḥ sarve śrīvatsakṛtalakṣaṇāḥ || 10 - 39 ||

śobhitāḥ kaustubhenaiva ratnarājena vakṣasi |
jāgratpade sthitaṃ devaṃ cāturātmyamanuttamam || 10 - 40 ||

sthityutpattipralayakṛtsarvopakaraṇānvitam |
divyaṃ taccintayedyasya viśvaṃ tiṣṭhati śāsane || 10 - 41 ||

trividhaṃ cāturātmyaṃ tu suṣuptyādipadatrike |
suvyaktaṃ tatpade turye guṇalakṣyaṃ paraṃ sthitam || 10 - 42 ||

jñānakriyādibhirviṣṇorlokānanusisṛkṣataḥ |
vyūhasaṃjñamidaṃ rūpaṃ dvitīyaṃ kathitaṃ mayā || 10 - 43 ||

tṛtīyaṃ vibhavākhyaṃ tu viśvamandiramadhyagam |
nānākārakriyākartṛ rūpaṃ viṣṇorniśāmaya || 10 - 44 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre paravyūhaprakāśo nāma daśamo'dhyāyaḥ || 10 ||

Kapitel 11

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 11 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 11

śrī -

nirdoṣo niradhiṣṭheyo niravadyaḥ sanātanaḥ |
viṣṇurnārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 11 - 1 ||

ṣāḍguṇyavigraho nityaṃ paraṃ brahmākṣaraṃ param |
tasya māṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ nityaṃ taddharmadharmiṇīm || 11 - 2 ||

sarvabhāvānugāṃ viddhi nirdoṣāmanapāyinīm |
sarvakāryakarī sāhaṃ viṣṇoravyayarūpiṇaḥ || 11 - 3 ||

śuddhāśuddhamayairbhāvairvitatyātmānamātmanā |
paravyūhādisaṃbhedaṃ vyūhayantī hareḥ sadā || 11 - 4 ||

śuddhaṣāḍguṇyamādāya kalpayantī tathā tathā |
tena nānāvidhaṃ rūpaṃ vyūhādyucitamañjasā || 11 - 5 ||

unmeṣayāmi devasya prakāraṃ bhavaduttaram |
vyāpārastasya devasya sāhamasmi na saṃśayaḥ || 11 - 6 ||

mayā kṛtaṃ hi yat karma tena tat kṛtamucyate |
ahaṃ hi tasya devasya smṛtā vyāpriyamāṇatā || 11 - 7 ||

iti śakra paraṃ rūpaṃ vyūharūpaṃ ca darśitam |
tṛtīyaṃ vibhavākhyaṃ tu rūpamadya niśāmaya || 11 - 8 ||

turyādijāgradantaṃ yat proktaṃ padacatuṣṭayam |
vāsudevādinā vyāptamaniruddhāntimena tu || 11 - 9 ||

tatra tatra pade caiva cāturātmyaṃ tathā tathā |
avyaktavyaktarūpaiḥ svairuditaṃ te yathoditam || 11 - 10 ||

vyūhād vyūhasamutpattau padādyāvatpadāntaram |
antaraṃ sakalaṃ deśaṃ saṃpūrayati tejasā || 11 - 11 ||

pūjitastejasāṃ rāśiravyakto mūrtivarjitaḥ |
viśākhayūpa ityuktastattajjñānādibṛṃhitaḥ || 11 - 12 ||

tasmiṃstasmin pade tasmānmūrtiśākhācatuṣṭayam |
vāsudevādikaṃ śakra prādurbhavati vai kramāt || 11 - 13 ||

evaṃ svapnapadājjāgratpadavyūhavibhāvane |
svapnātpadājjāgradante taijasaḥ pūjyate mahān || 11 - 14 ||

viśākhayūpo bhagavān sa devastejasāṃ nidhiḥ |
turyādye svapnaparyante hi yat || 11 - 15 ||

tattadaiśvaryasaṃpanne ṣāḍguṇyaṃ suvyavasthitam |
tadādāyākhilaṃ divyaṃ śuddhasaṃvitpuraḥsaram || 11 - 16 ||

vibhajannātmanātmānaṃ vāsudevādirūpataḥ |
punavibhavavelāyāṃ vinā mūrticatuṣṭayam || 11 - 17 ||

viśākhayūpa evaiṣa vibhavān bhāvayatyuta |
te devā vibhavātmānaḥ padmanābhādayo matāḥ || 11 - 18 ||

padmanābho dhruvo'nantaḥ śaktīśo madhusūdanaḥ |
vidyādhidevaḥ kapilo viśvarūpo vihaṃgamaḥ || 11 - 19 ||

kroḍātmā vaḍavāvaktro dharmo vāgīśvarastathā |
ekārṇavāntaḥśāyī ca tathaiva kamaṭhākṛtiḥ || 11 - 20 ||

varāho narasiṃhaścāpyamṛtāharaṇastathā |
śrīpatirdivyadeho'tha kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ || 11 - 21 ||

rāhujit kālanemighnaḥ pārijātaharastathā |
lokanāthastu śāntātmā dattātreyo mahāprabhuḥ || 11 - 22 ||

nyagrodhaśāyī bhagavānekaśṛṅgatanustathā |
devo vāmanadehastu sarvavyāpī trivikramaḥ || 11 - 23 ||

naro nārāyaṇaścaiva hariḥ kṛṣṇastathaiva ca |
jvalatparaśubhṛdrāmo rāmaścānyo dhanurdharaḥ || 11 - 24 ||

vedavidbhagavān kalkī pātālaśayanaḥ prabhuḥ |
triṃśaccāṣṭāvime devāḥ padmanābhādayo matāḥ || 11 - 25 ||

vibhorviśākhayūpasya tattatkāryavaśādime |
sphūrtayo vibhavāḥ khyātāḥ kāryaṃ caiṣāmasaṃkaram || 11 - 26 ||

śuddhāśuddhādhvanormadhye padmanābho vyavasthitaḥ |
dhruvādayo'pare devā vivṛtā viśvamandire || 11 - 27 ||

rūpāṇyastrāṇi caiteṣāṃ śaktayaścāparā vidhāḥ |
sarvaṃ tat sāttvate siddhaṃ saṃjñāmātraṃ pradarśitam || 11 - 28 ||

śākhāstu vāsudevādyā vibhordevasya kīrtitāḥ |
viśākhayūpo bhagavān vitatābhiḥ karoti tat || 11 - 29 ||

catasṛbhyo'tha śākhābhyaḥ keśavādyaṃ trayaṃ trayam |
dāmodarāntamudbhūtaṃ tad vyūhāntaramucyate || 11 - 30 ||

tābhya eva hi śākhābhyaḥ śriyādīnāṃ trayaṃ trayam |
pūrvatrayānurūpeṇa śaktīnāṃ ca samudgatam || 11 - 31 ||

parādivibhavāntānāṃ sarveṣāṃ devatātmanām |
śuddhaṣāḍguṇyarūpāṇi vapūṃṣi tridaśeśvara || 11 - 32 ||

yāvantyastrāṇi devānāṃ cakraśaṅkhādikāni vai |
bhūṣaṇāni vicitrāṇi vāsāṃsi vividhāni ca || 11 - 33 ||

dhvajāśca vividhākārāḥ kāntayaśca sitādikāḥ |
vāhanāni vicitrāṇi satyādyāni sureśvara || 11 - 34 ||

śaktayo bhogadāścaiva vividhākārasaṃsthitāḥ |
āntaḥkaraṇiko vargastadīyā vṛttayo'khilāḥ || 11 - 35 ||

yacca yaccopakaraṇaṃ sāmānyaṃ puruṣāntaraiḥ |
ṣāḍguṇyanirmitaṃ viddhi tatsarvaṃ balasūdana || 11 - 36 ||

śuddhasaṃvinmayī sāhaṃ ṣāḍguṇyaparipūritā |
tathā tathā bhavāmyeṣāmiṣṭaṃ yaddhi yathā yathā || 11 - 37 ||

na vinā devadevena sthitirmama hi vidyate |
mayā vinā na devasya sthitirviṣṇorhi vidyate || 11 - 38 ||

tāvāvāmekatāṃ prāptau dvidhā bhūtau ca saṃsthitau |
vidhāṃ bhajāvahe tāṃ tāṃ yadyadyatra hyapekṣitam || 11 - 39 ||

śakraḥ -

sindhukanye namastubhyaṃ namaste sarasīruhe |
paravyūhādibhedena kiṃ prayojanamīśituḥ || 11 - 40 ||

śrīḥ -

anugrahāya jīvānāṃ bhaktānāmanukampayā |
paravyūhādibhedena devadevapravṛttayaḥ || 11 - 41 ||

śakraḥ -

devadevapriye devi namaste kamalodbhave |
anugrahāya bhaktānāmekaivāstu vidhā hareḥ || 11 - 42 ||

śrīḥ -

jīvānāṃ vividhāḥ śakra saṃcitāḥ puṇyasaṃcayāḥ |
saṃcinvanti na te jīvāstulyakālaṃ kathaṃcana || 11 - 43 ||

kaściddhi sukṛtonmeṣāt kadācit puruṣo nṛṣu |
śrīmatā kamalākṣeṇa jāyamāno nirīkṣyate || 11 - 44 ||

anyadā puruṣo'nyaścetyevaṃ bhinnāḥ śubhāśayāḥ |
bhedo'dhikāriṇāṃ puṇyatāratamyena jāyate || 11 - 45 ||

vivekaḥ kasyacinmando bhagavattattvavedane |
madhyamastu parasyātha divyo'nyasya tu jāyate || 11 - 46 ||

īśānugrahavaiṣamyādevaṃ bhede vyavasthite |
tattatkāryānurodhena paravyūhādibhāvanā || 11 - 47 ||

kriyate devadevena śaktiṃ māmadhitiṣṭhatā |
saṃsiddhayogatattvānāmadhikāraḥ parātmani || 11 - 48 ||

vyāmiśrayogayuktānāṃ madhyānāṃ vyūhabhāvane |
vaibhavīyādirūpeṣu vivekavidhurātmanām || 11 - 49 ||

ahaṃtāmamatārtānāṃ bhaktānāṃ parameśvare |
adhikārasya vaiṣamyaṃ bhaktānāmanudṛśya saḥ || 11 - 50 ||

bhajate vividhaṃ bhāvaṃ paravyūhādiśabditam |
iti te leśataḥ śakra darśitā ubhayātmakāḥ || 11 - 51 ||

bhavadbhāvottarā vyūhā mama nārāyaṇasya ca |
śuddhe śuddhetarasmiṃśca kośavarge madudbhave || 11 - 52 ||

sthitirnau darśitā te'dya pṛthak saha ca kevalā |
evaṃ prakārāṃ māṃ jñātvā pratyakṣāṃ sarvasaṃmatām || 11 - 53 ||

upāyairvividhai śaśvadupāsya vividhātmikām |
kleśakarmāśayātīto madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 11 - 54 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre vibhavaprakāśo nāma ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 11 ||

Kapitel 12

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 12 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 12

śakraḥ -

cicchaktireva te śuddhā yadi jīvaḥ sanātanaḥ |
kleśakarmāśayasparśaḥ kathamasya saroruhe || 12 - 1 ||

kleśāḥ ke kati te proktāḥ karma kīdṛk ca kiṃvidham |
āśayo nāma ko devi tadetat kiṃ phalaṃ smṛtam || 12 - 2 ||

sindhukanye tadetanme bruhi tubhyaṃ namo namaḥ |
sarvajñe na tvadanyena vaktumetaddhi śakyate || 12 - 3 ||

śrīḥ -

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī devī svacchasvacchandacinmayī |
svatantrā niravadyāhaṃ viṣṇoḥ śrīranapāyinī || 12 - 4 ||

īśeśitavyabhedena dvidhā rūpaṃ mayā kṛtam |
īśitavyaṃ ca tadbhinna svācchandyādeva me dvidhā || 12 - 5 ||

cicchaktirekā bhoktrākhyā parā bhogyādirūpiṇī |
kālakālyavibhedena sā dvidhā bheditā mayā || 12 - 6 ||

tatra kālyātmikā śaktirmohinī bandhanī tathā |
prakṛtiḥ savikāraiṣā cicchaktirbadhyate'nayā || 12 - 7 ||

kliśyate yena rūpeṇa cicchaktirbhoktṛtāṃ gatā |
sa kleśaḥ pañcadhā jñeyo nāmānyasya ca me śṛṇu || 12 - 8 ||

tamo moho mahāmohastāmisro hyandhasaṃjñitaḥ |
avidyā pañcaparvaiṣā tamaso gatiruttamā || 12 - 9 ||

asaṅginyapi cicchaktiḥ śuddhāpyapariṇāminī |
āviddhamātmano rūpaṃ nairmalyena vibharti sā || 12 - 10 ||

śakraḥ -

vyāhatāmiva paśyāmi cicchakteḥ kleśasaṅgitām |
muhyatīva mano me'dya taṃ mohaṃ chindhi padmaje || 12 - 11 ||

śrīḥ -

svatantrā sarvasiddhīnāṃ hetuścātra mahādbhutā |
śaktirnārāyaṇasyāhaṃ nityā devī sadoditā || 12 - 12 ||

tasyā me pañca karmāṇi nityāni tridaśeśvara |
tirobhāvastathā sṛṣṭiḥ sthitiḥ saṃhṛtireva ca || 12 - 13 ||

anugraha iti proktaṃ madīyaṃ karmapañcakam |
eteṣāṃ karmaśo vyākhyāṃ karmaṇāṃ śakra me śṛṇu || 12 - 14 ||

tatra nāma tirobhāvo'nyadbhāvaḥ parikīrtyate |
svacchāpi sā madīyā hi cichaktirbhoktṛsaṃjñitā || 12 - 15 ||

madīyayā yayā śaktyā vartate prakṛtervaśe |
tirobhāvābhidhānā me sāvidyāśaktirucyate || 12 - 16 ||

madīyaṃ bheditaṃ rūpaṃ satyasaṃkalpayā mayā |
yo'varoho madīyaste varṇitaḥ prathamaḥ purā || 12 - 17 ||

cicchaktirjīva ityevaṃ vibudhaiḥ parikīrtyate |
matsvācchandyavaśādeva tasya bhedaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 12 - 18 ||

madīyaṃ caityarūpaṃ yat satyasaṃkalpayā kṛtam |
mayā tadekīkaraṇaṃ cicchakteḥ kriyate hi yat || 12 - 19 ||

avidyā sā parā śaktistirobhāva iti smṛtaḥ |
pañca parvāṇi tasyāstu santi tāni nibodha me || 12 - 20 ||

tamastu prathamaṃ parva nāmāvidyeti tasya tu |
anātmanyasvabhūte ca caitye jīvasya yā matiḥ || 12 - 21 ||

svatayāhaṃtayā caiva tamo'vidyā ca sā smṛtā |
svīkṛte'haṃtayā caitye māno yastatra jāyate || 12 - 22 ||

asmitākhyo mahāmoho dvitīyaṃ kleśaparva tat |
caityacetanayorekabhāvāpattiravidyayā || 12 - 23 ||

moho'smitā mahāmoha iti śabdairnigadyate |
sukhānusmṛtiheturyā vāsanāsmitayāhitā || 12 - 24 ||

sa rāgo rañjyaviṣayastṛtīyaṃ kleśaparva tat |
duḥkhānusmṛtiheturyā vāsanāsmitayāhitā || 12 - 25 ||

sa dveṣo dveṣyaviṣayaścaturthaṃ kleśaparva tat |
duḥkhaṃ jihāsato yogaiḥ prepsataśca sukhaṃ tathā || 12 - 26 ||

tadantarāyairvitrāso madhye yo nāma jāyate |
andhākhyo'bhiniveśaḥ sa pañcamaṃ kleśaparva tat || 12 - 27 ||

dehamātmatayā buddhvā tatastādātmyamāgataḥ |
rañjanīyamabhiprepsurjihāsuśca tathetarat || 12 - 28 ||

tadantarāyavitrastastatpratīkāramācaran |
iṣṭasya prāptaye'niṣṭavighātāya ca cetanaḥ || 12 - 29 ||

yadayaṃ kurute karma trividhaṃ trividhātmakam |
tatkarma gaditaṃ sadbhiḥ sāṃkhyayogavicakṣaṇaiḥ || 12 - 30 ||

tatprasūtaṃ sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ tathā duḥkhasukhātmakam |
vipākastrividhaḥ proktastattvaśāstraviśāradaiḥ || 12 - 31 ||

vāsanā āśayāḥ proktāḥ kleśakarmavipākajāḥ |
antaḥkaraṇavartinyaḥ samantāccherate hi tāḥ || 12 - 32 ||

janyante vāsanā nityaṃ pañcabhiḥ kleśaparvabhiḥ |
sadṛśārambhahetuśca vāsanā karmaṇā tathā || 12 - 33 ||

sukhādivāsanā caiva vipākairjanyate tridhā |
caturbhirlakṣaṇairitthaṃbhūtā kleśādināmakaiḥ || 12 - 34 ||

bandhanī jīvakośasya tirobhāvābhidhā vidhā |
śaktyānayaiva baddhānāṃ jīvānāṃ mama nityadā || 12 - 35 ||

sāṃtatyena pravartante mama sṛṣṭyādiśaktayaḥ |
sṛṣṭiśaktirdvidhā sā me śuddhyaśuddhivaśānmayā || 12 - 36 ||

vivicya darśitā sā te sā punaḥ saptadhā sthitā |
aniśaṃ kriyate tvekā prājāpatyena karmaṇā || 12 - 37 ||

ṣaṭkośasaṃbhavāstvanyāstattatkālasamudbhavāḥ |
sargakrame prakṛtyutthe sṛṣṭirjñeyā tridhā punaḥ || 12 - 38 ||

bhāvikī laiṅgikī caiva bhautikī ceti bhedataḥ |
yathā nyagrodhadhānāyāṃ traiguṇye prakṛtau tathā || 12 - 39 ||

yā sthitirmahadādeḥ sā bhāvasṛṣṭirnigadyate |
samaṣṭivyaṣṭibhedena liṅgaṃ yatsṛjyate mayā || 12 - 40 ||

virājaśca tathānyeṣāṃ bhūtānāṃ liṅgajā tu sā |
mahadādyā viśeṣāntā viṃśatiśca trayaśca ye || 12 - 41 ||

padārthā liṅgadehasthā virājaḥ parikīrtitāḥ |
khānāṃ samaṣṭibhūtānāṃ tathāntaḥkaraṇasya ca || 12 - 42 ||

tridhā sthitasya ye yeṃ'śāḥ pratijīvaṃ vyavasthitāḥ |
sthūlānāṃ caiva bhūtānāṃ ye sūkṣmāḥ kīrtitāḥ purā || 12 - 43 ||

vyaṣṭayo'ṣṭādaśemāśca kleśāḥ karmāṇi vāsanāḥ |
prāṇāśceti taduddiṣṭaṃ liṅgaṃ jīvagaṇāśrayam |
44 ||

cicchaktayo hi liṅgasthāḥ saṃsaranti yathā tathā |
śudde hi bhagavajjñāne jāte satkarmajīvinām || 12 - 45 ||

jīvānāṃ vinivartante liṅgānyetāni nānyadā |
virājaḥ sthūladeho yo brahmāṇḍāparanāmavān || 12 - 46 ||

caturvidhāni cānyāni śarīrāṇi śarīriṇām |
eṣā me bhautikī sṛṣṭiritīdaṃ sṛṣṭicintanam || 12 - 47 ||

sthitirnāma tṛtīyā me śaktiryā te puroditā |
tasyāḥ svarūpaṃ vakṣyāmi tanme śakra niśāmaya || 12 - 48 ||

ādyasṛṣṭikṣaṇo yastu saṃjihīrṣākṣaṇaśca yaḥ |
yatsthairyakaraṇaṃ nāma tayorantaravartinām || 12 - 49 ||

nānārūpairmadīyaiḥ sā sthitiśaktiḥ parā mama |
viṣṇunā devadevena mayā caiva tathā tathā || 12 - 50 ||

yā sthitiḥ kathitā sā tu prathamā tattvacintakaiḥ |
manvantarādhipaiścaiva dvitīyā parikīrtitā || 12 - 51 ||

manuputraistṛtīyānyā kṣudrairiti caturvidha |
caturthī saṃhṛtīśaktistasyā bhedamimaṃ śṛṇu || 12 - 52 ||

nāśo jarāyujādīnāṃ bhūtānāṃ nityadā tu yā |
sā nityā saṃhṛtistvanyaḥ śakra naimittikī smṛtā || 12 - 53 ||

trailokyaviṣayā sā tu brahmaprasvāpahetukā |
tṛtīyā prākṛtī proktā mahadādivyapāśrayā || 12 - 54 ||

prāsūtī tu caturthī syādavyaktaviṣayā tu sā |
māyī yā pañcamī prokta prasūtiviṣayā tu yā || 12 - 55 ||

śākti ṣaṣṭhī tu vijñeyā māyāsaviṣayā tu sā |
saptamyātyantikī proktā vilayo yogināṃ mayi || 12 - 56 ||

sūkṣmāṇi vinivartante śarīrāṇi tadā satām |
eṣā saptavidhā śakra saṃhṛtiste mayoditā |
pañcamyanugrahākhyā me śaktirvyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 12 - 57 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre tirobhāvādiśaktiprakāśo nāma dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 12 ||

Kapitel 13

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 13 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 13

śrīḥ -

anugrahātmikā śakra śaktirme pañcamī smṛtā |
tāmimāṃ tattvato vatsa vadāmi tava sāṃpratam || 13 - 1 ||

avidyayā samāviddhā asmitādivaśīkṛtāḥ |
macchaktyaiva tirobhūtāstirodhānābhidhānayā || 13 - 2 ||

uccānnice patantaste nīcādutpatayālavaḥ |
nibaddhāstrividhairbandhaiḥ sthānatrayavivartinaḥ || 13 - 3 ||

saṃsārāṅgāramadhyasthāḥ pacyamānāḥ svakarmaṇā |
sukhābhimānino duḥkhe nityamajñānadharṣitāḥ || 13 - 4 ||

tā yonīranudhāvantaścarācaravibhedinīḥ |
apūrvāpūrvabhūtābhiścitritābhiḥ svahetubhiḥ || 13 - 5 ||

dehendriyamanobuddhivedanābhiraharniśam |
jananāni prabandhnanto maraṇāni tathā tathā || 13 - 6 ||

kliśyamānā iti kleśaistaistairyogaviyogajaiḥ |
udyatkāruṇyasaṃtānanirvāpitatadāgasā || 13 - 7 ||

mayā jīvāḥ samīkṣyante śriyā duḥkhavivarjitāḥ |
so'nugraha iti proktaḥ śaktipātāparāhvayaḥ || 13 - 8 ||

karmasāmyaṃ bhajantyete prekṣyamāṇā mayā tadā |
apaścimā tanuḥ sā syājjīvānāṃ prekṣitā mayā || 13 - 9 ||

ahameva hi jānāmi śaktipātakṣaṇaṃ ca tam |
nāsau puruṣakāreṇa na cāpyanyena hetunā || 13 - 10 ||

kevalaṃ svecchayaivāhaṃ prekṣe kaṃcit kadāpyaham |
tataḥ prabhṛti sa svacchasvacchāntaḥkaraṇaḥ pumān || 13 - 11 ||

karmasāmyaṃ samāsādya śuklakarmavyapāśrayaḥ |
vedāntajñānasaṃpannaḥ sāṃkhyayogaparāyaṇaḥ || 13 - 12 ||

samyaksāttvatavijñānādviṣṇau sadbhaktimudvahan |
kālena mahatā yogī nirdhūtakleśasaṃcayaḥ || 13 - 13 ||

vidhūya vividhaṃ bandhaṃ dyotamānastatastataḥ |
prāpnoti paramaṃ brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakam || 13 - 44 ||

eṣā tu pañcamī śaktirmadīyānugrahātmikā |
svācchandhyameva me hetustirobhāvādikarmaṇi || 13 - 15 ||

itthaṃ śakra vijānīhi nānuyojyamataḥ param |

śakraḥ -

namaḥ saroruhāvāse namo nārāyaṇāśraye || 13 - 16 ||

namo nityānavadyāyai kalyāṇaguṇasindhave |
tvadvāgamṛtasaṃdohakṣālitaṃ me mahattamaḥ || 13 - 17 ||

bhūyo'haṃ śrotumicchāmi cicchakte rūpamuttamam |

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇo deva paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 13 - 18 ||

sadā jñānabalaiśvaryavīryaśaktyojasāṃ nidhiḥ |
anādiraparicchedyo deśakālasvarūpataḥ || 13 - 19 ||

tasyāhaṃ paramā devī ṣāḍguṇyamahimojjvalā |
sarvakāryakarī śaktirahaṃtā nāma śāśvatī || 13 - 20 ||

saṃvidekā svarūpaṃ me svacchasvacchandanirbharā |
siddhayo viśvajīvānāmāyatante'khilā mayi || 13 - 21 ||

ātmabhittau jagatsarvaṃ svecchayonmīlayāmyaham |
mayi lokāḥ sphurantyete jale śakunayo yathā || 13 - 22 ||

svācchandyādavarohāmi pañcakṛtyavidhāyinī |
sāhaṃ yadavarohāmi sā hi cicchaktirucyate || 13 - 23 ||

saṃkoco māmakaḥ so'yaṃ svacchasvacchandacidghnaḥ |
asminnapi jagadbhāti darpaṇodaraśailavat || 13 - 24 ||

vajraratnavadevaiṣa svacchaḥ sphurati sarvadā |
caitanyamasya dharmo yaḥ prabhā bhānorivāmalā || 13 - 25 ||

tayā sphurati jīvo'sau svata evānurūpayā |
vidhatte pañca kṛtyāni jīvo'yamapi nityadā || 13 - 26 ||

yā vṛttirnīlapītādau sṛṣṭiḥ sā kathitā budhaiḥ |
saktiryā viṣaye tatra sā sthitiḥ parikīrtyate || 13 - 27 ||

gṛhītādviṣayādyo'sya virāmo'nyajighṛkṣayā |
sā saṃhṛtiḥ samākhyātā tattvaśāstraviśāradaiḥ || 13 - 28 ||

tadvāsanā tirobhāvo'nugrahastadvilāpanam |
grāhyagrasanaśīlo'yaṃ vahnivadgrasanaḥ sadā || 13 - 29 ||

puṣyatyeṣa sadā jīvo mātrayā me samindhanam |
āvidyaṃ matsvarūpaṃ tu vyākhyātaṃ te purā mayā || 13 - 30 ||

śuddhavidyāsamāyogāt saṃkocaṃ yajjahātyasau |
tadā pradyotamāno'yaṃ sarvato muktabandhanaḥ || 13 - 31 ||

jñānakriyāsamāyogāt sarvavitsarvakṛtsadā |
anaṇuścāpyasaṃkocānmadbhāvāyopapadyate || 13 - 32 ||

yāvannirīkṣyate nāyaṃ mayā kāruṇyavattayā |
tāvatsaṃkucitajñānaḥ karaṇairviśvamīkṣate || 13 - 33 ||

cakṣuṣālokya vastūni vikalpya manasā tathā |
abhimatyāpyahaṃkārād buddhyaiva hyadhyavasyati || 13 - 34 ||

jāgarāyāmatha svapne karaṇairāntaraiścaran |
vihāya tat suṣuptau tu svarūpeṇāvatiṣṭhate || 13 - 35 ||

avasthāstā imāstisraḥ prākṛtyo naiva jīvagā |
turyāpi yā daśā jīve samādhisthe prajāyate || 13 - 36 ||

sāpi naivāsya kiṃ tveṣā śuddhasattvavyavasthitiḥ |
anavasthamanāghrātamakhilaiḥ prākṛtairguṇaiḥ || 13 - 37 ||

anaupādhikamacchedyaṃ jīvarūpaṃ tu cinmayam |
evaṃrūpamapi tvetacchādyate'nādyavidyayā || 13 - 38 ||

sudṛśyāmātmabhūtāṃ māṃ naiva paśyatyasau tataḥ |

śakraḥ -

sudṛśyāsi kathaṃ devi tvaṃ pramāṇātigā satī || 13 - 39 || vedāntā api naiva tvāṃ viduritthaṃtayāmbuje |

śrīḥ -

māṃ tu śakra vijānīhi pratyakṣāṃ sarvadehinām |
samāhitamanā bhūtvā śṛṇuṣvedaṃ mataṃ mama || 13 - 40 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre jīvasvarūpaprakāśo nāma trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 13 ||

Kapitel 14

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 14 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 14

śrīḥ -

jñānasvarūpo bhagavān deśakālādyabheditaḥ |
vāsudevaḥ paraṃ brahma guṇaśūnyaṃ nirañjanam || 14 - 1 ||

sukhaṃ sadaikarūpaṃ tu ṣāḍguṇyamajarāmaram |
tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirahaṃtā śāśvatī dhruvā || 14 - 2 ||

vyāpāraśaktireṣā me sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā bhavet |
ayutāyutakoṭyoghakoṭikoṭyayutāṃśataḥ || 14 - 3 ||

sāhaṃ sṛjāmi svācchandyād dvidhā bhedamupeyuṣī |
cetyacetanabhāvena cicchaktiścetano'nayoḥ || 14 - 4 ||

cetyacetanatāṃ prāptā saṃvideva madātmikā |
saṃvideva hi me rūpaṃ svaccha svacchandanirbharā || 14 - 5 ||

sā tvikṣurasavadyogāt styānatāṃ pratipadyate |
ato nirūpyamāṇaṃ taccetyaṃ cittvamupeṣyati || 14 - 6 ||

yathā hi vahninā līḍhamindhanaṃ tanmayaṃ bhavet |
evaṃ citā samālīḍhaṃ cetyaṃ cinmayatāṃ vrajet || 14 - 7 ||

nīle pīte sukhe duḥkhe citsvarūpamakhaṇḍitam |
viśinaṣṭi vikalpastaccitrayopādhisaṃpadā || 14 - 8 ||

vikalpo'pi hi madrūpaṃ svācchandyādeva nirmitam |
cetyaṃ vikalpyate yena bahirantarvyavasthayā || 14 - 9 ||

na bahirnaiva cāntastaccidrūpaṃ mama tat param |
vedyavedakarūpeṇa bhedyate me svayaṃtayā || 14 - 10 ||

yadvikalpairanākrāntaṃ yacchabdairakadarthitam |
yadupādhibhiramlānaṃ rūpaṃ taccetyatāṃ gatam || 14 - 11 ||

dūrāpāstavikalpena cetasā yatra bhūyate |
madhyamāṃ vṛttimāsthāya cetyaṃ saṃvittayā tadā || 14 - 12 ||

yathā cakṣuḥsthitaṃ rūpaṃ bāhye svaṃ rūpamīkṣyate |
tathā jñānasthitaṃ rūpaṃ jñeye svaṃ rūpamīkṣyate || 14 - 13 ||

yathā vahnisamāviṣṭaṃ kāṣṭhaṃ tadrūpamīkṣyate |
tathā saṃvitsamāviṣṭaṃ cetyaṃ saṃvittayekṣyate || 14 - 14 ||

vedyaṃ vedanatāṃ nītvā yadā vettrā nirūpyate |
tadā vittimayī sāhaṃ pratyakṣā sphuṭabhāsinī || 14 - 15 ||

ahaṃtaiva hi cittatvaṃ vedyādbhinnaṃ svalakṣaṇam |
sā cāhameva tenāhaṃ sarvataḥ śuddhacinmayī || 14 - 16 ||

saplutedaṃpadadvīpe prāptaikadhye cidambudhau |
majjatāṃ caiva cetyānāmasmi hastāvalambanam || 14 - 17 ||

maddhyānāmṛtaniṣyandakṣālitāśeṣavāsanāḥ |
māmevātmani paśyanti cetyaughagrasanī citam || 14 - 18 ||

mama cittaikarūpāyā vedyavedakatāṃ janāḥ |
avidyayaiva manyante matsaṃkalpitayā purā || 14 - 19 ||

na śāntā noditā nāpi madhyamāhaṃ svarūpataḥ |
madvivekajuṣāmevaṃ prakāśe jāgarāsvapi || 14 - 20 ||

parityaktavibhāgena nistaraṅgeṇa cetasā |
jñāye vikalpyamānā tu pratyakṣāpyasmi vismṛtā || 14 - 21 ||

puraḥ sthito yathā bhāvaścetaso'nyābhilāṣiṇaḥ |
na bhāsate tathaivāhaṃ na bhāse vāsanājuṣām || 14 - 22 ||

bubhutsāvān yathā vṛttīrnirudhyānyatra cetasā |
pratyakṣamīkṣate vastu tathā māṃ śuddhasaṃvidam || 14 - 23 ||

sadaivāpratibaddhāyā bhāntyā eva vapurmama |
pratyakṣaṃ cetyasaṃcārakāle'pi vimalātmanām || 14 - 24 ||

yathā jātyā sitaṃ vastraṃ raktaṃ rāgeṇa kenacit |
punaḥ svavarṇamaprāpya naiva rāgāntaraṃ śrayet || 14 - 25 ||

nīlādyevaṃ vidan pītaṃ madhye śuddhacidātmani |
mayi cennaiva viśrāntaḥ pītaṃ vidyātkathaṃ nvayam || 14 - 26 ||

tathaivoccārayan vākyaṃ varṇādvarṇaṃ kathaṃ vrajet |
yadi madhye na viśrānto mayi śuddhacidātmani || 14 - 27 ||

evaṃ śuddhā svatantrāpi yadākāroparāgiṇī |
tattyāgāparasaṃcārā madhye śuddhaiva bhāmyaham || 14 - 28 ||

dakṣiṇetarasaṃcāranirodhānmadhyamāśritaḥ |
agnīṣomendhano bhāvaḥ prakāśayati me padam || 14 - 29 ||

dhiyā dhyeyamanālambya viṣayaṃ cāspṛśan bahiḥ |
yadantarā vedayate tanme rūpamanākulam || 14 - 30 ||

anuvṛttā tu yā samyak tejasyapi tamasyapi |
bhāti bhāve'pyabhāve'pi sā me tanurakarburā || 14 - 31 ||

nivṛttaviṣayecchasya madbhaktyullasitātmanaḥ |
āntaraṃ yadanālambamahaṃtvaṃ tadvapurmam || 14 - 32 ||

tadevābhyasyamānānāṃ dehaprāṇādyagocaram |
vivekināmahaṃrūpaṃ madbhāvenāvatiṣṭhate || 14 - 33 ||

tatastejo yathaivārkaṃ vyajyate na tu janyate |
bhāvaiścidrūpamapyevaṃ vyaktaṃ naiva ca janyate || 14 - 34 ||

bhāvairvinā yathā bhānuḥ samudeti nabhaḥsthale |
vedyairvinaiva me rūpamevaṃ pradyotate svayam || 14 - 35 ||

atyantācchasvabhāvatvāt sphaṭikādiryathā maṇiḥ |
uparakto japādyaistu svena rūpeṇa nekṣyate || 14 - 36 ||

matsaṃkalpasamudriktaiścetyaiḥ svacchāhamapyatha |
pṛthagjanairna lakṣyāsmi naivāhaṃ nāsmi tāvatā || 14 - 37 ||

kuṇḍalāderyathā bhinnā na lakṣyā kanakasthitiḥ |
na ca śakyā vinirdeṣṭuṃ tathāpyastyeva sā dhruvam || 14 - 38 ||

evaṃ nityā viśuddhā ca sukhduḥkhādyabheditā |
svasaṃvedanasaṃvedyā mama saṃvinmayī sthitiḥ || 14 - 39 ||

vijñātari tathā jñāne jñeye jānātinānvayaḥ |
yo'yaṃ madanvayaḥ so'yaṃ pratyayārthāviśeṣitaḥ || 14 - 40 ||

deśakālakriyākārāḥ prasiddhā bheda hetavaḥ |
tān bhedayati yā saṃvittasyā bhedaḥ kuto bhavet || 14 - 41 ||

cetyabhedo hi yaḥ kālo bhūtāditritayātmakaḥ |
saṃvinmahodadhau so'pi vilīnastanmayo bhavet || 14 - 42 ||

yadā hi vartamānāyāṃ mayi bhūtabhaviṣyatī |
pratikṣipte tadā ceyaṃ naiva syādvartamānatā || 14 - 43 ||

ādhāro'hamaśeṣāṇāṃ naivādheyāsmi kenacit |
deśo'pyādhārataḥ klaptastato me naiva vidyate || 14 - 44 ||

kāpyavasthā na me sāsti yasyāṃ saṃvinna vartate |
tena māṃ cidghanāmekāṃ sarvākārāmupāsate || 14 - 45 ||

kālo deśastathākāraḥ kriyā kartā ca karma ca |
karaṇaṃ saṃpradānaṃ ca bhavedyacca tataḥ phalam || 14 - 46 ||

bhogo bhoktā ca tatsarvaṃ vilīnaṃ saṃvidātmani |
devā daityāstathā nāgā gandharvā rakṣasāṃ gaṇāḥ || 14 - 47 ||

vidyādharāḥ piśācāśca bhūtāśceti gaṇāṣṭakam |
manujā bahudhātmāno varṇakarmādibheditāḥ || 14 - 48 ||

paśavo'tha mṛgāścaiva pakṣiṇaśca sarīsṛpāḥ |
sthāvarāśca tathaivānye kapūyacaraṇātmakāḥ || 14 - 49 ||

svargasthā narakasthāśca lokāścaiva caturdaśa |
sariddvipasamudrāśca vividhā hyaṇḍapaddhatiḥ || 14 - 50 ||

uccāvacāni tattvāni vividhāḥ śabdarāśayaḥ |
bhogyaṃ bhogopakaraṇaṃ bhogasthānaṃ ca yat smṛtam || 14 - 51 ||

kośāḥ ṣaṭ kośajāścaiva cetanācetanātmakāḥ |
śuddhāśuddhamayau bhāvau puruṣārthaścaturvidhaḥ || 14 - 52 ||

sarvaṃ prakṛtibhirnaddhaṃ kālena kalitaṃ tathā |
ityetatsakalaṃ vastu bhāvābhāvasvarūpakam || 14 - 53 ||

amanmayaṃ manmayaṃ ca mayi līnamavasthitam |
sarvātmanā sadaivāhaṃ svacchasvacchandacinmayī || 14 - 54 ||

lakṣyā sukhamayī śāntā bhāve bhāve vipaścitā |
evaṃ vyavasthitāyā me tirobhāvābhidhānayā || 14 - 55 ||

baddhā śaktyā tu cicchaktiḥ svato māṃ naiva vindati |
yadā nirvidyate sāsau madanugrahabindunā || 14 - 56 ||

upāyairmāṃ tadārādhya jīvaścicchaktisaṃjñakaḥ |
saṃkṣiṇvan nikhilānkleśānvidhūnvanvāsanārajaḥ || 14 - 57 ||

saṃprāpya jñānasadbhāvaṃ yogakṣapitabandhanaḥ |
māmeva paramānandamayīṃ lakṣmīṃ sa vindati || 14 - 58 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre lakṣmīsvarūpaprakāśo nāma caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 14 ||

Kapitel 15

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 15 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 15

śakraḥ -

namaste padmasaṃbhūte namaḥ kamalamālini |
namaḥ kamalavāsinyai govindagṛhamedhini || 15 - 1 ||

namaste kaṃjakiñjalkakalpitālakavibhrame |
sarvajñe sarvabhūtānāmantaḥsthe sarvasākṣiṇi || 15 - 2 ||

tvadvaktrakamalodbhūtaṃ sarvaṃ tadavadhāritam |
tattvatsṛṣṭaṃ tvayā trātaṃ tvayyeva layameṣyati || 15 - 3 ||

mātā mānaṃ mitimeyaṃ vidhā etāstvadātmikāḥ |
tvāmevārādhya jīvāste taranti bhavasāgaram || 15 - 4 ||

evamādi mayā devi tattvatastvavadhāritam |
kautūhalamidaṃ me'dya vartate padmasaṃbhave || 15 - 5 ||

toṣaṇīyāsi kena tvamupāyenāmbujāsane |
paramaḥ puruṣārtho yastvatprītistasya sādhanam || 15 - 6 ||

tvatprītau ka upāyaḥ syātkīdṛśaḥ kiṃvidhaḥ smṛtaḥ |
etanme sakalaṃ brūhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 15 - 7 ||

śrīḥ -

cāturātmyaṃ paraṃ brahma saccidānandalakṣaṇam |
sarvaṃ sarvottaraṃ sarvabhūtāntaḥsthamanāmayam || 15 - 8 ||

vāsudevaḥ paraṃ brahma nārāyaṇamayaṃ mahat |
tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirahaṃtānandacinmayī || 15 - 9 ||

bhinnā'bhinnā ca varte'haṃ jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ |
tāvāvāṃ tattvamekaṃ tu dvidhā bhūtau vyavasthitau || 15 - 10 ||

brahma nārāyaṇaṃ māṃ yajjñānenaivāpnuyādyatiḥ |
panthā nānyo'sti vijñānādayanāya vipaścitām || 15 - 11 ||

jñānaṃ tacca vivekotthaṃ sarvataḥ śuddhamavraṇam |
vāsudevaikaviṣayamapunarbhavakāraṇam || 15 - 12 ||

jñāne tasmin samutpanne viśate māmanantaram |
taistairūpāyaiḥ prītāhaṃ jīvānāmamalātmanām || 15 - 13 ||

udbhāvayāmi tajjñānamātmajyotiḥpradarśakam |
upāyāste ca catvāro mama prītivivardhanāḥ || 15 - 14 ||

śakraḥ -

bhagavatyaravindasthe paṅkajekṣaṇakāmini |
upāyāḥ ke ca catvārastānme darśaya paṅkaje || 15 - 15 ||

śrīḥ -

upāyāṃścaturaḥ śakra śṛṇu matprītivardhanān |
yairahaṃ paramāṃ prītiṃ yāsyāmyanapagāminīm || 15 - 16 ||

svajātivihitaṃ karma sāṃkhyaṃ yogastathaiva ca |
sarvatyāgaśca vidvadbhirupāyāḥ kathitā ime || 15 - 17 ||

caturbhirlakṣaṇairyuktaṃ trividhaṃ karma vaidikam |
svavarṇāśramasaṃbandhi nityanaimittikātmakam || 15 - 18 ||

akāmahatasaṃsiddhaṃ karma tat pūrvasādhanam |
caturvidhastu saṃnyāsastatra kāryo vipaścitā || 15 - 19 ||

mantroktadevatāyāṃ vā prakṛtāvindriyeṣu vā |
parasmin devadeve vā vāsudeve janārdane || 15 - 20 ||

pūrvaṃ kartṛtvasaṃnyāsaḥ phalasaṃnyāsa eva ca |
karmaṇāmapi saṃnyāso devadeve janārdane || 15 - 21 ||

śāstrīyamācarannevaṃ nityanaimittikātmakam |
madārādhanakāmaḥ sañśaśvat prīṇāti māṃ naraḥ || 15 - 22 ||

iti te leśataḥ proktaṃ śrutismṛtinidarśitam |
dvitīyaṃ sāṃkhyavijñānamupāyaṃ śṛṇu sāṃpratam || 15 - 23 ||

sāṃkhyāstrisro hi mantavyāḥ sāṃkhyaśāstranidarśitāḥ |
prathamā laukikī saṃkhyā dvitīyā carcanātmikā || 15 - 24 ||

samīcīnā tu yā dhīḥ sā tṛtīyā paripaṭhyate |
sāṃkhyātrayasamūho yaḥ sāṃkhyaṃ tatparipaṭhyate || 15 - 25 ||

pṛthivyāpastathā tejo vāyurākāśameva ca |
ahaṃkāro mahāṃścaiva prakṛtiḥ paramā tathā || 15 - 26 ||

etāḥ prakṛtayasttvaṣṭau tāsāṃ vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu |
prakṛtistrividhā proktā māyā sūtirguṇātmikā || 15 - 27 ||

niḥsaktāsaktamadvaitamataraṅgamanaśvaram |
acetanānāṃ paramaṃ saukṣmyaṃ māyeti gīyate || 15 - 28 ||

īṣaducchūnatā tasyāḥ prasūtiriti gīyate |
guṇatrayasamunmeṣaḥ sāmyena prakṛtiḥ parā || 15 - 29 ||

avyaktamakṣaraṃ yoniravidyā triguṇā sthitiḥ |
māyā svabhāva ityādyāḥ śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ || 15 - 30 ||

sattvaṃ rajastamaśceti guṇā ete trayo matāḥ |
tatra sattvaṃ laghu jñeyaṃ sukharūpamacañcalam || 15 - 31 ||

prakāśo nāma tadvṛttiścaitanyodgrahaṇātmakaḥ |
rajo'pi ca laghu jñeyaṃ duḥkharūpaṃ ca cañcalam || 15 - 32 ||

pravṛttirnāma tadvṛttiḥ spandaheturanaśvaraḥ |
tamo nāma guru jñeyaṃ moharūpamacañcalam || 15 - 33 ||

niyamo nāma tadvṛtiḥ kvacit svāpanalakṣaṇam |
na tadasti pṛthivyāṃ vā divi vyomni ca vāsava || 15 - 34 ||

bhūtaṃ prakṛtijairmuktaṃ yadebhiḥ syāt tribhirguṇaiḥ |
ete cittamadhiṣṭhāya guṇā indriyagāstathā || 15 - 35 ||

sukhaṃ duḥkhaṃ tathā mohaṃ viṣayasthāśca kurvate |
śarīrendriyatāṃ yātā guṇāḥ karmāṇi kurvate |
iti yasya martirnityā sa guṇātyayamaśnute || 15 - 36 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre upāyaprakāraprakāśo nāma pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 15 ||

Die Rezitation verbindet Aufmerksamkeit, Klang und Hingabe.

Video laden

YouTube

YouTube sammelt möglicherweise persönliche Daten. Datenschutzrichtlinie

Fortfahren Ausblenden

Kapitel 16

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 16 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 16

śrīḥ -

vyākhyānaṃ mahataḥ śakra śṛṇuṣvāvahito mama |
vaiṣamyasya samunmeṣo guṇānāṃ prathamo hi yaḥ || 16 - 1 ||

sa mahānnāma tasyāpi vidhāstisraḥ prakīrtitāḥ |
sāttviko buddhirityukto rājasaḥ prāṇa eva hi || 16 - 2 ||

tāmasaḥ kāla ityuktasteṣāṃ vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu |
buddhiradhyavasāyasya prāṇaḥ prayatanasya ca || 16 - 3 ||

kālaḥ kalanarūpasya pariṇāmasya kāraṇam |
mahato'pi vikurvāṇādahaṃkāro vyajāyata || 16 - 4 ||

sa cāpi trividho jñeyo guṇavaiṣamyasaṃbhavāt |
tāmasādviyadādistu tanmātragaṇa ujjvalaḥ || 16 - 5 ||

jātaḥ sattvasamudriktādbuddhīndriyagaṇo mahān |
karmendriyagaṇaścāpi rājasādubhayātmakam || 16 - 6 ||

ubhayasmāt samudbhūtamitīyaṃ tattvapaddhatiḥ |
atra prakṛtirekaiva mūlabhūtā sanātanī || 16 - 7 ||

mahadādyāstu saptānye kāryakāraṇarūpiṇaḥ |
tanmātrebhyaḥ samudbhūtā viśeṣā viyadādayaḥ || 16 - 8 ||

buddhikarmendriyagaṇau pañcakau mana eva ca |
vikārā eva vijñeyā ete ṣoḍaśa cintakaiḥ || 16 - 9 ||

caturviṃśatiretāni tattvāni kathitāni te |
yāvānyaścātra vaktavyo viśeṣo yādṛśastviha || 16 - 10 ||

sa sarvaḥ kathitaḥ pūrvaṃ tava vṛtraniṣūdana |
viṃśatyā ca tribhiścaiva vikāraiḥ svaiḥ samanvitā || 16 - 11 ||

iyaṃ prakṛtiravyaktā kathitā te surādhipa |
vyaktāvyaktamayī saiṣā nityaṃ prasavadharmiṇī || 16 - 12 ||

vilakṣaṇā sā vijñeyā cicchaktiravinaśvarā |
sa jīvaḥ kathitaḥ sadbhistattvaśāstraviśāradaiḥ || 16 - 13 ||

ayaṃ svarasataḥ śuddhaḥ pariṇāmavivarjitaḥ |
kūṭasthaścidghano nityo hyananto'pratisaṃkramaḥ || 16 - 14 ||

imau svarasato'saktau saktātmānāviva sthitau |
prakṛtiḥ puruṣaścaiva mahadbhyaśca mahattarau || 16 - 15 ||

liṅgagrāhyāvubhau nityāvaliṅgau cāpyubhāvapi |
sādharmyamevamādyevamanayorunnayedbudhaḥ || 16 - 16 ||

vaidharmyamanayoḥ śakra kathyamānaṃ nibodha me |
prakṛtistriguṇā nityaṃ satataṃ pariṇāminī || 16 - 17 ||

avivekāpyaśuddhā ca sarvajīvasamā sadā |
viṣayo'cetanā caiva sukhaduḥkhavimohinī || 16 - 18 ||

madhyasthaḥ puruṣo nityaḥ kriyāvānapyavihvalaḥ |
sākṣī dṛśistathā draṣṭā śuddho'nanto guṇātmakaḥ || 16 - 19 ||

vaidharmyamanayoretat prakṛtiṃ cānayoḥ śṛṇu |
yā sā sadasadākhyādivikalpavikalā dhruvā || 16 - 20 ||

nityoditā sadānandā pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahā |
ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktirviṣṇoḥ śrīranapāyinī || 16 - 21 ||

mattaḥ prabhavato hyetau mayyeva layameṣyataḥ |
sāhametāvatī bhāvairvividhairvistṛtiṃ gatā || 16 - 22 ||

nārāyaṇe pratiṣṭhāya punastasmādudemyaham |
eko nārāyaṇo viṣṇurvāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ || 16 - 23 ||

apṛthagbhūtaśaktitvādadvaitaṃ brahma niṣkalam |
jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejomahodadhiḥ || 16 - 24 ||

nistaraṅgaḥ sadaivāsau jagadetaccarācaram |
iti te sāṃkhyavijñānaṃ leśataḥ śakra darśitam || 16 - 25 ||

yā tattvagaṇanā saṃkhyā tāṃ purā śīlayedbudhaḥ |
tataḥ sādharmyavaidharmyasvarūpaprabhavādikām || 16 - 26 ||

kuryāccarcātmikāṃ saṃkhyāṃ śāstratattvopadeśajām |
carcāyāmiha saṃkhyāyāṃ siddhāyāmamalātmani || 16 - 27 ||

udeti yā samīcīnā saṃkhyā sattattvagocarā |
eṣā sā paramā saṃkhyā matprasādasamudbhavā || 16 - 28 ||

sāṃkhyadarśanametatte parisaṃkhyānamīritam |
evaṃ hi parisaṃkhyāya sāṃkhyā madbhāvamāgatāḥ || 16 - 29 ||

upāyo yastṛtīyaste vakṣyate yogasaṃjñakaḥ |
yogastu dvividho jñeyaḥ samādhiḥ saṃyamastathā || 16 - 30 ||

yamādyaṅgasamudbhūtā samādhiḥ saṃsthitiḥ pare |
brahmaṇi śrīnivāsākhye hyutthānaparivarjitā || 16 - 31 ||

sākṣātkāramayī sā hi sthitiḥ sadbrahmavedinām |
dhyātṛdhyeyāvibhāgasthā matprasādasamudbhavā || 16 - 32 ||

saṃyamo nāma satkarma paramātmaikagocaram |
tatpunardvividhaṃ proktaṃ śārīraṃ mānasaṃ tathā || 16 - 33 ||

vistareṇābhidhāsyete samādhiḥ saṃyamastathā |
prathamo ya upāyaste karmātmā kathitaḥ purā || 16 - 34 ||

saṃjñānaṃ janayecchuddhamantaḥkaraṇaśodhanāt |
tena hi prīṇitā sāhaṃ sadācāraniṣevaṇāt || 16 - 35 ||

dadāmi buddhiyogaṃ tamantaḥkaraṇaśodhanam |
sāṃkhyaṃ nāma dvitīyo ya upāyaḥ kathitastava || 16 - 36 ||

parokṣaḥ śāstrajanyo'sau nirṇayo dṛḍhatāṃ gataḥ |
pratyakṣatāmivāpanno matprītiṃ janayetparām || 16 - 37 ||

ahaṃ saṃkhyāyamānā hi svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ |
udbhāvayāmi tajjñānaṃ pratyakṣaṃ yadvivekajam || 16 - 38 ||

tṛtīyastu samādhyātmā pratyakṣo'viplavo dṛḍhaḥ |
prakṛṣṭasattvasaṃbhūtaḥ prasādātiśayo hi saḥ || 16 - 39 ||

tṛtīyasya vidhā yo'sau saṃyamo nāma varṇitaḥ |
bhogaiḥ śuddhaistridhodbhūtairatyantaprītaye mama || 16 - 40 ||

ahaṃ hi tatra viśvātmā viṣṇuśaktiḥ parāvarā |
sākṣādeva samārādhyā devo vā puruṣottamaḥ || 16 - 41 ||

iti te kathitāḥ samyagupāyāstraya ūrjitāḥ |
śṛṇūpāyaṃ caturthaṃ me sarvatyāgasamāhvayam || 16 - 42 ||

tatra dharmān parityajya sarvānuccāvacāṅgakān |
saṃsārānalasaṃtapto māmekāṃ śaraṇaṃ vrajet || 16 - 43 ||

ahaṃ hi śaraṇaṃ prāptā nareṇānanyacetasā |
prāpayāmyātmanātmānaṃ nirdhūtākhilakalmaṣam || 16 - 44 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre upāyaprakāravivaraṇaṃ nāma ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 16 ||

Kapitel 17

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 17 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 17

śakraḥ -

namaste kamalāvāse jananyai sarvadehinām |
gṛhiṇyai padmanābhasya namaste sarasīruhe || 17 - 1 ||

upāyāste trayaḥ pūrve kathitā avadhāritāḥ |
vyācakṣvāmba caturthaṃ tamupāyaṃ paramambuje || 17 - 2 ||

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇo devo vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ |
cāturātmyaṃ paraṃ brahma saccidānandamavraṇam || 17 - 3 ||

ekāhaṃ paramā śaktistasya devī sanātanī |
karomi sakalaṃ kṛtyaṃ sarvabhāvānugāminī || 17 - 4 ||

śāntānantacidānandaṃ yad brahma paramaṃ dhruvam |
mahāvibhūtisaṃsthānaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatam || 17 - 5 ||

tasya śaktirahaṃ brāhmī śāntānandacidātmikā |
mahāvibhūtiranaghā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā || 17 - 6 ||

āśvāsanāya jīvānāṃ yattanmūrtīkṛtaṃ mahaḥ |
nārāyaṇaḥ paraṃ brahma divyaṃ nayananandanam || 17 - 7 ||

tadā mūrtimatī sāhaṃ śaktirnārāyaṇī parā |
samā samavibhaktāṅgā sarvāvayavasundarī || 17 - 8 ||

tayornau paramaṃ vyoma nirduḥkhaṃ padamuttamam |
ṣāḍguṇyaprasaro divyaḥ svācchandyāddeśatāṃ gataḥ || 17 - 9 ||

svakarmanirataiḥ siddhairvedavedāntapāragaiḥ |
anekajanmasaṃtānaniḥśeṣitakaṣāyakaiḥ || 17 - 10 ||

kleśena mahatā siddhairantarāyātigaiḥ kramāt |
saṃkhyāvidhividhānajñaiḥ sāṃkhyaiḥ saṃkhyānapāragaiḥ || 17 - 11 ||

pratyāhṛtendriyagrāmairdhāraṇādhyānaśālibhiḥ |
yogaiḥ samāhitaiḥ śaśvatkleśena yadavāpyate || 17 - 12 ||

acchidrāḥ pañcakālajñāḥ pañcayajñavicakṣaṇāḥ |
pūrṇe varṣaśate dhīrāḥ prāpnuvanti yadañjasā || 17 - 13 ||

yattatpurāṇamākāśaṃ sarvasmāt paramaṃ dhruvam |
yatpadaṃ prāpya tattvajñā mucyante sarvabandhanaiḥ || 17 - 14 ||

sūryakoṭipratīkāśāḥ pūrṇendvayutasaṃnibhāḥ |
yasmin pade virājante muktāḥ saṃsārabandhanaiḥ || 17 - 15 ||

indriyacchidravidhurā dyotamānāśca sarvataḥ |
aniṣyandā anāhārāḥ ṣāḍguṇyatanavo'malāḥ || 17 - 16 ||

ekāntino mahābhāgā yatra paśyanti nau sadā |
kṣapayitvādhikārān svān śaśvatkālena bhūyasā || 17 - 17 ||

vedhaso yatra modante śaṃkarāḥ sapuraṃdarāḥ |
sūrayo nityasaṃsiddhāḥ sarvadā sarvadarśinaḥ || 17 - 18 ||

vaiṣṇavaṃ paramaṃ rūpaṃ sākṣātkurvanti yatra te |
aṣṭākṣaraikasaktānāṃ dviṣaṭkārṇaratātmanām || 17 - 19 ||

ṣaḍakṣaraprasaktānāṃ praṇavāsaktacetasām |
jitaṃtāsaktacittānāṃ tārikāniratātmanām || 17 - 20 ||

anutārāprasaktānāṃ yat padaṃ vimalātmanām |
anantavihageśānaviṣvaksenādayo'malāḥ || 17 - 21 ||

madājñākāriṇo yatra modante sakaleśvarāḥ |
tatra divyavapuḥ śrīmān devadevo janārdanaḥ || 17 - 22 ||

anantabhogaparyaṅke niṣaṇṇaḥ susukhojjvale |
vijñānaiśvaryavīryasthaiḥ śaktitejobalolbaṇaiḥ || 17 - 23 ||

āyudhairbhūṣaṇairdivyairadbhutaiḥ samalaṃkṛtaḥ |
pañcātmanā suparṇena pakṣirājena sevitaḥ || 17 - 24 ||

sā rūpyameyuṣā sākṣācchrīvatsakṛtalakṣmaṇā |
senānyā sevitaḥ samyagviṣvaksenena dīpyatā || 17 - 25 ||

kṣemāya sarvalokānāmādhyānāya manīṣiṇām |
muktaye'khilabandhānāṃ rūpadānāya yoginām || 17 - 26 ||

āste nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ |
sukumāro yuvā devaḥ śrīvatsakṛtalakṣaṇaḥ || 17 - 27 ||

caturbhujo viśālākṣaḥ kirīṭī kaustubhaṃ vahan |
hāranūpurakeyūrakāñcīpītāmbarojjvalaḥ || 17 - 28 ||

vanamālāṃ dadhaddivyāṃ pañcaśaktimayīṃ parām |
sarvāvayavasaṃpannaḥ sarvāvayavasundaraḥ || 17 - 29 ||

rājarājo'khilasyāsya viśvasya parameśvaraḥ |
kāntasya tasya devasya viṣṇoḥ sadguṇaśālinaḥ || 17 - 30 ||

dayitāhaṃ sadā devī jñānānandamayī parā |
anavadyānavadyāṅgī nityaṃ taddharmadharmiṇī || 17 - 31 ||

īśvarī sarvabhūtānāṃ padmākṣī padmamālinī |
śaktibhiḥ sevitā nityaṃ sṛṣṭisthityādibhiḥ parā || 17 - 32 ||

dvātriṃśatā sahasreṇa sṛṣṭiśaktibhirāvṛtā |
vṛtā taddviguṇābhiśca divyābhiḥ sthitiśaktibhiḥ || 17 - 33 ||

tataśca dviguṇābhiśca pūrṇā saṃhṛtiśaktibhiḥ |
nāyikā sarvaśaktīnāṃ sarvalokamaheśvarī || 17 - 34 ||

mahiṣī devadevasya sarvakāmadughā vibhoḥ |
tulyā guṇavayorūpairmanaḥpramathanī hareḥ || 17 - 35 ||

taistairanuguṇairbhāvairahaṃ devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ |
karomi sakalaṃ kṛtyaṃ nityaṃ taddharmadharmiṇī || 17 - 36 ||

sāhamaṅke sthitā viṣṇordevadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ |
lālitā tena cātyantaṃ sāmarasyamupeyuṣī || 17 - 37 ||

kadācit sarvadarśinyāḥ kṛpā me svayamudgatā |
kliśyataḥ prāṇino dṛṣṭvā saṃsārajvalanodare || 17 - 38 ||

kathaṃ nvime bhaviṣyanti duḥkhottīrṇāḥ sukhottarāḥ |
saṃsāraparasīmānamāpnuyurmāṃ kathaṃ nviti || 17 - 39 ||

sāhamantaḥ kṛpāviṣṭā devadevamacūcudam |
bhagavan devadeveśa lokanātha mama priya || 17 - 40 ||

sarvāde sarvamadhyānta sarva sarvottarācyuta |
govinda puṇḍarīkākṣa purāṇa puruṣottama || 17 - 41 ||

dustarāpārasaṃsārasāgarottārakāraṇa |
vyaktāvyaktajñakālākhyakḷptabhāvacatuṣṭaya || 17 - 42 ||

vāsudeva jagannātha saṃkarṣaṇa jagatprabho |
pradyumna subhaga śrīmannaniruddhāparājita || 17 - 43 ||

nānāvibhavasaṃsthāna nānāvibhavabhājana |
divyaśāntoditānandaṣāḍguṇyodayavigraha || 17 - 44 ||

sphuratkirīṭakeyūrahāranūpurakaustubha |
pītāmbara mahodāra puṇḍarīkanibhekṣaṇa || 17 - 45 ||

caturmūrte caturvyūha śaradindīvaradyute |
abhirāmaśarīreśa nārāyaṇa jaganmaya || 17 - 46 ||

amī hi prāṇinaḥ sarve nimagnāḥ kleśasāgare |
uttāraṃ prāṇināmasmātkathaṃ cintayasi prabho || 17 - 47 ||

ityukto devadeveśaḥ smayamāno'bravīdidam |
aravindāsane devi padmagarbhe saroruhe || 17 - 48 ||

uttārahetavo'mīṣāmupāyā vihitā mayā |
karma sāṃkhyaṃ tathā yoga iti śāstravyapāśrayāḥ || 17 - 49 ||

pratyavocamahaṃ devamityuktā puruṣottamam |
devadeva na te śakyāḥ kartuṃ kālena gacchatā || 17 - 50 ||

kālo hi kalayanneva svatantro bhavadātmakaḥ |
jñānaṃ sattvaṃ balaṃ caiṣāmāyuśca vinikṛntati || 17 - 51 ||

antaḥkaraṇasaṃsthā hi vāsanā vividhātmikāḥ |
tattatkālavaśaṃ prāpya yātayanti śarīriṇaḥ || 17 - 52 ||

udāsīno bhavānevaṃ prāṇināṃ karma kurvatām |
tattatkālānukūlāni tatphalāni prayacchati || 17 - 53 ||

yena tvaṃ vata saṃrabdhaḥ prāṇinaḥ pālayiṣyasi |
prabrūhi tamupāyaṃ me praṇatāyai janārdana || 17 - 54 ||

ityuktaḥ pratyuvācedaṃ bhagavānutsmayanniva |
saroruhe vijānīṣe sarvamevātmano gatam || 17 - 55 ||

māṃ tu jijñāsase devi tathāpi śṛṇu bhāmini |
upāyāścāpyapāyāśca śāstrīyā nirmitā mayā || 17 - 56 ||

vihitā ya upāyāste niṣiddhāścetare matāḥ |
adho nayantyapāyāstaṃ ya enānanuvartate || 17 - 57 ||

ūrdhvaṃ nayantyupāyāstaṃ ya enānanuvartate |
upāyāpāyasaṃtyāgī madhyamāṃ vṛttimāśritaḥ || 17 - 58 ||

māmekaṃ śaraṇaṃ prāpya māmevānte samaśnute |
ṣaḍaṅgaṃ tamupāyaṃ ca śṛṇu me padmasaṃbhave || 17 - 59 ||

ānukūlyasya saṃkalpaḥ prātikūlyasya varjanam |
rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāso goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ tathā || 17 - 60 ||

ātmanikṣepakārpaṇye ṣaḍvidhā śaraṇāgatiḥ |
evaṃ māṃ śaraṇaṃ prāpya vītaśokabhayaklamaḥ || 17 - 61 ||

nirārambho nirāśīśca nirmamo nirahaṃkṛtiḥ |
māmeva śaraṇaṃ prāpya taret saṃsārasāgaram || 17 - 62 ||

satkarmaniratāḥ śuddhāḥ sāṃkhyayogavidastathā |
nārhanti śaraṇasthasya kalāṃ koṭitamīmapi || 17 - 63 ||

iti tasya vacaḥ śrutvā devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ |
prītāhamabhavaṃ śakra tadidaṃ varṇitaṃ tava || 17 - 64 ||

śakraḥ -

devapriye mahādevi namaste paṅkajāsane |
ānukūlyādikaṃ bhāvaṃ mama vyācakṣva vistarāt || 17 - 65 ||

śrīḥ -

ānukūlyamiti proktaṃ sarvabhūtānukūlatā |
antaḥ sthitāhaṃ sarveṣāṃ bhāvanāmiti niścayāt || 17 - 66 ||

mayīva sarvabhūteṣu hyānukūlyaṃ samācaret |
tathaiva prātikūlyaṃ ca bhūteṣu parivarjayet || 17 - 67 ||

tyāgo garvasya kārpaṇyaṃ śrutaśīlādijanmanaḥ |
aṅgasāmagryasaṃpatteraśakterapi karmaṇām || 17 - 68 ||

adhikārasya cāsiddherdeśakālaguṇakṣayāt |
upāyā naiva sidhyanti hyapāyā bahulāstathā || 17 - 69 ||

iti yā garvahānistaddainyaṃ kārpaṇyamucyate |
śakteḥ sūpasadatvācca kṛpāyogācca śāśvatāt || 17 - 70 ||

īśeśitavyasaṃbandhādanidaṃprathamādapi |
rakṣiṣyatyanukūlānna iti yā sudṛḍhā matiḥ || 17 - 71 ||

sa viśvāso bhavecchakra sarvaduṣkṛtanāśanaḥ |
karuṇāvānapi vyaktaṃ śaktaḥ svāmyapi dehinām || 17 - 72 ||

aprārthito na gopāyediti tatprārthanāmatiḥ |
gopāyitā bhavetyevaṃ goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ smṛtam || 17 - 73 ||

tena saṃrakṣyamāṇasya phale svāmyaviyuktatā |
keśavārpaṇaparyantā hyātmanikṣepa ucyate || 17 - 74 ||

nikṣepāparaparyāyo nyāsaḥ pañcāṅgasaṃyutaḥ |
saṃnyāsastyāga ityuktaḥ śaraṇāgatirityapi || 17 - 75 ||

upāyo'yaṃ caturthaste proktaḥ śīghraphalapradaḥ |
asmin hi vartamānānāṃ vidhau vipraniṣevite || 17 - 76 ||

pūrve traya upāyāste bhaveyuramanoharāḥ |
ānukūlyetarābhyāṃ ca vinivṛttirapāyataḥ || 17 - 77 ||

kārpaṇyenāpyupāyānāṃ vinivṛttirihoditā |
rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāsādabhīṣṭopāyakalpanam || 17 - 78 ||

goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ nāma svābhiprāyanivedanam |
sarvajño'pi hi viśveśaḥ sadā kāruṇiko'pi san || 17 - 79 ||

saṃsāratantravāhitvādrakṣāpekṣāṃ pratīkṣate |
ātmātmīyabharanyāso hyātmanikṣepa ucyate || 17 - 80 ||

hiṃsāsteyādayaḥ śāstrairapāyatvena darśitāḥ |
karmasāṃkhyādayaḥ śāstrairupāyatvena darśitāḥ || 17 - 81 ||

apāyopāyasaṃtyāgī madhyamāṃ sthitimāsthitaḥ |
rakṣiṣyatīti niścitya nikṣiptasvasvagocaraḥ || 17 - 82 ||

budhyeta devadeveśaṃ goptāraṃ puruṣottamam |

śakraḥ -

upāyāpāyayormadhye kīdṛśī sthitirambike || 17 - 83 ||

apāyopāyatāmeva kriyā sarvāvalambate |
svīkāre vyatireke ca niṣedhavidhiśāstrayoḥ || 17 - 84 ||

dṛśyate karmaṇo vyaktamapāyopāyarūpatā |

śrīḥ -

trividhāṃ paśya deveśa karmaṇo gahanāṃ gatim || 17 - 85 ||

niṣedhavidhiśāstrebhyastāṃ vidhāṃ ca nibodha me |
anarthasādhanaṃ kiṃcitkiṃciccāpyarthasādhanam || 17 - 86 ||

anarthaparihāraṃ ca kiṃcit karmopadiśyate |
trairāśyaṃ karmaṇāmevaṃ vijñeyaṃ śāstracakṣuṣā || 17 - 87 ||

Kapitel 18

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 18 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 18

śakraḥ

namaste padmanilaye padmasaṃbhave |
viditaṃ veditavyaṃ me vedānteṣvapi durlabham || 18-1 ||

brūhi mantramayaṃ mārgamidānīṃ viṣṇuvallabhe |
yaṃ vijñāyārcayeyeṃ te divyāṃ mantramayīṃ tanum || 18-2 ||

kuto mantrasamutpattiḥ kva ca mantraḥ pralīyate |
mantrasya kiṃ phalaṃ padme kena madhye prapūryate || 18-3 ||

kiyatyaśca vidhā asya parimāṇaṃ kiyat kila |
kṣetrakṣetrajñabhāvaśca kīdṛśaḥ paramo'mbuje || 18-4 ||

mantraśca kena saṃgrāhya upadeṣṭā ca kīdṛśaḥ |
upāsanaprakāraśca kathamasyābjasaṃbhave || 18-5 ||

upāsanopayogī ca yāvānartho'mbujāsane |
siddhisādhanayogaśca pratyayāśca tathā tathā || 18-6 ||

yogaḥ svādhyāyayogaśca rakṣāyogastathaiva ca |
prāyaścittavidhiścaiva śrāddhakalpastathaiva ca || 18-7 ||

dīkṣāpratiṣṭhayoḥ kalpo yantrakalpastathaiva ca |
etacca nikhilaṃ yaccāpyadṛṣṭamupayujyate || 18-8 ||

prabrūhi tadaśeṣeṇa namaste padmasaṃbhave |
tavaiṣa śirasā pādau nato'smi kamalāruṇau || 18-9 ||

śaraṇaṃ ca prapanno'smi paṅkaje tvamadhīhi bho |

śrīḥ .

praśnabhāro'yamatulastvayoddiṣṭaḥ puraṃdara || 18-10 ||

vācyaste prītisaṃyogācchṛṇu vakṣyāmyaśeṣataḥ |
ahamityeva yaḥ pūrṇaḥ puruṣaḥ puṣkareṣaṇaḥ || 18-11 ||

svabhāvaḥ sarvabhāvānāmabhāvānāṃ ca vāsava |
idaṃtayāvalīḍhaṃ yat sadasajjagati sthitam || 18-12 ||

tattallakṣaṇavanto ye tadahaṃtve vilīyate |
vilīnedaṃpadadvīpaḥ prāptaikadhyaścidambudhiḥ || 18-13 ||

nistaraṅgodayo'nanto vāsudevaḥ prakāśate |
pūrṇāhaṃtāsmi tasyaikā śaktirīśvaratāmayī || 18-14 ||

nityoditā sadānandā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā |
sarvabhāvasamudbhūtiḥ sarvapratyakṣasaṃmatā || 18-15 ||

yā hyeṣā pratibhā tattatpadārthakramarūṣitā |
uddhṛteṣu padārtheṣu sāhamakramaśālinī || 18-16 ||

avabodhātmikāyā me yā pratyagavamarśitā |
sā sphurattā mahānandā śabdabrahmeti gīyate || 18-17 ||

prakāśānandasārāhaṃ sarvamantraprasūḥ parā |
śabdānāṃ jananī śaktirudayāstamayojjhitā || 18-18 ||

vyāpakaṃ yatparaṃ brahma nārāyaṇamanāmayam |
śāntatā nāma yāvasthā sāhaṃ śāntākhilaprasūḥ || 18-19 ||

tasyā me ya udeti sma sisṛkṣākhyo'lpa udyamaḥ |
sa śabdārthavibhedena śānta unmeṣa ucyate || 18-20 ||

śabdodayapuraskāraḥ sarvatrārthodayaḥ smṛtaḥ |
arthaśabdapravṛttyātmā śabdasya sthūlatā hi sā || 18-21 ||

bodhonmeṣaḥ smṛtaḥ śabdaḥ śabdonmeṣo'rtha ucyate |
udyacchabdodayaḥ śakteḥ prathamaḥ śāntatātmanaḥ || 18-22 ||

sa nāda iti vikhyāto vācyatāmasṛṇastadā |
nādena saha śaktiḥ sā sūkṣmeti parigīyate || 18-23 ||

nādāt paro ya unmeṣo dvitīyaḥ śaktisaṃbhavaḥ |
bindurityucyate so'tra vācyo'pi masṛṇaḥ sthitaḥ || 18-24 ||

paśyantī nāma sāvasthā mama divyā mahodayā |
tataḥ paro ya unmeṣastṛtīyaḥ śaktisaṃbhavaḥ || 18-25 ||

madhyamā sā daśā tatra saṃskārayati saṃgatim |
vācyavācakabhedastu tadā saṃskāratāmayaḥ || 18-26 ||

caturthastu ya unmeṣaḥ śaktermādhyamikāt paraḥ |
vaikharī nāma sāvasthā varṇavākyasphuṭodayā || 18-27 ||

asti śaktiḥ kriyātmā me bodharūpānuyāyinī |
sā prāṇayati nādādiṃ śaktyunmeṣaparaṃparām || 18-28 ||

śāntarūpātha paśyantī madhyamā vaikharī tathā |
catūrūpā catūrūpaṃ vacmi vācyaṃ svanirmitam || 18-29 ||

vāsudevādayaḥ sūkṣmā vācyāḥ śāntādayaḥ kramāt |
ahamekapadī jñeyā prakāśānandarūpiṇī || 18-30 ||

vācyavācakabhedena punaḥ sā dvipadī smṛtā |
ūṣmāntaḥsthasvarasparśabhedāccāhaṃ catuṣpadī || 18-31 ||

aṣṭavargavibhedācca sāhamaṣṭapadī smṛtā |
aghoṣarūpeṇānyena yuktā navapadī smṛtā || 18-32 ||

ahamekapadī divyā śabdabrahmamayī parā |
ghoṣavarṇasvarūpeṇa varte'haṃ dvipadī punaḥ || 18-33 ||

takṣatī salilaṃ sarvaṃ dravyajātiguṇakriyāḥ |
caturdhābhidadhānāhaṃ catuṣpadyuditā budhaiḥ || 18-34 ||

nāmabhāvadvayopetā sāhamaṣṭapadī smṛtā |
avikalpavikalpasthā sāhaṃ navapadī smṛtā || 18-35 ||

vyomnyahaṃ parame divyā hyanantākṣaramālinī |
iyadvitativistīrṇā pūrṇāhaṃtāhamādimā || 18-36 ||

mantrāṇāṃ jananī jñeyā bhuktimuktipradāyinī |
udyanti mantrakallolā matta eva cidambudheḥ || 18-37 ||

māmāśritya vivartante yānti cāstaṃ muhurmayi |
saṃvidānandasaṃdohasundarāḥ śabdadehakāḥ || 18-38 ||

sāmarthyapūrṇāḥ phaladā mantrātmāno hi manmayāḥ |
varṇāḥ padāni vākyāni sahaprakaraṇāhnikaiḥ || 18-39 ||

adhyāyāśca paricchedāḥ sargā ucchvāsakāstathā |
paṭalādyā avacchedāḥ praśnavākānuvākakāḥ || 18-40 ||

maṇḍalāni ca kāṇḍāni saṃhitā vividhātmikāḥ |
ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni sūktāni ca khilaiḥ samam || 18-41 ||

śāstratantrātmakāḥ śabdā bāhyābāhyāgamāstathā |
bhāṣāśca vividhāstāstā vyaktāvyaktagiraḥ smṛtāḥ || 18-42 ||

mantrarūpamidaṃ śakra viddhi madrūpavedinām |
bhāvanātāratamyena mantramantrivyavasthitiḥ || 18-43 ||

māṃ trāyate'yamityevaṃ yogena svīkṛto dhvaniḥ |
guptāśayaḥ sadā yaśca mantrajñaṃ trāyate bhayāt || 18-44 ||

sa mantraḥ saṃsmṛto'haṃtāvikāsaḥ śabdajaiḥ kramaiḥ |
pūrṇāhaṃtāsamudbhūtaiḥ śuddhabodhānvayo yataḥ || 18-45 ||

sarve mantrā madīyāḥ syuḥ prabhavāpyayavedinām |
madīyāścānyadīyāśca bhāvanātāratamyataḥ || 18-46 ||

prakṛtyanvayino mantrā madīyāḥ syuḥ pradhānataḥ |
bhavadbhāvātmakaṃ brahma svārasyena viśanti ye || 18-47 ||

prakṛtyanvayino mantrāstārikottārikādayaḥ |
mantrāḥ svarasato yānti ye bhāvaṃ bhavaduttaram || 18-48 ||

te'pavargapradā jñeyāstāraprāsādakādayaḥ |
bhāvottarāṃ samāṃ vāpi ye bhajanti bhavatsthitim || 18-49 ||

bhogāpavargadā mantrā jñeyāste tārikādayaḥ |
viśanti bhāvamevaike yāntyeke bhavadeva ca || 18-50 ||

bhuktidā muktidāścaiva dvitaye te vyavasthayā |
prakṛtyanvayināmevaṃ svabhāvaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
abhisaṃdhibalāt sarvaṃ dvitaye te vitanvate || 18-51 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre mantrasvarūpakathanaṃ nāma aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 19

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 19 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 19

śrīḥ

sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā pūrvā pūrṇāhaṃtā hareraham |
sṛṣṭirūpā parā śaktirūpetyevoditāsmyaham || 19-1 ||

daśa pañca ca tulyā me daśāstridaśanandana |
anuttaraṃ svasaṃvedyaṃ cidrūpaṃ mama śāśvatam || 19-2 ||

vāktattvaṃ tadakārātmā sarvavāṅmayasaṃbhavaḥ |
tadevānandarūpeṇa dvitīyaḥ svara iṣyate || 19-3 ||

icchātmanā tṛtīyaḥ syādīśānātmā turīyakaḥ |
unmeṣaḥ pañcamaḥ ṣaṣṭha ūrjatārūpa ucyate || 19-4 ||

catuṣkaṃ madhyamaṃ yattadicchādereva vikriyā |
anuttarecchāsaṃyogādekāro nāma jāyate || 19-5 ||

tasyaivānandasaṃyogājjagadyonirudāhṛtā |
anuttaronmeṣayogādokāro nāma jāyate || 19-6 ||

tasyaivānuttaraśleṣāt sadyojātasamudbhavaḥ |
anuttarādbhavantyete vikāsā vedyasaṃśrayāḥ || 19-7 ||

tādṛktādṛksamunmeṣā ānandādyāstrayodaśa |
trayodaśatayonmeṣāḥ śritā vedanaśeṣitām || 19-8 ||

anuttarīṃ sūkṣmadaśāṃ sa tu pañcadaśaḥ svaraḥ |
etāḥ pañcadaśāvasthā visṛṣṭeḥ sphuraṇodyamāḥ || 19-9 ||

daśabhiḥ pañcabhiścaivamaṅgaiḥ pūrṇā sisṛkṣayā |
daivī sṛṣṭimayī śaktiḥ kṛtye kṛtye kṛtodyamā || 19-10 ||

visṛjatyāstu tasyā me tattvānāṃ pañcaviṃśatim |
puruṣādyāḥ pṛthivyantāḥ kādimāntāḥ samudgatāḥ || 19-11 ||

tattadakṣarasaṃsphūrtestattattattvaṃ samudgatam |
catuṣkaṃ dhāraṇārūpaṃ yādivāntamudīryate || 19-12 ||

dhārayanti yato madhye puruṣaṃ dhāraṇāḥ smṛtāḥ |
kalā kiṃcitkriyārūpā yakāro vātasaṃjñitaḥ || 19-13 ||

kiṃcijjñānātmikā vidyā rephaḥ pāvakasaṃjñitaḥ |
stambhamohātmikā māyā lakāraḥ pṛthivī mataḥ || 19-14 ||

rañjanātmā rāgaśaktirvakāro varuṇātmakaḥ |
parāparadaśāmdhye dhārayantyo naraṃ sadā || 19-15 ||

catasro dhāraṇā jñeyāstā etāstattvakovidaiḥ |
śādikṣāntaṃ tu vijñeyaṃ viśuddhaṃ brahmapañcakam || 19-16 ||

śaṣasaho'niruddhādyā vijñeyāstridaśeśvara |
sṛjantyāḥ kṣubhitaṃ rūpaṃ sṛṣṭyādau yanmamādbhutam || 19-17 ||

kṣobhikā sā mahāśaktiḥ kṣātmā satyāparāhvayā |
pṛthivyādyā viyatprāntā yā divyāḥ pañcaśaktayaḥ || 19-18 ||

balādipañcakātmāno divyā matsattvanāmikāḥ |
jñānātmāno mamodyatyastā etāḥ śādiśaktayaḥ || 19-19 ||

visargo nāma yaḥ proktaḥ purā pañcadaśāṅgavān |
sāhaṃ somamayī śaktiḥ kiraṇāyutasaṃkulā || 19-20 ||

saṃkocaśca vikāsaśca tāveva parikīrtitau |
aṅgānāmantimo yastu proktaḥ pañcadaśo mayā || 19-21 ||

ādānaśīlaṃ taṃ viddhi sūryaṃ bhoktāramañjasā |
sūryācandramasāvetau bindusargau puraṃdara || 19-22 ||

kiraṇāḥ sapta sapta syurdevayoranayordvayoḥ |
caturdaśa svarāḥ śiṣṭāḥ sapta yugmāni kalpayet || 19-23 ||

teṣu saptasu yugmeṣu pūrve sapta puraṃdara |
śoṣakāḥ sūryarūpāyā bhoktrākhyāyā mamāṃśavaḥ || 19-24 ||

uttare sapta yugmeṣu śītalāhlādakāriṇaḥ |
poṣakāḥ somarūpāyā bhogyākhyāyā mamāṃśavaḥ || 19-25 ||

ālokastīkṣṇatā vyāptirgrahaṇaṃ kṣepaṇeraṇe |
pāka ityuditāḥ pūrve kiraṇāḥ sūryasaṃbhavāḥ || 19-26 ||

dravatā śītabhāvaśca śāntiḥ kāntiḥ prasannatā |
rasatānanda ityete sapta cāndramasāḥ karāḥ || 19-27 ||

agniṣomātmakairebhiḥ kiraṇaiḥ kāntiśālinī |
pumāṃsaṃ bindurūpaṃ tamaṅgīkṛtya viśeṣaṇī || 19-28 ||

somarūpottarā śaktikoṭimaṇḍalamaṇḍitā |
mahāsṛṣṭirmahānandā pravarte'ntyasvarātmanā || 19-29 ||

tasyāḥ pravartamānāyā udgataṃ brahmapañcakam |
kṣādi śāntaṃ sureśāna śaktyunmeṣaviśeṣitam || 19-30 ||

kṣa ityeva mahākṣobha uditaḥ satyasaṃjñayā |
vāsudevākhyayā ho'bhūt sākhyaḥ saṃkarṣaṇodayaḥ || 19-31 ||

pradyumnaḥ ṣākhyayā jñeyo hyaniruddhastu śākhyayā |
tā etāḥ śaktayaḥ pañca pañcabrahmātmikāḥ parāḥ || 19-32 ||

sphūrtayo madabhinnāstā jagadutpattihetavaḥ |
jvālā iva mahāvahnerbrahmaṇo mama śaktayaḥ || 19-33 ||

catasro dhāraṇā jātā vādyā yāntāḥ puraṃdara |
turyādyā jāgradantāstā avasthāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 19-34 ||

pumāṃsaṃ dhārayantyetā madhyato daśayordvayoḥ |
yaiṣā brahmadaśā proktā prākṛtī bhādikā ca yā || 19-35 ||

madhya tayormakārākhyo dhāraṇānāṃ catuṣkataḥ |
dhriyate sa pumān prokto jāgradādivibhedavān || 19-36 ||

yadi na dhriyate tābhirdaśāmanyatarāṃ vrajet |
brāhmīṃ vā prākṛtīṃ vāpi naiva syāt saṃsṛtistataḥ || 19-37 ||

ityarthaṃ dhāraṇā mattaḥ prādurbhūtā mamājñayā |
tato daśācatuṣkasthaḥ puruṣo bhoktṛsaṃjñakaḥ || 19-38 ||

matto jajñe ma ityevaṃ yogyo bhogāpavargayoḥ |
bhogānāṃ prasavārthāya puruṣasyāsya vāsava || 19-39 ||

acaitanyaṃ paraṃ sūkṣmaṃ guṇasāmyamanulbaṇam |
yonisvabhāvasaṃjñātaṃ matto'bhūdbha iti svayam || 19-40 ||

bhogyabhogādisiddhyarthaṃ bhuñjānasya vipaścitaḥ |
bādyāt kakāraparyantādvarṇagrāmāt puraṃdara || 19-41 ||

vyaktāni jajñire matto viṃśatistrīṇi ca kramāt |
buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ sṛṣṭirbāditrayāttathā || 19-42 ||

śrotrādernāditānteṣu pañcakasya samudbhavaḥ |
vāgāderṇādiṭānteṣu pañcakasya samudbhavaḥ || 19-43 ||

śabdādyāḥ pañcatanmātrāñādicānteṣu jajñire |
viyadādīni bhūtāni ṅādikānteṣu jajñire || 19-44 ||

bodhaḥ śabdātmanodeti śabdasttvarthātmanā tataḥ |
viddhi bodhaṃ tu madrūpaṃ sarveyaṃ mattatistataḥ || 19-45 ||

varṇādhvanastviyaṃ rītirmadhyamā kathitā tava |
ādyāmantāṃ ca deveśa gadantyā me niśāmaya || 19-46 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre varṇotpattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 20

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 20 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 20

śakraḥ -

namonikhilanirmāṇatrāṇasaṃharaśaktaye |
hareḥ svarūpabhūtāyai namaste jñānarūpiṇi || 20-1 ||

tvatprasādānmayā padme rahasyaṃ paramaṃ śrutam |
varṇādhvānaṃ yathāvanme bhūyastvaṃ vaktumarhasi || 20-2 ||

śrīḥ -

śṛṇu varṇādhvano rītimādyāṃ tridaśapuṃgava |
prāpnoti yatparijñānātsādhako matsarūpatām || 20-3 ||

vedyavedakanirmuktamacyutaṃ brahma yat param |
anastamitabhārūpaṃ sarvābhinnamahaṃpadam || 20-4 ||

ahaṃtā nāma sā śaktistadabhinnā sadoditā |
anastamitabhārūpā vedyavedakavarjitā || 20-5 ||

prakāśānandasārāhaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā |
koṭikoṭyayutaikāṃśakoṭyaṃśe kṣubhitā satī || 20-6 ||

śabdabrahmasvarūpeṇa svaśaktyā svayameva hi |
muktaye'khilajīvānāmudemi parameśvarāt || 20-7 ||

tadavyaktākṣaraṃ viddhi tantrīśabdo yathā kalaḥ |
pṛthagvarṇātmanā yāti sthitaye naikadhā sa tu || 20-8 ||

sūkṣmavarṇasvarūpo'sau dhārāsaṃtānarūpadhṛt |
pañcādhvakośamuktasya manniṣṭhasya vivekinaḥ || 20-9 ||

anubhūtipadaṃ yāti prasādāt paramātmanaḥ |
maccāturātmyanicayo vijñeyo hi tadātmanā || 20-10 ||

prabhavāpyayayogena bhārūpadhvanilakṣaṇaḥ |
sakārāntastvakārācca hakārādānta eva ca || 20-11 ||

prabhave dvādaśāntastu hakāraścaturātmanām |
akārastvapyaye caitau dvādaśāntābubhau samau || 20-12 ||

vārṇe vyūhasamūhe'smin jñeyaṃ jñānasamādhinā |
viśrāma udayo vyāptirvyaktirā vāsudevataḥ || 20-13 ||

atraikaikopari jñeyā mūrtirvai tvevameva hi |
yuktā viśrāmapūrveṇa catuṣkeṇa samāsataḥ || 20-14 ||

viśrāmaṃ cintayeddevaṃ vāsudevaṃ sanātanam |
akāraṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ pūrvadevaṃ sanātanam || 20-15 ||

saṃkarṣaṇāditattvāni viśrāmyanti laye'tra hi |
tataḥ saṃkarṣaṇaṃ devamākāramudayaṃ smaret || 20-16 ||

udito hi sa sarvātmā prathamaṃ sarvakṛt svayam |
vyāptaṃ pradyumnadevaṃ tamikāraṃ paricintayet || 20-17 ||

vividhaṃ prāpyate tena trayīkarmātmanā jagat |
aniruddhaṃ vyaktirūpamīkāraṃ tamanusmaret || 20-18 ||

vyajyante śaktayo hyatra jagatsṛṣṭyādayo'khilāḥ |
daṇḍavatsaṃniveśena saṃsthitā hyevameva hi || 20-19 ||

ā sakārāccatūrūpayuktā me caturātmatā |
smaret prabhavacintāyāṃ hakāraṃ dvādaśāntakam || 20-20 ||

hakāraṃ vāsudevaṃ tu viśrāmaṃ paricintayet |
saṃkarṣaṇaṃ sakāraṃ tamudayaṃ tvapyaye smaret || 20-21 ||

evamākārato divyāṃ cintayeccaturātmatām |
dviṣaṭkaṃ dhāraṇānāṃ ca dvādaśādhyātmalakṣaṇam || 20-22 ||

sopānabhūtaṃ yatkrāntvā dvādaśāntādviśet param |
eṣā sā prathamā rītirvarṇamārgasya darśitā || 20-23 ||

sūkṣmā taccāturātmīyā bhārūpā manmayī parā |
madhyamā pūrvamevoktā viśeṣaṃ tatra me śṛṇu || 20-24 ||

dhāraṇāḥ pūrvamuktā yāścatasro matsvarūpikāḥ |
vakārākhyāniruddhasya śaktiḥ sā rāgasaṃjñitā || 20-25 ||

māyā nāma mahālakṣmīrlakārāparanāmikā |
vidyā yā rephasaṃjñātā mahāvāṇī tu sā smṛtā || 20-26 ||

vātasaṃjñā mahākālī kriyāśaktiryakāriṇī |
brahmādyā mūrtayastisraḥ patnyastrayyādayaśca yāḥ || 20-27 ||

tajjñeyaṃ sakalaṃ sūkṣmamakārasyādimeṃ'śake |
madhyame bhoktṛkūṭasthaḥ puruṣoṃ'śe pratiṣṭhitaḥ || 20-28 ||

saṃsārī puruṣaḥ sarvaścaramāṃśe'vatiṣṭhate |
eṣā te madhyamā rītirvarṇamārgasya darśitā || 20-29 ||

caramāmatha vakṣyāmi rīti balaniṣūdana |
vaikharī caramā rītiḥ prayatnasthānabhedinī || 20-30 ||

vyaktavācāṃ samuccāre sā sphuṭībhavati dhruvam |
jīvānāṃ dehabaddhānāṃ tattatsanmārgadarśikā || 20-31 ||

mātṛkā jāyate seyaṃ viṣṇuśaktyupabṛṃhitā |
viṣṇuvattatra pañcāśacchaktayaḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 20-32 ||

adhitiṣṭhanti ye yāṃ ca mātṛkāṃ varṇamālinīm |
vāsudevādayo vyūhā daśa dvau keśavādayaḥ || 20-33 ||

svarādhiṣṭhāyino devāḥ śaktīsteṣāmimāḥ śṛṇu |
lakṣmīḥ kīrtirjayā māyā vyūhaśaktaya īritāḥ || 20-34 ||

śrīśca vāgīśvarī kāntikriyāśāntivibhūtayaḥ |
icchā prīti ratiścaiva māyā dhīrmahimeti ca || 20-35 ||

śaktayaḥ keśavādīnāṃ tā etāḥ svaraśaktayaḥ |
kādyadhiṣṭhāyino devān gadantyā me niśāmaya || 20-36 ||

padmanābhādināmāno viṣṇavaḥ kādidevatāḥ |
padmanābho dhruvo'nantaḥ śaktīśo madhusūdanaḥ || 20-37 ||

vidyādhidevaḥ kapilo viśvarūpo vihaṃgamaḥ |
kroḍātmā vaḍabāvaktro dharmo vāgīśvarastathā || 20-38 ||

ekārṇavaśayo devaḥ kūrmaḥ pātāladhārakaḥ |
varāho nārasiṃhaścāpyamṛtāharaṇastathā || 20-39 ||

śrīpatirdivyadeho'tha kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ |
rāhujit kālanemighnaḥ pārijātaharo mahān || 20-40 ||

lokanāthastu śāntātmā dattātreyo mahāprabhuḥ |
nyagrodhaśāyī bhagavānekaśṛṅgatanustataḥ || 20-41 ||

devo vāmanadehastu sarvavyāpī trivikramaḥ |
naro nārāyaṇaścaiva hariḥ kṛṣṇastathaiva ca || 20-42 ||

jvalatparaśudhṛdrāmo rāmaścānyo dhanurdharaḥ |
vedavidbhagavān kalkī pātālaśayanaḥ prabhuḥ || 20-43 ||

eteṣvantyeṣu catvāro devā rāmādayo hi ye |
te raṅgayamayorjihvāmūlopadhmānayorapi || 20-44 ||

dhīstārā vāruṇī śaktiḥ padmā vidyā tathaiva ca |
saṃkhyā viśvā khagā bhūrgaurlakṣmīrvāgīśvarī tathā || 20-45 ||

amṛtā dharaṇī chāyā nārasiṃhī sudhā tathā |
śrīḥ kīrtirviśvakāmā mā satyā kāntiḥ saroruhā || 20-46 ||

māyā padmāsanā kharvā vikrāntirnarasaṃbhavā |
nārāyaṇī hariprītirgāndhārī kāśyapī tathā || 20-47 ||

vaidehī vedavidyā ca padminī nāgaśāyinī |
madaṃśakā imā devyo vijñeyāḥ kādiśaktayaḥ || 20-48 ||

bhavopakaraṇaiśceyaṃ mātṛkādhiṣṭhitā suraiḥ |
śrīkaṇṭhānandasūkṣmādyairlambodaryādiśaktibhiḥ || 20-49 ||

vināyakaiśca durgābhiḥ kṣetreśairmātṛbhistathā |
samayasthaistathā bauddhairārhatairapi cāparaiḥ || 20-50 ||

yathā hi kṣudhitā bālā mātaraṃ paryupāsate |
evaṃ sarve surā devīṃ mātṛkāṃ paryupāsate || 20-51 ||

iyaṃ yonirhi mantrāṇāṃ vidyānāṃ janmabhūriyam |
tattvānāṃ tāttvikānāṃ ca jñānānāṃ prasavasthalī || 20-52 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre mātṛkāprakāśo nāma viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 21

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 21 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 21

śakraḥ -

śabdārthavyaktirūpāyai ṣaḍadhvaparivartini |
adhvātītāvabodhākhye namaste harivallabhe || 21-1 ||

varṇāḥ prakāśitā devi yathāvat sarvahetavaḥ |
mantramārgamidānīṃ me yathāvadvaktumarhasi || 21-2 ||

śrīḥ -

eka eva paro devaḥ śrīmān puruṣasattamaḥ |
ṣāḍguṇyāmbhonidhirdivyaḥ sarvātmā sarvatomukhaḥ || 21-3 ||

tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirahaṃtā śrīrabhedinī |
sarvādhārā sarvaśaktiḥ sarvajñā sarvatomukhī || 21-4 ||

mayi prakāśate viśvaṃ darpaṇodaraśailavat |
bodha eva svarūpaṃ me nirmalānandalakṣaṇaḥ || 21-5 ||

icchāparavatī sāhaṃ bodhakāṃśavivartinī |
śabdabrahmamayī bhūtvā vivarte'haṃ kalādhvanā || 21-6 ||

kalā jñānādayaḥ proktāḥ ṣaḍguṇāḥ pārameśvarāḥ |
tāsāṃ trikadviyogena vivarte tattvavartmanā || 21-7 ||

saṃkarṣaṇādayo devāstattvāni surasattama |
varṇavyatikarairbhūyo vivarte mantravartmanā || 21-8 ||

tasya mantrādhvano vyaktiṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya |
śabdabrahmavivarto'yaṃ kiraṇāyutasaṃkulaḥ || 21-9 ||

cillakṣaṇaḥ ṣaḍguṇātmā tasya bhedaścaturvidhaḥ |
kvacidbījaṃ kvacitpiṇḍaṃ kvacitsaṃjñā kvacitpadam || 21-10 ||

turyaṃ suṣuptiḥ svapnaśca jāgradbījādayaḥ kramāt |
ekasvaraṃ dvisvaraṃ vā svaravyañjanayordvayam || 21-11 ||

bījaṃ bahusvaraṃ vāpi vijñeyaṃ vibudheśvara |
antarā harayaḥ piṇḍaṃ kvacitsvarasamāyutam || 21-12 ||

tattadvācyābhidhā saṃjñā namaḥpraṇavasaṃyutā |
kriyākārakasaṃyogastuti saṃbodhalakṣaṇaḥ || 21-13 ||

nānābhijñāsamāyuktaḥ padātmā mantra ucyate |
etaccatuṣṭayaṃ mantraṃ saṃpūrṇaṃ devatātmani || 21-14 ||

sā catuṣṭayasaṃbaddhā siddhimiṣṭāṃ prayacchati |
kṣetrakṣetrajñabhāvaṃ ca mantrāṇāṃ tridaśeśvara || 21-15 ||

vijñāya tattvato mantrān prayuñjīta vicakṣaṇaḥ |

śakraḥ -

kṣetrakṣetrajñasadbhāvaṃ mantrāṇāṃ vadame'mbuje || 21-16 ||

yadvijñāya na muhyanti siddhimeṣyanti cācirāt |

śrīḥ -

bījaṃ bījavatām jīvaḥ śiṣṭaṃ kṣetraṃ prakīrtitam || 21-17 ||

nirbījānāmādi jīvaḥ kṣetraṃ tu pariśeṣitam |
bījānāṃ caiva piṇḍānāmastu kṣetrajña ucyate || 21-18 ||

śiṣṭaṃ tu kṣetramuddiṣṭamakārarahite punaḥ |
kṣetrajñaḥ svara uddiṣṭaḥ kevale ca svare punaḥ || 21-19 ||

jīvaḥ syāt prathamā mātrā dvitīyādi tanurbhavet |
ekamātre tu jīvaḥ syāt saṃskāro'dbhutalakṣaṇaḥ || 21-20 ||

uccāryamāṇaṃ kṣetraṃ syānniḥsvare piṇḍake punaḥ |
prathamo jīva uddiṣṭaḥ śiṣṭaṃ kṣetraṃ pracakṣate || 21-21 ||

kṣetrakṣetrajñasadbhāva eṣa te saṃpradarśitaḥ |
ādau madhye tathānte ca triṣu vānyataratra vā || 21-22 ||

eṣāṃ piṇḍo'thavā bījaṃ te mantrāḥ sārvakālikāḥ |
bījābhāve tu mantrāṇāṃ bījaṃ kṛtvādimākṣaram || 21-23 ||

anusvārayutaṃ paścāt sakalaṃ mantra ucyate |
prakrīḍayanti puruṣaṃ mantrā rāgeṇa rañjitam || 21-24 ||

caturdaśavibhāgasthe prākṛte bhuvanādhvani |
turyavarjaṃ suṣuptyādye prākṛte ca padādhvani || 21-25 ||

ācāryadṛṣṭipātasthaṃ puruṣaṃ saṃyatendriyam |
prasādasumukhā mantrā uttārya bhuvanādhvanaḥ || 21-26 ||

padādhvanaśca vairāgyaṃ janayantaḥ pade pade |
kramāttattvakalāvarṇapadavīṣu nayanti tam || 21-27 ||

māntraṃ prāsādamāsādya nirdhūtāseṣabandhanaḥ |
lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyaṃ tadviśati brahma śāśvatam || 21-28 ||

śakraḥ -

ācāryaḥ kīdṛśo devi śiṣyastasya ca kīdṛśaḥ |
mantreṣu katamo mantraḥ prabhavet paramāptaye || 21-29 ||

kathaṃ sa copadeṣṭavya etad brūhi namo'stu te |

śrīḥ -

sarvalakṣaṇasaṃyukto brāhmaṇo vedapāragaḥ || 21-30 ||

ṣaṭkarmanirataḥ śāntaḥ pañcakālarataḥ śuciḥ |
pañcarātrārthavinmaunī mantrākṣarakṛtaśramaḥ || 21-31 ||

na sthūlo na kṛśo hrasvo na kāṇo naiva rogavān |
nāndho na badhiro mūḍho na khalvāṭo na paṅgukaḥ || 21-32 ||

na hīnāṅgo'tiriktāṅgo na śvitrī na ca ḍāmbhikaḥ |
na krodhano na duścarmā na lobhahatacetanaḥ || 21-33 ||

akulīnaṃ durācāraṃ śaṭhaṃ jihmaṃ ca varjayet |
dayādāntiśamopetaṃ dṛḍhabhaktiṃ kriyāparam || 21-34 ||

satyavākchīlasaṃpannaṃ rekhākarmasu kauśalam |
jitendriyaṃ susaṃtuṣṭaṃ karuṇāpūrṇamānasam || 21-35 ||

āryalakṣaṇasaṃpannamārjavaṃ cāruhāsinam |
evaṃ guṇagaṇākīrṇaṃ guruṃ vidyāttu vaiṣṇavam || 21-36 ||

śiṣyaśca tādṛśo jñeyaḥ sarvalakṣaṇalakṣitaḥ |
kṣāntiśīlaṃ sudhīmantaṃ krodhalobhavivarjitam || 21-37 ||

snānārcanarataṃ nityaṃ guruśuśrūṣaṇodyatam |
viprāgnidevapitṛṣu bhaktaṃ tarpaṇaśīlinam || 21-38 ||

kulīnaṃ ca tathā prājñaṃ śāstrārthanirataṃ sadā |
brāhmaṇaṃ kṣatriyaṃ vaiśyaṃ śūdraṃ vā bhagavatparam || 21-39 ||

īdṛglakṣaṇasaṃyuktaṃ śiṣyamārjavasaṃyutam |
varṇadharmakriyopetāṃ nārīṃ vā sadvivekinīm || 21-40 ||

vidyādanumate patyurananyāṃ patimāninīm |
evaṃ lakṣaṇakaṃ śiṣyamācāryo bhagavanmayaḥ |
jñāpayedvidhivanmantrān gurudṛṣṭyā samīkṣya tu || 21-41 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre guruśiṣyalakṣaṇaṃ nāma ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 22

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 22 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 22

śakraḥ -

anādinidhane devi sarvajñe harivallabhe |
kathaṃ vai jñāpayenmantrāṃsteṣāṃ rūpaṃ ca kīdṛśam || 22-1 ||

samapradhānatā vaiṣāmuta jyeṣṭhakaniṣṭhatā |
etat pṛṣṭā mayā brūhi namaste sarasīruhe || 22-2 ||

śrīḥ -

śṛṇu sarvamaśeṣeṇa mattastvaṃ pākaśāsana |
yathāsmi mantrarūpāhaṃ yathā ca jñāpayāmi tān || 22-3 ||

paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma ṣāḍguṇyamamalojjvalam |
deśakālānavacchinnamanākāramanūpamam || 22-4 ||

ahamityeva tadbrahma svātmasaṃbodhi nirguṇam |
anādinidhanaṃ divyaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahat || 22-5 ||

cidānandarasaṃ divyamakhaṇḍamajarāmaram |
anunmiṣadbhavadbhāvaṃ grāhyagrāhakavarjitam || 22-6 ||

stimitaṃ tat paraṃ brahma tasya stimitatāsmyaham |
tat kadācitparaṃ brahma bhavadbhāvavyavasthayā || 22-7 ||

unmiṣatyajahadrūpaṃ svecchayaiva kadācana |
sāhaṃ bhāvātmikāhaṃtā saṃpūjyā paramātmanaḥ || 22-8 ||

udemi bhavato devādicchayaiva vivasvataḥ |
saṃbhṛtyākhilasaṃbhāramicchayaiva svanirmitam || 22-9 ||

svabhittau likhitaṃ nītvā prabhavāmi ṣaḍadhvanā |
vārṇaḥ kalāmayaścaiva tāttviko māntrikastathā || 22-10 ||

pādiko bhauvanaścaiva ṣaḍadhvānaḥ prakīrtitāḥ |
paramaṃ yadahaṃtākhyaṃ saṃvidrūpamanāmayam || 22-11 ||

unmeṣaḥ prathamastasya varṇādhvā parikīrtitaḥ |
vyākṛtirdaśitā tasya pūrvaṃ te pākaśāsana || 22-12 ||

tadeva paramaṃ rūpaṃ mama saṃvinmayaṃ mahat |
vivartate'dhvabhāvena jñānādyena kalātmanā || 22-13 ||

jñānādīnāṃ kalānāṃ tu guṇānāṃ paramātmanaḥ |
pūrvaṃ te kathitā sūktiryāvanto yādṛśāśca te || 22-14 ||

adhvadvayamupādāya tadrūpaṃ mama cinmayam |
vāsudevādirūpeṇa vartate tattvavartmanā || 22-15 ||

vyūhāśca vibhavāścaiva yaccānyadbhagavanmayam |
tattvādhvano vivṛttiḥ sā kīrtitā paramātmanaḥ || 22-16 ||

pūrvādhvadvayamādāya tadeva mama cinmayam |
rūpaṃ vivartate śaśvanmāntreṇa paramādhvanā || 22-17 ||

uttāraṇāya jīvānāṃ magnānāṃ bhavasāgare |
bhogāya bhavasaṃsthānāṃ vairāgyajananāya ca || 22-18 ||

ārādhanasya siddhyarthaṃ mānasālambanāya ca |
mantrādhvā paramodāro mama cidrūpalakṣaṇaḥ || 22-19 ||

vāsudevādidevānāṃ mūrtibhāvaṃ vrajatyasau |
mantrāḥ sarve cidātmānaḥ sarvagāḥ sarvasādhakāḥ || 22-20 ||

trāyamāṇāśca mantāraṃ guptarūpāśca śāstrataḥ |
bhogāpavargadā hyete devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 22-21 ||

rūpaṃ me bhagavanmantrā vijñeyā mūrtayo'malāḥ |
jāgratsvapnau suṣuptiśca turyaṃ ceti catuṣṭayam || 22-22 ||

jñeyaṃ padādhvano rūpaṃ jāgradbāhyendriyakramaḥ |
bāhyendriyāṇāṃ tamasābhibhūte vibhave sati || 22-23 ||

antaḥkaraṇavṛttiryā saṃskārapariśeṣiṇī |
sā svapna iti vijñeyā tadabhāve suṣuptikā || 22-24 ||

tamasānabhibhūtasya sattvasthasya vipaścitaḥ |
bāhyāntaḥkaraṇasthāyā vṛtteruparame sati || 22-25 ||

śuddhasattvaprasādasya saṃtatisturyasaṃjñitā |
evaṃ caturvidhe mārge nirdiṣṭe'smin padābhidhe || 22-26 ||

turyavarjaṃ suṣuptyādiraśuddhāṃ bhajate gatim |
māyādikṣitiparyantā yoktā bhuvanapaddhatiḥ || 22-27 ||

bhuvanādhvā sa vijñeyo hyaśuddho malapaṅkilaḥ |
prakrīḍayanti mantrāste śaśvadrāgaparaṃ naram || 22-28 ||

tattadbhogendrajālāni darśayanto vimohitam |
guruṇā sadayaṃ samyagvīkṣitaṃ karuṇādṛśā || 22-29 ||

uttārayanti vairāgyaṃ janayantaḥ pade pade |
tataḥ śuddhamayān mārgān prāpayantaḥ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 22-30 ||

śabdabrahmaṇi niṣṇātaṃ prāpayeyuḥ parāṃ śriyam |
evaṃvidhā mahātmāno mantrāḥ paramapāvanāḥ || 22-31 ||

trividhāste tu vijñeyā adhamā madhyamāḥ pare |
bhavopakaraṇānāṃ ye devānāṃ mūrtitāṃ gatāḥ || 22-32 ||

antavatphaladā mantrāste jñeyā adhamā budhaiḥ |
mantrā vibhavadevānāṃ saśaktīnāṃ tu mūrtayaḥ || 22-33 ||

te jñeyā madhyamā mantrā uttamā vyūhamūrtayaḥ |
ye tu brahmāvagāhante lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakam || 22-34 ||

bhavadbhāvavyavasthānāste mantrā uttamottamāḥ |
evaṃ ca jyaiṣṭhyakāniṣṭhayaṃ vijñeyaṃ mantrakovidaiḥ || 22-35 ||

uttamāḥ pañcarātrasthā madhyamāstu trayīmayāḥ |
tantrāntarasthā vijñeyā adhamāḥ śāstracakṣuṣā || 22-36 ||

kalāṅgā uttamā jñeyā anyāṅgā madhyamāḥ smṛtāḥ |
anaṅgā adhamā mantrā bhūyaḥ śṛṇu sureśvara || 22-37 ||

bījapiṇḍādisaṃyuktā uttamāḥ parikīrtitāḥ |
bījādyanyatamāntaḥsthā mantrā madhyamasaṃjñitāḥ || 22-38 ||

abījādiyutā jñeyā mantrā adhamasaṃjñitāḥ |
evaṃ mantravidhā jñātvā hyācāryaḥ śāstralocanaḥ |
yathāsvarūpataḥ śiṣyān jñāpayedarthito manūn || 22-39 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre ṣaḍadhvamantrasvarūpakathanaṃ nāma dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 23

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 23 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 23

śrīḥ -

vyāpakaṃ yat paraṃ brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahat |
ahaṃtā paramā tasya śaktirnārāyaṇī hyaham || 23-1 ||

anugrahāya lokānāmahamācāryatāṃ gatā |
saṃkarṣaṇasvarūpeṇa śāstraṃ pradyotayāmyaham || 23-2 ||

punaśca gurumūrtisthā samyagvijñānaśālinī |
śaktimayyā svayā dṛṣṭyā karuṇāmantrapūrṇayā || 23-3 ||

pālayāmi gururbhūtvā śiṣyānātmopasarpiṇaḥ |
tasmājjñeyaḥ sadā śiṣyairācāryo'sau madātmakaḥ || 23-4 ||

śiṣyaṃ saṃjñāpayenmantrān yathā tadavadhāraya |
ādau śuddhe same snigdhe deśe bhūdoṣavarjite || 23-5 ||

varṇānurūpavarṇāḍhye gomayenopalepite |
dhūpite śalyanirmukte gandhapuṣpādyalaṃkṛte || 23-6 ||

pañcagavyena saṃsikte candanādyanulepite |
sumṛnmayīṃ ca ghaṭikāṃ kevalaiḥ kusumaiḥ śubhaiḥ || 23-7 ||

praṇavādinamo'ntena svena mantreṇa pūjayet |
vyāhṛtyā parijapyātha pūrvayā praṇavādyayā || 23-8 ||

mṛdaṃ bhūmau prasāryātha gandhadhūpādhivāsitam |
caturaśraṃ suvṛttaṃ vā dvihastaṃ hastameva vā || 23-9 ||

susamaṃ mātṛkāpīṭhaṃ kṛtvā prastārayettu tām |
ekaiva bhinnavargā yā devī pañcadaśākṣarā || 23-10 ||

mantrāṇāṃ jananī sākṣānmama śabdamayī tanuḥ |
padmākāreṇa vā mantrī cakrākāreṇa vā staret || 23-11 ||

pauruṣe cakrarūpaṃ tu pādmīṃ lakṣmīmanukramet |
agnīṣomamayī śaktirvisṛṣṭākhyā dviraṣṭadhā || 23-12 ||

svarākhyāṃ tāṃ likhetpatramaraṃ vā pūrvadiggatam |
pṛthivyādipumantā ye pañca vargāstu kādayaḥ || 23-13 ||

agnyādivāyuparyante tāṃ likhedarapatravat |
antaḥsthadhāraṇārūpaṃ yādivāntacatuṣṭayam || 23-14 ||

udaggataṃ likhet patramaraṃ vā pūrvavadbudhaḥ |
śādyaṃ kṣāntaṃ turīyāntaṃ yaduktaṃ brahmapañcakam || 23-15 ||

tallikhedaiśadiksaṃsthamaraṃ patramathāpi vā |
śabdākhyaṃ yatparaṃ brahma jyotirmayamanāmayam || 23-16 ||

dhyāyedālokarūpeṇa paryante cakrapadmayoḥ |
praṇavādyairnamo'ntaistairakṣaraistattvasaṃjñakaiḥ || 23-17 ||

prakṛtiṃ tvarcayettatra tattvarūpāṃ tu māṃ budhaḥ |
tatastatkarṇikāmadhye cintayenmantramātṛkām || 23-18 ||

anādinidhanāṃ devīmahaṃtāṃ puruṣottamīm |
pāśāṅkuśadharāṃ devīṃ padminīṃ padmamālinīm || 23-19 ||

prasannāṃ padmagarbhābhāṃ sarvalokamaheśvarīm |
varṇaprakḷptāvayavāṃ varṇālaṃkārabhūṣitām || 23-20 ||

śabdabrahma tanuṃ vidyāt praṇavaṃ tu śiraḥ smaret |
a ā iti bhruvau vidyādi ī vidyāttu cakṣuṣī || 23-21 ||

u ū karṇau ṛ ṝ nāsāpuṭāvanyau kapolakau |
e ai oṣṭhau ca vijñeyau o au daśanapaṅktike || 23-22 ||

aṃ jihvāmaḥ samuccāraṃ kacavargau karau smaret |
ṭatavargau padau vidyāt paphau pārśve smaredbudhaḥ || 23-23 ||

babhau paścātpurobhāgau maṃ nābhiṃ paricintayet |
prāṇoṣmāṇau yarau vidyāllaṃ hāraṃ paricintayet || 23-24 ||

vakāraṃ kaṭisūtraṃ tu kuṇḍale tu śaṣau smaret |
sakāraṃ hṛdayaṃ vidyāddhṛdayasthaṃ tu haṃ smaret || 23-25 ||

prasarantīṃ prabhāṃ vidyāt kṣakāraṃ vidyudujjvalām |
raṅgaṃ nāsāgragaṃ vidyādyamākhyaṃ hṛdaye smaret || 23-26 ||

jihvāmūlīyakaṃ jihvāmūle vidyādanantaram |
upadhmānīyakaṃ vidyādoṣṭhayoḥ kramaśastathā || 23-27 ||

śubhairvarṇamayaiḥ padmairagnīṣomamayaiḥ kṛtām |
bibhratīṃ vanamālāṃ ca kaṇṭhātpādāvalambinīm || 23-28 ||

agniṣomārkakoṭyābhaṃ sphuradratnavibhūṣitam |
makuṭaṃ cintayedvidvān hakāraṃ pārameśvaram || 23-29 ||

evaṃ saṃsmṛtya tāṃ devīṃ mātṛkāṃ mantramātaram |
pūjayedarghyapuṣpādyairoṃ namo mantramātṛke || 23-30 ||

idamarghyaṃ gṛhāṇeti bhogairevamanukramāt |
tataḥ kṛtāñjaliḥ prahvaḥ praṇamyāṣṭāṅgavadbhuvi || 23-31 ||

padmasthe padmanilaye padme padmākṣavallabhe |
sarvatattvakṛtādhāre mantrāṇāṃ jananīśvari || 23-32 ||

vyākuru tvaṃ paraṃ divyaṃ rūpaṃ lakṣmīmayaṃ mama |
prārthyaivaṃ prayato mantrī svayaṃ lakṣmīmayo bhavet || 23-33 ||

mātṛkākṛtavinyāsaḥ svayaṃ sanmātṛkāmayaḥ |
uddharedīpsitaṃ mantraṃ śiṣyasyopadiśettataḥ || 23-34 ||

bījapiṇḍātmakā mantrā mantreṣu śreṣṭhatāṃ gatāḥ |
tatra śreṣṭhāni bījāni piṇḍebhyo'pi sureśvara || 23-35 ||

bījeṣu ratnabhūtāni sapta bījāni vāsava |
tārakaḥ prathamaṃ bījaṃ dvitīyaṃ tārikā smṛtā || 23-36 ||

tayostu tejasā tulyaṃ tṛtīyamanutārikā |
caturthaṃ tu jagadyoniḥ paramaṃ bījamucyate || 23-37 ||

prādyumnaṃ pañcamaṃ bījaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ sārasvataṃ matam |
mahālakṣmīmayaṃ bījaṃ saptamaṃ parikīrtitam || 23-38 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparatvaṃ tu pratisvaṃ parikīrtitam |
tvaṃ śakrāvahito bhūtvā śṛṇu bījānyanukramāt || 23-39 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre mātṛkāprakāśo nāma trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 24

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 24 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 24

śrīḥ

paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma paraṃ jyotiranūpamam |
lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ brahma doṣaśūnyaṃ nirañjanam || 24-1 ||

ekaṃ sarvamidaṃ vyāpya sthitaṃ sarvottaraṃ mahaḥ |
ahaṃtāhaṃ parā tasya brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ || 24-2 ||

hitāya sarvajīvānāmunmiṣantī svavāñchayā |
śabdabrahmamayī bhūtvā mātṛkāmantravigrahā || 24-3 ||

bhavāmi mantrarūpāhaṃ tattadvācyānukāriṇī |
prathamaṃ tārarūpeṇa yathāsmyevaṃ samuddharet || 24-4 ||

prathamaṃ dhruvamādāya tataḥ karṇaṃ samuddharet |
nābhiṃ samuddharetpaścāt trayamekatra yojayet || 24-5 ||

omityetat samutpannaṃ prathamaṃ brahmatārakam |
bindunā bhūṣayet paścānnādena tadanantaram || 24-6 ||

dhyāyet saṃtatanādena tailadhārāmivātatām |
etattadvaiṣṇavaṃ rūpaṃ trayakṣaraṃ brahma śāśvatam || 24-7 ||

aniruddhastvakāro'tra pradyumnaḥ pañcamaḥ svaraḥ |
saṃkarṣaṇo makārastu vāsudevastu bindukaḥ || 24-8 ||

caturṇāmavibhāgastu nādastatra sureśvara |
nādasya yā parā kāṣṭhā sāhaṃtā parameśvarī || 24-9 ||

śaktiḥ sā paramā sūkṣmā nādāntagaganāhvayā |
śabdabrahmamayī sūkṣmā sāhaṃ sarvāvagāhinī || 24-10 ||

virāme sati nādasya yaḥ sphuṭībhavati svayam |
jyotistatparamaṃ brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇāhvayam || 24-11 ||

etatte vaiṣṇavaṃ dhāma kathitaṃ pauruṣaṃ param |
śāntamasyaiva yadrūpaṃ tasya tattvaṃ niśāmaya || 24-12 ||

visṛṣṭiṃ pūrvamādāya sūryamante niyojayet |
saṃnikarṣe pare jāte tadomityuditaṃ mahaḥ || 24-13 ||

etat tat paramaṃ dhāma śaktisaṃhāralakṣaṇam |
smaryamāṇaṃ paraṃ tattvaṃ prakāśayati yad dhruvam || 24-14 ||

saṃhṛtya sarvasaṃbhāraṃ śuddhāśuddhādhvasaṃbhavam |
sṛṣṭau samudyatā śaktiḥ sūrye puṃsi sanātane || 24-15 ||

parame bhoktṛrūpe sā vidhāya pratisaṃcaram |
agnīṣomamayādbhāvāt sthūlātsā pratinirgatā || 24-16 ||

dāṃpatyaṃ madhyamaṃ śaśvadbindunādamayaṃ śritā |
śaktiḥ śāntātmakaṃ divyaṃ sūkṣmadāṃpatyamāśritā || 24-17 ||

pratitiṣṭhati sā divye vyāpake paramātmani |
asya mātrā vidhānajñaiḥ sārdhāstisra udāhṛtāḥ || 24-18 ||

trayo'gnayastrayo lokāstrayo vedāstrayo guṇāḥ |
trayo devāstrayo vyūhāstrayo varṇāstrayaḥ svarāḥ || 24-19 ||

tritayaṃ tritayaṃ śakra yat kiṃcijjagatīgatam |
tadādi tritayaṃ jñeyamardhamātrā nirañjanā || 24-20 ||

sarve śabdā akārotthā ukārāttejasāṃ trayam |
pṛthivyādi prakṛtyantaṃ makārotthaṃ puraṃdara || 24-21 ||

jyotirmayyardhamātrā sā cinmayī paramā kalā |
yugbhiḥ svaraiḥ sabindvantairādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 24-22 ||

jñānādiguṇaṣaṭkāntairaṅgakḷptiramuṣya tu |
nābhau pṛṣṭhe tathā vāhvorūrujānupadeṣu ca || 24-23 ||

tārapūrvān guṇān bhūyo vinyaset pākaśāsana |
evaṃ vinyasya tanmantramaṅgopāṅgasamanvitam || 24-24 ||

svadehe gururātmasthaṃ cintayet puruṣottamam |
viśvādilayapūrvaṃ tu yathāvat tannibodha me || 24-25 ||

viśvaṃ jāgratpadeśānaṃ sarvendriyasamīrakam |
bhoktāraṃ śabdapūrvāṇāṃ pañcānāṃ viṣayātmanām || 24-26 ||

aniruddhātmakaṃ taṃ ca cintayet prathamākṣaram |
taṃ sopakaraṇaṃ devamakāre pravilāpya tu || 24-27 ||

akāraṃ taijase deve pradyumne svapnavartmage |
antaḥkaraṇavṛttīnāṃ prerake pravilāpayet || 24-28 ||

taṃ sopakaraṇaṃ devamukāre pravilāpayet |
ukāraṃ ceśvare prājñe saṃkarṣaṇatanusthite || 24-29 ||

suṣuptipadage śaśvat prāṇādiprerake vibhau |
vilāpya taṃ ca deveśaṃ turyasaṃsthe'rdhamātrake || 24-30 ||

jñānānandamaye deve vāsudeve vilāpayet |
turyātīte ca tatturyaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmani || 24-31 ||

pravilāpya svayaṃ divyāmahaṃtāṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ śrayet |
tanmayastādṛśaṃ prāpya layasthānaṃ tataḥ kramāt || 24-32 ||

jāgarāmavatīryātha dīkṣitaṃ śiṣyamagrataḥ |
sadgururmanmayo bhūtvā tāramadhyāpayetsvayam || 24-33 ||

sāṅgopāṅgakramaṃ śaśvat sasamādhiṃ savistaram |
sa ca dadyāt svamātmānaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ gurave dhanaiḥ || 24-34 ||

labdhānujñastataḥ kurvan pauraścaraṇikaṃ vidhim |
mahānadītaṭaṃ gatvā siddhādyāyatanaṃ tu vā || 24-35 ||

pālāśaṃ vā vanaṃ samyakparyantādṛṣṭabhūtalam |
snānaṃ triṣavaṇaṃ kurvan brahmacārī jitendriyaḥ || 24-36 ||

payoyāvakabhaikṣāṇāmaśnannanyatamaṃ sakṛt |
kuśoccaye niṣaṇṇaḥ san kāśacīrakuśeśayaḥ || 24-37 ||

pālāśaṃ dhārayeddaṇḍaṃ saṃvītaḥ kṛṣṇacarmaṇā |
maccitto manmayo bhūtvā gurvādiṣṭena vartmanā || 24-38 ||

nityaṃ yogaparo bhūtvā samyagjñānasamādhimān |
daśalakṣaṃ japenmaunī tāraṃ saṃsāratārakam || 24-39 ||

daśāṃśaṃ juhuyāt parṇaiḥ samidbhiḥ sarpiṣāpi vā |
prītā tasya prakāśe'hamahaṃtā vaiṣṇavī parā || 24-40 ||

sādhakasya tataḥ samyak sadvivekini cetasi |
lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyaṃ tat sāmarasyaṃ prakāśate || 24-41 ||

jīvanneva bhavenmuktaḥ punīte cakṣuṣā jagat |
siddhāḥ syustasya mantrāste laukikā vaidikāśca ye || 24-42 ||

snātaḥ sarveṣu vedeṣu vidyāsu sakalāsu ca |
siddhānteṣu ca sarveṣu tīrtheṣu ca bhavedasau || 24-43 ||

prayogāḥ sarvamantrāṇāṃ yāvanto yādṛśāśca ye |
tāvantastādṛśāste'sya prayogā iti nirṇayaḥ || 24-44 ||

asya vyāhṛtayastisro varṇatrayasamudgatāḥ |
padbhyaḥ samudgatā hyasyāḥ sāvitrī sarvapāvanī || 24-45 ||

asyāḥ padbhyastrayo vedā ṛgyajuḥsāmalakṣaṇāḥ |
ityetanmayamevedaṃ laukikaṃ vaidikaṃ vacaḥ || 24-46 ||

yathā nyagrodhadhānāyāmantarbhūto mahādrumaḥ |
tathedaṃ vāṅmayaṃ viśvamasminnantaḥ sthitaṃ sadā || 24-47 ||

etadādyaṃ mahābījaṃ śabdānāṃ prakṛtiḥ parā |
śabdabrahma paraṃ dhāma pavitraṃ paramaṃ mahat || 24-48 ||

oṃkāraḥ praṇavastāro haṃso nārāyaṇo dhruvaḥ |
vedātmā sarvavedādirādityaḥ sarvapāvanaḥ || 24-49 ||

mokṣado muktimārgaśca sarvasaṃdhāraṇakṣamaḥ |
evamādīni nāmāni śāstre śāstre vicakṣaṇaiḥ || 24-50 ||

adhītāni mahāpuṇyānyoṃkārasya mahātmanaḥ |
idaṃ śaraṇamajñānāmidameva vijānatām || 24-51 ||

ayamanvicchatāṃ svargaḥ potaḥ pāraṃ titīrṣatām |
hakāraukārasaṃyogādayaṃ prāsādasaṃjñakaḥ || 24-52 ||

piṇḍo'yaṃ sarvatattvānāṃ piṇḍabhūtaḥ sanātanaḥ |
sādhanaṃ pratipattiśca viniyogo'tha dhāraṇā || 24-53 ||

bījasyeva sureśāna prāsādasyāsya viddhi tat |
asyaiva saṃjñāmantro'yaṃ haṃso nāma mahāmanuḥ || 24-54 ||

bhoktāraṃ prathamaṃ varṇaṃ viddhi bhogyaṃ dvitīyakam |
nārāyaṇamayaṃ pūrvamakṣaraṃ śrīmayaṃ param || 24-55 ||

agnīṣomātmakāvetau varṇau viddhi sanātanau |
anayorantarā śakra bindudharmau vyavasthitau || 24-56 ||

ādhārānmūrdhaparyantaṃ bhoktāraṃ varṇamunnayet |
visṛjenmukhato varṇaṃ dvitīyaṃ bhogyasaṃjñakam || 24-57 ||

sarvā sṛṣṭiḥ kṛtā tena haṃsoccāraprayogataḥ |
ajapeyaṃ samākhyātā vidyā sarvāṅgaśobhanā || 24-58 ||

catuṣaṣṭyadhikāśītikoṭisaṃkhyāsu yoniṣu |
tadbhedeṣu ca mantro'yaṃ svayamuccarate sadā || 24-59 ||

niśvāsena samaṃ vidyā samudetyantarujjvalā |
udayāstamayāvasyāḥ śvāsaniśvāsatulyakau || 24-60 ||

ṣaṣṭiḥ śvāsā bhavetprāṇāḥ ṣaṭ prāṇā nāḍikā matā |
nāḍyaḥ ṣaṣṭirahorātramevaṃ kālakriyāgatiḥ || 24-61 ||

evaṃ haṃsodayādviddhi sahasrāṇyekaviṃśatim |
śatāni ṣaṭ ca deveśa tāvantaḥ syurjapāḥ kṛtāḥ || 24-62 ||

kiṃtu saṃkalpanaṃ kuryādaharādau manīṣayā |
evaṃsaṃkhyān japānasya kariṣyāmīti buddhimān || 24-63 ||

vinyaset pañca cāṅgāni teṣāṃ rūpaṃ nibodha me |
sūryasomau caturthyantau namaḥsvāhāsamanvitau || 24-64 ||

nirañjanau nirābhāsau vauṣaḍhuṃphaḍantakau |
phaḍantaṃ mūlamevāstramityaṅgānyasya pañca tu || 24-65 ||

ayameva viparyastaḥ paramātmamanuḥ smṛtaḥ |
smṛtvā śaktiṃ sasaṃbhārāṃ sūrye bhoktari saṃnayet || 24-66 ||

śiṣṭaṃ praṇavavaccintyamiti saṃjñāmanorvidhiḥ |
padamantrāstrayo'sya syurvidhāne pāñcarātrike || 24-67 ||

viṣṇave nama ityevaṃ namo nārāyaṇāya ca |
namo bhagavate pūrvaṃ vāsudevāya cetyapi || 24-68 ||

jitaṃ te puṇḍarīkākṣa namaste viśvabhāvana |
namaste'stu hṛṣīkeśa mahāpuruṣa pūrvaja || 24-69 ||

padamantraścaturtho'yaṃ praṇavasya puraṃdara |
oṃkārasahitānetān mantrān pūrvavido viduḥ || 24-70 ||

jñānādiguṇasaṃyuktairakṣaraiḥ praṇavādibhiḥ |
namo'ntaira"gakḷptiḥ syāttathaivopāṅgakalpanā || 24-71 ||

nyūnākṣarasya mantrasya varṇena carameṇa tu |
upāṅgakalpanā kāryā tattadguṇapadairyutā || 24-72 ||

tathaiva sphītavarṇasya śiṣṭaistu dvādaśādhikaiḥ |
samastaiścaramopāṅgaṃ kalpayettejasā saha || 24-73 ||

kevalastārakaścaiva catvāraśca tadādikāḥ |
pañcaite vyāpakā mantrāḥ pāñcarātre prakīrtitāḥ || 24-74 ||

nāsādhyaṃ kiṃcidastīha mantrairebhirmahātmabhiḥ |
niśreṇī pañcaparvaiṣā parabrahmādhirogaṇe || 24-75 ||

eṣā divyā mahāsattā pañcamantrī tu manmayī |
arcanājjapato dhyānādimāṃ samyak samāśritaḥ |
svāṃ sattāṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ prāpya paraṃ brahmādhigacchati || 24-76 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre tāraprakāśo nāma caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 25

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 25 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 25

śrīḥ

itthaṃ te kathitaḥ śakra tārakasyaiṣa vistaraḥ |
saṃsāratārikāyā me tārikāyāḥ śṛṇu kramam || 25-1 ||

varṇānāṃ vidhisiddhyarthaṃ saṃjñāḥ pūrvaṃ niśāmaya |
śrutāsu vidhivadyāsu vidhirmāntraḥ pravartate || 25-2 ||

akāraścāprameyaśca prathamo vyāpakaḥ smṛtaḥ |
ādidevastathākāra ānando gopanaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-3 ||

rāmasaṃjña ikāraśca iddha iṣṭaḥ prakīrtitaḥ |
īkāraḥ pañcabindurvai viṣṇurmāyā puraṃdara || 25-4 ||

ukāro bhuvanākhyaśca uddāma udayastathā |
ūkāra ūrjo lokeśaḥ prajñādhārākhya eva ca || 25-5 ||

satyaśca ṛtadhāmā ca ṛkāraḥ sa tu cāṅkuśaḥ |
ṛkāro viṣṭarākhyaśca jvālā caiva prasāraṇam || 25-6 ||

liṅgātmā bhagavān prokto ḷkārastārakaḥ smṛtaḥ |
ḹkāro dīrghaghoṇaśca devadattastathā virāṭ || 25-7 ||

tryaśra ekārasaṃjñaśca jagadyoniravigrahaḥ |
aiśvaryaṃ yogadhātā ca ai sa airāvaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-8 ||

okāra otadehaśca odanaścaiva vikramī |
aurvo'tha bhūdharākhyaśca au smṛto hyauṣadhātmakaḥ || 25-9 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadau vyāpī vyomeśoṃ'kāra eva ca |
visargaḥ sṛṣṭikṛtkhyāto hyaḥkāraḥ parameśvaraḥ || 25-10 ||

kamalaśca karālaśca kakāraḥ prakṛtiḥ parā |
khakāraḥ kharvadehaśca vedātmā viśvabhāvanaḥ || 25-11 ||

gadadhvaṃsī gakārastu govindaśca gadādharaḥ |
ghakārastvatha dharmāṃśustejasvī dīptimāṃstathā || 25-12 ||

ṅakāra ekadaṃṣṭrākhyo bhūtātmā bhūtabhāvanaḥ |
cakāraścañcalaścakrī candrāṃśuḥ sa tu kathyate || 25-13 ||

chandaḥpatiśchaladhvaṃsī chakāraśchanda eva ca |
janmahantājitaścaiva jakāraścaiva śāśvataḥ || 25-14 ||

jhakāro jhaṣasaṃjñaśca sāmagaḥ sāmapāṭhakaḥ |
īśvaraścottamākhyaśca ñakārastattvadhārakaḥ || 25-15 ||

candrī ṭakāra āhlādo viśvāpyāyakarastathā |
dhārādharaṣṭhakāraśca nemiḥ kaustubha ucyate || 25-16 ||

daṇḍadhāro ḍakāraśca mausalo'khaṇḍavikramaḥ |
ḍhakāro viśvarūpaśca vṛṣakarmā pratardanaḥ || 25-17 ||

ṇakāro'bhayadaḥ śāstā vaikuṇṭha iti kīrtitaḥ |
takārastālalakṣmā ca vairājaḥ sragdharaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-18 ||

dhanvī bhuvanapālaśca thakāraḥ sarvarodhakaḥ |
dattāvakāśo damano dakāraḥ śāntidaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25-19 ||

dhakāraḥ śārṅgadhṛddhartā mādhavaśca prakīrtitaḥ |
naro nārāyaṇaḥ panthā nakāraḥ samudāhṛtaḥ || 25-20 ||

pakāraḥ padmanābhaśca pavitraḥ paścimānanaḥ |
phakāraḥ phullanayano lāṅgalī śvetasaṃjñitaḥ || 25-21 ||

bakāro vāmano hrasvaḥ pūrṇāṅgaḥ sa ca kathyate |
bhallātako bhakāraśca jñeyaḥ siddhiprado dhruvaḥ || 25-22 ||

makāro mardanaḥ kālaḥ pradhānaḥ paripaṭhyate |
caturgatiryakāraśca susūkṣmaḥ śaṅkha ucyate || 25-23 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāro ro'nalaḥ kālapāvakaḥ |
lakāro vibudhākhyaśca dhareśaḥ puruṣeśvaraḥ || 25-24 ||

varāhaścāmṛtādhāro vakāro varuṇaḥ smṛtaḥ |
śakāraḥ śaṃkaraḥ śāntaḥ puṇḍarikaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 25-25 ||

nṛsiṃhaścāgnirūpaśca ṣakāro bhāskarastathā |
sakārastvamṛtastṛptiḥ somaśca parikīrtitaḥ || 25-26 ||

sūryo hakāraḥ prāṇastu paramātmā prakīrtitaḥ |
ananteśaḥ kṣakārastu vargānto garuḍastathā || 25-27 ||

aśeṣasaṃjñā varṇānāmityetāḥ kīrtitā mayā |
anulomavilomena varṇyā varṇasya vai punaḥ || 25-28 ||

saṃjñā saṃkhyā ca yā śakra sāmānyā sā mahāmate |
cidaṃśāḥ sarva evaite varṇā bhāsvaravigrahāḥ || 25-29 ||

kāraṇaṃ sarvamantrāṇāṃ lakṣmīśaktyupabṛṃhitāḥ |
stutāḥ saṃpūjitā dhyātā varṇāḥ saṃjñābhirādarāt || 25-30 ||

prayacchanti parāmṛddhiṃ vijñānaṃ bhāvayantyapi |
parasparāṅgabhāvaṃ ca mantrotpattau vrajantyamī || 25-31 ||

carācare'smiṃstannāsti yadamībhirna bhāvitam |
nityā yadyapi tā divyā mantrāṇāṃ mūrtayaḥ parāḥ || 25-32 ||

tathāpyevaṃvidhairvarṇairbhāvitā iti cintanā |
bhavanti pūrṇasāmarthyā mantrāḥ śāstranidarśanāt || 25-33 ||

ālambanaṃ dhiyāṃ caiva bhavantyevaṃ mahāmate |
abhāge'pi yathā vyomni dhiyā bhāgaḥ prakalpyate || 25-34 ||

saukaryāya tathā mantre varṇabhāgo'nucintyate |
kṛtvaiva bhāvagāṃ vyāptiṃ varṇānāṃ pūjanaṃ tridhā || 25-35 ||

bhūmau padme tathā devyāstanau mantrān samuddharet |
paramātmānamādāya yojayet kālavahninā || 25-36 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadopetamāyāmasminniyojayet |
iyaṃ sā paramā śaktirvaiṣṇavī sarvakāmadā || 25-37 ||

sattā pūrṇā cidānandā mama mūrtirnirantarā |
iyaṃ sā paramā niṣṭhā yā sā brahmavidāṃ dhruvā || 25-38 ||

asyāṃ niṣṭhāya tattvajñā viśanti brahma manmayam |
saiṣā tattvavidāṃ mukhyaiḥ śāstre śāstre vicintyate || 25-39 ||

otraṃ protamamuṣyāṃ vai jagacchabdārthatāmayam |
anayaiva sadā sāṃkhyaiḥ saṃkhyāye'haṃ sanātanī || 25-40 ||

anayaiva samādhisthaiḥ samādhīye samādhinā |
abhidhīye'nayaivāhaṃ śaivaiḥ ṣaṭtriṃśadantimā || 25-41 ||

mahārājñī tathaivāhamanayaiva trayī parā |
ṛgyajuḥsāmasaṃghāte cintye saure ca maṇḍale || 25-42 ||

taruṇīṃ rūpasaṃpannāṃ sarvāvayavasundarīm |
anayaiva vyavasyanti lokāyatavicakṣaṇāḥ || 25-43 ||

kṣaṇabhaṅgavidhānajñaiścintye nirviṣayā ca dhīḥ |
ārhataiścānayaivāhaṃ yakṣīnāmnā sadoditā || 25-44 ||

paramā tārikā śaktistāriṇī tārikākṛtiḥ |
lakṣmīḥ padmā mahālakṣmīstārā gaurī nirañjanā || 25-45 ||

hṛllekhā paramātmasthā yā śaktirbhuvaneśvarī |
cicchaktiḥ śāntirūpā ca ghoṣaṇī ghoṣasaṃbhavā || 25-46 ||

kāmadhenurmahādhenurjagadyonirvibhāvarī |
evamādīni nāmāni śāstre śāstre vicakṣakṣaṇaiḥ || 25-47 ||

tārikāyā niruktāni vede vede ca paṇḍitaiḥ |
asyā evāparā mūrtirvijñeyā tvanutārikā || 25-48 ||

śāntaṃ niyojayet sthāne pūrvasya paramātmanaḥ |
śeṣamanyatsamaṃ hyeṣā tanurme'nyānutārikā || 25-49 ||

tārikāyāmivāsyāṃ ca vijñeyaṃ vaibhavaṃ mahat |
ime śaktī pare divye mama tanvau puraṃdara || 25-50 ||

yatkiṃcidetayā sādhyaṃ sādhanīyaṃ tadanyathā |
ime pūrvāparībhāvaṃ vrajato'nyonyavāñchayā || samyaksādhayataścaiva sādhakānāmabhīpsitam || 25-51 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre tārānutārāprakāśo nāma pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 26

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 26 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 26

śakraḥ -

paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma padmasthe padmamālini |
namaste padmaje padme govindagṛhamedhini || 26-1 ||

dve ete kathite devi tava tanvau sanātane |
viśeṣastvasti vā kaścidanayoḥ sūkṣmarūpataḥ || 26-2 ||

śrīḥ -

ekamādau paraṃ tattvaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakam |
pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyaṃ svacchasvacchandacidghanam || 26-3 ||

tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktiḥ sarvāvasthānusāriṇī |
devī sā paramā divyā sthūlasūkṣmaparāhvayā || 26-4 ||

mama tanvāvime śaktī tārikā cānutarikā |
duhāte sakalān kāmānubhe ete puraṃdara || 26-5 ||

ubhe ete mate divye ubhe niṣṭhe pare smṛte |
ubhe saṃsthā mate sarvā ubhe te viṣṇuvallabhe || 26-6 ||

ubhe ete vicintyātha gacchanti paramāṃ gatim |
tattvaṃ tu paramaṃ sūkṣmaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 26-7 ||

paraṃ brahma tataḥ śāntaṃ tato nāda iti kramaḥ |
sarvatrāvasthitā sāhaṃ nimeṣonmeṣarūpiṇī || 26-8 ||

ādyaṃ yat paramaṃ brahma sūkṣmaṃ stimitaśaktikam |
tārastatra pratiṣṭhāya tanoti vitatāṃ gatim || 26-9 ||

bhavato brahmaṇo yo'yamunmeṣaḥ paramātmanaḥ |
bhavadbhāvātmake tasmiṃstārikā pratitiṣṭhati || 26-10 ||

brahmaṇastvavaroho yaḥ śāntarūpaḥ sisṛkṣayā |
śāntākhye bhāvabhūyiṣṭhe tasminnāste'nutārikā || 26-11 ||

dvitīyastvavaroho yaḥ śaktyākhyo bhāva ūrjitaḥ |
vāgbhavādīni bījāni tatra tiṣṭhanti vāsava || 26-12 ||

etāvānanayorbhedaḥ proktaste sūkṣmadhīmayaḥ |
vāgbhavādīni bījāni gadantyā me niśāmaya || 26-13 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadopetamaiśvaryaṃ varṇamuddharet |
jagadyoniridaṃ bījaṃ vāgbhavākhyamudāhṛtam || 26-14 ||

saiṣā kuṇḍalinī śaktiryasyāṃ kuṇḍalitaṃ jagat |
śabdaśaktisvarūpeṇa yathā tadavadhāraya || 26-15 ||

ī māyā paramā śaktirjagadyonirnirañjanā |
aprameyasya sā hi śrīrgṛhiṇī gṛhamedhinaḥ || 26-16 ||

asyāḥ pūrvamikāraṃ tu yojayet sūkṣmacakṣuṣā |
itthaṃ yadiṣṭaṃ yad dravyaṃ yattattatra pratiṣṭhitam || 26-17 ||

ānandamasya pūrvaṃ tu cintayet sūkṣmacakṣuṣā |
aprameyaṃ tataḥ pūrvaṃ yojayet sūkṣmacakṣuṣā || 26-18 ||

śaktireṣā jagadyonistrailokyaiśvaryadojjvalā |
aprameyādanādyantādvyāpakāt paramātmanaḥ || 26-19 ||

gopanī sarvabhūtānāṃ śaktirānandanirbharā |
icchājñānakriyārūpairikārotthaiḥ samanvitā || 26-20 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadā devī viṣṇupatnī jagatprasūḥ |
iti vācyāṃ jagadyonibījasyābjāṃ vicintayet || 26-21 ||

ratiḥ krīḍābhidhā loke krīḍā ca syāt kriyā mama |
indhanaṃ dīpanaṃ jñānamicchā cekāradarśitāḥ || 26-22 ||

trailokyaṃ tu trayo lokāste ca jīvāstridhā sthitāḥ |
teṣāmaiśvaryadānena trailokyaiśvaryadāhvikā || 26-23 ||

aprameyādinā lokān vitatya bhuvanādhvanā |
tasminneva pare bhūyo vyomeśe paramātmani || 26-24 ||

saṃtiṣṭhate paretyevamudayāstamayau mama |
īdṛśīyaṃ mahāvidyā jagadyonirgirāṃ prasūḥ || 26-25 ||

pañcamī kāmasūrvidyā kāmabījāparāhvayā |
prādyumnī paramā śaktistasyā rūpaṃ nibodha me || 26-26 ||

madhyamaṃ guṇatattvānāṃ yat proktaṃ paścimānanam |
rañjanaṃ sattvatamasorbhogenālpena rañjitam || 26-27 ||

sā parā prakṛtiḥ kākhyā kalpayantī jagadvidhim |
puruṣeśvarayogena sā sṛṣṭyai saṃprakalpate || 26-28 ||

avyaktapuruṣeśākhyarūpatrayavibhāvinī |
māyā śrīḥ sā punardevī vyomeśe pratitiṣṭhati || 26-29 ||

iti rūpaprabhāvau tau kāmabījasya darśitau |
ṣaṣṭhīṃ sārasvatīṃ vidyāṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 26-30 ||

prajñādhāro hyahaṃ śakra prakṛṣṭajñānajanmabhūḥ |
sāhaṃ prajñāprasūrviṣṇorudayena samanvitā || 26-31 ||

ānandaṃ yojayet tasyāḥ purastāt sūkṣmayā dṛśā |
aprameyamataḥ pūrvaṃ bhāvayet sūkṣmayā dṛśā || 26-32 ||

aprameyoditā sāhaṃ mahānandamayī śubhā |
ādhārabhūtā prajñāyā vyomeśe saṃsthitā punaḥ || 26-33 ||

punarvisṛṣṭiyogāya parameśvaramāgatā |
ṣaṣṭhī samuddhṛtā vidyā śabdataścārthataśca te || 26-34 ||

iyaṃ bījatrayī vidyā kathitā tripurāhvayā |
vyutkramānukramābhyāṃ sā hyātmasāmyapradāpi ca || 26-35 ||

vidyeyaṃ kāmadhuk proktā japahomādisādhitā |
vyañjanasvarasaṃyogāt tasyā bhedān bahūnviduḥ || 26-36 ||

caturṇāṃ puruṣārthānāṃ hetūn vyasya samasya ca |
saptamī tu mahālakṣmīrvidyā sā sarvasādhanī || 26-37 ||

parāṃ prakṛtimādāya bhāskaraṃ tatra yojayet |
mardanena samāyojya yojayet kālavahninā || 26-38 ||

bhūṣayenmāyayā piṇḍamante vyāpinamānayet |
kathitaṃ te mahālakṣmībījametat puraṃdara || 26-39 ||

karṣantī vyākṛtāvasthāmahaṃ hi svena tejasā |
pradhānabhūmikāṃ gatvā mūrtitrayavibhāvinī || 26-40 ||

nirmāya sakalaṃ bhāvaṃ vyomeśe saṃpratiṣṭhitā |
iti bhāvyamidaṃ bījaṃ japatā sādhakena tu || 26-41 ||

ityete raśmayo jñeyā vidyāyāstārikākṛteḥ |
anutārādayo vidyā itīdaṃ tārikāmayam || 26-42 ||

tāmimāṃ tārikāṃ vidyāṃ bhajamāno yathāvidhi |
aihikāmuṣmikān bhogānakṣayān pratipadyate || 26-43 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre saptavidyāprakāśo nāma ṣaḍviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 27

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 27 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 27

śakraḥ -

namastubhyaṃ jagannāthe puṇḍarīkākṣavallabhe |
aśeṣajagadīśāne sarvajñe sarvabhāvini || 27-1 ||

śrutametanmayā samyagvidyānāṃ tattvamuttamam |
bhūyaśca tārikāyā me vidhiṃ vyākhyātumarhasi || 27-2 ||

śrīḥ -

ādyamekaṃ paraṃ brahma sarvajñaṃ saccidātmakam |
svaśakticaritaṃ divyaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahaḥ || 27-3 ||

ahaṃ sā paramā śaktirahaṃtākhyā sanātanī |
taddharmadharmiṇī nityā prabhā bhānorivāmalā || 27-4 ||

tadīyāni vidhīyante pañca kṛtyāni sarvadā |
tadunmeṣasvarūpiṇyā mayaivāditinandana || 27-5 ||

mama divyā parā śaktirnityaṃ maddharmadharmiṇī |
hṛllekhā paramā vidyā matsvarūpā puraṃdara || 27-6 ||

asyā vyākhyāmimāṃ śaśvat sāvadhānena cetasā |
śraddadhānaḥ prapannastvamupasanno gṛhāṇa me || 27-7 ||

āmananti yamātmānaṃ jagatastasthuṣaḥ param |
prasavasthitisaṃhārakāraṇaṃ sūryasaṃjñitam || 27-8 ||

nityaṃ prerayitāraṃ ca prāṇasaṃjñaṃ sanātanam |
taṃ viddhi prathamaṃ varṇaṃ hakāraṃ puruṣottamam || 27-9 ||

yastasya prathamonmeṣaḥ kroḍīkṛtajagattrayaḥ |
aśeṣabhuvanādhāro jvaladrūpo'mito'nyataḥ || 27-10 ||

rephaṃ tatparamaṃ viddhi tejorūpaṃ sanātanam |
unmeṣa eva samyak sa vyāpnuvan sakalāṃ gatim || 27-11 ||

vyāpārān pañca bibhracca bindun sṛṣṭyādilakṣaṇān |
āścaryajñānarūpaśca nimeṣonmeṣasaṃtateḥ || 27-12 ||

icchājñānakriyārūpaṃ bibhracca vitatikramam |
i-ī-rūpasya yugmasya sthitireṣā sanātanī || 27-13 ||

tadevaṃ paramonmeṣarūpāhaṃ vitatodayā |
icchājñānakriyārūpā pañcakṛtyakarī vibhoḥ || 27-14 ||

nānāvidhāścaryamayī cidghanā sukharūpiṇī |
vijñeyā paramātmasthā vyāpinī viṣṇuvallabhā || 27-15 ||

vidhāya kṛtyamakhilaṃ trailokyaiśvaryadāyinī |
tasminneva punardeve vyomeśe paramātmani || 27-16 ||

ādāya sarvasaṃbhāraṃ pratitiṣṭhāmi niṣkalā |
asyā rūpāṇi pañceha tattvajñāḥ saṃpracakṣate || 27-17 ||

tāni rūpāṇi deveśa gadantyā me niśāmaya |
vyomeśāntamidaṃ rūpamekaṃ yattatprakīrtitam || 27-18 ||

vyomeśāt parataḥ kecidvāñchanti parameśvaram |
vyomeśamapahāyānye pradhānaṃ viniyojya tu || 27-19 ||

bindunādau ca vāñchanti tadante praṇavopamam |
ante pradhānamevaikaṃ keciddhīrāḥ pracakṣate || 27-20 ||

sṛṣṭikartāramante'nye vaidikāḥ samadhīyate |
evaṃ pañca svarūpāṇi tārikāyā vidurbudhāḥ || 27-21 ||

śāntasthāyāḥ sureśāna rūpāṇyevaṃvidhānyapi |
pradhānānte visṛṣṭyante vyomeśānte tathaiva ca || 27-22 ||

vyomeśordhvavisṛṣṭyanta iti rūpacatuṣṭaye |
aihikī paramā siddhistattaccāmutrikī parā || 27-23 ||

pradhānabindunādānte mokṣaśrīreva kevalā |
ityevamanusaṃdhāya tārikāyāḥ parāṃ sthitim || 27-24 ||

śiṣyāya sādhuśīlāya gurubrahmahitaiṣiṇe |
ācārya ādiśedvidyāṃ parabrahmasvarūpiṇīm || 27-25 ||

hastadehāṅgavinyāsaṃ vidhāyātmani vai purā |
vinyasya śiṣyadehe ca tataścopadiśenmanum || 27-26 ||

sthāpayeddhṛdi śiṣyasya bhāvapūrvaṃ manuṃ param |
punaśca sthāpayet svasya hṛdaye mantramuttamam || 27-27 ||

dīkṣābhiṣekapūrvaṃ ca sarvametat samācaret |
ācāryādatha saṃprāpya vidyāṃ śiṣyo vicakṣaṇaḥ || 27-28 ||

ātmānamātmanaścaiva vittaṃ dattvā tu dakṣiṇam |
sakalaṃ tvardhamaṃśa vā yena vā toṣyate guruḥ || 27-29 ||

vaidike ca samācāre laukike ca vyavasthite |
apramādyan sadācārye guruṣu brāhmaṇeṣu ca || 27-30 ||

adrohaṃ śīlayan śaśvadbhūtagrāme caturvidhe |
nityamātmaguṇopeto dharmalakṣaṇasevakaḥ || 27-31 ||

saṃskāraiḥ saṃskṛtaḥ śubhrairdevapitratithikriyaḥ |
divyaśāstrāṇyadhīyāno nigamāṃścaiva vaidikān || 27-32 ||

alolupena cittena siddhāntānanusaṃcaran |
yāvadarthaṃ tu vijñānamādadānastatastataḥ || 27-33 ||

adūṣayaṃśca śāstrāṇi pramāṇairanusaṃcaran |
āhnikaṃ vidhivat kurvan śāstrārthaṃ karmaṇāṃ kramaiḥ || 27-34 ||

aharādi tvahorātraṃ punā rātryavasānakam |
avandhyaṃ satataṃ kurvaṃścoditaiḥ karmaṇāṃ kramaiḥ || 27-35 ||

pañcakālarato nityaṃ pañcayajñaparāyaṇaḥ |
bhūṣito damadānābhyāṃ satyenāhiṃsanena ca || 27-36 ||

coditena krameṇemāṃ vidyāṃ saṃsādhya yatnataḥ |
prasannayā dhiyā yukto nityaṃ svārthaparārthayoḥ || 27-37 ||

bhūtimeva parāmicchan vibhūtiṃ parivarjayet |
pāvanaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ manasā cakṣuṣā girā || 27-38 ||

cittaprasādanīrdevīścatasraḥ pariśīlayan |
maitryādyāḥ śāntimanvicchan japayajñaparāyaṇaḥ || 27-39 ||

apramādyan svakarmasthaḥ pramāde sati daivataḥ |
prāyaścitaṃ caran samyagyasminyasmiṃstu yādṛśam || 27-40 ||

karmaṇā manasā vācā devadevaṃ janārdanam |
prapannaḥ śaraṇaṃ śaśvanmāṃ ca taddharmadharmiṇīm || 27-41 ||

uttamaṃ puruṣaṃ strīṃ ca saṃdṛṣṭvā māmanusmaran |
daṃpatī pūjayannityaṃ dāṃpatyaṃ cāpyalopayan || 27-42 ||

śabdasthamarthagaṃ vāpi puṃbhāvaṃ vividhātmakam |
strībhāvaṃ viddhi tadrūpaṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ smaran || 27-43 ||

uttamāṃ guṇasaṃpannāṃ rūpayauvanaśālinīm |
alolupena cittena dṛṣṭvā māmeva cintayan || 27-44 ||

strīṣu kṣāntamanā nityamavadannapriyaṃ sadā |
atikramaṃ pariharan saṃjātaṃ cāpyatarkayan || 27-45 ||

kṣālayan pāvanaiḥ strīṇāṃ jāyamānaṃ vyatikramam |
kubjāṃ vā vikalāṃ vāpi sarvāvasthāṃ gatāṃ striyam || 27-46 ||

avinindaṃścaraṃstrīṇāṃ priyaṃ śāstrānukūlataḥ |
evaṃvṛttaḥ sadācāro naro vigatakalmaṣaḥ || 27-47 ||

madbhakto matpriyakaro madyājī matparāyaṇaḥ |
prāpnoti paramaṃ dhāma tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam || 27-48 ||

iti te kathitā śakra tārikāyāḥ parā sthitiḥ |
vidyānāmapi cānyāsāṃ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 27-49 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre sadācāraprakāśo nāma saptaviṃśodhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 28

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 28 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 28

śakraḥ -

namaste kamalāvāse namastrayyantavāsini |
tvatprasādena vidhivacchruto mantraḥ samādhinā || 28-1 ||

pratipatīśca sakalā svarūpaṃ ca yathāsthitam |
āhorātrikamācāramidānīṃ vaktumarhasi || 28-2 ||

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmānanādiḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ |
jñānaiśvaryamahāśaktivīryatejomahodhadhiḥ || 28-3 ||

ātmā sa sarvabhūtānāṃ haṃso nārāyaṇo vaśī |
tasya sāmarthyarūpāhamekā taddharmadharmiṇī || 28-4 ||

sāhaṃ sṛṣṭyādikān bhāvān vidadhānāḥ punaḥ punaḥ |
ārādhitā satī sarvāṃstārayāmi bhavārṇavāt || 28-5 ||

dadāmi vividhān bhogān dharmeṇa paritoṣitā |
saddharmaparasaṃsthānā mama sattvādikā tanuḥ || 28-6 ||

ācārarūpo dharmo'sāvācārastasya lakṣaṇam |
tamācāraṃ pravakṣyāmi yaḥ sadbhiranupālyate || 28-7 ||

hitvā yogamayīṃ nidrāmutthāyāpararātrataḥ |
prapadyeta hṛṣīkeśaṃ śaraṇyaṃ śrīpatiṃ harim || 28-8 ||

prapatteśca svarūpaṃ te pūrvamuktaṃ sureśvara |
bhūyaśca śṛṇu vakṣyāmi sā yathā syāt sthirā tvayi || 28-9 ||

ācamya prayato bhūtvā smṛtvāstraṃ jvalanākṛti |
tat praviśya viniṣkrāntaḥ pūto bhūtvāstratejasā || 28-10 ||

prapattiṃ tāṃ prayuñjīta svāṅgaiḥ pañcabhiranvitām |
prātikūlyaṃ parityaktamānukūlyaṃ ca saṃśritam || 28-11 ||

mayā sarveṣu bhūteṣu yathāśakti yathāmati |
alasasyālpaśakteśca yathāvaccāvijānataḥ || 28-12 ||

upāyāḥ kriyamāṇāste naiva syustārakā mama |
ato'haṃ kṛpaṇo dīno nirlepaścāpyakiṃcanaḥ || 28-13 ||

lakṣmyā saha hṛṣīkeśo devyā kāruṇyarūpayā |
rakṣakaḥ sarvasiddhānte vedānte'pi ca gīyate || 28-14 ||

yanme'sti dustyajaṃ kiṃcit putradārakriyādikam |
samastamātmanā nyastaṃ śrīpate tava pādayoḥ || 28-15 ||

śaraṇaṃ bhava deveśa nātha lakṣmīpate mama |
sakṛdevaṃ prapannasya kṛtyaṃ naivānyadiṣyate || 28-16 ||

upāyāpāyamuktasya vartamānasya madhyataḥ |
narasya buddhidaurbalyādupāyāntaramiṣyate || 28-17 ||

ataḥ paraṃ sadācāraṃ procyamānaṃ nibodha me |
āśaṃsānaḥ samuttiṣṭhet sarvabhūtasukhodayam || 28-18 ||

bhavantu sarvabhūtāni sāttvike vimale pathi |
bhajantāṃ śrīpatiṃ śaśvadviśantu paramaṃ padam || 28-19 ||

ityāśāsya priyaṃ samyagbhūtebhyo manasā girā |
śarīraśodhanaṃ kṛtvā dharmaśāstravidhānataḥ || 28-20 ||

śaucaṃ ca vidhivat kṛtvā bhakṣayeddantadhāvanam |
athācamya vidhānena pavitraiḥ śāstracoditaiḥ || 28-21 ||

plāvayitvābhyupāsīta saṃdhyāṃ trailokyapāvanīm |
manmayī trividhā śaktiḥ sūryasomāgnirūpiṇī || 28-22 ||

śuddhaye sarvabhūtānāṃ saṃdhyā devī pravartate |
upasthāya vivasvantamantaḥsthaṃ puruṣottamam || 28-23 ||

kuryādagnividhiṃ samyagupādānamathācaret |
sati vitte na kurvītopādānaṃ tu vicakṣaṇaḥ || 28-24 ||

sapta vittāgamā dharmyā dāyo lābhaḥ krayo jayaḥ |
prayogaḥ karmayogaśca satpratigraha eva ca || 28-25 ||

snānaṃ kṛtvā vidhānena trividhaṃ śāstracoditam |
bhūtaśuddhiṃ vidhāyātha yāgamāntaramācaret || 28-26 ||

svayamutpāditaiḥ sphītairlabdhaiḥ śiṣyāditastathā |
bhogairyajeta māṃ viṣṇumubhau vā śāstrapūrvakam || 28-27 ||

aṣṭāṅgena vidhānena hyanuyāgāvasānakaiḥ |
svādhyāyamācaret samyagaparāhṇe vicakṣaṇaḥ || 28-28 ||

divyaśāstrāṇyadhīyīta nigamāṃścaiva vaidikān |
sarvānanucaret samyak siddhāntānātmasiddhaye || 28-29 ||

alolupena cittena rāgadveṣavivarjitaḥ |
na nindenmanasā vācā śāstrāṇyuccāvacānyapi || 28-30 ||

tāvanmātrārthamādadyād yāvatā hyartha ātmanaḥ |
bhūtānāṃ śreyase sarve sarvaśāstrāṇi tanvate || 28-31 ||

tāṃ tāmavasthāṃ saṃprāpya tāni śreyo vitanvate |
ādau madhye ca sarveṣāṃ śāstrāṇāmantime tathā || 28-32 ||

śrīmānnārāyaṇaḥ prokto vidhayaiva tayā tayā |
ahaṃ nārāyaṇasthāpi sarvajñā sarvadarśinī || 28-33 ||

nidānajñā bhiṣakkalpā tattadgurvādirūpiṇī |
pravartayāmi śāstrāṇi tāni tāni tathā tathā || 28-34 ||

adhikārānurūpeṇa pramāṇāni tathā tathā |
atyantaheyaṃ na kvāpi śāstraṃ kiṃcana vidyate || 28-35 ||

sarvatra sulabhaṃ śreyaḥ svalpaṃ vā yadi vā bahu |
tataḥ kāryo na vidveṣo yāvadarthamupāśrayet || 28-36 ||

samayaṃ na viśettatra naiva dīkṣāṃ kadācana |
tataḥ saṃdhyāmupāsīta paścimāṃ sārdhabhāskarām || 28-37 ||

vidhāyāgnyarthakāryaṃ tu yogaṃ yuñjīta vai tataḥ |
suvivikte śucau deśe niḥśalāke manorame || 28-38 ||

mṛdvāstaraṇasaṃkīrṇe celājinakuśottare |
antarbahiśca saṃśuddhe yamādipariśodhitaḥ || 28-39 ||

āsanaṃ cakramāsthāya padmaṃ svastikameva vā |
yatra vā ramate buddhirnāḍīmārgān nipīḍayan || 28-40 ||

vijitya pavanagrāmaṃ pratyāhārajitendriyaḥ |
dhāraṇāsu śramaṃ kṛtvā māṃ dhyāyet susamāhitaḥ || 28-41 ||

anaupamyāmanirdeśyāmavikalpāṃ nirañjanām |
sarvatra sulabhāṃ lakṣmīṃ sarvapratyayatāṃ gatām || 28-42 ||

sākārāmathavā yogī varābhayakarāṃ parām |
padmagarbhopamāṃ padmāṃ padmahastāṃ sulakṣaṇām || 28-43 ||

yadvā nārāyaṇāṅkasthāṃ sāmarasyamupāgatām |
cidānandamayīṃ devīṃ tādṛśaṃ ca śriyaḥ patim || 28-44 ||

bahudhā yogamārgāste veditavyāḥ sureśvara |
teṣvekaṃ dharmamāsthāya bhaktiḥ śraddhā ca yatra te || 28-45 ||

samyaṅ nidhyānamutpādya samādhiṃ samupāśrayet |
dhyātā dhyānaṃ tathā dhyeyaṃ trayaṃ yatra vilīyate || 28-46 ||

ekaivāhaṃ tadā bhāse pūrṇāhaṃtā sanātanī |
aikadhyamanusaṃprāpte mayi saṃvinmahodadhau || 28-47 ||

nānyat prakāśate kiṃcidahameva tadā parā |
yogācchrānto japaṃ kuryāttacchrānto yogamācaret || 28-48 ||

tasya kṣipraṃ prasīdāmi japayogābhiyoginaḥ |
nītvaivaṃ prathamaṃ yāmaṃ japayogādinā sudhīḥ || 28-49 ||

yogastha eva taddhirastato yāmadvayaṃ svapet |
utthāyāpararātre tu pūrvoktamanusaṃcaret || 28-50 ||

iti vyāmiśrakṛtyaṃ tat proktaṃ te balasūdana |
acchidrān pañcakālāṃstu bhagavatkarmaṇā nayet || 28-51 ||

dīkṣitaḥ pañcakālajño lakṣmīmantraparāyaṇaḥ |
antaraṃ nānayoḥ kiṃcinniṣṭhāyāṃ balasūdana || 28-52 ||

ubhāvetau matau bhaktau viśato māṃ tanukṣaye |
cakrapadmadharo nityaṃ bhavellakṣmīparāyaṇaḥ || 28-53 ||

svadāranirataśca syād brahmacārī sadā bhavet |
manmantramabhyasennityaṃ maccitto matparāyaṇaḥ || 28-54 ||

sarvānuccāvacāñchabdāṃstadbhāvena vibhāvayet |
agniṣomavibhāgajñaḥ kriyābhūtivibhāgavit || 28-55 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparatvānāṃ veditā ca yathārthataḥ |
aṅgopāṅgāditantrajño mudrābhedavidhānavit || 28-56 ||

antaryāgabahiryāgajapahomavicakṣaṇaḥ |
puraścaraṇabhedajñaḥ siddhisādhanatattvavit || 28-57 ||

saṃjñāmūrtividhānajñastatsādhanavidhānavit |
śarīrādhāratattvajño yogatattvavicakṣaṇaḥ || 28-58 ||

evaṃ prakāraḥ śāstrārthavedī dhīro vicakṣaṇaḥ |
ahiṃsro damadānastho māṃ bhajeta śriyaṃ naraḥ || 28-59 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre sadācāraprakāśo nāmāṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

ityaṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 29

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 29 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 29

śakraḥ -

śuddhāśuddhaṣaḍadhvākhyacitranirmāṇabhittaye |
namaḥ śrīvatsabhāminyai bhavasaṃtāpaśāntaye || 29-1 ||

agnīṣomavibhāgaṃ me kriyābhūtividhāmapi |
brūhi me tattvataḥ padme vidyāyāstārikākṛteḥ || 29-2 ||

śrīḥ -

vyāpakaṃ yat paraṃ brahma śaktirnārāyaṇī hi yā |
sā hyahaṃ pariṇāmena bhavāmi praṇavākṛtiḥ || 29-3 ||

agnīṣomavibhāgaṃ me tārikāyā niśāmaya |
kriyābhūtividhānaṃ ca yathāvat suranandana || 29-4 ||

unmeṣaḥ paramo viṣṇorādyaḥ ṣāḍguṇyacinmayaḥ |
sāhaṃ saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārā śaktiste kathitā purā || 29-5 ||

sṛṣṭavatyā jagat kṛtsnaṃ tasyā me rakṣaṇodyame |
dvidhā pravartate rūpaṃ mukhenaiśvaryatejasoḥ || 29-6 ||

ṣāḍguṇyameva me rūpaṃ kiṃcittejomukhaṃ matam |
ṣāḍguṇyameva me rūpaṃ paramaiśvaryasaṃmukham || 29-7 ||

tejomukhaṃ tu yadrūpaṃ sā kriyāśaktirucyate |
saivāgnirucyate śaktiḥ sarvopaplavadāhanāt || 29-8 ||

aiśvaryasaṃmukhaṃ rūpaṃ bhūtirlakṣmīritīritā |
śaktiraiśvaryabhūyiṣṭhā sā me somamayī tanuḥ || 29-9 ||

śoṣaṇāt sarvadoṣāṇāmagniśaktiḥ kriyāmayī |
jagadāpyāyayantyanyā bhūtiḥ soma ihocyate || 29-10 ||

icchājñānakriyāmayyāste ime vyūhaje mama |
ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā sāhaṃ vyūhinī parameśvarī || 29-11 ||

yā sā śaktiḥ kriyākhyā me ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tejasojjvalam |
tasyā āsaṃstrayo vyūhāḥ sūryasomāgniśaktayaḥ || 29-12 ||

tāsāmādyā parā divyā sūryākhyā śaktirujjvalā |
nirvahantī jagatkṛtyamaniśaṃ parivartate || 29-13 ||

adhyātmamadhidaivaṃ ca tathā caivādhibhautikam |
tasyā rūpatrayaṃ viddhi sūryākhyāyāḥ sureśvara || 29-14 ||

adhyātmasthā tu sūryākhyā piṅgalāmārgagāminī |
ālokenādhibhūtasthā sūryaśaktiḥ pravartate || 29-15 ||

sūryamaṇḍalasaṃsthānā śaktiḥ sānyādhidaivikī |
sūryamaṇḍalasaṃsthānā arciṣo yāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 29-16 ||

ṛcastā viddhi deveśa tapantīstapanātmikāḥ |
dīptayo yāstadantaḥsthāstāni sāmāni viddhi me || 29-17 ||

antaḥsthā yā parā śaktiḥ pauruṣīṃ tanumāsthitā |
tāṃ viddhi puruṣaṃ divyaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ yajurmayam || 29-18 ||

śaṅkhacakradharaṃ śrīśaṃ pīnodāracaturbhujam |
prasannavadanaṃ padmaviṣṭaraṃ puṣkarekṣaṇam || 29-19 ||

mūrdhāntaḥpuruṣasyāsya daśahotā nigadyate |
pādapāṇi caturhotā devasyāsya sureśvara || 29-20 ||

lomamāṃsāsthimajjāsṛk pañcahotā sureśvara |
stanāvaṇḍau ca puṃstvaṃ ca ṣaḍḍhotāpāna eva ca || 29-21 ||

śīrṣaṇyāḥ sapta ye prāṇāḥ saptahotā nigadyate |
śobhāstu dakṣiṇāstasya saṃbhārāḥ saṃdhayaḥ smṛtāḥ || 29-22 ||

nāḍayo devapatnyo'sya hotṝṇāṃ hṛdayaṃ manaḥ |
cetanaḥ pauruṣaṃ sūktaṃ śaktiḥ śrīsūktamucyate || 29-23 ||

oṃkāraḥ praṇavastāro guhyaṃ nāma sanātanam |
yajūṃṣi rudraśukrāṇi sthūlanāmāni tasya tu || 29-24 ||

yajurmayamanuṃ divyamabhyasyan puruṣaṃ naraḥ |
anuvyāhṛtyabhīcārapāpebhyo'pi pramucyate || 29-25 ||

tapatyevaṃ parā śaktistrayī sūryākhyayāmbare |
trividhaiṣā parā śaktiḥ prakhyātā sūryasaṃjñayā || 29-26 ||

sāvitrī nāma vedānāṃ jananī parivartate |
trivarṇapraṇavādhārā bhurbhuvaḥsvastrināḍikā || 29-27 ||

tadādivarṇapavanā śiraḥkalpitaśekharā |
kṣityādipuruṣāntārṇā prakāśānandavigrahā || 29-28 ||

uditā brahmaṇo bhūyo brahmaṇi pratitiṣṭhati |
vedānāṃ jananī saiṣā varṇānāṃ jananī parā || 29-29 ||

anulomavilomābhyāṃ saumyāgneyī nigadyate |
saiṣā sūryavapurdivyā sāvitrī manmayī kalā || 29-30 ||

gāyatrī nāma gāyantaṃ trāyate mahato bhayāt |
ādāya jīvanaṃ gobhirbhūsaritprāṇisaṃbhavam || 29-31 ||

punarmuñcati megheṣu navamāsadhṛtaṃ karaiḥ |
uktā sūryamayī śaktiḥ śṛṇu vahnimayīṃ parām || 29-32 ||

eṣāpi trividhā śakra śaktirvahnimayī mama |
divyekābindhanā hyanyā kṣitau kṣitimayendhanā || 29-33 ||

tathā bhuktendhanā koṣṭhe śaktirvahnimayī tridhā |
sarvadevamayī saiṣā devānāṃ mukhamucyate || 29-34 ||

trivargasthaiḥ stutā saiṣā triṣṭubityucyate budhaiḥ |
durgāṇi tārayantyātmapārāyaṇaparaṃ naram || 29-35 ||

śaktiḥ somamayī tvanyā sāpi tredhā nigadyate |
divi bimbātmanā tvekā tathānyauṣadhirupiṇī || 29-36 ||

carati prāṇināmantariḍayaikāmṛtātmikā |
anuṣṭubbhiḥ stūyamānā saiṣānuṣṭubudīritā || 29-37 ||

mṛtyuṃjaya iti proktā sā vidyā mṛtyunāśinī |
sūryasomāgnirūpāṇāṃ tāsāmāsāṃ puraṃdara || 29-38 ||

haviṣkṛduditā sūryāt somarūpā havirmayī |
haviratti tathāgnyākhyā vahnivipramukhātmanā || 29-39 ||

tisṛbhirvartate kṛtsnaṃ lokatantramaharniśam |
iti vyūhatrayopetā vyūhinī sā kriyātmikā || 29-40 ||

śaktiḥ paramagambhīrā mama tejomukhodgatā |
sūryenduvahnikoṭyoghaniyutārbudabhasvarā || 29-41 ||

cakraṃ sudarśanaṃ nāma sā bhavatyaridāraṇam |
astraṃ paramatejiṣṭhamāgneyaṃ nāma vaiṣṇavam || 29-42 ||

parodyamasvarūpaṃ tat prāṇādiprāṇanaṃ param |
udyanti sarvāṇyastrāṇi tasmāt sarvāśca śaktayaḥ || 29-43 ||

karaṇaṃ sādhakatamaṃ pañcakṛtyavidhau hareḥ |
na tat kṛtyaṃ vinā tena yat syād viṣṇormahātmanaḥ || 29-44 ||

saṃkalpādisvarūpeyaṃ sṛṣṭau viṣṇoḥ pravartate |
rakṣaṇe saṃhṛtau caiva dhatte cakramayīṃ tanum || 29-45 ||

mamāṃśajā parāgneyī kriyāśaktirhi vaiṣṇavī |
ābrahmastambaparyanaṃ ṣoḍhā viṣṭabhya tiṣṭhati || 29-46 ||

tatra varṇamayaṃ cakraṃ prathamaṃ śṛṇu vāsava |
tārikātārakadvandvamakṣagaṃ pārameśvaram || 29-47 ||

nābhau sūryendubhārūpaṃ śritaṃ svāraṃ dviraṣṭakam |
kādibhāntaṃ triraṣṭāraṃ mādihāntaṃ tu nemigam || 29-48 ||

pradhiḥ paryantavahnyātmā vargāntaḥ piṇḍasaṃnibhaḥ |
varṇacakramidaṃ divyaṃ vartate varṇavartmanā || 29-49 ||

kalācakramidaṃ śakra jñānākṣaṃ śaktinābhikam |
aiśvaryāraṃ balādyena nemyādyaṃ triguṇena tu || 29-50 ||

tattvaṃ tu vāsudevākṣaṃ nābhiḥ saṃkarṣaṇojjvalaḥ |
pradyumnāraṃ tathā śakra pradhirūpāniruddhakam || 29-51 ||

akṣanābhyaranemisthaisturyādyaiḥ padacakrakam |
mantramakṣādikairbījapiṇḍasaṃjñāpadātmabhiḥ || 29-52 ||

kālākṣaṃ nābhigāvyaktaṃ mahadādyarapañjaram |
manaḥśrotratadarthādivikāraparimaṇḍalam || 29-53 ||

lokalaukikaparyantaṃ bhuvanaṃ cakramantimam |
ṣaṭcakraṃ dadhatī hastaiḥ pauruṣīṃ tanumāsthitā || 29-54 ||

sudarśanaḥ kriyāśaktirvaiṣṇavī cakramadhyagā |
bījaṃ piṇḍaṃ padaṃ saṃjñā asyāḥ śṛṇu catuṣṭayam || 29-55 ||

somaṃ prathamamādāya prāṇamante niyojayet |
tato'mṛtamupādāya yojayet kālapāvakam || 29-56 ||

tatsaṃsthamanalaṃ kuryānmāyāṃ vyāpinamantataḥ |
etat saudarśanaṃ bījaṃ matkriyāśaktijṛmbhitam || 29-57 ||

saptavarṇātmakaṃ divyamidaṃ bījaṃ maharddhidam |
etadeva mahat piṇḍaṃ māyāvyāpisamujjhitam || 29-58 ||

kālāgnyarkāyutākārametadvajrāmbudadhvani |
pañcavarṇaṃ mahāpiṇḍaṃ durdharaṃ devadānavaiḥ || 29-59 ||

śucinā tu sakṛt smaryamajitendriyaduḥsmaram |
smṛtvā tu śāntaye smarye bīje me tārikādike || 29-60 ||

yo'sau piṇḍordhvabhāgastho varṇaḥ kālānalābhidhaḥ |
dahyante tena daityendrā lokāścaiva yugakṣaye || 29-61 ||

dvitīyaśaktisaṃsthena tvagnināgniḥ samidhyate |
śaktiṃ prāṇayati prāṇaḥ pūrito'mṛtatejasā || 29-62 ||

iti piṇḍasvarūpaṃ te kathitaṃ surapuṃgava |
vyāpakaiḥ pañcabhiḥ piṇḍaṃ kalpitaṃ tvantarāntarā || 29-63 ||

varmāstrāntaṃ dhruvādyaṃ ca saṃjñāmantratvamṛcchati |
vyāpakau yojayedante piṇḍādyoḥ somasūryayoḥ || 29-64 ||

ante somāgnikūṭasya hyekaṃ vyāpakamānayet |
ādyantayostathāntyasya varṇasya vyāpakau smṛtau || 29-65 ||

varma prāṇorjayorvyoma duṣṭopadravamardanam |
yaḥ saṃkarṣaṇastu saṃhāraḥ kalpānte'khilagocaraḥ || 29-66 ||

sa phaṭkārastadante cāpyāhlādaḥ śāntikārakaḥ |
iti piṇḍavikarṣātmā saumyāgneyo manuḥ smṛtaḥ || 29-67 ||

svavarṇairaṅgavāneṣa balī saudarśano manuḥ |
divyāntarikṣabhaumānāṃ bhogānāmāptisādhanam || 29-68 ||

kalpadrumo manuḥ so'yamāśritānāṃ puraṃdara |
nārāyaṇāt samudyatyā mama nityaṃ jagaddhite || 29-69 ||

agnīṣomavibhāgaste kathito vṛtrasūdana |
kriyābhūtivibhedaśca kriyāśaktibhidāpi ca || 29-70 ||

kriyāśaktiprabhāvaśca bījapiṇḍādibhedataḥ |
bhūyaḥ śakra kriyāśakte ṛddhimetāvatīṃ śṛṇu || 29-71 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre agnīṣomavibhāgaprakāśo nāmaikonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 30

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 30 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 30

śrīḥ -

eṣā te kathitā śakra mayā śaktiḥ kriyātmikā |

tasyā vyāptimavocaṃ te sūryasomāgnibheditām || 30-1 ||

vyūhinīmapyavocaṃ te bījapiṇḍābhidhānataḥ |
padamantrasvarūpaṃ ca tasyāḥ śakra nibodha me || 30-2 ||

ajitānalasargāṇāṃ saṃyogaḥ piṇḍa ādimaḥ |
kamalānalasargāṇāṃ yogaḥ piṇḍo dvitīyakaḥ || 30-3 ||

śvetādyāhlādisaṃyogastṛtīyaḥ piṇḍa ucyate |
sūryorjavyāpināṃ piṇḍaścaturthastena madhyataḥ || 30-4 ||

trīṇyastrāṇi tataḥ kālacakrāya hutabhukpriyā |
tārakeṇānvitaścādau cakro'yaṃ padamantrarāṭ || 30-5 ||

naiva kiṃcidasādhyaṃ hi mantreṇānena vāsava |
abhiyuktamanā asminna gacchati parābhavam || 30-6 || 30-6 ||

yastu te kathitaḥ pūrvaṃ triyugārṇo manūttamaḥ |
prabhāvamakhilaṃ tasya bhūyo vyākhyāmi vāsava || 30-7 ||

anāmarūpavaccakraṃ ṣāḍguṇyamahimojjvalam |
dhyāyan sabījamāvartya mantraṃ bandhāt pramucyate || 30-8 ||

kriyāśaktermadīyāyāstanuḥ sākṣānmahāmanuḥ |
ṣaḍarṇo'tharvavedāntasaṃsthitaścakrabṛṃhitaḥ || 30-9 ||

ṣaḍadhvamayamojasvi cakraṃ saudarśanaṃ param |
bhāvayedakṣanābhyādivibhaktāvayavojjvalam || 30-10 ||

amṛtādīn manorarṇānakṣādyaṅgeṣu cintayet |
akṣe nābhau tathāreṣu nemau pradhitadantayoḥ || 30-11 ||

prakṛtyādiviśeṣāntaistattvaiḥ saṃgrathitaḥ pradhiḥ |
māyā prasūtistraiguṇyamapi nemiḥ sudarśane || 30-12 ||

padādhvaracitārāntā mantrā arasahasrakam |
arānto vyūhamārgastho nābhistatra kalāmayī || 30-13 ||

varṇādhvā hyakṣaparyanto madhye śaktirahaṃ parā |
madantaḥ paramaṃ brahma grāhyagrāhakatojjhitam || 30-14 ||

madhye tu cintayet tāraṃ tārikāṃ tadbahiḥ smaret |
tadbahiśca kriyābījaṃ tadbahiścādimākṣaram || 30-15 ||

ityakṣakuhare jñeyaṃ kramādbījacatuṣṭayam |
nābhyarādau tu sūryādīniti pūrvoktayā diśā || 30-16 ||

hrasrākārasvarūpo yaḥ sa sahasravidhānvayī |
sūryakālānaladvandvairaprameyādibheditaiḥ || 30-17 ||

amṛtānalayugmaiśca tāvadbhistādṛśairapi |
saṃhatya bhedayet kādīnagnīṣomamayaiḥ svaraiḥ || 30-18 ||

sūryasomānilān hitvā triṃśataṃ caikameva ca |
aṣṭanyūnasahasraṃ tadakṣarāṇi syurañjasā || 30-19 ||

bījāṣṭakaṃ tu tārādi hrasrayuktaṃ bhavedatha |
īśādyanupradeśasthaṃ vahnervāyupadāvadhi || 30-20 ||

dattvā sūtrayugaṃ cārīṃ caturdhā vibhajedbhuvam |
pañca pañcāśataṃ kuryādarāṇāṃ pratibhūmikam || 30-21 ||

sahasraṃ tānyarāṇi syusteṣu varṇasahasrakam |
nyaset prāgādi somāntaṃ koṇasūtreṣu vai tataḥ || 30-22 ||

nyasenmantrādhvavartinyaścatasro'gniguṇāḥ kramāt |
jayā ca vijayā caiva ajitā cāparājitā || 30-23 ||

agnyādīśānaparyantasūtrasthā mantradevatāḥ |
arāṇi pūrayantī sā nemiḥ saudarśanī sthitā || 30-24 ||

aranemyantarasthāni sarvāstrāṇi ca vāsava |
pravartakāni purataḥ sarvāstrāṇi puraṃdara || 30-25 ||

nivartakāni purataḥ śirobhiḥ śastracihnitaiḥ |
kṛtāñjalīni dṛptāni dhyāyedubhayataḥ samam || 30-26 ||

nemikṣetre mahālakṣmīḥ pūrvasyāṃ diśi saṃsthitā |
dakṣiṇasyāṃ mahāmāyā paścimāyāṃ sarasvatī || 30-27 ||

saumyāyāṃ diśi vijñeyā mahiṣāsuranāśanī |
tadbahiḥ parito devā brahmādyāstu trimūrtayaḥ || 30-28 ||

turyādiśaktisaṃyuktā avatārāstataḥ param |
prakṛtyādiviśeṣāntaṃ caturviṃśatisaṃmitam || 30-29 ||

pradhipūrve sthitaṃ bhāge tattvajātamanukramāt |
bhavopakaraṇā devā madhyame pariniṣṭhitāḥ || 30-30 ||

pṛthak caramabhāgasthā bhauvanā bhuvanaiḥ saha |
brahmāṇḍodarasaṃrūḍhā bhūrbhuvaḥsuvarādikāḥ || 30-31 ||

mervādayo'khilāḥ śailā gaṅgādyāḥ saritastathā |
kṣīrābdhyādyāḥ samudrāśca dvīpā jambvādisaṃjñitāḥ || 30-32 ||

vaimānikagaṇāḥ sarve grahāḥ sūryādayastathā |
nakṣatratārakātārābhūtapretādayastathā || 30-33 ||

tisrastriṃśacca yāḥ koṭyastridaśānāṃ puraṃdara |
samāśritāḥ pradhiṃ tāstu saraghā iva sāragham || 30-34 ||

ayute dve sureśāna hyubhayoḥ pradhipārśvayoḥ |

agnayaḥ parivartante pravartakanivartakāḥ || 30-35 ||

kālānalasahasrābhāḥ sphūrjajjvālākulākulāḥ |
pravartakānalāstatra daityadānavadāhinaḥ || 30-36 ||

dhīrāḥ praśāntagambhīrāḥ prasannāstigmatejasaḥ |
nivartakā mamecchātaḥ śamayanti pravartakān || 30-37 ||

sudarśanamanorante yattat saṃkarṣaṇodbhavam |
lāṅgalāstraṃ mahāghoraṃ sarvasaṃhārakārakam || 30-38 ||

tiryak sthitasya nemyante tasya pūrvārdhasaṃbhavāḥ |
pravartakāstadūrdhvāṃśasaṃbhavāstu nivartakāḥ || 30-39 ||

agnīṣomamayā ete pravartakanivartakāḥ |
agnīṣomamayāstrotthā tadutthā cāstrasaṃtatiḥ || 30-40 ||

dve'yute śṛṇu mūrtīstvaṃ vahnīnāṃ vividhātmanām |
yāḥ smṛtvā puruṣo ghoramāpadarṇavamuttaret || 30-41 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāraścaturgatyūrjabindumān |
piṇḍo'yaṃ tārakaḥ pūrvaṃvahnīnāṃ vapurucyate || 30-42 ||

amṛtādhāravahnyūrjabindumāṃstārapūrvakaḥ |
piṇḍo nivartakādīnāṃ divyā tanurudīryate || 30-43 ||

pradhiṃ kālapumavyaktavyaktasaptakarūpataḥ |
vibhajya daśadhā tattadrūpavarṇapurogamaiḥ || 30-44 ||

prāgbhāgādikrameṇaiva svarapūrvaiḥ svarāntimaiḥ |
sūryānalayugaiḥ kādyairaṣṭābhirbījanāyakaiḥ || 30-45 ||

yuktāstāranamo'ntāstāḥ pravartakatanūrlikhet |
amṛtāgniyugaireva nivartakatanūstathā || 30-46 ||

ekaikāgneḥ śikhāḥ saptaghorāḥ śāntāśca saṃsmaret |
āditaḥ sapta yugmādyāḥ svarasaṃbheditāḥ kramāt || 30-47 ||

sūryāgniyugasaṃbhūtā amṛtāgniyugotthitāḥ |
vargāntaśca pradhānaśca siddhido vāmanastathā || 30-48 ||

śvetaśca tattvadhāraśca jhaṣaḥ śāśvata eva ca |
chāndaḥpatistathā cakrī kālādyarṇāḥ sabindukāḥ || 30-49 ||

nābhyarāntasthasūtrastharūpāścatvāra aiśvarāḥ |
areṣu parito devāḥ keśavādyā vyavasthitāḥ || 30-50 ||

svaiḥ svaiścihnaiḥ sarojādyairdhyeyā dāmodarāntimāḥ |
aranemyantasūtrasthāḥ padmanābhādayo'khilāḥ || 30-51 ||

sarve samanvitā devāḥ svābhiḥ svābhiśca śaktibhiḥ |
prāgbhāge kamalā devī dakṣiṇe kīrtirujjvalā || 30-52 ||

jayā tu paścime bhāge māyā bhāge tathottare |
pratyekaṃ koṭisaṃkhyābhiḥ śaktibhiḥ parivāritāḥ || 30-53 ||

adhitiṣṭhanti te'bhīkṣṇaṃ sahasrāraṃ sudarśanam |
kālacakramanādyantamasya tejaḥ prakīrtitam || 30-54 ||

saṃvatsarartumāsārdhamāsāhorātrasaṃjñitaiḥ |
akṣanābhyaranemyantaiḥ kḷptapañcavibhaktikam || 30-55 ||

dhriyante kālacakreṇa pumādyāḥ pañca pañca ca |
sahasrāreṇa cakreṇa nemyarapradhiśobhinā || 30-56 ||

dhriyante ca ṣaḍadhvāno varṇatattvakalādayaḥ |
sarvatattvamayaṃ dehaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ puruṣottamam || 30-57 ||

dhāryate bhrāmyate caiva yantrārūḍhamidaṃ param |
nābhikandasthitenaiva sahasrāreṇa neminā || 30-58 ||

cakreṇānena hanyante rakṣodaiteyadānavāḥ |
nānāmantrātmanā tena tadantaḥ susthitena ca || 30-59 ||

vidhvaṃsayati śatrūṃśca smṛtamātramanantaram |
abhyasyamānamaniśaṃ sahasrāramidaṃ naraiḥ || 30-60 ||

kleśakarmāśayān doṣānaśeṣān kṣapayet kṣaṇāt |
bījaṃ piṇḍaṃ ca saṃjñāṃ ca mūrtiṃ ceti catuṣṭayam || 30-61 ||

puṣyatyetat sahasrāraṃ cakramādyantavarjitam |
sūryenduvahnibhirvyāpya viśvametaccarācaram || 30-62 ||

āgneyī prathamā mūrtiḥ śaktirdivyā kriyāhvayā |
sahasrārasvarūpeṇa sṛjatyavati hanti ca || 30-63 ||

sūryenduvahnibhirvyūhairvyūhyeyaṃ hi kriyābhidhā |
uditā te sureśāna bhūyaścaināṃ nibodha me || 30-64 ||

ityevaṃ kathito vyūhaḥ sūryasomāgnirūpakaḥ |
vyūhinīṃ tāmimāmadya kriyāśaktiṃ nibodha me || 30-65 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre kriyāśaktiprakāśo nāma triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 31

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 31 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 31

śrīḥ -

yā sā ṣāḍguṇyatejaḥsthā kriyāśaktiḥ prakāśitā |
āgneyaṃ rūpamāśritya sā dhatte pauruṣaṃ vapuḥ || 31-1 ||

sarvāstraśastrasaṃsyūtaṃ sūryasomāgnimūlakam |
mahat sudarśanaṃ nāma nānārūpopaśobhitam || 31-2 ||

tasya madhye sthitā śaktiḥ pauruṣīṃ tanumāsthitā |
saumyāgneyasvarūpeṇa tattatkālavyavasthayā || 31-3 ||

purastāddarśitastasyā vācakaste caturvidhaḥ |
tatra saṃjñāmayo mantro bhūyasā balavattaraḥ || 31-4 ||

tasya vyākhyāmimāṃ śakra gadantyā me niśāmaya |
yā sā somātmikā śaktirunmeṣaḥ prathamo hareḥ || 31-5 ||

mūlaśaktirahaṃ śrīḥ sā prathamākṣarasaṃsthitā |
amṛtā tṛptirūpā ca somātmā cākhileśvarī || 31-6 ||

amṛtīkaraṇaṃ kuryāt sargasyendukalāsthitā |
śiraḥpadmādayo mantrāḥ parameśvarayuktayā || 31-7 ||

anayā sṛtayā kuryāttṛptiṃ saṃsiddhimeva ca |
sṛṣṭikṛtsaṃyutā seyaṃ jīvaśaktiḥ sanātanī || 31-8 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadopetā vāyuveśmākṣarasthitā |
tārākārā ripormūrdhni cintyocchedanasiddhaye || 31-9 ||

aprameyopagūḍhāyā agnīṣomamayījuṣaḥ |
asyāḥ śakteḥ samudbhūtaṃ sūktaṃ pauruṣamujjvalam || 31-10 ||

etadādīni sūktāni sahasramṛṣayo viduḥ |
nityamāpyāyate mantraḥ so'yamagnijuṣā mayā || 31-11 ||

tattatkāryajuṣā tattadvarṇaśaktitrayījuṣā |
anayā yanna sādhyeta na tadasti jagattraye || 31-12 ||

sūte sā sakalāḥ śaktīranujānāti tāḥ punaḥ |
saṃharantī punaścaita iti ca smaryate tataḥ || 31-13 ||

svamunmeṣamadhiṣṭhāya paramātmā sa śaktirāṭ |
udito jagato'rthāya hetidevaḥ sanātanaḥ || 31-14 ||

sūryaśca bhoktṛtāṃ prāpya prāṇayan prāṇa iṣyate |
ātmānaṃ darśayatyeṣa trailokyaiśvaryadānvitaḥ || 31-15 ||

hṛtpuṇḍarīkamadhyasthaṃ yaṃ vicinvanti yoginaḥ |
yathāvad dhyāyato vedhyaṃ mukteṣorvegavattayā || 31-16 ||

prakarṣeṇonnayan prāṇān prāṇa ityeṣa śabdyate |
indumaṇḍalasaṃvīto vyāpimānaprameyavān || 31-17 ||

jihvāmūlasthito dhyāto vākpravṛttiṃ niyacchati |
aṃmaṇḍale sthito dhyātaḥ sa eva hi sudhāṃ sravan || 31-18 ||

nirviṣīkaraṇaṃ dhyātaḥ karoti jagatāmapi |
rāmopagūḍhādasmāddhi śriyaḥ sūktaṃ samudgatam || 31-19 ||

etadādīni suktāni sahasramṛṣayo viduḥ |
tattatkālajuṣā tattadvarṇaśaktitrayījuṣā || 31-20 ||

anena yanna sādhyeta na tadasti jagattraye |
hanyate sakalaṃ lokaṃ gamayatyamalaṃ padam || 31-21 ||

tyājayatyakhilaṃ kleśaṃ gamyate yogacintakaiḥ |
hetyevaṃ kathyate sadbhirevaṃ nirvacanasthitaiḥ || 31-22 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhārā saṃkalpaprabalīkṛtā |
pratyabhijñāyate saiva śaktiryā paramātmanaḥ || 31-23 ||

saratyasyāścalaṃ sarvaṃ sriyate sakalaiḥ sadā |
pṛthivī saṃsthitā seyaṃ stambhe sṛtyā niyujyate || 31-24 ||

saho nāma balaṃ tatra ramate tat sahasradhā |
sahasrati sahasrā syādagnīṣomātmano mama || 31-25 ||

agnīṣomamayī sā me śaktiḥ sarvakriyākarī |
susaṃkalpasamiddhā sā tejasāṃ rāśirūrjitā || 31-26 ||

saṃprāpyaivānalaṃ bhāvaṃ kālapāvakatāṃ gatā |
retyevaṃ kevalī bhūtvā jvalatyaviratodayā || 31-27 ||

parameśvarabhūtā sā paramāścaryakāriṇī |
ra ityeva mahāśaktirmadīyādyā kriyāhvayā || 31-28 ||

saṃkhyānantyaṃ sahasraṃ syādarānantyaṃ taducyate |
varmāstrayoḥ svarūpaṃ ca darśitaṃ te puraṃdara || 31-29 ||

dhruvaśca praṇavo'syādiḥ pūrvameva nirūpitaḥ |
evameva mahāmantraḥ śabdabrahmodgato rasaḥ || 31-30 ||

ātharvaṇī mahāśaktiḥ kriyāśakteḥ priyā tanuḥ |
trayīsāro hyatharvākhyā pañcaparvā mahāśrutiḥ || 31-31 ||

mantreṇa sūyate'nena sāreṇeva vanaspatiḥ |
asya tvaṅgavidhānajñāḥ ṣaḍaṅgāni pracakṣate || 31-32 ||

gāyatrīmapi cakrākhyāṃ prākāraṃ cāgnisaṃjñitam |
gopanādvaruṇotsedhāt sodayādamṛtāttathā || 31-33 ||

ūrdhvaṃ cakrāya ca svāhā hṛdādistu śikhāvadhi |
sūryajvālāpadāccordhvaṃ mahāyuktāt sudarśanāt || 31-34 ||

ūrdhvaṃ cakrāya ca svāhā varmādyo'strāntako vidhiḥ |
namaścakrāya tasyānte vidmahe'sau caturyugaḥ || 31-35 ||

jvālāya ca sahasrānte dhīmahīti navārṇakaḥ |
tannaḥ pracodayānmadhye cakra ityaṣṭavarṇakaḥ || 31-36 ||

muṣṭiṃ vitarjanīṃ kṛtvā tarjanīṃ tarjasaṃsthitām |
parito bhrāmayedvahniṃ dhyāyan prākārasaṃsthitam || 31-37 ||

anyonyasaṃmukhe pāṇitale vai dakṣiṇottare |
kaniṣṭhāṅguṣṭhayoragre śliṣṭe dīrghāstathāparāḥ || 31-38 ||

parito bhrāmayedevaṃ cakramudreyamīritā |
aṅgamudrāstu vakṣyante śaktigrāsamanuṃ śṛṇu || 31-39 ||

pavitramanalārūḍhaṃ savyāpi praṇavāt param |
mahāsudarśanetyevaṃ cakrarājaṃ mahādhvagam || 31-40 ||

tato'stagatatetyasmāt sarvaduṣṭabhayaṃkara |
chindhi chindhītyataḥ paścādbhindhi bhindhi prakīrtayet || 31-41 ||

vidārayadvayaṃ paścāt paramantrān grasa grasa |
dvirbhakṣayeti bhūtāni trāsayeti dviruccaret || 31-42 ||

varmāstravahnijāyāḥ syuḥ śaktigrasanakṛnmanuḥ |
svayaṃ sudarśano bhūtvā mantramuccārayannimam || 31-43 ||

śaktiṃ mukhahṛdādibhyaḥ parasyācūṣayeddhiyā |
ṣaḍakṣarasya mantrasya śṛṇu dhyānaṃ puraṃdara || 31-44 ||

nyastāṅgaścakramudrābhirvahniprākāramadhyagaḥ |
sahasrāramahācakramayutāgnicayotkaṭam || 31-45 ||

ṣaḍadhvamayamudbhrāntaṃ dhyāyenmacchaktijṛmbhitam |
akṣasthaṃ paramātmānaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 31-46 ||

cakrarūpiṇamīśānaṃ dhyāyet kuṅkumasaṃnibham |
pītāmbaradharaṃ divyaṃ muktālaṃkāramaṇḍitam || 31-47 ||

enamaṣṭabhujaṃ dhyāyenmahāvyasanasaṃplave |
udyajjānumanekāstraṃ sthitaṃ paramaśobhanam || 31-48 ||

cakraṃ musalamuddāmamaṅkuśaṃ sarasīruham |
yāmye karacatuṣke'tha vāme bhujacatuṣṭaye || 31-49 ||

śaṅkhaṃ bāṇayutaṃ cāpaṃ pāśaṃ gurvīṃ gadāmapi |
dadhānaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ divyaṃ daṃṣṭrābhāsvaritānanam || 31-50 ||

piṅgākṣaṃ piṅgakeśāḍhyaṃ jvālāmālāpariṣkṛtam |
atha ṣoḍaśahastaṃ ca dhyāyeddevaṃ sudarśanam || 31-51 ||

paraiḥ paribhave prāpte pratīkāravivarjite |
sthitāvanavakḷptāyāmapi nirjitya vairiṇaḥ || 31-52 ||

bhaye mahati saṃjāte coravyāghradvipādibhiḥ |
pratyālīḍhasthitaṃ devaṃ vairivargadigunmukham || 31-53 ||

prahārodyogibhiḥ pīnairbhujairūrdhvairalaṃkṛtam |
śaktyā dīptena khaḍgena vahninā ca śatārciṣā || 31-54 ||

aṅkuśenātha daṇḍena kuntenātha jvalattviṣā |
paraśvadhena cakreṇa dakṣiṇādhaḥkaraiḥ kramāt || 31-55 ||

śaṅkhena cāpamukhyena pāśenātha halena ca |
kuliśena gadāstreṇa musalenātha śūlataḥ || 31-56 ||

ūrdhvādadhaḥ sthitairvābhaiḥ pradīptairāyudhairyutam |
daṃṣṭrāniṣṭhyutaghorāgnijvālākolāhalākulam || 31-57 ||

saṃsyūtatattvayākīrṇaṃ divyayā vanamālayā |
ghorāṭṭahāsasaṃtrāsadravaddaityendradānavam || 31-58 ||

jvālākulajvaladdaityamedomedurapāvake |
ayutāyutavahnīnāmāspade dīptatejasām || 31-59 ||

adhvaṣaṭkamaye cakre cakriṇaṃ cakramuttamam |
dhyāyedevaṃvidhaṃ devaṃ bhaye mahati mānavaḥ || 31-60 ||

evaṃ dhyātvā punardhyāyeccaturbāhuṃ sudarśanam |
anyathā naiva śāntiḥ syādasi tejastathā hareḥ || 31-61 ||

ghoraśāntavibhedena pauruṣaṃ dhyānamīritam |
iti te suraśārdūla dhyānamanyacca me śṛṇu || 31-62 ||

prakārāḥ pauruṣā ye ye dhyāne'smin parivarṇitāḥ |
tān sarvān manmayāneva saṃsmarecchīghrasiddhaye || 31-63 ||

atyadbhūtamidaṃ śakra rahasyaṃ te prakīrtitam |
bhūyo rahasyamanyacca śṛṇu me surapuṃgava || 31-64 ||

āgneyī yā madīyā te purā śaktiḥ prakīrtitā |
sūryakoṭyarbudābhāsā vahnikoṭyarbudopamā || 31-65 ||

indukoṭyarbudābhāsā mama spandamayī tanuḥ |
amṛtaṃ paramātmānamaśeṣabhuvanādhṛtim || 31-66 ||

āsthāya pañcabindvātmā spṛśantī vyāpinaṃ param |
hitāya sarvabhūtānāmudeti parameśvarāt || 31-67 ||

tāmakṣaṃ kalpayecchaktiṃ tatprabhāṃ nābhimaṇḍalam |
arāṇi ṣaṇmanorarṇān sūryoddāmau sabindukau || 31-68 ||

susthitau nemigau dhyāyeccheṣaṃ tu pradhimaṇḍalam |
ātmānaṃ madhyato dhyāyet svaṃ māyāparamātmanoḥ || 31-69 ||

sūryānalāntarasthaṃ ca nirasyan saṃsmarejjanam |
dhyāyannaniśamevaṃ hi yogī dhyānaparāyaṇaḥ || 31-70 ||

vidhūya nikhilaṃ doṣaṃ sāṃsārikamaśeṣataḥ |
mayi bhaktiṃ parāṃ prāpya māmevānte samaśnute || 31-71 ||

antarā paramātmānamamṛtaṃ ca sthito japan |
manīṣī manasā nityaṃ pīyūṣāpyāyanaṃ smaret || 31-72 ||

sudhayāplāvyamāno hi srutayā śaktikoṭarāt |
prāṇena prāṇyamānaśca dagdhadoṣo'nalatviṣā || 31-73 ||

pañcabindukriyālābhādaiśvaryaṃ paramāsthitaḥ |
saṃtatābhyāsayogena vaśī yukto jitendriyaḥ || 31-74 ||

vihāya sakalaṃ kleśaṃ veṣamāsthāya māmakam |
dṛpto jātablao yogī kriyayā sarvato vaśī || 31-75 ||

īśvaraḥ paramo bhūtvā sarvavyāptimayaḥ sthitaḥ |
māmeva māmakaṃ dhāma matprasādādupāśnute || 31-76 ||

yā kriyā sā cidākhyātā yā cittiḥ sā parā kriyā |
ete saparamānandāstrayaste parikīrtitāḥ || 31-77 ||

akhaṇḍaikā parā śaktiścitkriyānandarūpiṇī |
vaiṣṇavī sā parāhaṃtā sāhaṃ sarvārthapūraṇī || 31-78 ||

svācchandyānmama saṃkalpo dvidhaivaṃ pravijṛmbhate |
ekā śaktiḥ kriyāhvānā mahābhūtirathāparā || 31-79 ||

sāmānyato'nayoḥ śakra sthitāhaṃ parameśvarī |
eṣā te sakalā śaktiḥ kriyārūpā pradarśitā || 31-80 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena tārikāyā niśāmaya |
nimīlitakriyākārā spaṣṭaiśvaryasvarūpiṇī || 31-81 ||

tanuḥ ṣāḍguṇyarūpā me bhūtiḥ sā tārikāhvayā |
tasyāḥ sthūlādirūpāṇi yathāvanme niśāmaya || ucyamānāni deveśa sāvadhānena cetasā || 31-82 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre sudarśanaprakāśo nāmaikatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 32

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 32 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 32

śrīḥ -

yā hyeṣā paramā vidyā tārikā bhavatāriṇī |
sthūlaṃ sūkṣmaṃ paraṃ ceti tasyā rūpatrayaṃ śṛṇu || 32-1 ||

pañcavarṇaṃ caturvarṇamiti sthūlātmakaṃ vapuḥ |
trivarṇā sūkṣmasaṃjñā me parā viṣṇumayī sthitā || 32-2 ||

imāstisro hyavasthā me pratyekaṃ tu tridhā tridhā |
sthūle tu yā parāvasthā paramātmāśrayā tu sā || 32-3 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāraviṣṇuvyāpisamāśrayā |
bhoktṛbhogyātmikā ceyaṃ tasyā rūpaṃ nibodha me || 32-4 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāranilayavyāpijanmanā |
paramātmādikenaiva lalāṭataṭameyuṣā || 32-5 ||

ākramya vaiṣṇavaṃ rūpaṃ sve punaḥ pratitiṣṭhati |
tārakāraṇanādena śobhamānā haripriyā || 32-6 ||

bhoktṛbhogyādikaṃ sarvaṃ bhuvanaṃ bibhratī dhiyā |
vyāpinaṃ sarvato devī paramātmānamāśritā || 32-7 ||

tāvattayā sthitā viṣṇurūpā sthūlā gatiḥ parā |
pañcakṛtyakarī śaktistrividhaiśvaryabṛṃhitā || 32-8 ||

prāṇayantī śriyā devaṃ jṛmbhamāṇodadhiprabham |
āśritya hyānalaṃ bhāvamiyaṃ sūkṣmā gatirmatā || 32-9 ||

sṛṣṭyādikaṃ vidhāyātha vyomasthaṃ paramāsthitā |
sarvāścaryakarī devī sṛṣṭisthityantakāraṇam || 32-10 ||

sūryaṃ samāśritā viṣṇuṃ kalayantī jagatsthitim |
kālapāvakatejobhiḥ sthūlā sthūlamayādbhutā || 32-11 ||

kathitā gatayastisraḥ sthūlāyā mama vāsava |
sūkṣmāyāstu gatīstisraḥ śṛṇu vṛtraniṣūdana || 32-12 ||

akālakalanā seyaṃ sūkṣmā tu parameśvarī |
vyāpinaṃ paramātmānaṃ śrayantī vartate dhruvā || 32-13 ||

śuddho vargastathāśuddho dvividhaṃ sṛjyamucyate |
śuddhetare sthitā sthūlā śuddhe sūkṣmā pratiṣṭhitā || 32-14 ||

tisro'pyāsāṃ gatīḥ samyak sthūlāyā iva lakṣayet |
parā yā me tanuḥ śakra tasyā rūpaṃ niśāmaya || 32-15 ||

sarvavyāptimatī divyā niṣkalā sā nirañjanā |
sā parā manmayīṃ śaktiḥ kathitā viṣṇusaṃjñayā || 32-16 ||

eṣā sā vaiṣṇavī sattā saiṣāhaṃtā harermatā |
eṣā sā yogināṃ niṣṭhā saiṣā sāṃkhyātmanāṃ gatiḥ || 32-17 ||

ityaṃ sā paramā mūrtiriyaṃ sā paramā gatiḥ |
śaktiḥ kuṇḍalinī cādyā bhramarī yogadāyikā || 32-18 ||

anāhatā hyaghoṣā ca nirmaryādā nadodgatā |
śabdabrahma tathā śaktirmātṛkāyoniruttamā || 32-19 ||

gāyatrī ca kalā gaurī śacī devī sarasvatī |
vṛṣākapāyī satyā ca prāṇapatnī yaśasvinī || 32-20 ||

indrapatnī mahādhenuraditirdevanandinī |
rudrāṇāṃ jananī devī vasūnāṃ tu hitā tathā || 32-21 ||

ādityānāṃ svasā nābhiramṛtasya dhṛtiḥ parā |
iḍā ratiḥ priyākārā gurudhātrī mahīyasī || 32-22 ||

mahī ca viśrutiścaiva trayī gauḥ prāṇavatsalā |
śaktiśca prakṛtiścaiva mahārājñī payasvinī || 32-23 ||

tārā sītā tathā śrīśca kāmavatsā priyavratā |
taruṇī ca varārohā nīrūpā rūpaśālinī || 32-24 ||

ambikā sundarī jyeṣṭhā vāmā ghorā manomayī |
siddhā siddhāntikā yogā yoginī yogabhāvinī || 32-25 ||

evamādīni nāmāni śāstre śāstre manīṣibhiḥ |
kathitāni rahasyāni śakteḥ siddhāntapāragaiḥ || 32-26 ||

saiṣā śaktiḥ parā divyā tridhā rūpairavasthitā |
sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena traidhametat pradarśyate || 32-27 ||

asyāḥ svarūpamī proktā sā ca tredhāvatiṣṭhate |
aprameyādirūpeṇa tasyā vyākhyāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 32-28 ||

ṣāḍguṇyaṃ yat paraṃ brahma vāsudevākhyamavyayam |
saṃhṛtākhilabhedaṃ tadekameva yadā tadā || 32-29 ||

aprameyākhyayā devastadā yogibhirīryate |
vyāpyavyāpakabhedo vā sṛjyasṛṣṭividhāpi vā || 32-30 ||

na tadānyaprameyatvaṃ na kiṃcittasya vidyate |
tadā śūnyamivākāraiḥ prasuptamiva sarvataḥ || 32-31 ||

ṣāḍguṇyaṃ brahma tatreyaṃ saṃsthitā viṣṇusaṃjñayā |
ataraṅgārṇavākārā śaktiśaktimatorgatiḥ || 32-32 ||

tadā yadā punarbrahma vāsudevākhyamavraṇam |
unmiṣatyātmasaṃkalpāttadā prathama ucyate || 32-33 ||

prathate hi yadā brahma śuddhāśuddhākhyavartmanā |
māyā nāma tadā tveṣā brahmasaṃkalparūpiṇī || 32-34 ||

saṃkarṣaṇādikṣityantastasyā garbhamavasthitaḥ |
yadā punaḥ paraṃ brahma svecchāsaṃpāditaṃ pṛthak || 32-35 ||

vyāpyavyāpakabhedena sadvitīyamavasthitam |
pañcabindustadā devī pañcakṛtyavidhāyinī || 32-36 ||

parāyā iti te proktā mama tanvā gatistrayī |
rūpaṃ rūpaṃ vibhajyaiṣā tattattattvārṇabhedinī || 32-37 ||

tattadvācakatāṃ nītā svakāmājjagatītanuḥ |
teṣu teṣu hi tattveṣu svātmabhūtāvatiṣṭhate || 32-38 ||

madaṃśaḥ sūkṣmarūpo yo gaḍho'gniriva dāruṣu |
tattadrūpamanuprāptā sevanī nāma śāśvatī || 32-39 ||

tattadvarṇoparāgeṇa tattadvyaktivapuḥ svayam |
adhidaivatabhāvena tatra yo'ṃśaḥ parātmakaḥ || 32-40 ||

vaiṣṇavaḥ śaktirūpo me niyacchannavatiṣṭhate |
tattadvācakatāṃ yāti devī seyamanaśvarī || 32-41 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhārā yoginī parameśvarī |
kevalastattvavarṇastu trailokyaiśvaryadāṃ gataḥ || 32-42 ||

tattat sthūlamayaṃ tattvaṃ madīyaṃ vakti śāśvatam |
tattadbhāvābhidhānena tanniyantṛtvadarśane || 32-43 ||

iyameveśvarā devī dvidhā saktāvatiṣṭhate |
kṣādi śāntaṃ purā yatte darśitaṃ brahmapañcakam || 32-44 ||

kṣa ityādisvarūpeṇa trailokyaiśvaryadāṃ gatā |
svarūpe niyame caiva dvedhā seyamavasthitā || 32-45 ||

dhāraṇānāṃ catuṣkaṃ yadvādi yāntamudīritam |
tatra sūkṣmapare bhāve sthiteyaṃ pūrvavad dvidhā || 32-46 ||

traiyavastho makāro'yaṃ proktaścaitanyavācakaḥ |
tatrāpi sūkṣmaparayordvedheyaṃ daśayordvayoḥ || 32-47 ||

māyāprasūtitraiguṇyarūpo yo bhārṇa ucyate |
ī nāma pūrvavaddevī tatrāpi daśayordvayoḥ || 32-48 ||

buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ yadrūpaṃ bādikaṃ trayam |
tatrāpi pūrvavad dvedhā devīyaṃ daśayordvayoḥ || 32-49 ||

nādike ṇādike caiva tathendriyagaṇadvaye |
daśayoḥ sūkṣmaparayoriyaṃ dvedhāvatiṣṭhate || 32-50 ||

ñādike ṅādike caiva sthūlasūkṣmasvarūpake |
vibhūtipañcake devī daśayoḥ pūrvavat sthitā || 32-51 ||

saptatyā vitatā bhedaiḥ śuddhāśuddhamayādhvani |
naṭīva svayamī śaktirbibharti bahudhā vapuḥ || 32-52 ||

iyadvistṛtimāpannāmīmimāṃ parameśvarīm |
vicintya paramaṃ yāti padaṃ viṣṇoḥ sanātanam || 32-53 ||

yatra yatra gatā seyaṃ śuddhāśuddhe tathādhvani |
tatra tatra tvajahatī viṣṇoḥ saṃbandhamī sthitā || 32-54 ||

ekadvitryādiyogena svaravyañjanarūṣitā |
śuddhāśuddhādhvavargasthā nānābhedopapāditā || 32-55 ||

jaṭoparāgahīnāyā asyā eva punastridhā |
jñeyaḥ sthūlādirūpeṇa vibhedastattvacintakaiḥ || 32-56 ||

sṛṣṭikṛtsaṃyutā sthūlā sūkṣmā vyomeśasaṃyutā |
nirañjanā parā seyamī ityevānurāgiṇī || 32-57 ||

niṣkampā dīpalekheva patnī viṣṇoriyaṃ parā |
sarveṣvādhārapadmeṣu niścalaivāvatiṣṭhate || 32-58 ||

ābastideśādāmūrdhabrahmayānamanuvratā |
ekeyamujjvalā dīptā pāvanā ca yaśasvinī || 32-59 ||

brahmarandhrādviniṣkrāntā mahāpadmamupeyuṣī |
otaprotātmikā seyaṃ paramānandavartmani || 32-60 ||

vilāpya mārtyavaṃ rūpamamṛtaṃ plāvayennaram |
mantrāṇāṃ manmayānāṃ hi mantrairviṣṇumayaiḥ saha || 32-61 ||

sā me nūnamanūnaśrīriti saṃkhyā parā hi yā |
te ca sāṃkhyādvayā mantrā japādbhogāpavargadāḥ || 32-62 ||

asyā eva parāyāstu vipruṣaḥ parikīrtitāḥ |
yathā hi kiraṇavrātaṃ tejastvaṃ vyāpya tiṣṭhati || 32-63 ||

yathā hi pārthivān bhāvān vyāpyasthairyaṃ vyavasthitam |
nānāvibhavasaṃsthānaṃ nānāracanasaṃsthitam || 32-64 ||

bāhyamābhyantaraṃ caiva bhāvaṃ śabdamayaṃ samam |
vyāpyaivamī sthitā devī viṣṇupatnī yaśasvinī || 32-117 ||

sthūlasūkṣmādibhedo'yaṃ yathāvacchakra darśitaḥ |
tārikāyā idānīṃ tvamaṅgādīni śṛṇuṣva me || 32-66 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre sthūlādiprakāśo nāma dvātriṃśo'dhāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 33

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 33 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 33

śrīḥ

śṛṇu vatsa sureśāna vidyāyāstārikākṛteḥ |
aṅgopāṅgāni mantrāṇi nānāmantramayāni me || 33-1 ||

gopanaṃ pañcabinduṃ ca hyūrjamairāvaṇaṃ tahā |
aurvaṃ ca pañcakaṃ caite pratyekaṃ vyāpinānvitam || 33-2 ||

prāṇānaloparisthaṃ tu kṛtvaitat piṇḍapañcakam |
hṛdādinetraparyantamaṅgabījamidaṃ smaret || 33-3 ||

hṛdbījāt parato yojyaṃ jñānāyeti padaṃ tataḥ |
hṛdayāya namaścaiva mantro'yaṃ dhāraṇapradaḥ || 33-4 ||

praṇavādinamo'nto'yaṃ mantra ekādaśākṣaraḥ |
paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāmaiśvaryāya padaṃ nyaset || 33-5 ||

śirase ca tathā svāhā hyeṣa ekādaśākṣaraḥ |
paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ śaktaye ca padaṃ nyaset || 33-6 ||

śikhāyai vauṣaḍityevaṃ śaikho'yaṃ tu daśākṣaraḥ |
paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ balāyeti padaṃ nyaset || 33-7 ||

kavacāya humityevaṃ mantro'yaṃ ca daśākṣaraḥ |
paraṃ praṇavabījābhyāṃ tejase ca padaṃ nyaset || 33-8 ||

netrābhyāṃ vauṣaḍityevaṃ netramantro daśākṣaraḥ |
prāṇānaloparisthaṃ tu vinyaset parameśvaram || 33-9 ||

tasmāt praṇavapūrvāttu padaṃ viryāya vinyaset |
astrāya ca phaḍityevaṃ mantro'yaṃ ca daśākṣaraḥ || 33-10 ||

aṅgaṣaṭkamidaṃ proktamupāṅgatriyugaṃ śṛṇu |
tārikānte kramāddadyāt pūrvavat ṣaḍguṇaṃ padam || 33-11 ||

jñānāditejaḥparyantaṃ tadante ca kramānnyaset |
udarāya ca pṛṣṭhāya bāhubhyāmiti vai padam || 33-12 ||

ūrubhyāmatha jānubhyāṃ caraṇābhyāmiti kramāt |
namaśca parato yojyamupāṅgānāmayaṃ vidhiḥ || 33-13 ||

ityevamaṅgopāṅgānāṃ mantrā dvādaśa kīrtitāḥ |
alaṃkārāstramantrāṃstu bruvatyā me niśāmaya || 33-14 ||

kaustubho vyomasaṃbhinnaḥ paramātmā tataḥ param |
ūrdhvādho'nalasaṃbhinna ūrjenāpi samanvitaḥ || 33-15 ||

saṛṣṭikṛtsaṃyuto mūrdhni kaustubho vyāpisaṃyutaḥ |
namaskṛtistataḥ paścāttataḥ paścāt prabhātmane || 33-16 ||

kaustubhāya tataḥ svāhā praṇavādyastu kaustubhaḥ |
mantraḥ ṣoḍaśavarṇo'yaṃ sarvakarmaprasādhakaḥ || 33-17 ||

uddharet prathamaṃ tāraṃ dhareśaṃ tata uddharet |
tadadhastṛptisaṃjñaṃ ca varāhaṃ tadadho nyaset || 33-18 ||

māyayā bhūṣayet paścādvyāpinā cāṅkayettataḥ |
pañcātmā varṇapiṇḍo'yaṃ namaskāraṃ tataḥ param || 33-19 ||

tataḥ sthalajalodbhūtabhūṣitepadamuddharet |
vanamāle tataḥ svāhā mantraḥ sarvārthasādhakaḥ || 33-20 ||

ekonaviṃśatyarṇo'yaṃ vanamālāmayo mahān |
tārakasyāvasāne tu vāmanārṇaṃ samuddharet || 33-21 ||

tadadhastṛptimāyojya bhūṣayedudayena tu |
vyāpinā cāṅkitaḥ piṇḍaścaturarṇo mahādbhutaḥ || 33-22 ||

namaskārastataḥ paścācchrīnivāsapadaṃ tataḥ |
padmāya vahnijāyā ca pādmo'yaṃ tridaśākṣaraḥ || 33-23 ||

ādāyādau tu vaikuṇṭhaṃ rephaṃ tadupari nyaset |
ānandenānvitaṃ paścādvyāpinā cāṅkayettataḥ || 33-24 ||

kasthakasthapadaṃ dadyānnemidvandvamataḥ param |
varapāśāya vai svāhā praṇavādyastu pāśarāṭ || 33-25 ||

mantraḥ pañcadaśārṇo'yaṃ kāmināṃ kṣiprasiddhikṛt |
praṇavānte virāṭsaṃjñaṃ vyāpinā mūrdhni saṃyutam || 33-26 ||

dvayaṃ piṇḍatayā yojyaṃ rephaṃ kamalamaṅkuśam |
vyāpinā saṃyutaṃ mūrdhni tṛtīyamidamakṣaram || 33-27 ||

padaṃ niśitaghoṇāya cāṅkuśāya śikhipriyā |
iti pañcadaśārṇo'yamaṅkuśaḥ śīghrasiddhidaḥ || 33-28 ||

alaṃkārāstramantrāṇāmetat pañcakamīritam |
ādhārāsanamantrāṇāṃ śṛṇu rūpaṃ puraṃdara || 33-29 ||

yadvinā tārikāyāstu pūraṇaṃ naiva jāyate |
analadvayamadhyasthaḥ prāṇo māyī sa bindumān || 33-30 ||

tata ādhāraśaktyai ca praṇavādirnamo'ntimaḥ |
ādhāraśaktimantro'yaṃ vijñeyastu navākṣaraḥ || 33-31 ||

analadvayamadhyastho bindvanto'pyūrjasaṃyutaḥ |
tataḥ kālāgnikūrmāya namo'ntaḥ praṇavādikaḥ || 33-32 ||

mantraḥ kālāgnikūrmasya vijñeyo'yaṃ daśākṣaraḥ |
gopanenāṅkitaṃ prāṇaṃ mūrdhni ca vyāpinā yutam || 33-33 ||

praṇavānte samuddhṛtya hyanantāya namastataḥ |
aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro nāgarājasya kīrtitaḥ || 33-34 ||

kamalaṃ cāgnirūpaṃ ca pradhānaṃ puruṣeśvaram |
piṇḍīkṛtya catuṣkaṃ tu gopanavyāpisaṃyutam || 33-35 ||

vasudhāyai namaḥ paścāt praṇavādirmanustvayam |
viśvaṃbharāyā vijñeya ādhāraḥ parikalpyate || 33-36 ||

amṛtaṃ varuṇaṃ cārṇadvayaṃ piṇḍīkṛtaṃ saha |
gopanavyāpisaṃyuktaṃ praṇavānte samuddharet || 33-37 ||

kṣīrārṇavātha ca namaḥ so'yaṃ mantro navākṣaraḥ |
pavitraṃ sodayavyāpisaṃyutaṃ praṇavāntagam || 33-38 ||

ādhārapadmāya namaḥ padmasyāyaṃ daśākṣaraḥ |
itthamādhāraṣaṭkasya mantraṣaṭkaṃ prakīrtitam || 33-39 ||

ādhāreśākhyamantrāṇāṃ vidhiṃ śṛṇu puraṃdara |
dhartājito'mṛtādhāro vibudhākhyaśca vāsava || 33-40 ||

etāṃścatura uddhṛtya varṇāneṣāmathopari |
vinyaseccaturo varṇān satyādīn sādhakottamaḥ || 33-41 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadaṃ dadyāccatvāryetāni vāsava |
bījāni praṇavādīni dharmādeḥ ṣoḍaśātmanaḥ || 33-42 ||

dharmādikamadharmādyamṛgādyaṃ ca kṛtādikam |
catuṣṭayāni catvāri yāni siddhāni lokataḥ || 33-43 ||

catuścaturvibhāgena saṃjñāḥ ṣoḍaśa vinyaset |
bījopari namaścāte mantrāḥ ṣoḍaśa te smṛtāḥ || 33-44 ||

sodayaṃ sāmṛtaṃ hrasvaṃ praṇavopari vinyaset |
avyaktapadmāya namaḥ sa mantro'vyaktapadmakaḥ || 33-45 ||

sūryendvagnipadebhyastu pratyekaṃ maṇḍalāya ca |
namo'nte praṇavaścādau te mantrā maṇḍalatraye || 33-46 ||

pratyagātmaparāmarśiśabdaḥ somo'tha sargavān |
cidbhāsanākhyamantro'yaṃ tryakṣaraḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 33-47 ||

ityāsanākhyamantrāṇāṃ kathitā tvekaviṃśatiḥ |
ityayaṃ pīṭhapūjānto mantragrāmo mayeritaḥ || 33-48 ||

rahasyaṃ paramaṃ guhyamidānīṃ paramaṃ śṛṇu |
kṣetreśādyaṃ mantracayaṃ vighnanirmathanakṣamam || 33-49 ||

garuḍaṃ kālamanalaṃ piṇḍīkṛtyāṅkayet tataḥ |
savyāpinādidevena kṣetrapālāya vai namaḥ || 33-50 ||

praṇavādyo manuḥ so'yaṃ kṣetreśasya navākṣaraḥ |
anutārā śriyai paścānnamastvādau ca tārakaḥ || 33-51 ||

ṣaḍakṣaraḥ śriyo mantraścaṇḍādīnaparāñśṛṇu |
sacañcalānalastāraḥ kevalastvādito bhavet || 33-52 ||

caṇḍāya nama ityeva saptavarṇo manūttamaḥ |
sapavitrānalastāraḥ kevalastvādito bhavet || 33-53 ||

pracaṇḍāya namo mantraḥ pracaṇḍo'yaṃ caturyugaḥ |
saśāśvatānalastāraḥ kevalastvādito bhavet || 33-54 ||

jayāya nama ityevaṃ jayasya munivarṇakaḥ |
varāhānalasaṃyuktastāraḥ śuddhastathādigaḥ || 33-55 ||

vijayāya namaḥ so'yaṃ vijayasya caturyugaḥ |
govindaḥ sānalo māyī vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-56 ||

gaṅgāyai nama ityevaṃ gaṅgāyā munivarṇakaḥ |
samāyaḥ sānalaḥ sūkṣmo vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-57 ||

yamunāyai namaścāyaṃ yāmuneyaścaturyugaḥ |
śaṃkaraḥ sānalaḥ sorjo vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-58 ||

tataśca śaṅkhanidhaye namaḥ so'yaṃ navākṣaraḥ |
pavitraḥ sānalaḥ sorjo vyāpimān praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-59 ||

tataśca padmanidhaye namaḥ so'yaṃ navākṣaraḥ |
kṣetreśāt padmanidhyantaṃ mantrāṇāṃ daśakaṃ tvidam || 33-60 ||

gaṇeśādyādisiddhāntamatha mantragaṇaṃ śṛṇu |
ūrjavyāpisamāyukto govindaḥ praṇavāntagaḥ || 33-61 ||

tato govindavaikuṇṭhau pavitraḥ sragdharastathā |
jagadyonigataḥ śaṅkho naraḥ kālo visargavān || 33-62 ||

navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro gāṇapatyaḥ prakīrtitaḥ |
ṣoḍhā saṃyojya govindaṃ yugmādyairgopanādibhiḥ || 33-63 ||

aṅgakḷptiramuṣya syānnamaḥsvāhādisaṃyutā |
ādyantānalasaṃyuktaṃ māyāvyāpisamanvitam || 33-64 ||

garuḍaṃ tārakasyānte tadante tārikāṃ smaret |
rephaśaṅkhādidevāḍhyaṃ somaṃ vyāpisamanvitam || 33-65 ||

caturthaṃ saṃsmaredbījaṃ tadidaṃ balasūdana |
vairājānalaśaṅkhāḍhyaṃ gopanaṃ vyāpisaṃyutam || 33-66 ||

somavarṇaṃ smarecchakra pañcamaṃ paramādbhutam |
aprameyādidevādi yāvadgaruḍavarṇakam || 33-67 ||

yathāpāṭhaṃ samuccārya vāgīśvaryai tato namaḥ |
ekaṣaṣṭyarṇako mantro vāgīśvaryā ayaṃ smṛtaḥ || 33-68 ||

kuryāccaturthabījena gopanādivibhedinā |
antarjātiyutāṃ samyagaṅgakḷptiṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ || 33-69 ||

gopanādivibhinnasya bījasyādyantayornyaset |
praṇavaṃ ca namaścaiva tato jātiṃ prakalpayet || 33-70 ||

praṇavatritayaṃ vyāpisaṃyutaḥ sodayaśca gaḥ |
gurave'tha namaḥ so'yaṃ prathito gurupūjane || 33-71 ||

praṇavatritayasyānte pavitro vyāpisaṃyutaḥ |
paramagurave namaḥ prathitastu gurorguruḥ || 33-72 ||

praṇavatritayasyānte vyāpyānandayutastu paḥ |
parameṣṭhine'tha ca namo mantro gurugurorguruḥ || 33-73 ||

tārapañcakamāhlādaṃ vyoma prāṇopari nyaset |
kālānalau tu tadadhaḥ sarvalokeśvaropari || 33-74 ||

yathākramoditairvarṇaiḥ piṇḍaṃ kṛtvā tataḥ svadhā |
pitṛbhyo'tha namaḥ so'yaṃ pitṛsaṃghasya mantrarāṭ || 33-75 ||

ṣaṭ tārā ādi devo'tha vyomavān kevalo'tha saḥ |
rāmavān damanaścātha siddhebhyo'tha tato namaḥ || 33-76 ||

mantro'yamādisiddhānāṃ bhagavadbhāvitātmanām |
kṣetreśādyādisiddhāntān vighnanirmathanakṣamān || 33-77 ||

prāgeva pūjayenmantrī samārādhanakālataḥ |
atha lokeśamantrāṇāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ śṛṇu vāsava || 33-78 ||

prāṇaṃ dhareśamānandaṃ piṇḍīkṛtya kramasthitān |
mūrdhni vyomayutaṃ kṛtvā tata indrāya vai namaḥ || 33-79 ||

aindro'yamīrito mantraḥ pāvakādīnnibodha me |
kuryāt prāṇānalānandairvyāpināpi ca piṇḍakam || 33-80 ||

prāṇakālādidevaiśca vyāpināpi ca piṇḍakam |
agnaye nama ityevaṃ yamāya nama ityapi || 33-81 ||

naraḥ sa bhagavān vyāpī piṇḍo nir-ṛtaye namaḥ |
yātudhāneśamantro'yaṃ jaleśasyāvadhāraya || 33-82 ||

prāṇaṃ varuṇamānandaṃ vyāpinaṃ piṇḍayed budhaḥ |
varuṇāya namaḥ paścādvāruṇo'yaṃ manūttamaḥ || 33-83 ||

prāṇaṃ sūkṣmaṃ tathānandaṃ vyāpinaṃ piṇḍayed budhaḥ |
vāyave nama ityevaṃ vāyavīyo manūttamaḥ || 33-84 ||

gharmāṃśuvaruṇānandān vyāpinā saha piṇḍayet |
somāya nama ityevaṃ saumyo manurudāhṛtaḥ || 33-85 ||

sūryamūrjaṃ tathā vyoma cakriṇaṃ piṇḍayet kramāt |
īśānāya namaḥ paścādīśānasya manūttamaḥ || 33-86 ||

prāṇaṃ vaikuṇṭhamānandaṃ vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt |
anantāya namaḥ paścānnāgarājamanustvayam || 33-87 ||

prāṇaṃ kharvaṃ tathānandaṃ vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt |
brahmaṇe nama ityevaṃ brahmaṇo manuruttamaḥ || 33-88 ||

sarveṣāṃ praṇavaḥ pūrvamāyudhānāmatho śṛṇu |
analaṃ janmahantāraṃ pradhānamanalorjakau || 33-89 ||

sargeṇa piṇḍayet saṃjñāṃ namaḥ kuliśamantrarāṭ |
ūrjaṃ vihāya tatsthāne māyayā paribhūṣitam || 33-90 ||

tadeva piṇḍaṃ saṃjñā ca namaḥ śaktimanustvayam |
akhaṇḍavikramaṃ kālaṃ lokeśaṃ parameśvaram || 33-91 ||

piṇḍīkṛtya tataḥ saṃjñā namo daṇḍamanustvayam |
viśvāpyāyakaraṃ kālaṃ lokeśaṃ parameśvaram || 33-92 ||

piṇḍīkṛtya tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ khaḍgamanustvayam |
candrī śāntādidevau ca sṛṣṭikṛt piṇḍitā ime || 33-93 ||

pāśāya nama ityevaṃ pāśamantro'yamadbhutaḥ |
ajito varuṇānandau sṛṣṭikṛt piṇḍitā ime || 33-94 ||

dhvajāya nama ityevaṃ dhvajamantra udīritaḥ |
paramātmānaloddāmān piṇḍayet sṛṣṭikṛdyutān || 33-95 ||

musalāya namaḥ paścānmausalo'yaṃ manūttamaḥ |
analaṃ janmahantāramudayaṃ sṛṣṭikṛdyutam || 33-96 ||

piṇḍikṛtya tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ śūlamanustvayam |
karālamanalārūḍhamodanaṃ sṛṣṭikṛdyutam || 33-97 ||

piṇḍīkṛtya tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ sīramanustvayam |
varuṇaṃ ca naraṃ caiva gopanaṃ sṛṣṭikṛdyutam || 33-98 ||

piṇḍīkṭya tataḥ saṃjñā namaḥ padmamanustvayam |
sarveṣāṃ praṇavaḥ pūrvo viṣvaksenamanuṃ śṛṇu || 33-99 ||

analaprāṇalokeśān vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt |
varuṇaṃ bhūdharaṃ caiva vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt || 33-100 ||

piṇḍo'yaṃ jñānadaḥ paścādviṣ.vaksenasya mantrarāṭ |
praṇavādistvayaṃ mantraḥ sarvārthakṛdudīritaḥ || 33-101 ||

ūrjahīnaṃ tuṃ yat pūrvaṃ tenānandādiyoginā |
aṅgakḷptiramuṣya syājjātimudrāsamanvitā || 33-102 ||

somaṃ varuṇamīkāraṃ vyāpinā piṇḍayet kramāt |
surabhyai nama ityevaṃ tārapūrvo manustvayam || 33-103 ||

surabhyāḥ kathitaḥ sarvabhogasaṃpūraṇārthakaḥ |
praṇavadvitayasyānte tārikādvayamuddharet || 33-104 ||

tataḥ paramadhāmā cāvasthite madanugrahā |
abhiyogodyate ceha tathaivāvatareti ca || 33-105 ||

ihābhimataśabdaṃ ca siddhide iti ca trayam |
tato mantraśarīre ca tārastārā namo namaḥ || 33-106 ||

pañcacatvāriṃśadarṇo mantra āvāhanārthakaḥ |
praṇavastārikā prāṇāstrayaḥ savyāpinastataḥ || 33-107 ||

tisraśca tārikāḥ paścādidaṃ śabdaṃ triruccaret |
gṛhāṇa vahnijāyā ca bhogadānamanustvayam || 33-108 ||

oṃkāramuddharet pūrvaṃ viṣṇuṃ vyomānvitaṃ tataḥ |
tārikāmuddharet paścādbhūyo viṣṇuṃ tathāvidham || 33-109 ||

tato vyomānvitaṃ prāṇaṃ somanāmasamanvitam |
pare ca parameśe ca prasīda praṇavaṃ tataḥ || 33-110 ||

tārikā ca namaścānte prasādanamanustvayam |
praṇavastārikā caiva tato bhagavatīti ca || 33-111 ||

mantramūrte'tha svapadaṃ samāsādaya taddvayam |
kṣamasveti dviruccārya tārastārā namo namaḥ || 33-112 ||

vaisarjanamanuḥ so'yamityete mantranāyakāḥ |
kathitāḥ suraśārdūla sarvapāpamalāpahāḥ || 33-113 ||

abhaktānāṃ ca ye naiva pradeyāḥ krūrakarmaṇām |
nāstikānāmasādhūnāṃ dhūrtānāṃ vañcanājuṣām || 33-114 ||

bhaktānāmāstikānāṃ ca śraddhāsaṃyamasevinām |
madīyakramasaktānāṃ saṃskṛtānāṃ viśeṣataḥ || 33-115 ||

tattvataścopasannānāṃ dṛḍhaśraddhāvalambinām |
vaiṣṇavānāmidaṃ vācyamavācyamitareṣu tu || 33-116 ||

anyathā vakti yo mohāllobhāt kāmādathāpi vā |
ajñānādbālabhāvādvā sa yāti narkān bahūn || 33-117 ||

tasmādālakṣyavai sarvaṃ guṇajātaṃ yathoditam |
prabrūyādupasannāya dharmeṇa nyāyatastathā || 33-118 ||

prabrūyādyo hyadharmeṇa yo vādharmeṇa pṛcchati |
tāvubhau narakaṃ ghoramṛcchataḥ kālamakṣayam || 33-119 ||

pṛthivīṃ ratnasaṃpūrṇāṃ dadyādyadyapi vāsava |
naiva deyaṃ hyabhaktāya nāparīkṣitaśīline || 33-120 ||

iti te bhavato bhaktirmayī śakra mahīyasī |
tattvataścopasannasya mayeha prīyamāṇayā || 33-121 ||

aṅgopāṅgādimantrāṇāṃ mantrakośaḥ prakāśitaḥ |
mudrākośamidānīṃ tvaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 33-122 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre aṅgopāṅgādimantraprakāśo nāma trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 34

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 34 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 34

śrīḥ -

mudrākośaṃ pravakṣyāmi mantrakośasya vāsava |
yena vijñātamātreṇa mantrasiddhirmahīyasī || 34-1 ||

mudrāṃ vai bandhayenmantrī snānakāle jalāntare |
ātmano nyāsakāle ca pūjānte maṇḍalāvidhau || 34-2 ||

arcāyāṃ mantravinyāse hyarghyapātreṣu bhojane |
pūrṇāhutyavasāne ca mantre hyabhyantarasthite || 34-3 ||

hiṃsakānāṃ vighātāya sarvavighnopaśāntaye |
saṃmukhau tu karau kṛtvā suśliṣṭau suprasāritau || 34-4 ||

saṃmukhaṃ madhyamāyugmanikṣiptāṅgulayaḥ parāḥ |
anyonyābhimukhāścaiva bhujabṛndena kalpitāḥ || 34-5 ||

mahāśrīriti vikhyātā sarvasaubhāgyadāyikā |
mocanī sarvadoṣāṇāṃ śīghrasiddhipradāyinī || 34-6 ||

jaḍabhūtasya vai jantorbodhanābhyudayātmikā |
prasārya vāmamuttānamaṅgulyo viralāḥ sthitāḥ || 34-7 ||

kāryāstvākuñcitaprāntā aṅguṣṭhaṃ setuvadbhavet |
saṃmukhaṃ tāsu saṃlagnaṃ karaśākhāsu madhyamām || 34-8 ||

hṛtsaṃmukhaṃ tu badhnīyācchaktimudrāṃ sukhapradām |
ime mudre mahābhāge yogibṛndopavandite || 34-9 ||

parasūkṣmapadasthe tu mama prītipradāyike |
mama sthūlapadasthāyā yonimudrāṃ niśāmaya || 34-10 ||

saṃmukhau tu karau kṛtvā suśliṣṭau suprasāritau |
madhyato mūlataḥ pṛṣṭhe viparyaste hyanāmike || 34-11 ||

tarjanīmūlayornyasya tābhyāmagre nigūhayet |
madhyayoḥ śeṣayoragre kaniṣṭhāyugalaṃ puraḥ || 34-12 ||

anyonyaṃ pṛṣṭhato lagnaṃ talamadhyonnataṃ bhavet |
aṅguṣṭhāgradvayaṃ kuryānmadhyayoragraparvagam || 34-13 ||

mahāyoniriti khyātā mudrā sarvavaśaṃkarī |
trividhā trividhāyā me mudraiṣā saṃpradarśitā || 34-14 ||

sūkṣmākhyā śaktimudrā yā vikārastatra varṇyate |
pradeśinyādito'ṅguṣṭhamaikaikaśyena setuvat || 34-15 ||

vinyasyāṅguliṣu jñeyāścatasro mudrikā imāḥ |
śaktīnāṃ tu madīyānāṃ lakṣmyādīnāṃ puraṃdara || 34-16 ||

lakṣmīḥ kīrtirjayā māyā devyomacchaktayo hi tāḥ |
dakṣiṇena tu hastena muṣṭibandhaṃ prakalpayet || 34-17 ||

antaḥsthamunnataṃ kṛtvā vāmāṅguṣṭhaṃ surottama |
saṃmukhaṃ hṛdi hārdaiṣā mudrā buddhivivardhanī || 34-18 ||

prasṛtā aṅgulīḥ sarvā aṅguṣṭhena tu saṃspṛśet |
śairasyeṣā bhavenmudrā mantrasaṃnidhikāriṇī || 34-19 ||

muṣṭiṃ vitarjanīṃ kṛtvā tarjanī hyūrdhvasaṃsthitā |
śikhāmudreti vikhyātā sarvaduṣṭabhayaṃkarī || 34-20 ||

doṣavighnavināśāya sadā hyetāṃ pradarśayet |
ādau tasmāt prayatnena yāgaveśmani darśayet || 34-21 ||

utsādaṃ sarvavighnānāṃ kurute mantrasaṃyutā |
ubhayoragrataḥ śākhāḥ saṃsthāstu karayordvayoḥ || 34-22 ||

tābhyāṃ madhyamasaṃlagnaṃ karabandhādito bhavet |
vārmaṇyeṣā bhavenmudrā dvāvaṃsāvanayā spṛśet || 34-23 ||

abhedyā duṣṭasaṃghena bhūtavetālayogibhiḥ |
karmakāle nibadhyaiṣā mantriṇā ca prayatnataḥ || 34-24 ||

karayorgrathitāṅgulyaḥ saṃvṛtāḥ pāṇipṛṣṭhagāḥ |
tarjanyau prāntasaṃlagne suṣire cocchrite tayoḥ || 34-25 ||

aṅguṣṭhau mūlasaṃlagnau viparyastau parasparam |
cākṣuṣyeṣā bhavenmudrā nibadhyā cakṣurantike || 34-26 ||

tarjanīṃ sphoṭayeddikṣu daśasvaṅguṣṭhakena tu |
drataṃ karadvayenaiva cakṣurbhyāṃ saṃnirīkṣayet || 34-27 ||

astramudreti vikhyātā trāsanī devavidviṣām |
aṅgānāmiyamuddiṣṭā ṣaṇmudrī sarvasādhanī || 34-28 ||

upāṅgatriyugasyātha mudrā etā niśāmaya |
aṅgulīḥ śleṣayet sarvāścatasro dakṣiṇasthitāḥ || 34-29 ||

tāsāṃ mūle tathāṅguṣṭhaṃ tiryañcaṃ viniveśayet |
upāṅgānāmiyaṃ mudrā tayā tattat spṛśet padam || 34-30 ||

alaṃkārāstramantrāṇāṃ mudrā atha niśāmaya |
kaniṣṭhānāmikāmadhyā muṣṭivat pāṇimadhyagāḥ || 34-31 ||

ubhayorhastayoḥ paścāttau muṣṭī śleṣayenmithaḥ |
prasārya tarjanīdvandvaṃ śleṣayedagratastataḥ || 34-32 ||

aṅguṣṭhāgre viparyasya tarjanyormadhyato nyaset |
mudraiṣā kaustubhī nāma mālāmudrāmimāṃ śṛṇu || 34-33 ||

kaṇṭhādāpādataḥ svāṃsau tarjanībhyāṃ paribhraman |
kuryādyugapadevaiṣā vanamālāmayī śubhā || 34-34 ||

vyaṅguṣṭhā aṅgulīraṣṭau grathayedagrato mithaḥ |
lambaṃ bāhudvayaṃ kuryādeṣā vā vanamālikā || 34-35 ||

aṅguṣṭhau pārśvato lagnāvaṅgulyo viralāḥ sthitāḥ |
eṣā pāṅkeruhī mudrā puṣṭisaubhāgyavardhinī || 34-36 ||

uttāne dakṣiṇe pāṇāvagre'ṅguṣṭhakaniṣṭhayoḥ |
melayet setuvacchiṣṭaṃ susaṃśliṣṭaṃ latātrayam || 34-37 ||

ākuñcitaphaṇākārā mudrā pāśā bhavediyam |
muṣṭiṃ pṛṣṭhasthitāṅguṣṭhaṃ pāṇyormuṣṭidvayaṃ purā || 34-38 ||

kuryādadhomukhaṃ vāmaṃ tatpṛṣṭhe dakṣiṇaṃ tathā |
athādhārādiśakteḥ syānmudroktā kūrmavahnijā || 34-39 ||

adhomukhasya vāmasya hyanāmātarjanīdvayam |
ākuñcya madhyamāpṛṣṭhe vinyasettu susaṃsthitam || 34-40 ||

ṛjūmadhomukhīṃ kuryānmadhyamāmaṅgulīṃ tathā |
tataḥ kaniṣṭhikāṅguṣṭhau balavattu prasārayet || 34-41 ||

anantāsanamudreyamananto'yaṃ yathotthitaḥ |
iyamāsanamudrāṇāṃ pradhānā parikīrtitā || 34-42 ||

avibhāgā parā śaktirādhārādhārasaṃjñitā |
kūrmamudrā tadunmeṣā nādātmānantamudrikā || 34-43 ||

bhāvanīyamidaṃ śaśvaditthamāsanakarmaṇi |
karadvayena badhnīyāllagnamuṣṭidvayaṃ puraḥ || 34-44 ||

aṅgulītritayenaiva aṅguṣṭhau tarjanīdvayam |
prāntalagnaṃ tu tat kuryāttadyugaṃ melayet punaḥ || 34-45 ||

eṣā sā pārthivī mudrā sarvabhūtavidhāriṇī |
maṇibandhau tu saṃlagnau nakhāgrāṇi karadvaye || 34-46 ||

kāryāṇi sāṅgulīkāni parasparamukhāni tu |
aṅguṣṭhāgre nirādhāre tanmadhye cālayed drutam || 34-47 ||

madhye kuryācca karayoragādhaṃ suṣiropamam |
kṣīrārṇavasya mudraiṣā pādmī pūrvaṃ pradarśitā || 34-48 ||

karadvayamasaṃlagnaṃ kṛtvā tadanu yojayet |
mukhe mukhaṃ tu tarjanyorevaṃ madhyamayoḥ kramāt || 34-49 ||

anāmayostataḥ paścādvaktre vaktraṃ kaniṣṭhayoḥ |
aṅguṣṭhayugalaṃ tattadaṅgulīmukhayornyaset || 34-50 ||

etanmudrācatuṣkaṃ tu dharmādye tu catuṣṭaye |
adharmādicatuṣkāṇāṃ tadvanmudrācatuṣṭayam || 34-51 ||

tadūrdhvasthasya padmasya mudrā pādmī puroditā |
dakṣiṇasya tu hastasya tarjanyaṅguṣṭhamelanam || 34-52 ||

kṛtvā tadanu tadbandhaṃ vikāsya ca śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
samuttānaṃ punaḥ kuryācchākhāsaṃghaṃ pṛthak pṛthak || 34-53 ||

dhāmatrayasya mudraiṣā cidbhāsanagatāṃ śṛṇu |
sphuṭau prasāritau hastau kuryādañjalirūpakau || 34-54 ||

cidbhāsanasya mudraiṣā śuddhasattvamayī parā |
dvātriṃśaditi mudrāṇāṃ sarvadoṣavināśinī || 34-55 ||

bhūṣaṇāstrāsanādīnāṃ tava śakra pradarśitā |
kṣetreśvarādimudrāṇāmidānīṃ daśakaṃ śṛṇu || 34-56 ||

grastamaṅgulisaṃghātaṃ kṛtvā pāṇidvayena tu |
balātsaṃpīḍayet kurvannaṅguṣṭhadvayamucchritam || 34-57 ||

mudreyaṃ kṣetrapālasya sarvaduṣṭanibarhaṇī |
uttānau tu karau kṛtvā nikaṭasthau puraṃdara || 34-58 ||

aṅgulīnāṃ gaṇaṃ sarvaṃ kuñcitaṃ madhyasaṃsthitam |
aṅguṣṭhau patitau kṛtvā kramaśaḥ sphuṭatāṃ nayet || 34-59 ||

śrībījasya tu mudraiṣā prathamaṃ kathitā tava |
samutthāpya karādvāmāttarjanīṃ caṇḍabījajām || 34-60 ||

tāmeva dakṣiṇāddhastāt pracaṇḍasya nidarśayet |
madhyamāṃ vāmahastādvai samutthāpya jayasya sā || 34-61 ||

dakṣiṇād vijayākhyasya bījasya parikīrtitā |
vāmāccānāmikāṃ prāgvatkṛtvā gāṅgasya viddhi tām || 34-62 ||

dakṣiṇādyāmunasyoktā mudrā bījasya vāsava |
mudrā śaṅkhanidheḥ proktā vāmahastāt kaniṣṭhikā || 34-63 ||

tathā padmanidherhastād dakṣiṇāt sā kaniṣṭhikā |
dakṣiṇena tu hastena sāṅguṣṭhena tu muṣṭinā || 34-64 ||

pradeśinīmanāmāṃ ca vāmahastasya pīḍayet |
prayatnīkṛtaśākhānāṃ pṛṣṭhe yojyātha madhyamā || 34-65 ||

lambamānakarākārā yathā saṃdṛśyate ca sā |
muṣṭernātisamīpasthāṃ vāmahastāt kaniṣṭhikām || 34-66 ||

dakṣiṇāṅguṣṭhapārśvena daṃṣṭrāvat paribhāvayet |
īṣattiryaggatispaṣṭau vāmo'ṅguṣṭhastathā paraḥ || 34-67 ||

yathā tau paridṛśyete gajakarṇopamau śubhau |
gaṇeśvarasya mudraiṣā sarvavighnakṣayaṃkarī || 34-68 ||

saṃśliṣṭau maṇibandhau tu kṛtvā pāṇidvaye purā |
saṃlagnamagradeśāttu pronnataṃ madhyamāyugam || 34-69 ||

pradeśinīyugaṃ tadvattathaivānāmikādvayam |
aṅguṣṭhaṃ dviguṇīkṛtya namayettadadhomukham || 34-70 ||

śanaiḥ śanaiḥ spṛśedyāvat svaṃ svaṃ pāṇidvayītalam |
sphuṭaṃ suviralaṃ kuryādaṅguṣṭhadvitayaṃ tathā || 34-71 ||

kaniṣṭhikādvayaṃ caiva samena dharaṇena tu |
iyaṃ vāgīśvarī mudrā vāṇīvibhavadāyinī || 34-72 ||

saṃmukhau saṃpuṭīkṛtya dvau hastau saṃprasāritau |
viniyojyau lalāṭāgre śirasāvanatena tu || 34-73 ||

gurvāditritayasyaiṣā mudrā cetaḥprasādinī |
prottānaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ pāṇiṃ kṛtvāṅguligaṇaṃ tataḥ || 34-74 ||

saṃlagnaṃ kuñcayet kiṃcidaṅguṣṭhaṃ saṃprasārya ca |
tiryak śanaiḥ śanaiḥ kiṃcit kuryāccādhomukhaṃ tataḥ || 34-75 ||

mudrā pitṛgaṇasyaiṣā nityatṛptikarī smṛtā |
iyaṃ śrāddhasahasrebhyaḥ pitṛprītikarī sadā || 34-76 ||

darśanīyā prayatnena pitṝṇāṃ pūjane sadā |
karadvayaṃ samuttānaṃ nābhideśe niyojayet || 34-77 ||

vāmasya dakṣiṇaṃ pṛṣṭhe mudraiṣā sidhasaṃsadaḥ |
suspṛṣṭaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ hastamātmanastu parāṅmukham || 34-78 ||

parāṅmukhaṃ lambamānaṃ vāmapāṇiṃ prakalpayet |
varābhayadamudre dve lokeśānāmime smṛte || 34-79 ||

ekaikena tu mantreṇa vajrādyeva kramādyutam |
astrākhyāṃ śaktisaṃyuktāṃ prāguktāṃ saṃpradarśayet || 34-80 ||

lokapālāyudhānāṃ tu pūjitānāṃ kramādiha |
vāmahastakaniṣṭhādyāstisraḥ svatalamadhyagāḥ || 34-81 ||

tāsāmaṅguṣṭhataḥ pṛṣṭhe tarjanī pronnatā bhavet |
nāsāvaṃśapradeśasthā tato dakṣiṇapāṇinā || 34-82 ||

aṅgulītritayenaiva muṣṭiṃ baddhvā tu pūrvavat |
tarjanīṃ dviguṇīkṛtya tvaṅguṣṭhāgre niyojayet || 34-83 ||

prodyato dakṣiṇo bāhuścakrakṣepe yathodyataḥ |
viṣvaksenasya mudreyaṃ viśvabandhanakṛntanī || 34-84 ||

kiṃcidākuñcayeddhastaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ hṛdayopagam |
aṅguṣṭhau viralau spaṣṭau mudrā hyāvāhane smṛtā || 34-85 ||

khaḍgadhārāsamākārau viralāṅgulikāvubhau |
aṅguṣṭhau daṇḍavat kṛtvā muṣṭibandhaṃ śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 34-86 ||

kuryāt kaniṣṭhikādibhyo mudraiṣā syādvisarjane |
prasṛtau dvau karau kṛtvā suśliṣṭau cāpyadhomukhau || 34-87 ||

kanīyasyau tathāṅguṣṭhau suśliṣṭau ca niyojya ca |
madhyamāṅguliyugmaṃ cāpyanyonyakarapṛṣṭhagam || 34-88 ||

prakṣipyānāmikāyugmaṃ tarjanīyugalaṃ tathā |
mudraiṣā kāmadhenvākhyā sarvecchāparipūraṇī || 34-89 ||

dviprakāraṃ tu mudrāṇāṃ prayogaṃ viddhi vāsava |
adhyātmaṃ saṃvidākāraṃ bāhyaṃ vākkarmacittajam || 34-90 ||

anena vidhinā mudrāṃ yo badhnāti vidhānavit |
tenedaṃ mudritaṃ sarvamapunarbhavasiddhaye || 34-91 ||

iti mudrāgaṇaḥ sarvastavoddiṣṭaḥ puraṃdara |
ārādhanādhikārāthaṃ śṛṇu snānavidhiṃ param || 34-92 ||

antarbahirmalopetamalakṣmīḥ pratipadyate |
tasyā nivāraṇārthāya snānaṃ sarvatra śiṣyate || 34-93 ||

tat punastrividhaṃ snānaṃ jalamantrasmṛtikramāt |
trividhaṃ puruhūtaitat smṛtaṃ śataguṇottaram || 34-94 ||

puṣkarādiṣu tīrtheṣu yat snānaṃ jalajaṃ smṛtam |
tataḥ śataguṇaṃ snānaṃ bhagavacchāstracoditam || 34-95 ||

tasmācchataguṇaṃ māntraṃ mantrāṅganyāsasaṃbhavam |
tasmācchataguṇaṃ dhyānaṃ śuddhasaṃvinmayaṃ param || 34-96 ||

ādau sāmānyavidhinā jalasnānaṃ samācaret |
viśeṣavidhinā paścādviśeṣasya vidhistvayam || 34-97 ||

pūrvaṃ snātvā mṛdāmbhobhiḥ paścādgandhādilepanam |
snānaṃ syāttanmaladhvaṃsi prāṇāyāmaiḥ samācaret || 34-98 ||

dvādaśāvṛttayā kuryāt pūraṇaṃ tārayā purā |
dhārayet ṣoḍaśāvṛttyā dviṣaṭkena punastyajet || 34-99 ||

savyadakṣiṇaparyāyai recanāntamarutkramaiḥ |
malān kṣapayati prāṇanāḍīsthān pūrvasaṃcitān || 34-100 ||

tatastattvamayo bhūtvā malinaṃ bhūtapiṇḍakam |
ṣāṭkośikamasāraṃ ca śodhayeddhāraṇāvaśāt || 34-101 ||

pṛthivyādīni sarvāṇi tattvāni svasvakāraṇe |
dhāraṇābhirnayedastamavyaktāntāni vai kramāt || 34-102 ||

kṣīre kṣīramivātmānaṃ mayi saṃmiśrayettataḥ |
bhūtvā lakṣmīmayaḥ paścādbhavennārāyaṇātmakaḥ || 34-103 ||

dhāraṇābandhamāsādya śuddhasattvena cetasā |
paramātmātmakattvaṃ yat sā śaktiḥ paramā matā || 34-104 ||

tatstha eva svakaṃ piṇḍaṃ saṃdaheddhāraṇāgninā |
cidāśuśukṣaṇestejaḥpuñjamarciḥkaṇālayam || 34-105 ||

patantaṃ saṃsmarenmūrdhni piṇḍaṃ prajvalitaṃ tataḥ |
śāntamantaḥsthasatsattvaṃ bhasmībhūtarajastamam || 34-106 ||

rajastamomayaṃ bhasma tvapohyodbodhavāyunā |
cidānandamahāmbhodherataraṅgaguṇākarāt || 34-107 ||

prasṛtaṃ sṛṣṭimārgeṇa saṃsmaredamṛtodakam |
tenāpyāyitamantaḥsthaṃ tatsattvaṃ dehatāṃ nayet || 34-108 ||

śuddhaṃ tatsṛṣṭimārgeṇa saṃśrayedbhautikaṃ vapuḥ |
antaḥśuddhiriyaṃ proktā bāhyaśuddhimatho śṛṇu || 34-109 ||

vakṣyamāṇakramairaṅgairmantranyāsaṃ samācaret |
bahiḥ śuddhirbhavedevaṃ tadā snānaṃ samācaret || 34-110 ||

pavitrapāṇirādāya mṛtkalāṃ mantramantritām |
tāṃ tridhā vāmahastāgre mūlamadhyāgrato nyaset || 34-111 ||

bodhaśaktyātmanā pūrvaṃ tīrthaśuddhiṃ samācaret |
tīrthaṃ tat trividhaṃ proktaṃ sthūlasūkṣmaparātmanā || 34-112 ||

tarpayatyakhilaṃ sthūlaṃ sthūlarūpeṇa tajjagat |
sattvātmanā tu sūkṣmeṇa sasurāṃstarpayetpitṝn || 34-113 ||

pareṇānandarūpeṇa nayenmatkarmayogyatām |
tasmācchuddhiḥ purā kāryā tīrthe śāstradṛśā svayam || 34-114 ||

jñānadhāraṇayākṛṣya tīrthasattāṃ tu vaiṣṇavīm |
mayi śaktau layaṃ nītvā cidānandamahāspade || 34-115 ||

sthūlaṃ jñānāgninā dagdhvā brahmānandena pūrayet |
jñānaśaktyāvaropyātha tīrthe sattvaṃ tu vaiṣṇavam || 34-116 ||

prathame madhyame'thānte mṛdbhāge kramaśaḥ sudhīḥ |
astraṃ ca mūlamantraṃ cāpyaṅgamantraṃ ca saṃsmaret || 34-117 ||

daśa dikṣu kṣipedastraṃ sarvavighnopaśāntaye |
mūlamantrānvitaṃ bhāgaṃ tīrthamadhye vinikṣipet || 34-118 ||

saṃnidhānaṃ bhavettena mantramūrtermama kṣaṇāt |
mṛdbhāgamāṅgamantraṃ yattenāṅgāni vilepayet || 34-119 ||

jalamadhyaṃ samāviśya nimajjyonmajjya vai punaḥ |
karābhyāmastrajaptāmbhaḥ pūrvaṃ mūrdhni vinikṣipet || 34-120 ||

dvitīyaṃ mūlamantreṇa tṛtīyaṃ cāṅgamantrakaiḥ |
tatastīraṃ samāsādya samyagācamya vai tataḥ || 34-121 ||

snānaṃ samācarenmantrairyathāvannyāsakarmaṇā |
dhyānasnānaṃ tataḥ kuryāt sāvadhānena cetasā || 34-122 ||

khasthitaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ smṛtvā lakṣmīdharaṃ param |
tatpādodakajāṃ dhārāṃ saṃsmarecchirasi cyutām || 34-123 ||

tayā saṃplāvayedantarbahiśca sakalaṃ vapuḥ |
ekaikaśo dviśo vāpi triśo vāpi samāhitaḥ || 34-124 ||

yathāśakti yathākālaṃ trividhaṃ snānamācaret |
praṇavādyairnamo'ntaiśca nāmabhirmanmayān surān || 34-125 ||

ṛṣīṃśca tarpayitvātha svadhānte tarpayet pitṝn |
evaṃ snānaṃ vidhāyātha tīrthasthaṃ mantranāyakam || 34-126 ||

ākṛṣya pūkeṇātha saṃsmareddhṛdayāntare |
ākṛṣya manasāstraṃ ca digvidiksthāpitaṃ purā || 34-127 ||

yāgāṅgāni samādāya prayāyādyāgamandiram |
svayaṃ siddhamathārṣaṃ vā siddhairvā parikalpitam || 34-128 ||

manuṣyaiḥ kalpitaṃ vātha manmayairbhāvitāntaraiḥ |
sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpūrṇaṃ vimānaṃ pāñcarātrikam || 34-129 ||

śubhaṃ kamalinītīraṃ vijanaṃ vā manoharam |
yadvā viviktamudyānaṃ puṇyavṛkṣopaśobhitam || 34-130 ||

pulinaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ vā sikatopari vistṛtam |
avātamajanasparśamasamīpasthadoṣavat || 34-131 ||

yatra vā rocate cittaṃ tatra yāyānmanovaśāt |
hṛnmadhyasthe pare mantre prabuddhānandavigrahe || 34-132 ||

digantaramapaśyan vai maunī saṃrodhitānilaḥ |
prāpya sthānaṃ śubhaṃ tatra nāsāgreṇa virecayet || 34-133 ||

manmantraṃ paramātmānaṃ pradīptānalavigraham |
bahirastraṃ ca vinyasya caraṇenāhanet kṣitim || 34-134 ||

smaran mantramayīṃ lakṣmīṃ māmekāṃ parameśvarīm |
ekāntadeśamāsādya badhnīyādrucirāsanam || 34-135 ||

darbhe carmaṇi vastre vā phalake yajñakāṣṭhaje |
abhivandya hariṃ māṃ ca bhaktyaiva gurusaṃtatim || 34-136 ||

gṛhītvā mānasīmājñāṃ tebhyastu śirasā nataḥ |
mānasīṃ nirvapet sarvāṃ kriyāṃ jñānasamādhinā || 34-137 ||

jñānena kriyate yadyat karma brahmasamādhinā |
śuddhasattvamayaṃ tattadakṣayaṃ bhavati dhruvam || 34-138 ||

bāhyadravyāśritā yasmād doṣā rājasatāmasāḥ |
tatastacchodhanamapi karmaṇā manasā girā || 34-139 ||

tasmādekāntanirdoṣaṃ bhāvanāvāsitaṃ tathā |
tasmājjñānaṃ samāsthāya śuddhaṃ saṃvitsamudbhavam || 34-140 ||

jñānabhāvanayā karma kuryādvai pāramārthikam |
iti snānavidhiḥ samyak kīrtitaste sureśvara |
aṅganyāsādikaṃ sthānaṃ tava vakṣyāmyataḥ param || 34-141 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre snānavidhiprakāśo nāma catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 35

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 35 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 35

śrīḥ -

antaryāgādisiddhyarthaṃ bhūtaśuddhiṃ niśāmaya |
kathyamānaṃ mayā śakra sāvadhānena cetasā || 35-1 ||

prakṛtyantasya pṛthvyādeḥ kādibhāntatayaiva ca |
manmayīkaraṇaṃ buddhyā bhūtaśuddhirihocyate || 35-2 ||

pṛthivyādi prakṛtyantaṃ yat prakṛtyaṣṭakaṃ sthitam |
sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tatra rūpadvayaṃ viduḥ || 35-3 ||

cakṣurgocarasaṃsthānaṃ sthūlarūpaṃ tu varṇyate |
kāraṇākāratā yatra tattu tanmātramucyate || 35-4 ||

sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tattvametad dviraṣṭakam |
viṣayendriyavṛtīśca tatra tatra niveśayet || 35-5 ||

ghrāṇādi pāyūpasthādi gandhādīti trayaṃ trayam |
tanmātravarge pṛthvyādau prātilomyācchamaṃ nayet || 35-6 ||

taraṅgā jaladhau yadvadastaṃ yānti samīraṇāt |
viṣayendriyakallolā mahābhūtamahodhau || 35-7 ||

susamīcīnayā buddhyā tadvadastaṃ nayed budhaḥ |
mano'bhimāna ityetāvahaṃkāre śamaṃ nayet || 35-8 ||

prāṇamadhyavasāyaṃ ca buddhitattve nibarhayet |
sattvaṃ rajastamaścaiva traiguṇyaṃ prakṛtau nayet || 35-9 ||

yattat traiguṇyamavyaktaṃ kāraṇaṃ mahadādike |
traiguṇyaṃ ca prasūtiśca māyetyetat tridhā tu tat || 35-10 ||

evaṃ tattvavidāṃ jñeyā etāḥ prakṛtayo daśa |
sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tāḥ punarviṃśatiḥ smṛtāḥ || 35-11 ||

sthūlānāṃ prakṛtīnāṃ tu daśa mantrā ime smṛtāḥ |
tattatsaṃjñā huṃphaḍantāstārikādyā dhruvādikāḥ || 35-12 ||

māṃsaṃ medastathā smṛtvā raso vyomākṣaratrayam |
parāt paradvayaṃ caiva bindunādavibhūṣitam || 35-13 ||

daśānāṃ sūkṣmarūpāṇāṃ śaktyādyāstā nava smṛtāḥ |
deheṣu jīvabhūtā yāḥ śaktayaḥ parasaṃjñitāḥ || 35-14 ||

māyāvyomayutānetān śaktyādīṃstadanu smaret |
nivṛttiśca pratiṣṭhā ca vidyā śāntistathaiva ca || 35-15 ||

śāntyatītābhimānā ca prāṇā guṇavatī tathā |
guṇasūkṣmā nirguṇā ca etāḥ saṃjñāḥ kramāt smṛtāḥ || 35-16 ||

bījānāṃ daśake tasmin vahniviṣṇvardhacandrakān |
saṃyojya mantrān jānīyādadhiṣṭhātrīgatānimān || 35-17 ||

gandhaśrīśca rasaśrīśca rūpaśrīḥ sparśapūrvikā |
śabdaśrīrabhimānaśrīḥ prāṇaśrīrguṇapūrvikā || 35-18 ||

tathaiva guṇasūkṣma śrīrmāyāśrīriti saṃjñayā |
adhiṣṭhātryo'pi vartante śaktayo daśake mama || 35-19 ||

evaṃ parikaraṃ buddhvā bhūtaśuddhiṃ samācaret |
sthānaśuddhiṃ purā kuryādyathā tadavadhāraya || 35-20 ||

kālāgnyarkasahasrābhāṃ nirdhūmāṅgārasaṃnibhām |
māṃ smṛtvā manmukhotthena vahninā nirdahedbhuvam || 35-21 ||

somāyutābhamadvaktrajenāsiñcedathāmbunā |
sthānaśuddhirbhavedevaṃ bhūtaśuddhimatho śṛṇu || 35-22 ||

caturaśrāṃ samāṃ pītāṃ vajracihnāṃ vasuṃdharām |
mantreṇākṛṣyadehāntaḥ svasthānasthāṃ layaṃ nayet || 35-23 ||

gandhamātre tatastacca svabījenāstamānayet |
mayyadhiṣṭhānabhūtāyāṃ māṃ ca bāhyāmbhasi kṣipet || 35-24 ||

mantreṇārdhendusaṃkāśaṃ padmāṅkaṃ tacca daivatam |
svasthāne vilayaṃ nītvā rasamātre svamantrataḥ || 35-25 ||

mantreṇa taṃ pratiṣṭhāpya tacca mayyānayellayam |
māṃ ca bāhye kṣipedvahnāvāmāyaṃ tatkramastvayam || 35-26 ||

sarvatra naikaṃ budhyeta macchaktevilayaṃ budhaḥ |
yathā hi sarpirāsiñcet kṣīre tanmathanodbhavam || 35-27 ||

sarpiranyatra ca kṣīre tatsarpiṣyapi cānyakam |
evamā prakṛteḥ śaktīradhiṣṭhātrīḥ smared budhaḥ || 35-28 ||

evaṃ māṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ navaśaktisamanvitām |
nirguṇāntavidhāṃ dhyātāṃ māyādhiṣṭhānakāriṇīm || 35-29 ||

daśamīṃ tatparaṃ nītvā śaktimekādaśīṃ sthitām |
mahākṣobhamayīṃ lakṣmīṃ vyūhābhyudayarūpiṇīm || 35-30 ||

ekādaśīṃ ca tāṃ nītvā dvādaśīṃ paramātmikām |
anirdeśyāmanaupamyāṃ dvādaśīṃ tāṃ mayi kṣipet || 35-31 ||

evaṃ tāṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ dvādaśīmakhilātmikām |
dvādaśāntāntamunnīya varṇamayyāṃ mayi smaret || 35-32 ||

agnīṣomārkakoṭyābhā sarvato'kṣiśiromukhī |
dhārāsaṃtānarūpā me sūkṣmā varṇamayī tanuḥ || 35-33 ||

sarvajīvopakārāya sarvasaṃbhārasaṃbhṛtā |
uditā sā purā viṣṇormeghādvidyudivojjvalā || 35-34 ||

śakraḥ -

kāni sthānāni dehe'smin yatra kāryo layaḥ kramāt |
kīdṛśāni ca bimbāni bhūmyādīnāṃ vadāmbuje || 35-35 ||

śrīḥ -

ā jānuto bhuvaḥ sthānamā kaṭyāḥ payasaḥ smṛtam |
ā nābhestejasaḥ sthānaṃ vāyoḥ sthānaṃ tadā hṛdaḥ || 35-36 ||

ā karṇānnabhasaḥ sthānamā vilāccāpyahaṃkṛteḥ |
ā bhruvormahataḥ sthānamākāśe tu paraṃ smṛtam || 35-37 ||

tataḥ prādeśamātrāgre mūrdhataścaturaṅgule |
sthāne prakṛtyāḥ śeṣaṃ tadaṅgulīnāṃ dviraṣṭakam || 35-38 ||

ekādaśyāṃ dviṣaṭkāyāṃ sthānaṃ tattvakṣaraśriyaḥ |
caturaśraṃ bhavedbimbaṃ vajrāṅkaṃ pārthivaṃ mahat || 35-39 ||

ardhendusadṛśaṃ śuklaṃ padmāṅkaṃ payasaḥ smṛtam |
trikoṇaṃ svastikāṅkaṃ ca raktaṃ taijasamucyate || 35-40 ||

dhūmraṃ ṣaḍbindusaṃyuktaṃ vṛttaṃ vāyavyamucyate |
añjanābhaṃ tathākāśaṃ bimbamātraṃ smṛtaṃ param || 35-41 ||

evaṃ tattvopasaṃhāre kṛte hṛtkuharodgatam |
jñānarajjvavalambaṃ ca suṣumnāmadhyamānugam || 35-42 ||

ūrdhvamājānumunnīya śaktisopānapaṅktibhiḥ |
dvādaśāntāntarājīvaṃ madhyasthāyāṃ mayi kṣipet || 35-43 ||

tadante ca mahāpadmaṃ sahasradalasaṃyutam |
sūryakoṭisahasrābhamindukoṭyayutaprabham || 35-44 ||

agnīṣomamayāntaḥsthā mahānandamayī tanuḥ |
anideśyopamā saṃvinmayī sā māmikā parā || 35-45 ||

aṃśataḥ prasarantyasyā jīvānandā saridvarā |
svānandamenamānīya mahānandamayīṃ nayet || 35-46 ||

tato lavaṇakūṭābhaṃ piṇḍamasmanmukhodgataiḥ |
mahājvālairmahāvegaiścinmayaiḥ parito dahet || 35-47 ||

yuktaḥ sarasakaḥ ṣaṣṭho bindumān dāhapāvakaḥ |
tārikānatimadhyastho vijñeyaḥ śāstracakṣuṣā || 35-48 ||

somamayyā mamāsyotthaiḥ pīyūṣaiḥ plāvayettataḥ |
candrī sūkṣmastu savyomā piṇḍasyāpyāyane smṛtaḥ || 35-49 ||

sisṛkṣayā mayodyatyā saṃvitprāṇopagūḍhayā |
preritāstāḥ smarecchaktīrvarṇamayyāṃ mayi sthitāḥ || 35-50 ||

tatastābhiḥ svaśaktībhiścodanādvārapūrvakam |
māyādi kṣitiparyantaṃ nirmitaṃ saṃsmaret kramāt || 35-51 ||

tataḥ piṇḍasamutpattiṃ karaṇavyañjanojjvalām |
evaṃ piṇḍaṃ samutpādya śuddhalakṣmīmayaṃ mahat || 35-52 ||

pūrvoktamārgeṇa tato hṛdayaṃ jīvamānayet |
piṇḍabhūtāstrayo varṇā analaḥ somacandriṇau || 35-53 ||

tārikānatimadhyasthā jīvamantra udāhṛtaḥ |
viśuddhavigrahastvevaṃ mantranyāsaṃ samācaret || 35-54 ||

adhikārāya pūjāyāṃ pūjakānāṃ mude'pi ca |
nibarhaṇāya daityādevighnānāṃ vijayāya ca || 35-55 ||

kṣitāvupari vinyastaṃ yat purā phalakādikam |
svena svena tu mantreṇa taṃ mantrī pañcadhā smaret || 35-56 ||

ādhāraśaktikūrmorvīdugdhābdhyambujarūpataḥ |
tārkṣyaṃ tatra sthitaṃ dhyāyet kharvabījātmanā sthitam || 35-57 ||

tatropaviśya lakṣmīśaṃ rūpaṃ svamanucintya ca |
diśo nibadhya cāstreṇa punarevaṃ muhurmuhuḥ || 35-58 ||

śarajālopamaṃ kṛtvā prākāraṃ cāsanādbahiḥ |
saprākāraṃ tu tat sthānaṃ kavacenāvakuṇṭhayet || 35-59 ||

gaganasthairadṛśyaṃ syādyathā nyāsaṃ samācaret |
karanyāsaṃ purā kṛtvā dehanyāsaṃ samācaret || 35-60 ||

aṅguṣṭhe tārikāṃ nyasyettacchaktīraṅgulīṣu tu |
tarjanyāṃ tu nyasellakṣmīṃ madhyāyāṃ kītimapyatha || 35-61 ||

anāmāyāṃ jayāṃ māyāṃ kaniṣṭhāyāṃ tato nyaset |
satāratārikāsaṃjñānatyantastanmanukramaḥ || 35-62 ||

kaniṣṭhikādyāsu tato hṛdayādīnyanukramāt |
aṅgāni pañca vinyasya netramaṅgeṣu saṃsmaret || 35-63 ||

kaustubhaṃ dakṣiṇatale vanamālāṃ tathāpare |
dakṣiṇe madhyataḥ padmaṃ nyasedvāmatale'pi ca || 35-64 ||

aṅkuśaṃ dakṣiṇe nyasyet pāśaṃ vāmatale tathā |
anena vidhinā pūrvaṃ hastanyāsaṃ samācaret || 35-65 ||

tatastu vigrahanyāsaṃ yathā kuryāttathā śṛṇu |
ā mūrdhnaścaraṇāntaṃ cācaraṇācca śiro'vadhi || 35-66 ||

tārakaṃ tārikāṃ caiva tau ca candrātapopamau |
vāmaskandhe tato lakṣmīṃ nyaset kīrtiṃ ca dakṣiṇe || 35-67 ||

jayāṃ dakṣiṇapāṇisthāṃ māyāṃ vāmakarasthitām |
nāsāntare ca hṛnmantraṃ śiromantraṃ ca mūrdhani || 35-68 ||

śikhāṃ caiva śikhāsthāne skandhayoḥ kavacaṃ tataḥ |
vinyasya netrayonetramastraṃ pāṇitaladvaye || 35-69 ||

nābhau pṛṣṭhe karadvandva ūrujānupadeṣu ca |
nyaset samyagupāṅgāni triyugaṃ mantravittamaḥ || 35-70 ||

vakṣaḥsthaṃ kaustubhaṃ madhye kaṇṭhe ca vanamālikām |
paṅkaje karayornyasya mantramāvartayan dvidhā || 35-71 ||

vāmahaste tataḥ pāśamaṅkuśaṃ dakṣiṇe kare |
pādayostārikāṃ sthūlāṃ sūkṣmāṃ caivopasaṃdhike || 35-72 ||

caramāṃ brahmarandhre tu mantrāṇāṃ nāyikā hi sā |
candrikātapasaṃkāśaṃ nyāse nyāse manuṃ smaret || 35-73 ||

manasā bhāvayenmudrāstatra tatra ca sādhakaḥ |
tārikā yā parā devī tayā vyāptānanusmaret || 35-74 ||

vinyastān sakalān mantrān sarvataḥ saṃplutodavat |
evaṃ kṛte'nusaṃdhāne mantrāṇāṃ bhinnavartmanām || 35-75 ||

apāmivodadhisthānāmekīkāraḥ prajāyate |
evaṃ nyāse kṛte mantrī sākṣāllakṣmīmayo bhavet || 35-76 ||

sarvādhikārabhāgī syādāśritya dhyānajaṃ balam |
dhyāyinaḥ sarvasiddhīnāmāvirbhāvaśca jāyate || 35-77 ||

nyastāṅgo nirbhayastiṣṭheddeśe duṣṭasamākule |
vijayetāpamṛtyūṃśca sarvāṃścaivaupasargikān || 35-78 ||

nyastāṅgo vidhivanmantrī yathāśāstreṇa cetasā |
tanuṃ mantramayīṃ tāṃ tu māṃ dhyāyet parameśvarīm || 35-79 ||

ahaṃ sa bhagavān viṣṇurahaṃ lakṣmīḥ sanātanī |
ityevaṃbhāvavān yogī bhūyo naiva prajāyate || 35-80 ||

itīyaṃ bhūtaśuddhiste yathāvacchakra varṇitā |
antaryāgamatho vakṣye tattvatastanniśāmaya || 35-81 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre bhūtaśuddhiprakāśo nāma pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Lakshmi wird als Quelle von Gnade und Erkenntnis verehrt.

Video laden

YouTube

YouTube sammelt möglicherweise persönliche Daten. Datenschutzrichtlinie

Fortfahren Ausblenden

Kapitel 36

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 36 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 36

śrīḥ -

brahmānandamayī śakra bhogairyat pāramārthikaiḥ |
ijyeyaṃ hṛdayāntaḥsthā so'ntaryāga iti smṛtaḥ || 36-1 ||

padmaṃ vā svastikaṃ vāpi baddhvā yonyāsanaṃ tu vā |
nābhimeḍhrāntare dhyāyecchaktimādhārarūpiṇīm || 36-2 ||

devīṃ kenāpyanādheyāṃ nīrūpāṃ jyotirātmikām |
tadūrdhve kālakūrmaṃ tu vimalaṃ dīptavigraham || 36-3 ||

kūrmākāraṃ paraṃ devaṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam |
tasya copari nāgendraṃ pūrṇacandranibhānanam || 36-4 ||

phaṇāsahasrasaṃpūrṇaṃ madāghūrṇitalocanam |
cakralāṅgalahastaṃ ca praṇamettaṃ parāt param || 36-5 ||

tadūrdhvaṃ vasudhāṃ devīṃ kuṅkumakṣodasaṃnibhām |
hemaratnavicitrāṅgīṃ prasannavadanekṣaṇām || 36-6 ||

baddhāñjaliṃ śirodeśe saṃsmarantīṃ vibhuṃ smaret |
caturdhā bhājite kṣetre nābhimeḍhrāntarasthite || 36-7 ||

evamādhāraśaktyādidevatāḥ saṃsmaredimāḥ |
nābhau kṣīrārṇavaṃ dhyāyet kundendudhavalākṛtim || 36-8 ||

srotoraśmibhirākīrṇaṃ pūrṇacandranibhānanam |
gambhīravigrahaṃ dhyāyedrūpavantamarūpiṇam || 36-9 ||

tataḥ samutthitaṃ padmaṃ dhyāyet kṣīrārṇavodarāt |
praśāntapāvakākāramudayādityavarcasam || 36-10 ||

lambodaraṃ hasantaṃ ca sitadantaṃ śubhānanam |
dvibhujaṃ veṣṭitaṃ śaśvacchubhairvividhaṣaṭpadaiḥ || 36-11 ||

sahasradalasaṃpannaṃ sahasrakiraṇāvṛtam |
sahasraraśmisaṃkāśaṃ tatpṛṣṭhe cāsanaṃ nyaset || 36-12 ||

dharmaṃ jñānaṃ ca vairāgyamaiśvaryaṃ ca kramādimān |
āsanasya smaret pādānāgneyādividiggatān || 36-13 ||

puruṣākṛtayaḥ sarve sitāḥ siṃhānanā ime |
mahotsāhā mahāvīryā maddhāraṇakṛtodyamāḥ || 36-14 ||

pūrvādidiggatā jñeyā dharmādīnāṃ viparyayāḥ |
adharmaṃ ca tathā jñānamavairāgyamanaiśvaram || 36-15 ||

puruṣākṛtayaśceme bandhūkakusumopamāḥ |
prāgīśānadiśormadhye prāgāgneyadigantare || 36-16 ||

yātavīvāruṇīmadhye pāśivāyudigantare |
ṛgvedādyaṃ catuṣkaṃ ca pītaṃ hayanarākṛti || 36-17 ||

īśānasomadiṅmadhye vahnyantakadigantare |
rākṣasāntakadiṅmadhye vāyusomadigantare || 36-18 ||

kṛtādyaṃ yugavṛndaṃ kṛṣṇaṃ vṛṣanarākṛti |
sarve caturbhujā ete dvābhyāṃ pīṭhadhṛtastathā || 36-19 ||

dvābhyāmañjalibaddhābhyāṃ praṇamantyāsanasthitām |
teṣāmupari saṃcintyaṃ pīṭhaṃ buddhimayaṃ param || 36-20 ||

avyaktamambujaṃ śvetaṃ tadūrdhve'ṣṭadalaṃ smaret |
tadūrdhve sūryabimbaṃ tu sūryakoṭisamaprabham || 36-21 ||

tadūrdhve candrabimbaṃ tu candrakoṭisamaprabham |
tadūrdhve vahnibimbaṃ tu vahnikoṭyayutaprabham || 36-22 ||

tamo rajaśca sattvaṃ ca guṇānetān kramāt smaret |
praṇavasya nateścaiva tattatsaṃjñāstu madhyagāḥ || 36-23 ||

buddhyādisattvaparyantatattvamantragaṇāḥ smṛtāḥ |
tataścidāsanaṃ dadyāt parāhaṃtāsvarūpakam || 36-24 ||

ā nābherhṛdayāntāttu pañcadhā bhājite pade |
samudrādyāsanāntaṃ tu caturbhiḥ kalpayet padaiḥ || 36-25 ||

ekena pañcamenaiva padmādyāsanakalpanam |
bhūtānyādhāraśaktau tu kūrme tanmātrakaṃ gaṇam || 36-26 ||

vāgādikaṃ tathānante bhuvi śrotrādipañcakam |
manaḥ kṣīrārṇave dhyāyedahaṃkāraṃ tato'mbuje || 36-27 ||

dviraṣṭakaṃ ca dharmādyamāsanaṃ cāpi dhīḥ smṛtā |
avyaktaṃ ca tadūrdhvasthamavadātaṃ saroruham || 36-28 ||

tamaḥprabhṛtayaścoktā guṇā hyabjatrayātmakāḥ |
eke kālaṃ vadantyetad bhūtāditritayātmakam || 36-29 ||

cidāsanamanantākhyaṃ pumāṃsamapare jaguḥ |
eke cidāsanādūrdhvaṃ garuḍaṃ paricakṣate || 36-30 ||

kharvavyomānvitaṃ paścāt khagānananamoyutam |
mantramāhuḥ sureśāna tanmantraṃ navamaṃ budhāḥ || 36-31 ||

itthaṃ bahuvidhairmantrairāsane vihite kramāt |
viṣṇuṃ viśvātmakaṃ devaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 36-32 ||

bhāvayet paramātmānaṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam |
caturbhujaṃ pītavastraṃ puṇḍarīkanibhekṣaṇam || 36-33 ||

uditaṃ saṃsmareddevaṃ svaśakteḥ spandanātmanaḥ |
samyag dhyeyaṃ yathaitatte tathā bhūyo nibodha me || 36-34 ||

susamyaṅ nyastamantrāṅgaḥ susaṃkḷptāntarāsanaḥ |
darśitāśeṣamudraśca saṃsmarenmantravaibhavam || 36-35 ||

paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma yat pāre tamasaḥ sthitam |
śaktimacchaktibhāvena lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ mahaḥ || 36-36 ||

sarvaṃ sarvātigaṃ sarvasaṃsthitaṃ sarvayantṛ ca |
cidānandaghanaṃ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyāmṛtavigraham || 36-37 ||

bhāvānāṃ cidacidrūpabhāvābhāvādibhedinām |
antarātmatayā tattadahaṃkārapadāspadam || 36-38 ||

acintyānanuyojyena hetunā yena kenacit |
śaktimacchaktibhāvena tad dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate || 36-39 ||

ahamityeva yaḥ proktaḥ padapratyayayordvayaḥ |
nārāyaṇaḥ sa bhavitā tasyāhaṃtā tu yā parā || 36-40 ||

taddharmadharmiṇī lakṣmīḥ śaktiḥ sā bhāvarūpiṇī |
sarvakāryakarī saiva śaktirvitanute jagat || 36-41 ||

śaktimantamadhiṣṭhāya jyotsneva himadīdhitim |
sā vitistīrṣamāṇā hi śabdabrahmātmanā purā || 36-42 ||

vitatyātmānamatha sā vitanotyarthavartmanā |
śabdabrahmamayaḥ pūrvo yo nāma prathamodayaḥ || 36-43 ||

akalaṅkaḥ kalādhvātmā yogasthairanubhūyate |
dhārāsaṃtānavarṇātmā varṇamārgaḥ sa śabdyate || 36-44 ||

kalādhvānamadhiṣṭhāya sa punarmantravartmanā |
udeti sakalaṃ śakticakramādāya vaiṣṇavam || 36-45 ||

parātmanā paraṃ jyotirmayamānandalakṣaṇam |
trividhenaiva rūpeṇa yathā te varṇitaṃ purā || 36-46 ||

rūpaṃ paraṃ tadevātha vartate sūkṣmavartmanā |
mantraprasararūpeṇa tacca te darśayiṣyate || 36-47 ||

sūkṣmaṃ tat trividhaṃ bhūyo vartate sthūlavartmanā |
sthūlā cāditanuryeyamaṅgopāṅgavibhedinī || 36-48 ||

lakṣmīnārāyaṇasyaiṣā mūrtiḥ ṣāḍguṇyabṛṃhitā |
cetanācetanaṃ viśvamanusaṃdheyamatra tu || 36-49 ||

tattadaiśvaryadatvaṃ tadadhiṣṭhātṛtvameva ca |
mantrasya vaiṣṇavaṃ rūpaṃ tadvijñeyaṃ vipaścitā || 36-50 ||

tattatkāryakarī tasya yā śaktiḥ sāhamambujā |
mantrasya yaddhi caitanyaṃ pumāṃsaṃ taṃ pracakṣate || 36-51 ||

phalaprasavasāmarthyaṃ prākṛtaṃ rūpamucyate |
yad dṛḍhavyavasāyitvaṃ mahato yo guṇastu saḥ || 36-52 ||

mantrāṇāṃ yadahaṃyutvamahaṃkāraguṇastu saḥ |
mantrāṇāṃ mānasaṃ rūpamaindriyajñānahetutā || 36-53 ||

yacchabdarūpatā mantre sā jñeyā nabhasi sthitā |
kampo mantrasamāveśe vāyavyaṃ rūpamucyate || 36-54 ||

prakāśakaratā dhyāne māntrī yā taijasātmikā |
yā tṛptirmantrasadbhāve parijñeyāmbhasī tu sā || 36-55 ||

yo hi mantrasthito bhāvaḥ sa bhaumo guṇa ucyate |
ityevaṃ sarvagāṃ vyāptiṃ mantrī māntrīṃ susaṃsmaret || 36-56 ||

acirānmantrasāmarthyāttena bhāvena jāyate |
itthaṃ saṃvittisāmarthyāttārikāśaktimātatām || 36-57 ||

spandamānāṃ purā paśyedvyomni saudāminīmiva |
hṛdambujaguhāmadhye pūrvokte citprabhāsane || 36-58 ||

sphurantyāṃ tārikāmūrtau śabdabrahmaṇi saṃsmaret |
mithunaṃ śāśvataṃ divyaṃ yathāvadavadhāraya || 36-59 ||

sūryānalāṃśasaṃsthānaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam |
smareccidāsanāsīnaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam || 36-60 ||

pītāmbaramudārāṅgaṃ kāñcīnūpuraśobhitam |
hārakuṇḍalakeyūrakirīṭakaṭakojjvalam || 36-61 ||

yugānusārikāntiṃ vā nīlāmbaranibhaṃ tu vā |
śaṅkhacakradharaṃ devaṃ varadābhayadāyinam || 36-62 ||

prabhayeva maṇiṃ pūrṇaṃ gāmbhīryeṇeva sāgaram |
prabhayeva vivasvantaṃ jyotsnayeva niśākaram || 36-63 ||

purā dhyātvā hṛṣīkeśaṃ prasannamukhapaṅkajam |
purāṣṭādaśabhirbhogairarcayet puruṣottamam || 36-64 ||

sūktena pauruṣeṇātha praṇavena ca vāsava |
dviṣaṭcatustrikārṇaiśca tathaiva ca jitaṃtayā || 36-65 ||

arcayitvātha deveśaṃ lakṣmīṃ sarvāṅgagāṃ smaret |
layātmanārcayitvātha lakṣmīmāvāhayettataḥ || 36-66 ||

vāmotsaṅge niṣaṇṇāṃ tāmatha devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ |
arcayedvividhairbhogairyathāvacchāstracoditaiḥ || 36-67 ||

śakraḥ -

devapriye devadevi namaste paṅkajekṣaṇe |
vidhiṃ puruṣasūktasya tārādīnāṃ ca me vada || 36-68 ||

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇo devaḥ śrīmān kamalalocanaḥ |
ekāhaṃ paramā śaktiḥ sarvakāryakarī hareḥ || 36-69 ||

tāvāvāṃ parame vyomni kṣemāya sakalātmanām |
āsīnau sakaleśānau sūribhiḥ sevitau sadā || 36-70 ||

tayornau hṛdi saṃkalpaḥ kaścidāvirbabhūva ha |
uttāraṇāya jīvānāmupāyo'nviṣyatāmiti || 36-71 ||

āvābhyāmutthitaṃ tejaḥ śabdabrahmamahodadhiḥ |
mathyamānāttatastasmādabhūt sūktadvayāmṛtam || 36-72 ||

puruṣasya hareḥ sūktaṃ mama sūktaṃ tathaiva ca |
anyonyaśaktisaṃpṛktamanyonyārṇapariṣkṛtam || 36-73 ||

nārāyaṇārṣamavyaktaṃ pauruṣaṃ sūktamiṣyate |
anyanmadārṣakaṃ sūktaṃ śrīsūktaṃ yat pracakṣate || 36-74 ||

praṇavādyāḥ purā mantrāḥ pañca samyak pradarśitāḥ |
idānīṃ śṛṇu saṃkṣepātteṣāmārādhanakramam || 36-75 ||

aṣṭādaśa ṛcaḥ proktāḥ pauruṣe sūktasattame |
tābhistu praṇavādyābhirbhogānaṣṭādaśottamān || 36-76 ||

kuryādāvāhanādyāṃśca ta ete'ṣṭādaśa smṛtāḥ |
āvāhanāsane sārghyaṃ pādyamācamanaṃ tathā || 36-77 ||

snānaṃ ca paridhānaṃ ca sottarīyopavītakam |
gandhaḥ sumanaso dīpo dhūpaśca madhuparkakaḥ || 36-78 ||

prāpaṇaṃ sendu tāmbūlaṃ pādayoḥ kusumāñjaliḥ |
ātmārādhanadānaṃ ca yatheṣṭasthānacintanam || 36-79 ||

sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannā sarvādhāramayī parā |
nityā saṃpūrṇaṣāḍguṇyā yā viṣṇormūrtirujjvalā || 36-80 ||

saiveyaṃ kathyate mūrtirmāntrī mantraiścidātmakaiḥ |
svīkārayati tāṃ mantrī devaṃ yat svena tejasā || 36-81 ||

tadāvāhanamityuktaṃ mantravijñānapāragaiḥ |
svastikṛtyai svabhāvena cetanācetanaṃ hariḥ || 36-82 ||

adhitiṣṭhati yadviśvamāsanaṃ tadanu kriyā |
mamānandamayī śaktirdevastvāpyāyate yayā || 36-83 ||

saivārghyācamanīyādirūpetyarghyādicintanam |
asmayāḥ sakalā lokā jīvāścaiva tadāśrayāḥ || 36-84 ||

taccheṣā ubhaye'pīti dyotyate pādyadānataḥ |
ṣoḍhā vibhajya rūpaṃ svaṃ tarpayāmi sanātanam || 36-85 ||

śabdādyaiḥ pañcabhirbhāvairantaścāpyabhimānataḥ |
samāveśitasadbhāvairbhogaiḥ sāṃdṛṣṭikādikaiḥ || 36-86 ||

ārādhayejjagannāthaṃ sāvadhānena cetasā |
dṛṣṭyaiva janyate prītiryeṣāṃ sāṃdṛṣṭikā matāḥ || 36-87 ||

śubhā rūpolbaṇāste ca dīpapravahaṇādayaḥ |
bhogāḥ śubhakarāḥ śaśvattarpayanti rasairhi ye || 36-88 ||

prāpaṇācamanīyādyāste syurābhyavahārikāḥ |
sukhā ramyā mṛdusparśāḥ sparśairye tarpayantyajam || 36-89 ||

bhogāḥ sāṃsparśikāste syuḥ pādyārghyāsanapūrvakāḥ |
gandhāḥ sāṃsparśike kecit kecidābhyavahārike || 36-90 ||

niviṣṭā anilādyāḥ syurantyāḥ pākajagandhinaḥ |
stutivāditragītādyā bhogāḥ śabdamayā hi ye || 36-91 ||

dainyāñjalipuṭādyāśca te smṛtā ābhimānikāḥ |
itthaṃ caturvidhairbhogaiḥ śāstradṛṣṭena vartmanā || 36-92 ||

ṛgbhiḥ sapraṇavādyābhistoṣayet puruṣottamam |
mantrānte bhoganirdeśaḥ prītiśca tadanantaram || 36-93 ||

oṃkṛtyarcamathoccārya praṇavādīni pañca ca |
āvāhayāmi lakṣmīśaṃ paramātmānamavyayam || 36-94 ||

ātiṣṭhatāmimāṃ mūrtiṃ madanugrahakāmyayā |
śriyā sārdhaṃ jagannātho divyo nārāyaṇaḥ pumān || 36-95 ||

ityañjaliprasūnasthaṃ svamūrtāvavatārya ca |
praṇamya svāgataṃ pṛṣṭvā kṣāmayedanayā dhiyā || 36-96 ||

praṇamya bhagavan paścādāsanenārcayāmi ca |
uktvā mantrānathoccārya trirnirdiśyedamityataḥ || 36-97 ||

paścāt sanāma nirdiśya prītiṃ paścāt samācaret |
prīyatāṃ bhagavān paścādvāsudevastataḥ param || 36-98 ||

arghyaṃ niḥsrāvayedvedyāmayaṃ bhogavidhikramaḥ |
āsanārghyādi bhogeṣu yathāliṅgaṃ vinirdiśet || 36-99 ||

ādyayāvāhanaṃ kuryādāsanaṃ ca dvitīyayā |
arghyaṃ tṛtīyayā deyaṃ mūrdhnyāpaḥ kusumoddhṛtāḥ || 36-100 ||

pādyaṃ deyaṃ caturthyā tu pañcamyācamanīyakam |
ṣaṣṭhyā snānavidhiḥ kāryaḥ saptamyā paridhānakam || 36-101 ||

aṣṭamyottaravāsaśca navamyā gandhalepanam |
daśamyā sragalaṃkārā ekādaśyā tu dīpakaḥ || 36-102 ||

dvādaśyā surabhirdhūpaḥ parayā madhuparkakaḥ |
prāpaṇaṃ tu caturdaśyā pañcadaśyānuvāsanam || 36-103 ||

ṣoḍaśyā tu namaskāraḥ parayā kusumāñjaliḥ |
aṣṭādaśyā pradānaṃ ca samārādhanakarmaṇaḥ || 36-104 ||

snānavāsaḥpradīpeṣu dadyādācamanakriyām |
purastādarhaṇaṃ kāryaṃ madhuparkānnadānataḥ || 36-105 ||

tarpaṇācamane paścāt praṇavadvitayena tu |
itthaṃ snānādibhogeṣu deśakālādyapekṣayā || 36-106 ||

kuryādrājavadācāraṃ tattanmantreṇa sādhakaḥ |
saṃkalpaśca pradānaṃ ca prītiśceti trayaṃ trayam || 36-107 ||

kuryāt sarveṣu bhogeṣu deśakālādyapekṣayā |
samāhito'ñjaliṃ kṛtvā tata oṃ bhagavanniti || 36-108 ||

āsanenārcayiṣyāmītyuktvā dadyādathāsanam |
mantramuccārya nirdiśyedidamāsanamityataḥ || 36-109 ||

omoṃ prīyatāṃ bhagavān vāsudeva iti bruvan |
arghyādijalamādāya sthāpayeddevasaṃnidhau || 36-110 ||

ābhirarghyābhirityevamābhiḥ pādyābhirityapi |
ābhirācamanīyābhirarhaṇīyābhirityapi || 36-111 ||

tarpaṇīyābhiradbhiśca snānīyābhiritīdṛśam |
prītisaṃkalpayorvācyamimā arghyā itīdṛśam || 36-112 ||

vācyaṃ pradānavelāyāṃ yathāliṅgamiti kramaḥ |
arghyādikalpanaṃ cāgre bahiryāge vidhāsyate || 36-113 ||

iti sragādibhiḥ ṣaḍbhirdevadevaṃ janārdanam |
pañcabhirvā caturbhirvā tribhirdvabhyāmathāpi vā || 36-114 ||

ekena vā samārādhya deśakālānukūlataḥ |
mayaiva pūjitaṃ dhyātvā devadevaṃ janārdanam || 36-115 ||

candrodaya ivāmbhodhiṃ sarvāṅgaparibṛṃhitam |
anirdeśyāmanaupamyāmanantāṃ bhāvinīṃ sadā || 36-116 ||

āmodamiva puṣpasthaṃ dīpasthāmiva ca prabhām |
viniṣkraṣṭumaśakyāṃ māmananyāṃ puruṣottamāt || 36-117 ||

bhāvayan vidhivanmantrī layayāgena māṃ yajet |
tarikāvidhimanviṣya tayā māṃ tārikāṃ yajet || 36-118 ||

atha meghādivodyantīṃ vidyutaṃ puruṣottamāt |
samudyantīṃ tadicchāto vibhāvya manasā sudhīḥ || 36-119 ||

vāmotsaṅge niṣaṇṇāṃ māṃ devadevasya cintayet |
aikadhyamāvayorjñātvā svabhāvaṃ ca suśītalam || 36-120 ||

ṛgbhyāṃ hiraṇyapūrvābhyāṃ prapadyeta janārdanam |
sāntvayecca parābhyāṃ tāṃ māṃ tāvadapṛthakkṛtām || 36-121 ||

pañcamyā ca prapadyeta prasannāṃ bhāvayan dhiyā |
jñātvā pūrvoktasāmarthyaṃ tārikāyā yathārthataḥ || 36-122 ||

mudrāsamanvito mantro ya āvāhanasaṃjñitaḥ |
pūrakeṇa sureśāna manasā samudīrayan || 36-123 ||

māmathāvāhayeddevādutsaṅge paramātmanaḥ |
prasannavadanāṃ śaśvat sarvalakṣaṇalakṣitām || 36-124 ||

padmagarbhanibhāṃ kāntāmasitāyatalocanām |
sphuratkaṭakakeyūrahārakuṇḍalamaṇḍitām || 36-125 ||

gambhīranābhiṃ trivalīvibhūṣitatanūdarām |
sukarkaśadṛḍhottuṅgapīnavṛttaghanastanīm || 36-126 ||

caladvirephapaṭalasamākrāntālakāvalim |
āraktādharabimbāṃ ca vaṃśamuktāphaladvijām || 36-127 ||

ardhacandralalāṭastharājamānalalāṭikām |
sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ kṛṣṇakuñcitamūrdhajām || 36-128 ||

varadāṃ paṅkajakarāṃ padmamālāvibhūṣitām |
viṣṇuvāmabhujāśliṣṭāṃ tadaṃsasthakarāmbujām || 36-129 ||

vāmena bāhunā divyāṃ vahantīṃ puṣpamañjarīm |
varadābhayapāṇiṃ vā pāśāṅkuśakarāṃ tu vā || 36-130 ||

ardhasvastikasaṃlīnāṃ sphuranmaulivirājitām |
dhyātvā māṃ saṃmukhīṃ kuryānmantramūrtiṃ sanātanīm || 36-131 ||

mūlamantrādikairbhūyo mantraiḥ sarvaiśca pūrvavat |
karanyāsaṃ vinā dehanyāsaṃ mayi samācaret || 36-132 ||

puṣpamarghyaṃ tathā dīpaṃ dhūpaṃ mālyaṃ vilepanam |
cetasā sādareṇaiva pādyamācamanaṃ tataḥ || 36-133 ||

praṇāmamathavāṣṭāṅgaṃ jayaśabdāṃśca mānasān |
pradarśayettato mudrā yāste pūrvaṃ pradarśitāḥ || 36-134 ||

svāgataṃ tava padmākṣi saṃnidhiṃ bhaja me'mbuje |
gṛhāṇa mānasīṃ pūjāṃ yathārthaparibhāvitām || 36-135 ||

labdhvānujñāṃ tato matto mānasaṃ yāgamācaret |
saṃkalpajanitairbhogaiḥ pavitraiḥ pāramārthikaiḥ || 36-136 ||

bāhyaprakriyayā śaśvat parastādvakṣyamāṇayā |
māṃ yajeta suniṣṇāto bhogaiḥ sāṃsparśikādikaiḥ || 36-137 ||

prāpaṇāntaṃ vidhāyānte kāriṇaṃ saṃsmared gurum |
jīvantamathavātītaṃ tasmai dadyāttato'khilam || 36-138 ||

vittaṃ saṃvibhajeccaiva prāpaṇāṃśena mantravit |
jīvato'pyathavātītānyathārthenaiva cetasā || 36-139 ||

parivārān smaret sarvān vakṣyamāṇān viśeṣataḥ |
kāraṇe mayi saṃlīnān dhānāsthāniva bhūruhān || 36-140 ||

tattanmantraprayogeṇa layaprakriyayā yajet |
kuryānmahānase homaṃ mokṣalakṣmīpradaṃ śubham || 36-141 ||

triguṇādhāramadhyasthe trikoṇe triguṇe'nale |
dhyānāraṇiṃ tu nirmathya cidagnimavatārya ca || 36-142 ||

saṃskāraiḥ saṃskṛtaṃ kṛtvā vakṣyamāṇadhiyā sudhīḥ |
trilakṣaṇādhāragate vaiṣṇave jātavedasi || 36-143 ||

nādāvasānagaganāttārikāyāḥ parisrutam |
brahma havirgṛhītvātha brahmarandhreṇa saṃviśet || 36-144 ||

tato vahnigṛhaṃ gatvā sarpiḥ saṃskṛtya śāstrataḥ |
kurvīta sakalaṃ kṛtyaṃ tenājyena yathāvidhi || 36-145 ||

tato homāvasāne tatsaṃkalpaḥ karma mānasam |
saṃnyasenmayi bhāvena vakṣyamāṇadhiyā sudhīḥ || 36-146 ||

yaḥ kramo'bhihito bāhye sa sarvo mānase'tra tu |
avadhānena vā kāryo manmayairdravyasaṃcayaiḥ || 36-147 ||

sarvopasargaśamanaḥ so'yaṃ sarvaphalapradaḥ |
kathito mānaso yāgaḥ kārya ādehapātanāt || 36-148 ||

atha dravyāṇi sarvāṇi manmayīkṛtya yatnataḥ |
bāhyotthavāsanā śāntyai bāhyayāgamathācaret || 36-149 ||

ityevamantaryāgaste madiyaḥ śakra varṇitaḥ |
bahiryāgasvarūpaṃ tu tattvato me niśāmaya || 36-150 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre antaryāgaprakāśo nāma ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 37

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 37 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 37

śrīḥ -

bahirvedyādideśasthadravyairmadbhāvanekṣitaiḥ |
bhogabhūtairyadijye'haṃ bahiryāgastu sa smṛtaḥ || 37-1 ||

vāsanā dvividhā proktā bāhyābhyantarahetujā |
nirṇudatyāntarāḥ sarvā mānaso yāga uttamaḥ || 37-2 ||

bāhyāśayaviśuddhyarthaṃ bāhyayāgo vidhīyate |
śāstrīyāṃ kṣitimāsthāya maṇḍape tatra maṇḍite || 37-3 ||

brahmasthāne vidhāyātha vediṃ sarvaguṇānvitām |
aṣṭahastaṃ tadardhaṃ vā tadardhaṃ vāpi sādhitam || 37-4 ||

prāgantaṃ susitaṃ sūtraṃ vedimadhye prasārayet |
tasminnubhayataḥ pārśve madhyataścārdhamadhyayoḥ || 37-5 ||

vidhāya trīṇi cihnāni pañca śa"nkūn nikhānayet |
antyayostriṣu madhyeṣu śa"nkvostatra hyupāntyayoḥ || 37-6 ||

sūtramadhyaṃ yataḥ prāptaṃ tatra śaṅkuṃ nidhāpayet |
pāśau dvau pratimucyātha madhyacihnaṃ samānayet || 37-7 ||

savye cāpyapasavye ca tatra cihne vidhāya ca |
madhyame pratimucya dve sūtramadhyaṃ samānayet || 37-8 ||

cihnasyopari deśe ca kramāt savyāpasavyayoḥ |
sūtramadhyaṃ yataḥ prāptaṃ tatra śaṅkuṃ nidhāpayet || 37-9 ||

pūrvasmin pratimucyaikaṃ pāśaṃ dakṣiṇato'param |
kuryāt pradakṣiṇaṃ koṇaṃ madhyacihne'nayostataḥ || 37-10 ||

aiśakoṇaṃ tathā kuryāt pratimucyottaratra tu |
pratīcyayāmyayorevaṃ pratīcyodīcyayorapi || 37-11 ||

pratimucya kramāt pāśau kuryāt koṇau tathā parau |
tatkṣetrasphuṭatāyai tu sūtrayettu caturdiśam || 37-12 ||

bhakte ṣoḍaśadhā kṣetre caturbhirmadhyamaiḥ padaiḥ |
prāgādikaiḥ pradeśaiśca vidadhīta navāmbujam || 37-13 ||

madhyamaṃ kamalaṃ kāryamaṣṭapatraṃ yathā śṛṇu |
caturdhā bhrāmayet kṣetraṃ varjayitvāṣṭamaṃ bahiḥ || 37-14 ||

karṇikā kesaraṃ patrasaṃdhiḥ parveti ca kramāt |
catvāryaṃśapramāṇāni tyaktoṃ'śo vyoma tadbahiḥ || 37-15 ||

tasmin sūtrāṣṭakaṃ padme digvidiksaṃsthitaṃ kṣipet |
sūtrāṇāmantare bhūyaḥ kṣipet sūtrāṣṭakaṃ tathā || 37-16 ||

padmasaṃdhisthasūtreṇa dikkrameṇa dalāṣṭakam |
sahajāḥ sucitā rekhā vyomarekhāgaṇāḥ smṛtāḥ || 37-17 ||

padmāntarāṇāmaṣṭānāmevameva vidhā bhavet |
evaṃ puravaraṃ ramyaṃ navapadmasulakṣaṇam || 37-18 ||

bahirdvārayutaṃ kāryaṃ koṇaśobhādisaṃyutam |
caturvarṇayutaṃ kāryaṃ karṇikādivibhaktaye || 37-19 ||

pauṣpe vā prastare vāstre susite vātha dhūpite |
ahate gandhayukte'tha sthaṇḍile vopalepite || 37-20 ||

yajan kāryavaśānmantrī navapadmaṃ vicintayet |
kuryāccādhyānamārgasthāṃ pratimāṃ śāstradarśanāt || 37-21 ||

sauvarṇe rājatādye vā dṛḍhe kālādivarjite |
ārādhayed ghaṭe pūrṇe dadhnā kṣīreṇa vāriṇā || 37-22 ||

praśastapallavākrānte vastrapaṭṭādisaṃyute |
vibhāvya navapadmaṃ tu pūjayenmantravittamaḥ || 37-23 ||

ghaṭe pure tathārcāyāṃ yadvā mantrī kramādyajet |
sarvalokamayaṃsarvagīrvāṇāśrayamuttamam || 37-24 ||

sarvādhāramayaṃ dhyāyennavapadmaṃ purottamam |
tārikākhyānamaḥśabdairarcyamarghyādinā tataḥ || 37-25 ||

tataḥ pātracatuṣkaṃ tu hemādidravyanirmitam |
pūtāmbu pūrṇaṃ gandhasragratnauṣadhikuśodakaiḥ || 37-26 ||

vedyāmarcāpuraḥsthāyāṃ nyaset koṇacatuṣkake |
yātavīyādivahnyante kramādevaṃ prakalpayet || 37-27 ||

arghyamācamanīyaṃ ca pādyaṃ snānīyameva ca |
kalpayet kramaśo mantrī mantrānetānudīrayan || 37-28 ||

tāraṃ ca kalpayāmīti madhye saṃjñāḥ syurañjasā |
anekārthaṃ ca tatrārghyaṃ kalpyaṃ pātre'tha madhyataḥ || 37-29 ||

siddhārthakāstilā dūrvāḥ sayavāḥ sitataṇḍulāḥ |
toyakṣīraphalopetā arghyadravyamudāhṛtam || 37-30 ||

pātraṃ tārikayāpūrya sudhāsaṃdohadehayā |
tasminniṣkalasaṃsthāne mantracakraṃ vicintayet || 37-31 ||

niṣkalaṃ madhyamārghyaṃ tu pūjya puṣpādinā purā |
bhāvanīyaṃ ca tat samyagagnīṣomamayātmanā || 37-32 ||

eṣa prathamasaṃskāro dvitīyamavadhāraya |
pracaṇḍakiraṇavrātairbhāskarīyairdahettu tat || 37-33 ||

nirvāpayettato dagdhaṃ śītapūrṇenduraśmibhiḥ |
brahmānandāmṛtāmbhodhikallolaiḥ pūrayettu tat || 37-34 ||

abhimantrya tu mukhyaistanmanubhistārikādibhiḥ |
tato jalamupādāya nyaset pātrāntareṣu tu || 37-35 ||

pratisvamapi vā kuryādīdṛśaṃ saṃskṛtikramam |
āpyāyanaṃ ca pātrāṇāṃ prītiṃ cāsmāt samācaret || 37-36 ||

mudrā kāmadughā kāryā saurabheyī svamantrataḥ |
surabhiṃ himaśailābhāṃ nirādhārapade sthitām || 37-37 ||

dhyātvā tatstanasaṃkāśāṃ mudrāṃ tāṃ paridarśayet |
karābhyāṃ gandhadigdhābhyāṃ sāvadhānena cetasā || 37-38 ||

arghyapātrāmbhasā prokṣya maṇḍalaṃ maṇḍapaṃ tathā |
yāgadravyāṇyaśeṣāṇi tāḍayedastramantrataḥ || 37-39 ||

mūlenāplāvayet paścāttat sarvaṃ bhogatāṃ vrajet |
tato viṣṇuṃ namaskṛtya tadaṅkasthāṃ ca paṅkajām || 37-40 ||

arcayenmūlamantreṇa hyāmuktakusumādibhiḥ |
arghyapātramathādāya puṣpaṃ dhūpaṃ vilepanam || 37-41 ||

dīpaṃ naivedyamapyevaṃ dvārayāgaṃ tataścaret |
udumbarasya mūle tu bahirdvārasya madhyataḥ || 37-42 ||

bhūmiṣṭhaṃ kṣetrapālaṃ tu yajeddhyānādisaṃyutam |
nīlajīmūtasaṃkāśaṃ daṇḍahastaṃ mahātanum || 37-43 ||

muṣṭikṛdvāmahastena dhyeyaḥ kṣetreśvaraḥ sadā |
mudrā ca darśanīyātra pareṣvevaṃ vidhiḥ kramāt || 37-44 ||

dvāropari sthitāṃ lakṣmīmūrdhvasaṃstha udumbare |
paṅkeruhakarāṃ lakṣmīṃ padmoparigatāṃ yajet || 37-45 ||

dakṣiṇottaraśākhābhyāṃ mūle caṇḍapracaṇḍakau |
tadvajjayaṃ ca vijayaṃ bāhye dvārasya cāntare || 37-46 ||

caṇḍādyā vijayāntāśca sarve jñeyāścaturbhujāḥ |
gadācakradharāścaiva śaṅkhahastā mahābalāḥ || 37-47 ||

tarjayanto hyabhaktāṃśca doṣāṇāṃ dhvaṃsanodyatāḥ |
itthaṃ dhyeyāḥ samabhyarcya darśanīyāśca mudrikāḥ || 37-48 ||

śākhādvayasya madhye tu vāmadakṣiṇataḥ kramāt |
gaṅgāṃ ca yamunāṃ caiva pūjayettadanantaram || 37-49 ||

hastābhyāṃ dadhatī kumbhaṃ tīrthena paripūritam |
navayauvanalāvaṇyā śvetarūpā smitānanā || 37-50 ||

gaṅgā dhyeyā prasannā ca pūrṇacandranibhānanā |
tādṛśī nīlajīmūtasaṃnibhā yamunā nadī || 37-51 ||

tenaiva kramayogena dvārasyābhyantare sthitau |
nidhīśau śaṅkhapadmākhyāvarghyapuṣpādibhiryajet || 37-52 ||

nidhīśau bhāvanīyau tau nidhibhāṇḍoparisthitau |
sthūlodarau ca piṅgākṣau dvibhujau bhagavanmayau || 37-53 ||

kṛtvaivaṃ dvārayāgaṃ tu tataḥ puṣpaṃ ca saṃmukham |
aṅguṣṭhatarjanīmadhyātritayenāstramantrataḥ || 37-54 ||

ādāya cābhimantryātha cakraṃ tadupari smaret |
niśitāraṃ jvaladrūpaṃ pravarṣadanalāśani || 37-55 ||

kṣayakṛdvighnajālānāṃ nyasedyāgagṛhāntare |
dakṣiṇāṃ tarjanīṃ kuryāt samyagūrdhvamukhīṃ tataḥ || 37-56 ||

śikhāmantreṇa saṃyuktāṃ vidyudvilasitaprabhām |
smṛtvā bhrāmayamāṇastāṃ saṃviśedyāgamandiram || 37-57 ||

arghyapātrāmbhasāstreṇa prokṣayet svakamāsanam |
tasminnādhāraśaktyādi māntramāsanamarcayet || 37-58 ||

tāṃ tāṃ pradarśayenmudrāṃ yatra yatra ca yā ca yā |
tatropaviśya deveśamarcayeddhṛdaye sthitam || 37-59 ||

lakṣmīnārāyaṇākhyaṃ taddhṛdgataṃ paramaṃ mahaḥ |
dāṃpatyamanapāyaṃ tadyāpayennetrayordvayoḥ || 37-60 ||

sarvaṃ tadbhāvamāpādya paśyenniścalalocanaḥ |
maṇḍape vedikāyāṃ vā yatra vā yaṣṭumicchati || 37-61 ||

arghyapuṣpādibhiḥ pūjyamādhārādikamāsanam |
dharmādikān yajet paścāttattaddigbhāgagocarān || 37-62 ||

padmārkamaṇḍalāṃścaiva tato bhāvāsanāvadhi |
uparyupari yogena dhyātvā puṣpādinārcayet || 37-63 ||

maṇḍalasthasya devasya dakṣiṇe maṇḍalopari |
kṛtādiyugaparyante vāyorīśāvadhi kramāt || 37-64 ||

vibhajya saptadhā kṣetramādau gaṇapatiṃ yajet |
padmāsanopaviṣṭaṃ tatkesare tu dale'mbuje || 37-65 ||

dadhānaṃ cordhvabāhubhyāmakṣasūtraparaśvathau |
varadābhayamudre ca pūrvahastadvayena tu || 37-66 ||

kiṃtu mudrā vicintyaivaṃ varadābhayahastayoḥ |
tarjanyaṅguṣṭhasaṃsargād vyākhyāmudrāsamākṛtiḥ || 37-67 ||

pīnaṃ lambodaraṃ sthūlamekadaṃṣṭraṃ gajānanam |
kesareṣvaṅgaṣaṭkaṃ ca ṣaṭsu padmasya vinyaset || 37-68 ||

svamantreṇārcayenmudrāṃ baddhvā puṣpādinā sudhīḥ |
tato vāgīśvarīṃ devīṃ svamantreṇārcayetsudhīḥ || 37-69 ||

sūryenduvahnibimbasthasitapaṅkeruhāsanām |
sarvopādhivinirmuktāmapi sākāratāṃ gatām || 37-70 ||

śaktiṃ śabdātmikāṃ sākṣānmadīyāṃ prathamodgatām |
dvinetrāṃ dvibhujāṃ śvetāṃ śaṅkhapaṅkajadhāriṇīm || 37-71 ||

sphuratpīyūṣakallolasadṛśābharaṇāmbarām |
tato guruṃ tadguruṃ ca lokasiddhākṛtī ca tau || 37-72 ||

lokasiddhākṛtiṃ paścāt tadguruṃ parameṣṭhinam |
tataḥ pitṛgaṇaḥ pūjyo hyamūrtaḥ piṇḍasaṃnibhaḥ || 37-73 ||

ādisiddhān yajet paścādbhagavaddhyānatatparān |
śāntān nimīlitākṣāṃśca śubhāṅgāṃstejasādhikān || 37-74 ||

anujñāṃ prāpya tebhyaśca labdhānujño yathākramam |
āvāhya māṃ yajet paścāddevadevāṅkasaṃsthitām || yena yena prakāreṇa taṃ taṃ śṛṇu sureśvara || 37-75 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre bāhyayāgaprakāśo nāma saptatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 38

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 38 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 38

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇo devaḥ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahaḥ |
tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirekāhaṃtā sanātanī || 38-1 ||

sadhakānugrahārthāya sāhaṃ sākāratāṃ gatā |
aṅkasthā devadevasya yathā pūjye tathā śṛṇu || 38-2 ||

prāpyānujñāṃ gaṇeśāderhṛtsthāmāvāhayettataḥ |
bhāvayet paramātmānamantaryāgābhipūjitam || 38-3 ||

pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyaṃ mayā śaktyābhipūritam |
tārakaṃ tat triruccārya tārikāṃ tu triruccaret || 38-4 ||

āvāhayet tato mantraṃ puṃliṅgaṃ samudīrayan |
puruṣaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ pīnodāracaturbhujam || 38-5 ||

uccaran paramaṃ mantraṃ recakena śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
agniṣomadvayāntaḥsthavartmanā nāsikodarāt || 38-6 ||

divyaśaktisamāvāsaṃ lakṣmīśamavatārayet |
anāhatāt padādyadvā sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatam || 38-7 ||

nirgataṃ tu smareddevaṃ vidyutpuñjamivāmbudāt |
sapuṣpāñjalimadhyasthaṃ bhāvāsanagataṃ nyaset || 38-8 ||

saṃnidhiṃ saṃnirodhaṃ ca saṃstambhaṃ sthāpanaṃ tathā |
kurvan mudrācatuṣkaṃ tu manasā samyagācaret || 38-9 ||

uttānau saṃhatau pāṇī kṛtvāṅguṣṭhadvayena tu |
svāṃ svāṃ kaniṣṭhikāṃ mṛjyāt saṃnidhīkaraṇaṃ tu tat || 38-10 ||

anāmayormadhyamayoḥ kuryādunmārjanaṃ tathā |
saṃstambhasaṃnirodhau ca dvau kṛtau bhavatastadā || 38-11 ||

kṛtvā catasṛbhirmuṣṭimaṅgulībhiḥ karadvaye |
tiryak ca saṃmukhīkṛtya nyasenmuṣṭidvayopari || 38-12 ||

aṅguṣṭhadvitayaṃ śakra saṃsthāpanamidaṃ bhavet |
evaṃbhūto bhavatyevaṃ tārādiṃ mantramuccaran || 38-13 ||

kālaṃ pādyārghyadānāntamutthitaṃ bhāvayeddharim |
snānābharaṇavastrasragdāne'laṃkaraṇe tathā || 38-14 ||

anyatra bhogayāgeṣu tattadbhogānukūlataḥ |
smarecchāstrīyasaṃsthānaṃ sānukampaṃ susaṃmukham || 38-15 ||

kḷpte tu vigrahe pūrvaṃ tathārūpo'vatiṣṭhate |
bhogeṣu dīyamāneṣu śaktiryā manmayī parā || 38-16 ||

tatrasthāṃ tāṃ smaret sākṣādādadāno hariryathā |
āhūtasya tataḥ sārghyaṃ puṣpāṇāṃ pūrṇamañjalim || 38-17 ||

vikṣipyādhomukhenaiva pāṇiyugmena mūrdhani |
tāreṇa tārayā dvābhyāṃ namasa cārcayet kramāt || 38-18 ||

puṣpārghyadhūpalepaistu mūlamantrādibhiḥ kramāt |
saṃkṣepaṃ vistaraṃ cāpi yathākālaṃ samācaret || 38-19 ||

śaktiṃ tadaṅgasaṃpūrṇāṃ nirākārāmanūpamām |
tārayā pūjayet paścāttattadaṅgeṣu devatāḥ || 38-20 ||

astrabhūṣaṇaśaktyādyāḥ svaiḥ svairmantraiḥ samarcayet |
ayaṃ yāgo layo nāma mahān sarvārthasiddhidaḥ || 38-21 ||

tato bhagavato viṣṇoḥ śaktisaṃpūrṇavigrahāt |
sarvaśaktimayīṃ divyāmekāṃ paramabhāsvarām || 38-22 ||

ṣāḍguṇyavigrahāṃ devīmanirdeśyāmanūpamām |
sarvatra sarvadā viṣṇoḥ sarvathaivānapāyinīm || 38-23 ||

kṛpayā sādhakārthāya svayaṃ sākāratāṃ gatām |
avihāyaiva taṃ devamākāraṃ pṛthageyuṣīm || 38-24 ||

uktakrameṇa māṃ pūrvaṃ mantreṇāvāhayet sudhīḥ |
āvāhanavidhau proktaṃ kramaṃ sarvaṃ samācaret || 38-25 ||

vāmotsaṅge niṣaṇṇāṃ ca viṣṇormāṃ bhāvayet priyām |
bhāvanīyaṃ ca madrūpaṃ pūrvameva nidarśitam || 38-26 ||

tasyāṃ layaprakāreṇa mayi sarvaṃ yajet kramāt |
tato viniḥsṛtaṃ mattaḥ smarecchaktyādikaṃ kramāt || 38-27 ||

jvālāyāḥ supradīptāyāḥ sphuliṅganicayaṃ yathā |
bhogasthāne yathaikaikaṃ vinyasettattathā śṛṇu || 38-28 ||

madhyābjakarṇikāmadhye bhāvāsanagatau smaret |
puruṣaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ tadaṅkasthāṃ ca paṅkajām || 38-29 ||

prācyābjakarṇikāmadhye lakṣmīdehādvinirgatām |
dvibhujāṃ bhāvayellakṣmīṃ dvinetrāṃ cārukuṇḍalām || 38-30 ||

śvetamālyāmbaradharāṃ hārakeyūrabhūṣitām |
sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ pīnonnatapayodharām || 38-31 ||

prabuddhotpalavistīrṇalocanāṃ susmitānanām |
caladvirephapaṭalaramaṇīyālakāvalim || 38-32 ||

lasallalāṭatilakāmāraktādharapallavām |
kṛṣṇakuñcitakeśāṃ ca vaṃśamuktāphaladvijām || 38-33 ||

padmāsanopaviṣṭāṃ ca pāśāṅkuśakaradvayīm |
padmagarbhopamākārāṃ saṃmukhīmāvayoḥ smaret || 38-34 ||

smareddakṣiṇabhāgābjakarṇikodaramadhyagām |
veṣabhūṣādibhistulyāṃ lakṣmyāḥ kundanibhāṃ tu vā || 38-35 ||

kīrtiṃ madrūpaniṣkrāntāṃ sarvakīrtimayīṃ parām |
āvayoḥ paścimābjasthakarṇikāsanasaṃsthitām || 38-36 ||

madrūpaniḥsṛtāṃ dhyāyettādṛśīmaruṇāṃ jayām |
smareduttarapadmasthakarṇikodaramadhyagām || 38-37 ||

māyāṃ madrūpaniṣkrāntāṃ tādṛśīmaruṇāṃ tu vā |
āgneye hṛdayaṃ padme śiro yātusaroruhe || 38-38 ||

śikhāṃ tu vāyavīyābje varma ceśānapaṅkaje |
madhyapadmapuraḥpatre netramastraṃ tu koṇake || 38-39 ||

netrasya purato devaṃ vāsudevaṃ vicintayet |
madhyadakṣiṇadikpatre smaret saṃkarṣaṇaṃ prabhum || 38-40 ||

smarenmadhyasarojasya pradyumnaṃ paścime dale |
aniruddhamudaksaṃsthe koṇapatrayugadvaye || 38-41 ||

astrasya pṛṣṭhato nāgān smaret pīyūṣavarṣmaṇaḥ |
gulguluṃ ca guruṇyaṃ ca madanaṃ śalalaṃ tathā || 38-42 ||

sudhākumbhakarān śaṅkhakundagaurāṃścatūradān |
lakṣmīkamalapatreṣu sarvataḥ kaustubhaṃ nyaset || 38-43 ||

hṛtpaṅkajadaleṣvevaṃ vanamālāṃ niveśayet |
kīrtipaṅkajapatreṣu bhūṣāpadmaṃ niveśayet || 38-44 ||

jayāpaṅkajapatreṣu varma padmadaleṣu ca |
padmeṣu vinyasedevaṃ padmapatracatuṣṭaye || 38-45 ||

śiraḥpaṅkajapatreṣu nyasedaṅkuśamuttamam |
nyased dvāracatuṣkāgre garuḍaṃ patatāṃ varam || 38-46 ||

nāgān vā tata ātmīyadvārāgreṣu niyojayet |
pūrvadvārabhuvi nyasyet padmahastāṃ balākikām || 38-47 ||

śvetāṃ kamalapatrākṣīṃ prasannāṃ vāmanākṛtim |
dakṣiṇadvāratastadvannīlāṃ tu vanamālikām || 38-48 ||

paścimadvāramadhye tu raktavarṇāṃ vibhīṣikām |
udīcyadvāramadhye tu śaṃkarīṃ madhudīdhitim || 38-49 ||

prāgādīśānaparyante bahirdvārapradeśataḥ |
indrādīn saṃsmaredaṣṭau lokapālān savāhanān || 38-50 ||

ata ūrdhvaṃ ca nāgeśaṃ brahmāṇaṃ ca vicintayet |
tadbahiśca tadastrāṇi vajrādīni vicintayet || 38-51 ||

somaśaṃkaradiṅmadhye khasthitaṃ saṃsmaret prabhum |
viṣvaksenamudārāṅgamāyāntaṃ gaganāntarāt || 38-52 ||

anuktānāmidānīṃ me dhyānaṃ śṛṇu puraṃdara |
amṛtātmānamabhrāṅgaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam || 38-53 ||

śaṅkhacakragadāpadmadharaṃ śrīvatsavakṣasam |
pītāmbaraṃ caturbāhuṃ vāsudevaṃ vicintayet || 38-54 ||

tuṣāranicayākāraṃ nīlavastraṃ caturbhujam |
smaret saṃkarṣaṇaṃ sīrasaunandakadharaṃ param || 38-55 ||

varadābhayahastaṃ ca nimagnoddharaṇakṣamam |
pradyumnaṃ saṃsmaredraktaṃ raktavāsasamīśvaram || 38-56 ||

śārṅgaṃ śarāṃśca bibhrāṇaṃ varadaṃ cābhayapradam |
saṃsmaredaniruddhaṃ ca pītaṃ viśadavāsasam || 38-57 ||

khaḍgakheṭakahastaṃ ca varābhayakaraṃ param |
āsīnāḥ sarva evaite puruṣāḥ puṣkarekṣaṇāḥ || 38-58 ||

paśyanto diśamīśānāṃ māṃ ca viṣṇuṃ ca śāśvatam |
siñcanto'mṛtakumbhairnau himaśailanibhā gajāḥ || 38-59 ||

sitaśoṇitavarṇāṅgaṃ śuklavastraṃ caturbhujam |
padmāsanopaviṣṭaṃ ca padmaśaṅkhakarāṅkitam || 38-60 ||

hṛnmudrālaṃkṛtakaraṃ vāmenābhayadaṃ sadā |
sitābharaṇavastrāḍhyaṃ karpūrāliptavigraham || 38-61 ||

āvayoḥ saṃmukhāsīnaṃ hṛnmantraṃ saṃsmared budhaḥ |
bandhujīvopamaṃ raktaṃ padmacakradharaṃ param || 38-62 ||

kākālikajjalaśyāmaṃ padmakaumodakīdharam |
dakṣiṇenātmamudrāḍhyaṃ pareṇābhayadāyinam || 38-63 ||

liptaṃ mṛgamadenaiva puṣpādyairasitairyutam |
āvayoḥ saṃmukhāsīnaṃ kavacaṃ saṃsmaret prabhum || 38-64 ||

haridrāruṇasaṃkāśaṃ gadāpadmadharaṃ kramāt |
svamudrākaraṇavyagrapūrvabhāgakaradvayam || 38-65 ||

sauvarṇāmbarabhūṣāḍhyaṃ pralayānalavikramam |
āvayoḥ saṃukhāsīnaṃ smaredastraṃ mahodyamam || 38-66 ||

nārīrvā saṃsmaredetān hṛdādīn sādhakottamaḥ |
uktabhūṣaṇaveṣāḍhyāḥ svānurūpānulepanāḥ || 38-67 ||

ityuktaṃ dhyānamaṅgānāṃ sarvapāpaharaṃ śubham |
kaustubhaṃ dvibhujaṃ dhyāyet sahasrārkasamaprabham || 38-68 ||

pradīptaveṣabhūṣāḍhyaṃ svamudrāṃ dadhataṃ hṛdi |
pañcavarṇakṛtāṃ kāntāṃ vanamālāṃ śubhekṣaṇām || 38-69 ||

prauḍhastrīsadṛśīṃ mudrāṃ dadhatīṃ hastayordvayoḥ |
padmaṃ padmamukhaṃ dhyāyet prasannaṃ candrasaṃnibham || 38-70 ||

dvibhujaṃ cārusarvāṅgaṃ karābhyāṃ mudrikāṃ dadhat |
navadūrvāṅkuraśyāmaṃ pāśeśaṃ pannagānanam || 38-71 ||

dvibhujaṃ yāmyahastena svāṃ mudrāṃ dadhataṃ param |
tathā varadahastaṃ ca bhīmarūpaṃ bhayāvaham || 38-72 ||

saṃsmaredaṅkuśaṃ tīkṣṇaṃ dīrghanāsaṃ bhayānakam |
yāmyena dadhataṃ mudrāṃ pāṇinā savyato varam || 38-73 ||

prasiddhā lokapālāste veṣākṛtivibhūṣaṇaiḥ |
narākṛtīni śastrāṇi cihnayuktāni mūrdhani || 38-74 ||

śaṅkhacakradharo dhyeyo viṣvaksenaścaturbhujaḥ |
sākṣādviṣṇusamo mudrāvyāpṛto'nyakaradvaye || 38-75 ||

dvārāgrasthaṃ tato dhyāyedgaruḍaṃ bhīmalocanam |
raktatuṇḍaṃ mahāghoṇaṃ taptacāmīkaraprabham || 38-76 ||

pṛthudaṃṣṭraṃ gṛdhravaktraṃ pakṣamaṇḍalamaṇḍitam |
iti te parivārāṇāṃ dhyānamuktaṃ samāsataḥ || 38-77 ||

āvayoḥ sthūlayorūrdhve smaret sūkṣmāṃ tu tārikām |
dāṃpatyaṃ bibhratīṃ sūkṣmāṃ lakṣyālakṣyāmivānaghām || 38-78 ||

tadūrdhve tu parāṃ tārāṃ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyacinmayīm |
dāṃpatyamāvayordivyaṃ tatparaṃ pārameśvaram || 38-79 ||

sarvataḥpāṇipādaṃ tat sarvato'kṣiśiromukham |
śabdārthau bhāsayat svena tejasā nityamudyatā || 38-80 ||

pratibimbamivaitasmin mantracakramaśeṣataḥ |
evaṃ kramotkramākāraistārikāṃ vitatāṃ parām || 38-81 ||

bhāvena tattvato buddhvā yathānyāsaṃ samarcayet |
āditaḥ sakalāvāsāvarcayennau dhiyānaghau || 38-82 ||

arghyādiprāpaṇāntena bhogajālena mantravit |
śaktyādiviṣvaksenāntaṃ parivāraṃ tato'rcayet || 38-83 ||

sarvādau garuḍaṃ devīścatasro dvārapālikāḥ |
bhogayāgakrameṇāyaṃ nyasaste śakra darśitaḥ |
yāvanto yādṛśā ye ca bhogāstāṃstvaṃ nibodha me || 38-84 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre bahiryāgaprakāśo nāmāṣṭatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 39

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 39 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 39

śrīḥ -

śṛṇu bhogān sureśāna dattaistuṣyāmi yairaham |
yeṣu me vitatā śaktirbhogyabhogāya tiṣṭhate || 39-1 ||

yathāśaktyanurūpeṇa tattadbhogopakalpane |
divyaśaktiprabhedaistairvicitraiḥ styānatāṃ gataiḥ || 39-2 ||

saṃpūrṇamīśvarārhaṃ tadbhāvanīyamaśeṣataḥ |
mṛdvāstaraṇasaṃstīrṇamādāvāsanamuttamam || 39-3 ||

arghyaṃ pādyaṃ madhūparkastathaivācamanīyakam |
praṇāmapūrvakaṃ paścādātmātmīyanivedanam || 39-4 ||

anujñāpya tataḥ paścāt snānāsanamanuttamam |
pādapīṭhamathārghyaṃ ca tataḥ pādyapratigrahaḥ || 39-5 ||

pādyāmbu pāduke snānaśāṭī mātrā ca śālikā |
darpaṇaṃ gandhatoyaṃ ca pāṇiprakṣālanārthakam || 39-6 ||

dantakāṣṭhaṃ ca vadanaprakṣālācamanāmbunī |
gandhatailaṃ ca cūrṇaṃ ca śāligodhūmasaṃbhavam || 39-7 ||

haridrācūrṇasaṃmiśramīṣatpadmakabhāvitam |
udvartanārthaṃ tadanu snānārthaṃ khalisaṃyutam || 39-8 ||

uṣṇāmbu candanaṃ candramiśritaṃ lepanārthakam |
kṣīraṃ dadhi ghṛtaṃ gavyaṃ madhvaikṣavarasaṃ tathā || 39-9 ||

sugandhāmalakābhiśca lodhratoyaṃ tataḥ param |
raktacandanatoyaṃ ca rajanīvāri cottamam || 39-10 ||

granthiparṇīpayaḥ paścāt tataśca tagarodakam |
priyaṅgujaṭilāsiddhārthakasarvauṣadhījalam || 39-11 ||

puṣpapatraphalāmbhāṃsi bījagandhodake tathā |
hemaratnasarittīrthakevalāmbūni ca kramāt || 39-12 ||

snānīyāmbusametāni deyānyambūnyamūni tu |
arghyapātrāttathaivārghyaṃ snānānāmantarāntarā || 39-13 ||

dadyāt sapuṣpatoyena kṣālanaṃ cāntarāntarā |
snānaśiṣṭāmbusaṃpūrṇaṃ haridrāśālisaṃbhṛtam || 39-14 ||

sragādisaṃyutaṃ kumbhaṃ haste kṛtvāparatra tu |
siddhārthairdhūpavat pātraṃ bhrāmayitvā tu mūrdhani || 39-15 ||

bahiḥ kṣipettato dadyāt sudhaute cāṅgaśāṭike |
keśodakāpakarṣārthamambaraṃ dehavārihṛt || 39-16 ||

antarīyottarīye dve sudhaute vāsasī śubhe |
bhāvite gandhadhūpena dadyād bhadrāsanaṃ tataḥ || 39-17 ||

śodhayet pūrṇakumbhaistu khaplutaṃ bhāvayeddharim |
alaṃkārāsanaṃ paścāddeyaṃ mṛdvāstarolbaṇam || 39-18 ||

tatra sarvaṃ pradātavyamarghyapādyādi pūrvavat |
vivecanaṃ ca keśānāṃ kaṅkatena praśodhanam || 39-19 ||

śīrṣaṇyāstāḥ sumanasastataścūḍopakalpanam |
candanādyāḥ sugandhāśca vyajanaṃ śoṣaṇārthakam || 39-20 ||

makuṭādyā alaṃkārāḥ pradeyāḥ paramādbhutāḥ |
srajo nānāvidhākārāḥ sāttvikaiḥ kusumaiścitāḥ || 39-21 ||

puṣpāñjaliḥ padadvandve prākāraḥ sumanaścayaiḥ |
gandhadravyasuśītena hyañjanenāñjanaṃ dṛśoḥ || 39-22 ||

tathaivālambhanaṃ cāpi lalāṭatilakaṃ tathā |
ādarśo vimalo mṛṣṭaḥ paritaśca samīkṣaṇam || 39-23 ||

pradīpaśca pradhūpaśca vāhanaṃ cetanetarat |
stutimaṅgalagītāni nṛttavāditradarśanam || 39-24 ||

mātrāśca ratnasaṃpūrṇā bhogacchidraprapūraṇāḥ |
buddhyā viracitāstāstāḥ rājarājocitāḥ kriyāḥ || 39-25 ||

alaṃkārāsanasthāya tvete bhogā hi manmayāḥ |
atha bhojyāsanaṃ deyamarghyapādyādikaṃ tathā || 39-26 ||

yajeta madhuparkeṇa yathā tadavadhāraya |
payaso madhuno dadhnaḥ saṃyogo madhuparkakaḥ || 39-27 ||

pātraṃ puraḥ pratiṣṭhāpya madhuparkeṇa pūritam |
arhaṇaṃ tarpaṇaṃ cārghyāt pṛthak pātradvaye bhavet || 39-28 ||

arhaṇenārcanaṃ pūrvaṃ tataśca madhuparkakam |
tarpaṇaṃ tarpaṇīyābhistato niṣpuṃsanaṃ kare || 39-29 ||

deyamācamanaṃ paścānmātrā gaurmādhuparkikī |
yaṣṭavyamannayajñena sāṅgena madhuparkavat || 39-30 ||

pradeyā annayajñārthā mātrāḥ śālyannanirmitāḥ |
sakarpūraṃ ca tāmbūlaṃ pradeyamanuvāsanam || 39-31 ||

tataśca viśramārthāya vimānaṃ paramādbhutam |
pradeyaṃ tatra dātavyaṃ sarvamarghyādi pūrvavat || 39-32 ||

japaṃ samācaret paścādalakṣyamitarairjanaiḥ |
mantrasaṃskṛtayā samyak śubhayā hyakṣamālayā || 39-33 ||

prākṛtastvaṅgulībhistu parvabhistu daśottaraḥ |
śatottarādisaṃkhyastu vijñeyo hyakṣamālayā || 39-34 ||

vācikaḥ kṣudrakarmārthamupāṃśuḥ siddhikarmaṇi |
mānaso mokṣalakṣmīdo dhyānātmā sarvasiddhikṛt || 39-35 ||

akṣamālā tathā kāryā na dṛśyā prākṛtairyathā |
akṣāsthimātrā maṇaya uttamāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 39-36 ||

dhātrīphalāsthisadṛśā madhyamāḥ parikīrtitāḥ |
adhamā badarāsthyābhāḥ śreṣṭhamaṣṭaśatātmakam || 39-37 ||

tadardhaṃ madhyamaṃ proktaṃ tadardhamadhamaṃ smṛtam |
sauvarṇaṃ dravyasiddhyarthe puṣṭyarthe pitṛkarmaṇi || 39-38 ||

rājataṃ tāmrarūpaṃ tu medhāvīryajayāptaye |
trāpuṣaṃ yakṣiṇīsiddhau saisaṃ rakṣaḥpiśācayoḥ || 39-39 ||

vetālasādhanārthaṃ tu rītijaṃ kāṃsyajaṃ tu tat |
akṣasūtraṃ parijñeyaṃ nāgapannagasādhane || 39-40 ||

āyasaṃ kṣudrakarmārthamiti dhātumayo maṇiḥ |
āyurārogyabhūtyarthaḥ sarvo maṇimayo maṇiḥ || 39-41 ||

mokṣāya śāntaye caiva sphāṭiko maṇirucyate |
saubhāgye vaidrumaḥ kāryaḥ sautraḥ kāryastu muktaye || 39-42 ||

śāntaye muktaye puṣṭyai tulasīmūlajo maṇiḥ |
sarvasiddhipradaḥ pādmo maṇiḥ śāṅkhaḥ śriyai mataḥ || 39-43 ||

āyuḥprajāyaśodaḥ syānmauktiko maṇiruttamaḥ |
ādadyādekameteṣāṃ śubhakāle guṇādhike || 39-44 ||

astreṇa gandhatoyena kṣālayettadanantaram |
śāṇakārpāsajorṇānāṃ kṛtvā sūtraṃ navaṃ dṛḍham || 39-45 ||

triguṇaṃ triguṇīkṛtya caturdhā vā yathā dṛḍham |
kṣālayitvāstratoyena tenaiva grathayenmaṇīn || 39-46 ||

anūnānadhikāṃstulyānacalān grathitāntarān |
iṣṭasaṃkhyāmaṇiprotasūtrāntadvitayopamam || maṇiṃ prakalpayenmerumakṣamālāvidhistvayam || 39-47 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre bahiryāgaprakāśo nāmaikonacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 40

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 40 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 40

śakraḥ -

namaste vārisaṃbhūte namaste padmasaṃbhave |
prakāramakṣamālāyāḥ pratiṣṭhā vadāmbuje || 40-1 ||

śrīḥ -

sādhitāmakṣamālāṃ tu sthāpayedbhājane śubhe |
pūjayitvārghyapuṣpādyaistasyāḥ śuddhiṃ samācaret || 40-2 ||

astreṇa dagdhvā nirvāpya varmaṇāpyāyayecchriyā |
paramāmṛtarūpiṇyā tāṃ mālāṃ bhāvayettataḥ || 40-3 ||

caturbhujāmanaupamyāṃ manmayīṃ māmivāparām |
varadābhayahastāṃ ca baddhāñjalikaradvayām || 40-4 ||

brahmadvārāmbujanmasthāṃ devīṃ dhyāyecchikhopamām |
tāṃ parāṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ śaktiṃ manmayīṃ madabhedinīm || 40-5 ||

dvādaśānte vicintyātha kramāddhyāyeddhṛdambuje |
hṛtpadmādutthitāṃ bhūyo brahmarandhrādvinirgatām || 40-6 ||

śanaiḥ śanairullasantīṃ mālāsthāṃ tāṃ vicintayet |
aṅgopāṅgakramopetāṃ sthūlasūkṣmaparātmikām || 40-7 ||

māṃ dhyāyet tārikākārāṃ tatra śaktau sureśvara |
maṇīn sūtraṃ tathā mālāṃ mālāsthāṃ vaiṣṇavīmapi || 40-8 ||

ekārṇavīkṛtaṃ sarvaṃ māyāṃ dhyāyet sureśvara |
mayā dattāṃ vibhāvyaināṃ saṃskṛtāmakṣamālikām || 40-9 ||

japaṃ samācaret paścāt pūrvoktena vidhānataḥ |
anunmiṣat paraṃ sūkṣmaṃ sthūlamatmānameva ca || 40-10 ||

lakṣmīnārāyaṇākāraṃ pañcakaṃ bhāvayedidam |
turyātītaṃ tathā turyaṃ suṣuptisvapnajāgarāḥ || 40-11 ||

avasthāpañcakaṃ tadvat tatkartṛkaraṇādikam |
kartrunmeṣaṃ tathā tatsthaṃ karaṇaṃ bāhyakaṃ tathā || 40-12 ||

mantrākṣaraṃ tathā sthūlaṃ sarvaṃ tattanmayaṃ smaret |
hṛtpuṇḍarīkamadhyasthāṃ manmukhāmbhojaniḥsṛtām || 40-13 ||

smarecchabdamayīṃ śaktiṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ madabhedinīm |
tasyā vinirgatāṃ dhyāyenmātṛkāṃ mantramātaram || 40-14 ||

manmayīṃ saṃsmarenmālāṃ japyamantramayīṃ tataḥ |
latāyāmiva puṣpāṇi mantrān vai tatra saṃsmaret || 40-15 ||

sphuraṇaṃ maṇisaṃsparśe hṛllayaṃ ca tadatyaye |
bhāvayan mantranāthasya japaṃ kuryādvicakṣaṇaḥ || 40-16 ||

hṛdbhāsvarūpasaṃsūtibahirantaḥkramotkramāt |
iti smaran japedekavāraṃ tatkoṭisaṃmitam || 40-17 ||

japaṃ samāpya vidhivannyasyenmayi japaṃ kṛtam |
śaktiṃ tāṃ manmukhāntaḥsthāṃ japarūpāṃ vicintayet || 40-18 ||

dīpe dhūpe tathārghye ca ghaṇṭānādaṃ samācaret |
āvāhane tathārghye ca naivedye madhuparkake || 40-19 ||

prīṇane ca prayuñjīta ghaṇṭānādaṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ |
na vinā pūjayā cālyā tāṃ vinā pūjayenna ca || 40-20 ||

kāryasiddhimabhīpsadbhiriha cāmutra cobhayoḥ |
sā hi ghaṇṭābhidhā śaktirvāgīśā ca sarasvatī || 40-21 ||

vāci mantrāḥ sthitāḥ sarve vācyaṃ mantreṣu cākhilam |
etasyāṃ cālyamānāyāṃ mantrā vatsā iva drutam || 40-22 ||

kāṅkṣamāṇāḥ samāyānti tāṃ ghaṇṭāṃ mantramātaram |
adhomukhaṃ tu brahmāṇḍaṃ dhyāyellokakulākulam || 40-23 ||

nālaṃ tasyāstadūrdhve tu vṛttaṃ padmaṃ smaredbudhaḥ |
aṣṭapatraṃ śubhaṃ śvetaṃ karṇikākesarānvitam || 40-24 ||

tanmadhye cintayeddevīṃ ghaṇṭāmaṣṭabhujānvitām |
mukhyahastacatuṣkeṇa pāśaśaṅkhāmbujāṅkuśān || 40-25 ||

parabāhucatuṣkeṇa dadhatīmakṣasūtrakam |
vijñānapustakaṃ samyagabhayaṃ ca varaṃ tathā || 40-26 ||

padmāsanāmbujākṣīṃ padmagarbhasamatviṣam |
padmamālādharāṃ pītasitavastrānulepanām || 40-27 ||

mantraughamudgirantīṃ ca brahmādiparisaṃstutām |
tārikāmuccaran dīrghaṃ yugmāṃ saṃcālayedimām || 40-28 ||

anayā pūjayan mantrī mantrasiddhiṃ nigacchati |
tato gurūn samānīya manmayān vāpi vaiṣṇavān || 40-29 ||

pradadyāt prāpaṇārdhaṃ tu tebhyo manmantramuccaran |
atha vahnigatāṃ samyagagnīṣomamayīṃ parām || 40-30 ||

tarpayenmāṃ sureśāna yathāvadavadhāraya |
tata uttaradigbhāge devāgārādbahistu vā || 40-31 ||

bhūbhāge lakṣaṇopete kuṇḍaṃ kuryāt samalakṣaṇam |
caturaśraṃ samaṃ yadvā padmākāraṃ manoharam || 40-32 ||

śatārdhahomasaṃkhyāyāṃ kuṇḍaṃ syād dvādaśāṅgulam |
aṣṭottaraśate'ratnisamaṃ hastaṃ sahasrake || 40-33 ||

ayutākhye dvihastaṃ ca lakṣahome catuṣkaram |
koṭihome'ṣṭahastaṃ syācchāstrataḥ kārayecca tat || 40-34 ||

trikoṇamapi vā kuryāddhomakuṇḍaṃ trimekhalam |
uddhṛtya tārayā pūrvaṃ tristayā prokṣayedbhuvam || 40-35 ||

śoṣaṇaṃ dāhanaṃ plāvaṃ tārayā samyagācaret |
ādhāraśaktyādyārabhya pūjyaṃ bhāvāsanāvadhi || 40-36 ||

tatra nārāyaṇākhyāṃ vai śaktiṃ tejomayīṃ parām |
manmayīmamṛtākārāṃ sarvātiśayarūpiṇīm || 40-37 ||

sarvaśaktisamūhasthāṃ sarvavastvantarasthitām |
avatārya hṛdambhojāt sṛṣṭimārgeṇa śāśvatīm || 40-38 ||

tārikāsphuraṇākārāmavatīrya hṛdambujāt |
recakena vinikṣipya kuṇḍamadhyāmbujāntare || 40-39 ||

saṃpūjya gandhapuṣpādyaiḥ padmamudrāṃ pradarśya ca |
dhyāyedṛtumatīṃ śaktiṃ susnātāmahatāmbarām || 40-40 ||

dhyāyet sarvātmikāṃ śaktiṃ tāmeva tvadharāraṇim |
uttaraṃ cāraṇiṃ dhyāyet sarvatejomayaṃ harim || 40-41 ||

mathnīyāt tārayā samyak tathā caivānutārayā |
utpannaṃ tārayādāya kṛśānuṃ śaktisaṃbhavam || 40-42 ||

abhigūhyāṅgulībhistu saṃskuryādvaiṣṇavākhyayā |
cūḍāṃ ca tārayā kuryādannaprāśanapūrvakam || 40-43 ||

upanīya tato vahniṃ tārayā cānutārayā |
tataḥ svāhāsvadhābhyāṃ tu devībhyāṃ jātavedasaḥ || 40-44 ||

pāṇigrahaṇakaṃ kuryāt tārayā tvanutārayā |
sarvaṃ dhyānamayaṃ kāryaṃ jātanāmādikarma tat || 40-45 ||

lohapāṣāṇamaṇyutthavahnau kāryavaśāt kṛte |
laukike vāpi saṃskāraṃ niṣekādi samācaret || 40-46 ||

ādhāya taijase pātre mṛnmaye'bhinave tu vā |
devīsahāyaṃ svāheśaṃ tārayaivārcayet sudhīḥ || 40-47 ||

pūraṇenopasaṃhṛtya svātmanyupaśamaṃ nayet |
kramādānandaśaktyā taṃ saṃhāreṇa tu yojayet || 40-48 ||

sṛṣṭimārgeṇa taṃ bhūyo'pyavatārya padāt padam |
kuṇḍamadhyāmbujāntaḥsthāṃ tārayā bhuvamānayet || 40-49 ||

vahniṃ svāhāsvadheśānamagnīṣomamayaṃ yajet |
samidbhistisṛbhistārāmuccarannekayaikayā || 40-50 ||

śālītilākṣataiḥ paścāt tata ājyāhutitrayam |
uccārya tārikāṃ pūrvaṃ bodhayeti dviruccaret || 40-51 ||

tatrastho budhyate vahniryathāvacca hutaḥ svayam |
paryagnikaraṇaṃ kāryaṃ tārayaivārdrapāṇinā || 40-52 ||

stṛṇīyāt tārayā darbhaistredhā tredhā caturdiśam |
udagbhāge'gnikuṇḍasya stṛṇīyāddarbhasaṃcayam || 40-53 ||

praṇītāprokṣaṇīpātre darvīdhmau sruksruvau tathā |
ājyasthālīṃ pavitre ca sarvaṃ tatra nidhāpayet || 40-54 ||

praṇītāṃ tārayāpūrya gandhayuktena vāriṇā |
pavitrābhyāṃ trirutpūya māṃ dhyāyet tārayā śriyam || 40-55 ||

vahnerudak pratiṣṭhāpya prokṣaṇīṃ pūrayecchriyā |
tāmutpūya tataḥ prokṣya yāgopakaraṇaṃ samam || 40-56 ||

ājyapātraṃ samādāya tasminnājyaṃ nidhāya ca |
brahma sarpiḥsamudrotthaṃ taddhyātvāgnerudaggatam || 40-57 ||

tārayā samabhijvālya darbhāgre vinidhāya ca |
tayā punarabhijvālya paryagnikṛtimācaret || 40-58 ||

vahneḥ paścāt pratiṣṭhāpya pavitradvitayena tat |
utpūya tārayāgnau tat pavitradvitayaṃ kṣipet || 40-59 ||

paridadhyāt paridhibhiryajñayogyaiścaturdiśam |
agniśarvadiśoḥ sthāpya kuṇḍamadhye samiddvayam || 40-60 ||

tata idhmaṃ samādhāya śuṣkaṃ pañcadaśātmakam |
tārayā pariṣicyāgniṃ sruksruvau paritāpayet || 40-61 ||

nimṛjya tārayā paścāttau prokṣyātha srucā tayā |
vāyoragnidiśaṃ yāvadyātoḥ śarvadiśāvadhi || 40-62 ||

dhārayā srāvayedvahnau madhye dadyāt sruvāhutim |
aṣṭottaraśataṃ vāpi tadardhaṃ vā tadardhakam || 40-63 ||

sruveṇājyāhutīrdadyāt svāhāntāṃ tārikāṃ gṛṇan |
ayaṃ yogyo bhavedvahnirbhagavaddhavyavāhane || 40-64 ||

ādadhyāt samidhaḥ sapta tatastārikayā sudhīḥ |
yajñakāṣṭhamayīrādau brahmakṣatratarūdbhavāḥ || 40-65 ||

tārayā samidho dadyāt kāṣṭharūpā daśāparāḥ |
māmeva bhāvayenmadhye viṣṇoraṅkasthitāṃ parām || 40-66 ||

brahmānandamayāmbhojakarṇikāsthasya vai vibhoḥ |
aṅkasthāṃ bhāvayaṁllakṣmīṃ tā dadyātsamidho'khilāḥ || 40-67 ||

tataḥ puṣpamayīṃ dadyād dhūpadravyamayīṃ tathā |
etāstu trividhā deyā hastenaiva manīṣiṇā || 40-68 ||

madhuparkamayīṃ paścāt sruveṇa juhuyāt sudhīḥ |
srucyannaṃ caturādāya sarpiṣāpūrya pūrvavat || 40-69 ||

tayaivānnāhutiṃ dadyāt svāhāntāṃ tārikāṃ gṛṇan |
sruveṇājyāhutīḥ pūrvasamitsaṃkhyāḥ samācaret || 40-70 ||

puṣpāñjalimupādāya vahnisthāmarcayeddhiyā |
nityayāgo mamaitāvānūrdhvaṃ kāmyāhutiṃ kṣipet || 40-71 ||

yadi kāmayamānaḥ syāt tattadvidhyanurūpiṇīm |
tārayā pariṣicyāgniṃ prāyaścittāhutiṃ kṣipet || 40-72 ||

daśavāraṃ tārayaiva kṣamasveti vadan dhiyā |
praṇītāmupasaṃhṛtya śucisthāne ninīya ca || 40-73 ||

prahṛtya paridhīn sarvān saḥsrāvaṃ samācaret |
staraṃ prahṛtya vahnau ca ghṛtenāpūrya ca sruvam || 40-74 ||

dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ dīrghāṃ svāhāntāṃ tārikāṃ gṛṇan |
śaktyā sametāṃ tāṃ tārāṃ vahnisthāṃ manmayīṃ parām || 40-75 ||

māṃ cāpyaṅkasthitāṃ viṣṇornāsikāsaṃdhimārgataḥ |
marucchaktyā samākṛṣya hṛtpadme viniveśya ca || 40-76 ||

yāgabhūmiṃ sametyātha navapadmasthayā mayā |
ekīkṛtya mayi nyasyedarcāsthāyāṃ kṛtiṃ tu tām || 40-77 ||

prāgeva vibhajedannaṃ prāpaṇāt saṃpradānataḥ |
tenānnena yajet samyagviṣvaksenaṃ caturbhujam || 40-78 ||

maṇḍalāntamupānīya samāhūyāmbarāntarāt |
navāmrapatrasadṛśaṃ piṅgabhrūśmaśrulocanam || 40-79 ||

pītavastraṃ caturdaṃṣṭraṃ svamudrādvitayānvitam |
gadākhaḍgadharaṃ devamabhyarcya kramaśaḥ sudhīḥ || 40-80 ||

sāṅgamudrāmathādarśya gatvā kuṇḍasamīpataḥ |
viṣvaksenastato bhaktyā tarpaṇīyastilākṣataiḥ || 40-81 ||

vauṣaḍantena mantreṇa dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ tataḥ |
maṇḍale pūjayitvātha kuryāttasya visarjanam || 40-82 ||

svamantreṇa suraśreṣṭha kṣamasveti padaṃ vadan |
mudrāṃ ca darśayettaṃ ca nabhasyutpatitaṃ smaret || 40-83 ||

viṣvaksenārcanaṃ sarvamagādhe'mbuni nikṣipet |
toyenāstraprajaptena plāvayenmaṇḍalaṃ ca tat || 40-84 ||

tataḥ saṃpūjayet sarvān lokapālānaśeṣataḥ |
puṣpārghyairannadānāntairekāhutyā ca vahnitaḥ || 40-85 ||

vahnibhirvā yathāśakti svaiḥ svairmantrairyathāvidhi |
pūjayitvā visṛjyaitāṃstadastrāṇyapi pūjayet || 40-86 ||

sarvāṃśca parivārāṃstān svasvasthānakrameṇa tu |
arcayet kṣetrapālādīn vahnimadhye ca tarpayet || 40-87 ||

ādhāraśakterārabhya pīṭhaśaktīśca sarvaśaḥ |
gaṇeśādyāśca saṃpūjyāḥ saṃtarpyāśca ghṛtādikaiḥ || 40-88 ||

sakṛtkṛtyā trivṛtyā vā pūrṇāḥ sarveṣvatha kṣipet |
lakṣmyādīnpūjayetsarvān viṣvaksenārcanātpurā || 40-89 ||

viṣvaksenārcanāt paścāllokapālārcanaṃ kramāt |
tato vediṃ viśodhyātha darbhān saṃstīrya dakṣiṇān || 40-90 ||

pitṝn yajet krameṇaiva prāpaṇārthāvaśeṣataḥ |
kṛtvā piṇḍatrayaṃ tena pitṛbhyo nirvapet stare || 40-91 ||

arghyājjalaṃ tathā dadyādekaikasyaikamañjalim |
vaiṣṇavāyāthavā dadyādbrāhmaṇāya viśeṣiṇe || 40-92 ||

pitṝnuddiśya vai bhaktaṃ tattannāmānudeśavat |
saṃnyasya mayi tat sarvamantardhānamavekṣya ca || 40-93 ||

arghyādyamupasaṃhṛtya varmāstre pratihṛtya ca |
upasaṃhṛtya ca nyāsamanuyāgaṃ samācaret || 40-94 ||

astreṇa tārayā prokṣya tārayā pariṣicya ca |
upastīrya tayā cāpo dadyāt prāṇāhutīstayā || 40-95 ||

adīkṣitastvanuyajaṃstattanmantrānusaṃhitām |
tārikāmuccaran kuryānmāṃ cāntaḥsthāṃ vibhāvayet || 40-96 ||

somānandamayīṃ divyāṃ kramādannātmatāṃ gatām |
vīryarūparasākārāṃ tejovīryabalātmikām || 40-97 ||

aiśvaryaśaktivijñānarūpaṃ bhoktāramavyayam |
ātmānaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣaṃ bhāvayet puruṣottamam || 40-98 ||

tārikāmuccaran paścādapidhāyānnamambhasā |
ācamya dvistato nyasyedanuyāgaṃ tato mayi || 40-99 ||

atha svādhyāyamabhyasyed dinaśeṣaṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ |
caturvidhāni śāstrāṇi tadutthaṃ tārikādikam || 40-100 ||

siddhāntānapi cāśeṣānasaṃlagnena cetasā |
svāśayapraviśuddhyarthaṃ samīkṣeta dhiyā svayā || 40-101 ||

saṃdhyāmupāsya vidhivadabhigamya ca māṃ dhiyā |
yogaṃ yuñjīta vidhivacchāstraśuddhena cetasā || 40-102 ||

pūrvapaścimayornaktaṃ yāmayordhātusāmyavān |
iti yāgavidhiḥ śakra vistareṇa pradarśitaḥ || 40-103 ||

vidhānasya tu saṃkṣepaṃ punarasya nibodha me |
saṃkṣepavistare kuryād deśakālānukūlataḥ || 40-104 ||

naiva kuryādapacchedaṃ yajedañjalināpi mām |
yajetobhau sahaivāvāṃ sūktena puruṣeṇa tu || 40-105 ||

tathā madīyasūktena tābhyāṃ vā nau yajet pṛthak |
sthāne vā sarvamantrāṇāṃ tārikāmeva yojayet || 40-106 ||

kuryāt saṃkalpasaṃnyāsau dvāvevādyantayoḥ pṛthak |
akurvan bhoganirdeśaṃ kevalairvā yajettu taiḥ || 40-107 ||

tathā tathaiva kurvīta śaknuyāttu yathā yathā |
na tveva hāpayedyāgamapi dadyājjalāñjalim || 40-108 ||

tārikāṃ vāpyadhīyīta dravyābhāve vicakṣaṇaḥ |
manasā bhāveyedrūpaṃ yattasyā yādṛśaṃ ca yat || 40-109 ||

nirāmiṣasya śuddhasya labdhalakṣyasya vai pade |
vikṣobhāya kriyāḥ sarvāḥ yā yāḥ śāstreṇa darśitāḥ || 40-110 ||

ātatasya ca sarvatra samatāmabhyupeyuṣaḥ |
kaḥ kiṃ kasmai kimarthaṃ vā kathaṃ vā śaknuyātkriyām || 40-111 ||

agniṣomamayau hitvā panthānau sārvalaukikau |
tayorantaramāviśya mārgamūrdhvaṃ samācaret || 40-112 ||

layāgnidagdhadurmārgaḥ śitībhūto nirāmayaḥ |
sthūlasūkṣmaparātītapadākrāntivicakṣaṇaḥ || 40-113 ||

paśyañchṛṇvanspṛśañjighrannaśnangacchansvapañśvasan |
pralapanvisṛjangṛhṇannunmiṣannimiṣannapi || 40-114 ||

akurvanneva tat sarvaṃ madbhūto hyanidaṃmayaḥ |
avasthādeśakālādyairanavasyūtayākhilaiḥ || 40-115 ||

ahaṃtayā samākrānto dhūmapītāgnipītavat |
antarā vartamāno hi sūryācandramasordvayoḥ || 40-116 ||

vyaktamuddālya vai tālu dhruvasthāne niveśayan |
manaḥ śūnyamayaṃ bhāvamātiṣṭhan layasaṃmitam || 40-117 ||

evaṃ yo vartate yogī tārikāmananodyataḥ |
sa karmaṭhaḥ sa vai sāṃkhyaḥ sa yogī sa ca sāttvataḥ || 40-118 ||

sa ca pāśupato jñeyaḥ sarvasiddhāntagaśca saḥ |
ityevaṃ te mayoddiṣṭo madbhāvaḥ pāramārthikaḥ |
śṛṇu śeṣamaśeṣaṃ me yatte kiṃcid vivakṣitam || 40-119 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre nityavidhiprakāśo nāma catvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 41

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 41 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 41

śakraḥ -

namo nityānavadyāyai jananyai sarvadehinām |
ādhāreśātmarūpāyai śuddhāśuddhākhilādhvanām || 41-1 ||

bāhyāntaravibhāgena śruto yāgaḥ savistaraḥ |
saṃprati śrotumicchāmi tvatto dīkṣāvinirṇayam || 41-2 ||

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān ṣāḍguṇyamahimojjvalaḥ |
tasya ṣāḍguṇyarūpāhaṃ śaktirekā sanātanī || 41-3 ||

ātmānaṃ vibhajāmyekā pañcadhā devasaṃvidā |
śabdarūpārtharūpābhyāṃ vṛttirūpeṇa vāsava || 41-4 ||

tathaivācāryarūpeṇa dīkṣākhyenāpareṇa tu |
yad dyati kleśakarmādīnīkṣayatyakhilaṃ padam || 41-5 ||

kṣapayitvā malaṃ sarvaṃ dadāti ca paraṃ padam |
dīkṣeti tena tattvajñairvarṇyate vedapāragaiḥ || 41-6 ||

dīkṣā sā trividhā tāvat sthūlasūkṣmaparātmanā |
punardīkṣyavibhedena trividhā sā caturvidhā || 41-7 ||

samayī putrakaścaiva tṛtīyaḥ sādhakastathā |
ācāryaśceti dīkṣyāste teṣāmanyatra vistaraḥ || 41-8 ||

mahāmaṇḍalayāgena havanādvātha kevalāt |
vācā kevalayā vāpi dīkṣaiṣā trividhā punaḥ || 41-9 ||

vittāḍhyasyālpavittasya dravyahīnasya ca kramāt |
ānīya dṛḍhasaṃkalpaṃ cirakālaparīkṣitam || 41-10 ||

ācāryaḥ praṇataṃ śiṣyaṃ saṃsārānalatāpitam |
navāmbujaṃ vidhāyādau tasmin kumbhaṃ samijya ca || 41-11 ||

nirṇiktapāpmanaḥ śiṣyān prāyaścittaiḥ pṛthagvidhaiḥ |
susnātān dhautavastrāṃśca pavitrīkṛtavigrahān || 41-12 ||

ānīya bhagavadbhaktān śubhāḥ kanyāḥ striyastathā |
pañcagavyena pūtāṃśca dantadhāvanapūrvakam || 41-13 ||

puṣpāñjalibhṛtaścaiva baddhākṣānnavavāsasā |
āpādamūrdhaparyantamekasūtraṃ prakalpayet || 41-14 ||

triguṇaṃ triguṇagranthīṃstatsūtre tattvasaṃkhyayā |
kṛtvā mūrdhādipādāntaṃ bhāvayettattvapaddhatim || 41-15 ||

īśakālādibhūmyantaṃ saptaviṃśatisaṃkhyayā |
tattvāni granthayo jñeyā granthisthāstu guṇāstrayaḥ || 41-16 ||

māyāvidyākriyātmānaste pāśāḥ parikīrtitāḥ |
sthūlasūkṣmātmako dehaḥ śubhāśubhaphalapradaḥ || 41-17 ||

rañjito'yaṃ guṇaiścitrairaśeṣakaluṣāspadam |
saṃpātahomakarmānte dehaṃ sūtramayaṃ svayam || 41-18 ||

chitvā chitvā tu hotavyaṃ bhoganirmūlakāraṇam |
lalāṭe ceśvaraṃ dhyāyeccidrūpaṃ sarvatomukham || 41-19 ||

svabījena sthitaṃ dhyātvā juhuyāttattvasaṃkhyayā |
sindūrapuñjasaṃkāśaṃ pradhānaṃ bhrūyuge smaret || 41-20 ||

tālumūrdhni sthitāṃ buddhiṃ pūrṇendukiraṇopamām |
tālumadhye tvahaṃkāraṃ kusumābhaṃ vicintayet || 41-21 ||

tālukarṇāntare dhyāyenmano rājopaladyuti |
kaṇṭhahṛtpadmayormadhye vibhakte pañcadhā same || 41-22 ||

prasphurattārakākārāñchrotrādīn pañca cintayet |
hṛnnābhyoḥ pañcadhā madhye vāgādīni smarettathā || 41-23 ||

smarecchabdāditanmātrā nābhibastyagramadhyame |
ūrvorācaraṇadvandvāt sthūlabhūtāni saṃsmaret || 41-24 ||

svaiḥ svairbimbaiḥ sametāni tārākārāṇi tānyapi |
uccārya praṇavaṃ tatra tattadbījaṃ samuccaret || 41-25 ||

tattvasaṃjñāṃ tataḥ svāhā saṃpātāhutirīdṛśī |
guruḥ saṃpātahomānte svayaṃ lakṣmīmayo bhavan || 41-26 ||

pūrṇāhutiṃ tato dadyāttārayā vauṣaḍantayā |
evaṃ saṃpātahomānte sūtraṃ tadgranthimad dṛḍham || 41-27 ||

śarāvasaṃpuṭāntaḥsthaṃ vinivedya madantataḥ |
ānītasyātha śiṣyasya netrabandhaṃ vighaṭṭayet || 41-28 ||

pradattapustakaṃ samyagguruṃ svamabhivādayet |
sa śiṣyo'gnisamīpastho juhuyāttārayā dhiyā || 41-29 ||

aṅgairupāṅgairlakṣmyādiparivāraiśca sarvaśaḥ |
adhikārī bhavatyevaṃ jape'gnau śravaṇe'rcane || 41-30 ||

dīkṣāyāmadhvaśuddhyarthaṃ mūlādyairjuhuyāttataḥ |
tilena cāpi juhuyācchatādyaṃ tu daśāvaram || 41-31 ||

pūrṇāhutiṃ ghṛtenaiva tārayaiva tu pātayet |
eṣā dīkṣā bhavenmāntrī sarvamantraniyojanī || 41-32 ||

etāvatyadhikāre tu śiṣyān bhogaikalampaṭān |
grāhayedīpsitān mantrān prakṛtiprākṛtāṃstu vā || 41-33 ||

sidhyanti saṃmukhā mantrāḥ sarve prakṛtisaṃbhavāḥ |
tattvāni tvasya śodhyāni vakṣyamāṇaprakārataḥ || 41-34 ||

śuddhatattvādhvavargasya mantragrahaṇamiṣyate |
eṣā dīkṣā bhavenmāntrī tattvadīkṣāṃ nibodha me || 41-35 ||

oṃ bījaṃ tattvasaṃjñāṃ ca śodhayasvābhidhānvayāt |
āhutīnāṃ daśāvṛttyā samyagdhyānasamanvayāt || 41-36 ||

kṣityādirīśvarāntaḥ syattattvagrāmo viśodhitaḥ |
homādau dīkṣaṇīyasya saṃjñā yojyā yathārthataḥ || 41-37 ||

baddhapadmāsane śiṣye sadguruḥ svasamīpage |
dhyāyedbhūmyantamīśādyaṃ samagrāṃ tattvapaddhatim || 41-38 ||

nirīkṣya lakṣmīnetrābhyāṃ lakṣmīhastena saṃspṛśet |
upasaṃhṛtya bhūmyādyāmīśādyāṃ tu punaḥ sṛjet || 41-39 ||

itthaṃ śiṣyatanusthānāṃ tattvānāṃ jaḍarūpiṇām |
āvahatyāśu saṃbodhaṃ dīkṣā dhyānamayī tviyam || 41-40 ||

pāśasūtramathādhāya śarāvadvayamadhyagam |
gatvā kuṇḍasamīpaṃ tu tadutsārya nidhāya ca || 41-41 ||

tārayā sāṅgayā hutvā sahasrādyaṃ śatāvaram |
puṣpamekamathādāya bahuśo'pyabhimantrya ca || 41-42 ||

hṛdaye tāḍayecchiṣyaṃ tārayā huṃphaḍantayā |
śiṣyaṃ bhūtattvagaṃ smṛtvā tadbhogān bhojayeddhiyā || 41-43 ||

samāptākhilabhūbhogaṃ tata uddhṛtya yojayet |
aptattve tatra cāpyevaṃ matveśādvidhirīdṛśaḥ || 41-44 ||

tārayā sāṅgayā hutvā chitvā granthiṃ tu pārthivam |
nidhāya sruci saṃpūrya sarpiṣā juhuyāttayā || 41-45 ||

tārikāyāḥ pare bhāve kuṇḍasthe jvalanatviṣi |
aptattvaṃ krāmayetsūkṣmaṃ tadapyevaṃ tu homayet || 41-46 ||

tatsūkṣmaṃ krāmayedvahniṃ juhuyāt pūrṇayā ca tat |
evaṃ krameṇa hutvā tu pūrṇāhutiparaṃparām || 41-47 ||

prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ nītvā puruṣaṃ ceśvaraṃ nayet |
īśvarāt paramaṃ tattvaṃ tattvagrāme na vidyate || 41-48 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparākārā śaktirīśvararūpiṇī |
puruṣo hīśvarāttattvādadho yāto yato'śuciḥ || 41-49 ||

prāpya tat paramaṃ tattvaṃ śucireva bhavatyayam |
viśvātmā viśvataścakṣustato dīkṣyo bhavatyayam || 41-50 ||

bhogamokṣaprasiddhyarthaṃ syātāṃ pūrṇāhutī tataḥ |
sakalaṃ niṣkalaṃ śiṣyaṃ dhyātvā sruci ghṛtaṃ tathā || 41-51 ||

dvayaṃ tadekīkurvan vai parātītaḥ sthito guruḥ |
dhyāyan vijñānaśabdātmā paśyantīrūpamuttamam || 41-52 ||

tārikāyāḥ paraṃ bhāvamanucchrāyamanāhatam |
tena śiṣyaṃ samīkurvaṃstārayā vauṣantayā || 41-53 ||

pūrṇāhutyātha śiṣyasya sthitaye dehapātanāt |
namo'ntayā dhruvādyevaṃ tārayā juhuyādbahu || 41-54 ||

tatra pūrṇāhutiṃ datvā mahāpūrṇamatha kṣipan |
śiṣyaṃ guruḥ svamātmānaṃ māṃ ca lakṣmīṃ sanātanīm || 41-55 ||

kṣīre kṣīramiva dhyāyet sarvaṃ mayi samīkṛtam |
evaṃ lakṣmīmayīkṛtya śiṣyaṃ vijñānavāyunā || 41-56 ||

ākṛṣya kramato mantramimaṃ saṃśrāvayet punaḥ |
hṛdaye sthāpayitvā māṃ tārāmupadiśettataḥ || 41-57 ||

aṅgopāṅgādikaṃ sarvaṃ śāstrīyaṃ kramameva ca |
diśet sāmayikaṃ dharmaṃ mantraguptyādikaṃ hi yat || 41-58 ||

viṣṇuhastaṃ tato dadyānmūrdhni pṛṣṭhe hṛdantare |
tadaṅgaṃ mudrayālabhya śiṣyeṇārādhayettu mām || 41-59 ||

tārayā kumbhamādāya yatreṣṭaṃ guruṇā purā |
aṅgopāṅgādisaṃyuktāṃ tārikāṃ manasā gṛṇan || 41-60 ||

abhiṣiñcedguruḥ śiṣyaṃ prasannenāntarātmanā |
labdharūpastataḥ śiṣyaḥ saṃsārāmbudhipāragaḥ || 41-61 ||

mahatā vibhavenātha guruyāgaṃ samācaret |
kṛtvā tvādhāraśaktyādi guruṃ tatra niveśya ca || 41-62 ||

arghyādyaiḥ pūjayet sarvaiḥ svarṇaratnādibhistathā |
āśitaṃ tarpitaṃ paścānmantreṇānena pūjayet || 41-63 ||

ajñānagahanālokasūryasomāgnimūrtaye |
duḥkhatrayāgnisaṃtāpaśāntaye gurave namaḥ || 41-64 ||

gṛhītvā tu tato'nujñāṃ mantramāvartayettataḥ |
sādhayecca yathākāmaṃ yāvadyāvadabhīpsati || 41-65 ||

iti dīkṣābhiṣekau te varṇitau balasūdana || samyaksamādhisaṃpādyaṃ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 41-66 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre dīkṣābhiṣekaprakāro nāmaikacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 42

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 42 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 42

śakraḥ -

saṃsārasāgarottārapotapādāmbujadvaye |
hṛṣīkeśamahiṣyai te bhūyo bhūyo namo namaḥ || 42-1 ||

tvatprasādānmayā devi śruto dīkṣāvidhiḥ kramāt |
tārikāyā vadābjasthe pauraścaraṇikīṃ kriyām || 42-2 ||

śrīḥ -

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī nāma śaktirnārāyaṇāśritā |
tasyā me paramā mūrtistārikā bhuvaneśvarī || 42-3 ||

tasyā me piṇḍabhūtāyāḥ śṛṇu sādhanasaṃpadam |
kṛṣṇāṣṭamīṃ samārabhya yāvatkṛṣṇacaturdaśī || 42-4 ||

sa kālastārikāsiddhau tantrajñaiḥ saṃpradarśitaḥ |
mahāpāpairasaṃspṛṣṭaḥ prakhyātairatipātakaiḥ || 42-5 ||

nāstikyātpracyuto bhāvānninditābhyāsavarjitaḥ |
bhūteṣu bhāvayanmaitrīṃ kṛtapāpānutāpavān || 42-6 ||

uccāvacāni pāpāni prāyaścittaiḥ śamaṃ nayet |
brahmacārī haviṣyāśī satyavādī dṛḍhavrataḥ || 42-7 ||

saṃnidhau manasā viṣṇoroṃkāraṃ niyutaṃ japet |
mahāvyāhṛtibhirhomānayutaṃ sarpiṣācaret || 42-8 ||

sāvitryā ca tilairhomaṃ tāvatsaṃkhyaṃ samācaret |
mahāpāpātipāpmānau vihāya prathitau kṛtau || 42-9 ||

etādṛśaṃ vidhiṃ kṛtvā praṇavāditrayeṇa tu |
mahāpāpātipāpādyairaprakāśairvimucyate || 42-10 ||

upavāsādibhistadvat prakāśairapi cetaraiḥ |
tisro vopavasedrātrīraghamarṣaṇatattvavit || 42-11 ||

trirahnastrirniśāyāśca savāsā jalamāviśet |
pratisaṃdhyaṃ nimajjaṃstristrirjapannaghamarṣaṇam || 42-12 ||

pratimajjanamevaṃ tu kṣapayettat trirātrakam |
caturthe'hani vai dadyād brāhmaṇāya payasvinīm || 42-13 ||

evaṃ pūto bhavet prāgvadaśeṣeṇāpi cāṃhasā |
ātmānamabhiṣiñcedvā trisaṃdhyaṃ pañcagavyataḥ || 42-14 ||

tisro nītvā kṣapā evaṃ mucyate sarvakilviṣaiḥ |
tārādipañcakaṃ teṣāmekaikamathavā dhiyā || 42-15 ||

japan piban samīkṣeta vaiṣṇavaṃ vimalojjvalam |
ahorātrakṛtairevaṃ mucyate sarvapātakaiḥ || 42-16 ||

bhuvane yānti ye viṣṇumapāpā dharmatatparāḥ |
tatpaṅktistho'pi vā bhuktvā mucyate sarvapātakaiḥ || 42-17 ||

dharmaiḥ pāpaṃ kṣayaṃ nītvā maharṣigaṇasaṃmataiḥ |
tārikāmāśrayet paścādbhavasāgaratārikām || 42-18 ||

upoṣya vidhivanmantrī kṛṣṇapakṣasya saptamīm |
sthitvā saṃdhyāmathāṣṭamyāṃ tārikājapamācaret || 42-19 ||

anujjhan vihitaṃ karma kāmyāntaravivarjitaḥ |
divye saiddhe tathaivārṣe viṣṇorāyatane'male || 42-20 ||

parvatāgre nadītīre goṣṭhe bilvavane'pi vā |
payoyāvahaviṣyāṇāmaśnannanyatamaṃ sakṛt || 42-21 ||

japaṃ dvādaśasāhasraṃ kuryādvai sapta vāsarān |
daśāṃśaṃ tarpaṇaṃ kuryādāhutīścāpi sarpiṣā || 42-22 ||

anena vartamānasya vidhinā tārikāvidhau |
caturdaśīniśīthe cecchubhaṃ paśyati darśanam || 42-23 ||

surākumbhasya lābho vā surāpānamathāpi vā |
striyā kāmābhiṣeko vā darśanaṃ sudṛśo'thavā || 42-24 ||

tayā vāliṅganaṃ bhāvāt saha bhogo'thavā tayā |
mantrasiddhestayoktirvā phalalābho'thavā tataḥ || 42-25 ||

saumyasya darśanaṃ vāpi mithunasya surūpiṇaḥ |
rājño vā darśanaṃ rājamahiṣyā vātha darśanam || 42-26 ||

nārāyaṇasya vā sākṣāt svapne dṛṣṭirmamāpi vā |
pativratādarśanaṃ vā vaiṣṇavairvā samāgamaḥ || 42-27 ||

yaccānyat svapnaśāstreṣu śabdyate śubhadarśanam |
labdhāśastata utthāya tyaktanidro jitaklamaḥ || 42-28 ||

ācamya prayato mantrī smarenmāṃ saṃstare niśām |
atha prātaḥ samutthāya kṛtasaṃdhyāvidhikramaḥ || 42-29 ||

tulyaśīlavayorūpau surūpau dharmatatparau |
adīnākṛpaṇākārau rūpavantau manasvinau || 42-30 ||

daṃpatī yauvanāvasthau prasannamṛdubhāṣiṇau |
āhūya snāpayitvā tau lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmakau || 42-31 ||

bhūṣayitvā ca vastrādyairakurvan vittavañcanām |
āśitau liptagandhaṅgau dakṣiṇāparitoṣitau || 42-32 ||

prārthayettārikāsiddhiṃ lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmanā |
astvevamiti vākyānte tāvāvāṃ śaraṇaṃ vrajet || 42-33 ||

vācayitvā tataḥ svasti vaiṣṇavān vedavittamān |
dvijāgryāṃstarpayitvātha vartetābhīṣṭasaṃpade || 42-34 ||

caturdaśīniśāyāṃ cenna paśyet svapnadarśanam |
amāvāsyāṃ samārabhya yāvatkṛṣṇasya saptamī || 42-35 ||

tāvantaṃ vratavāneva vartayet kālamapyatha |
trisahasraṃ japaṃ kurvannekabhuktena vartayan || 42-36 ||

madhye kaumāradārāṇāmṛtuṃ prāptamalaṅghayan |
anindan kāminīvṛttaṃ daṃpatī nandayan dhiyā || 42-37 ||

ṛte pāpaṃ priyaṃ kurvan kāminīnāmalolupaḥ |
tataḥ kṛṣṇāṣṭamīṃ prāpya pūrvavajjapamācaret || 42-38 ||

kurvan homādikaṃ sarvaṃ svapnadṛṣṭau nivartayet |
yāvaccihnāni saṃpaśyet tāvadevaṃ samācaret || 42-39 ||

siddhāyāṃ tārikāyāṃ tu sarvaṃ ca labhate naraḥ |
samyakkartā ca śāstrāṇāmadhyātmagatikovidaḥ || 42-40 ||

sarvatantravidhānajñaḥ sarvavedāntapāragaḥ |
sarvasaṃdehanirbhedī sarvanirṇayapāragaḥ || 42-41 ||

yathārthavāgṛjurvāgmī dharmasāgarapāragaḥ |
parasya svasya vāyaṃ hi viniyogaṃ cikīrṣati || 42-42 ||

nigrahe'nugrahe vāpi sa sa sidhyati sarvadā |

śakraḥ -

namaḥ saṃpūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahāyai haripriye || 42-43 ||

aravindagṛhāyai te govindagṛhamedhini |
tvanmukhābjācchrutā siddhistārikāyā viśeṣiṇī || 42-44 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparākārā yathāvacca pradarśitāḥ |
sādhitāyā vidhānena tārāyāstrividhātmanaḥ || 42-45 ||

viniyogamidānīṃ me vaktumarhasi padmaje |

śrīḥ -

ekaḥ ṣāḍguṇyapūrṇātmā haṃso nārāyaṇo vaśī || 42-46 ||

haṃsī śaktirahaṃ tasya vaśinī sarvakāmadā |
haṃso haṃsī ca tāvāvāmuditau tārikātmanā || 42-47 ||

tasyā asmatsvarūpāyā viniyogaṃ nibodha me |
nānāvidheṣu mantreṣu bāhyāntaravibhāgataḥ || 42-48 ||

yāvanto yādṛśā ye ca mantrāḥ santi parāvarāḥ |
tadīyā viniyogā ye yāvantaḥ santi yādṛśāḥ || 42-49 ||

tāvantastādṛśāste'syā viniyogā na saṃśayaḥ |
tathāpi viniyogānme kāṃścicchakra niśāmaya || 42-50 ||

dharmārthakāmamokṣeṣu sadyaḥ pratyayakārakān |
kṛṣṇājinottarāsaṅgāṃ kṛṣṇājinanivāsinīm || 42-51 ||

kṛṣṇājināmbarāṃ trastakṛṣṇaśābaśubhekṣaṇām |
pūrṇacandranibhāṃ dhyātvā brahmamudrākṣasūtriṇīm || 42-52 ||

saroruhe dadhānāṃ cāpyaparasmin karadvaye |
itthaṃ māmambujākṣaṃ vā devadevaṃ janārdanam || 42-53 ||

dhyātvā lakṣaṃ japettārāṃ dharmaḥ pratyakṣatāmiyāt |
vibhusaṃkhyāmitānprasthāñśālīnāṃ taṇḍulātmanām || 42-54 ||

sarpiṣastāvataḥ prasthān śarkarāyāḥ palāni ca |
guḍasya vāpi tāvanti pācayedekapātragān || 42-55 ||

payasā tāvatā tulyaṃ vidhinā suśṛtaṃ haviḥ |
śuklapratipadaḥ prātarudite'rdhena bhāskare || 42-56 ||

ekāhutyaiva juhuyānmahāpātrasthitaṃ haviḥ |
triṣṭubhā jātavedasyā tārikādyantaruddhayā || 42-57 ||

mahākuṇḍe mahāvahnau yantrayogena buddhimān |
atha prātaḥ samārabhya yāvadastamayaṃ raveḥ || 42-58 ||

avicchinnaṃ ca juhuyāt sruveṇaiva gataklamaḥ |
sarpiṣā saṃskṛtenaiva tādṛśyā triṣṭubhā sudhīḥ || 42-59 ||

prātarārabhya śālyannaṃ payodadhyājyasaṃskṛtam |
ekaikaṃ bhojayedvipraṃ prātarārabhya saṃtatam || 42-60 ||

vācayitvā dvijānante tarpayedvedavittamān |
daṃpatī vaiṣṇavau caivaṃ lakṣmīlakṣmīśasaṃjñayā || 42-61 ||

ya evamācareddhīro vyavasāyasahāyavān |
koṭisaṃkhyamanaupamyamakṣayaṃ labhate nidhim || 42-62 ||

imaṃ śṛṇu mahāścaryaṃ prayogaṃ pākaśāsana |
tārāmādāya pūrvaṃ tu yojayet subhagepadam || 42-63 ||

svāhāṃ saṃyojayet paścāttārikeyaṃ ṣaḍakṣarā |
upoṣyaiva caturdaśyāṃ paurṇamāsyāmupakramet || 42-64 ||

japeddaśasahasraṃ tāmārāme śobhanadrume |
āsīno madhyataḥ samyakpūrṇakumbhapradīpayoḥ || 42-65 ||

dhyāyanmāṃ padmagarbhābhāṃ paṅkajadvayadhāriṇīm |
dvibhujāmasitāpāṅgīṃ nīlakuñcitamūrdhajām || 42-66 ||

smitapūrṇamukhīṃ ramyāṃ pīnonnatapayodharām |
sarvābharaṇasaṃpūrṇāṃ dukūlottamavāsinīm || 42-67 ||

suśubhāṃ subhagāmitthaṃ dhyāyañjapamathācaret |
tarpayejjuhuyāccaiva daśāṃśaṃ tārayānayā || 42-68 ||

baliṃ dadyācca śālyannaṃ payoghṛtaguḍānvitam |
striyaṃ lakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ pūjitāṃ bhojayetsudhīḥ || 42-69 ||

haviṣyaṃ svayamaśnīyādbrahmacārī sakṛnniśi |
evamaskhalitaṃ kuryāt triṃśadrātraṃ vrataṃ tvidam || 42-70 ||

japatarpaṇahomādyamavicchinnamatandritaḥ |
parasyāṃ paurṇamāsyāṃ tu vrataṃ kṛtvā samāpayet || 42-71 ||

vratānte sā samāyāti subhagā nāma manmayī |
yakṣī kiṃ karavāṇīti sādhakaṃ sā vadiṣyati || 42-72 ||

mātaraṃ bhaginīṃ bhāryāṃ sakhīṃ vā tāṃ prakalpayet |
mātṛtvena prapanā sā sarvāpadbhyo'pi rakṣati || 42-73 ||

bhaginīti prapannā sā sarvānarthān dadāti ca |
priyeti svīkṛtā kāmān yāvajjīvaṃ dadāti ca || 42-74 ||

sakhīva svīkṛtā sā tu sarvāṃ saṃprāpayeddiśam |
mokṣakāmo japennityaṃ sthūlasūkṣmaparātmikām || 42-75 ||

padaṃ tadvaiṣṇavaṃ divyaṃ prasannā prāpayāmyaham |
vakṣyante viniyogā ye parastātparamantragāḥ || 42-76 ||

te sarve tārikākāryā ye ca mantrāntarāśritāḥ |
pauraścaraṇiko mārgaḥ proktaste viniyogavān |
tasyāḥ pratyayasiddhyarthaṃ siddhimārgaṃ nibodha me || 42-77 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre tārāmantropāsanakramo nāma dvicatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 43

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 43 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 43

śrīḥ -

śṛṇu vakṣye parāṃ siddhiṃ nānāyogasamutthitām |
vidyāyāḥ piṇḍabhūtāyāstārikāyāḥ sureśvara || 43-1 ||

yuñjīta vidhivadyogī tārikāṃ dehagocare |
nāsikāgre ca jihvāgre jihvāyā madhyamūlayoḥ || 43-2 ||

kaṇṭhorasoruro'nte ca dhārayettattvapaddhatim |
kṣityādyāṃ buddhiparyantāṃ svasvakāryasvabhāvavat || 43-3 ||

tattvāttattvāntaraṃ yāsyan saṃkhyayā saṃkhyayā japet |
dviścatuḥ ṣaṭ tathāṣṭau ca daśaṣoḍaśavārakam || 43-4 ||

caturviṃśativāraṃ ca buddhyante prakṛtiṃ smaret |
aśītiṃ saṃsmarettārāṃ tatra jīvaṃ vicintayet || 43-5 ||

yāvān yādṛk ca yaścāyaṃ śataṃ tatrācarejjapam |
avyaktacetanādhāraṃ puṣkaraṃ tadadhaḥ smaret || 43-6 ||

tattvādyavayavādhāramanantaṃ tattvavāhakam |
padmākāraṃ vicintyaitajjapetsārdhaṃ śataṃ sudhīḥ || 43-7 ||

tatastannālamavyaktakālajīvākṣarātmakam |
khaṃ yattu tatra kālastattamo'ntaḥsuṣirūpakam || 43-8 ||

yastvantaścetanaḥ so'yamiti tattritayātmakam |
cintayitvā yathāvattadācared dviśataṃ japam || 43-9 ||

nālādadho'niruddhākhyaśaktiṃ māṃ bhagavanmayīm |
saṃsmaran rūpakālādyairācarettu śataṃ japam || 43-10 ||

pradyumraśaktiṃ tadadho japasaṃkhyā ca tādṛśī |
adhaḥ sāṃkarṣiṇīṃ śaktiṃ japasaṃkhyā ca tādṛśī || 43-11 ||

sarvādho vāsudevākhyaṃ dāṃpatyaṃ sthūlarūpakam |
tataḥ sūkṣmaṃ paraṃ tasmāt parātītaṃ tu sarvataḥ || 43-12 ||

lakṣmīnārāyaṇābhāsamanirdeśyamanaupamam |
sarvataḥ śaktiśaktīśaspandamānamanāvilam || 43-13 ||

prāpya yogamayīṃ nidrāṃ nidrāmevaṃ samāviśet |
utthāyāpararātre tu dvādaśaitāstu dhārayet || 43-14 ||

vāsudevādibhūmyantaṃ tatsaṃkhyānavidhikamāt |
hṛdi vā dhārayedetāḥ samastā api dhāraṇāḥ || 43-15 ||

dhāraṇā dvādaśaivaitāstārikāyāmathāpi vā |
eṣa sarvahito yogo yattattvaistatra bhūyate || 43-16 ||

pratisaṃhṛtya vā sarvaṃ vyaktāvyaktamayaṃ padam |
nirālambaṃ manaḥ kṛtvā śūnyabhāvaṃ samāviśet || 43-17 ||

śūnyākārasamākāraṃ saṃpūrṇamiva vāridhim |
āviśāmi mahāyogaṃ śūnyabhāvaniveśitam || 43-18 ||

yadā stimitaniḥśabdanīradānandasaṃnibham |
yogī bhavati yuñjānaḥ sa yogī matpriyaḥ sadā || 43-19 ||

yatra dhyeyamavacchinnaṃ naiva kiṃcana vidyate |
ajñeyamanavacchinnaṃ tadrūpaṃ madvapuḥ sphuṭam || 43-20 ||

ātmasātkurute yogī jñeyaṃ sakalamakramam |
vitatā sā mahājvālā nistaraṅgā tanurmama || 43-21 ||

hūyante manasā yatra bhūtāni bhuvanāni ca |
sarvabhāvastadā śaśvadbhāvo me pravijṛmbhate || 43-22 ||

srucā ca manasā hutvā bhūtākṣabhuvanādikam |
tāṃ ca srucaṃ prahṛtyātha yoginā bhūyate mayā || 43-23 ||

yadavacchidyate yena tattu tasmānmahattaram |
dhiyāvacchidyate sarvaṃ yadyadasti ca nāsti ca || 43-24 ||

sā nāvacchidyate'nyena tanuḥ sā me nirañjanā |
dhiyo naitau bahirbhūtāvabhāvo bhāva eva vā || 43-25 ||

anālīḍhau dhiyā na staḥ sā me tanuranañjanā |
yadātikramya maryādāṃ jaladhiḥ plāvayejjagat || 43-26 ||

tadā na sthalanimne stastathā mayyakhilaṃ jagat |
nedamalpātmanā śakyamāsthātuṃ paramaṃ padam || 43-27 ||

kuryādvicchidya vicchidya yogametadavāptaye |
bhāve bhāve śubhe'nyatra bhūte bhavati bhāvini || 43-28 ||

smaret sārataraṃ rūpaṃ paramaṃ pārameśvaram |
saṃbharanti prasūneṣu madhu sarveṣu ṣaṭpadāḥ || 43-29 ||

saṃbharanti tathaikāṃ māṃ sarvabhāveṣu yoginaḥ |
yatra yatra mano yāti lakṣmīṃ tatraiva cintayet || 43-30 ||

calitvā tat kuto yāti sarvaṃ tanmanmayaṃ hi yat |
tattvānāṃ paddhatiṃ mālāṃ matsūtragrathitāṃ smaret || 43-31 ||

mayi vā bhittibhūtāyāṃ citravat saṃsmarejjagat |
stimitāpāragambhīre phenapiṇḍaṃ yathāmbudhau || 43-32 ||

smaret kramotkramābhyāṃ vā pramātrādicatuṣṭayam |
prabhavantīṃ madākārādapi yāntīṃ ca tāṃ punaḥ || 43-33 ||

pumānādyo madunmeṣaḥ sa matsaṃkalpakalpitaḥ |
antaḥkaraṇasaṃjño'nyo madunmeṣo'dharāvanau || 43-34 ||

bahiṣkaraṇarūpo'nyastṛtīyastadadhaḥ kṣitau |
bhāvarūpaḥ prameyātmā turyo'yamadharādharaḥ || 43-35 ||

matsaṃkalpavaśenaiva sadānandacidātmikām |
bhāvayannaniśaṃ śaśvat kramavyutkramato dhiyā || 43-36 ||

imāṃ catuṣṭayīṃ hitvā madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate |
vijñānādhārabhūteṣu dvātriṃśatyambujeṣu vā || 43-37 ||

dhyāyeddīpaśikhābhāṃ māmathavā rūpasundarīm |
ādhārapadmādārabhya nābhipadmādadho bhuvi || 43-38 ||

ṣaṭ padmā yogināṃ cintyāsteṣāṃ nāmāni me śṛṇu |
vyucchantī vyuṣitā vyuṣṭā vyuṣuṣī vyoṣuṣī ramā || 43-39 ||

nābhipadmāddhṛdambhojāt pañca padmān pracakṣate |
paśyantī nābhipadmākhyā paśyā paśyetarātmikā || 43-40 ||

dṛśyā ca dṛśyamānā ca hṛdayaṃ paṅkajāhvayāḥ |
hṛtkaṇṭhāntaramadhyācca pañcapadmāhvayāñśṛṇu || 43-41 ||

bodhayantī ca boddhrī ca budhyamānā tathetarā |
ghoṣonmeṣā ca saṃjñāḥ syuḥ kaṇṭhahṛnmadhyapadmagāḥ || 43-42 ||

kaṇṭhatālvantarāmbhojapañcakākhyā imāḥ śṛṇu |
ghoṣayantī ca ghuṣyantī ghuṣṭā ghoṣā tathetarā || 43-43 ||

tālubhrumadhyadeśasthā pañcapadmāhvayā ime |
grāhayantī ca gṛhṇānā jighṛkṣā ca gṛhītikā || 43-44 ||

nirṇītiriti tālubhrūmadhyāmbhojagaṇābhidhāḥ |
bhrūmūrdhamadhyapadmānāṃ ṣaṇṇāmākhyā imāḥ śṛṇu || 43-45 ||

prāṇayantī prāṇatī ca prāṇā prāṇāvabodhinī |
parā bodheti tā etā bhrūmadhyāntaḥsthapadmagāḥ || 43-46 ||

ratnadīpaśikhābheṣu bhāvayenmāṃ kramotkramāt |
gṛnanmāṃ tārikāṃ dīrghāṃ dīrghaghaṇṭānadopamām || 43-47 ||

itthaṃ māṃ cintayan yogī surūpāṃ vāpi saṃsmaran |
vihāya sakalaṃ kleśaṃ madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 43-48 ||

lakṣayedvāpi padmeṣu navasveṣu kramotkramāt |
ādhāre trīṇi padmāni hṛdayādho'mbujatrayam || 43-49 ||

mūrdhno'dhastrīṇi padmāni navapadmavidhikramaḥ |
dvādaśasvathavābjeṣu mūrdhādyeṣu dvike dvike || 43-50 ||

ṣaṭsu vā prathamābjeṣu triṣu vā mūlahṛdbhuvi |
bhrūmadhye cintayedvāpi tārikāṃ tāranādinīm || 43-51 ||

tadbinduṃ cintayet pūrvaṃ mudgamātraṃ subhāsvaram |
tataḥ sarṣapamātraṃ tu tataścitramanākṛtim || 43-52 ||

yo yo vā gṛhyate bhāvo ghaṭakuḍyādirūpavān |
cintayettatra tattvāni yāni yāvanti śāstrataḥ || 43-53 ||

manmayīkṛtya tatraitānyahaṃbhāvanayā smaret |
hetumaddhetubhūtāni loke vastūni yāni vā || 43-54 ||

āśritāśrayarūpāṇi yāni svacchaghanāni vā |
bhāvatadvatsvarūpāṇi śubhāśubhamayāni ca || 43-55 ||

prasavāprasavātmāni guṇaguṇyākṛtīni vā |
ādhārādheyabhūtāni śaktitadvanmayāni vā || 43-56 ||

bhogyabhoktṛsvarūpāṇi nārīnaramayāni vā |
kriyākartṛsvarūpāṇi hyupāyopeyakāni vā || 43-57 ||

strīpuṃpratyayarūpāṇi śabdarūpāṇi yāni vā |
dvandvabhūtāni vastūni loke'smin yāni kānicit || 43-58 ||

tāni yogī dhiyā paśyellakṣmīnārāyaṇātmanā |
tantrasya paramaṃ guhyaṃ vrataṃ śṛṇu puraṃdara || 43-59 ||

yoginā yadanuṣṭheyaṃ lakṣmīyogavidhikrame |
pravartamānayā pūrvamādidevājjagadvidhau || 43-60 ||

āttaṃ sīmantinīrūpaṃ mayā sābhiniveśayā |
cikīrṣurmatpriyaṃ yogī lakṣmītantravicakṣaṇaḥ || 43-61 ||

na smaret kāminīnindāṃ karmaṇā manasā girā |
yatrāhaṃ tatra tattvāni yatrāhaṃ tatra devatāḥ || 43-62 ||

yatrāhaṃ tatra puṇyāni yatrāhaṃ tatra keśavaḥ |
vanitāyāmahaṃ tasmānnārī sarvajaganmayī || 43-63 ||

yo'bhinindati tāṃ nārīṃ sa lakṣmīmabhinindati |
yo'bhinandati tāṃ lakṣmīṃ trailokyamabhinandati || 43-64 ||

yo dveṣṭi vanitāṃ kāṃcit sa dveṣṭi harivallabhām |
yo harervallabhāṃ dveṣṭi sa dveṣṭi sakalaṃ jagat || 43-65 ||

jyotsnāmiva striyaṃ dṛṣṭvā yasya cittaṃ prasīdati |
nāpadhyāyati yatkiṃcit sa me priyatamo mataḥ || 43-66 ||

yathā nārāyaṇe nāsti mayi vā śakra kilviṣam |
yathā gavi yathā vipre yathā vedāntavedini || 43-67 ||

vanitāyāṃ tathā śakra duritaṃ naiva vidyate |
akalmaṣā yathā gaṅgā yathā puṇyā sarasvatī || 43-68 ||

aruṇā hyāpagā yadvattathā sīmantinī varā |
yadasmi jananī nāma trayāṇāṃ jagatāmaham || 43-69 ||

tadidaṃ nāryavaṣṭambhāt sā hi me paramaṃ balam |
trailokyajananī devī sarvakāmasamṛddhinī || 43-70 ||

mattanurvanitā sākṣādyogī kasmānna pūjayet |
na kuryād vṛjinaṃ nāryāḥ kuvṛttaṃ na samret striyāḥ || 43-71 ||

ṛte pāpāt priyaṃ nāryāḥ kāryaṃ yogamabhīpsatā |
jananīmiva tāṃ paśyeddevatāmiva māmiva || 43-72 ||

yo dveṣṭi vanitāṃ mohāttatsāhāyyaṃ na cācaret |
idaṃ ca śṛṇu deveśa yadvakṣyāmi priyo'si me || 43-73 ||

śrutvā tvayāpyanuṣṭheyaṃ naiva vācyaṃ hi kasyacit |
yā rūpiṇī varārohā kācid dṛṣṭipathaṃ gatā || 43-74 ||

tasyāṃ māṃ bhāvayedyogī tārikāṃ manasā gṛṇan |
alolupena cittena tasyā rūpamanusmaret || 43-75 ||

prāṇaṃ sūryaṃ parātmānaṃ nārīhṛdayapūrupam |
saṃsmaredanalaṃ tatra rūpalāvaṇyasaṃpadam || 43-76 ||

aśeṣasaṃpadopetāṃ tāṃ nārīṃ māmanusmaret |
anusmṛtya gṛṇan brahma bhāvayedeva māṃ dhiyā || 43-77 ||

tataḥ samādhisaṃpattau tatrāviṣṭā bhavāmyaham |
stabdhasarvāṅgavisraṃso madāveśasya lakṣaṇam || 43-78 ||

alolupena cittena māṃ samārādhya yatnataḥ |
viramedeva yuñjānaḥ pāpmānaṃ parivarjayan || 43-79 ||

etattu paradāreṣu naiva kāryaṃ vijānatā |
ayaṃ samādhiryatrāsīt sānurajyati tad dhruvam || 43-80 ||

svastriyāmeva kurvīta sādhāraṇyāmathāpi vā |
viplavo'pi na doṣo'tra yato madbhāvabhāvanā || 43-81 ||

saṃsparśajeṣu bhogeṣu yaḥ saṃharṣamahodayaḥ |
madrūpaṃ tadanudhyāyedavikṣiptena cetasā || 43-82 ||

praśastaviṣayotthaṃ yat sukhaṃ lekhanamanthanāt |
smaratastatpraharṣo yastadbhāvamanuśīlayet || 43-83 ||

cakṣuṣā viṣaye dṛṣṭe yā prītirupajāyate |
rasite ca śrute ghrāte sā me sukhamayī tanuḥ || 43-84 ||

yadṛcchopanateṣvevaṃ śabdasparśarasādiṣu |
upapattiriyaṃ proktā ceto damayato yateḥ || 43-85 ||

ye hi saṃsparśajā bhogā duḥkhayonaya eva te |
ādimanto'ntavantaśca na teṣu ramayenmanaḥ || 43-86 ||

nirastarajasā dhvastatamasā sattvavartinā |
yadantaḥkaraṇenāntarvyajyate sukhamuttamam || 43-87 ||

ādyantavidhuraṃ tanme sukhaṃ jñānamayaṃ vapuḥ |
tattādṛgvyajyate naiva saṃsparśairviṣayāśritaiḥ || 43-88 ||

anubadhnanti yad duḥkhaṃ viṣayāḥ sukhavāhinaḥ |
madhvantarviṣasaṃsṛṣṭaṃ madhuraṃ yadi bhakṣaṇe || 43-89 ||

kiṃ tenānantaraṃ yattadvyāpādayati bhakṣiṇam |
kruddhasya phaṇinaśchāyāṃ yaḥ śrayedātapārditaḥ || 43-90 ||

sa seveta naro bhogān sukhāya sparśasaṃbhavān |
sādhyān duḥkhavyayāyāsaiḥ sudarśān duḥkhamiśritān || 43-91 ||

tanīyasaḥ kṣayiṣṇūṃśca kaḥ śrayedviṣayān sukhī |
japyapūtamitāhāradivyasattvatanūkṛtau || 43-92 ||

rajastamoguṇau kṣiṇvanmatpriyācārakarmaṇā |
yogī samādhaye śaśvadyatnena damayenmanaḥ || 43-93 ||

jite manasi vai śaśvadviśvaṃ tena vijīyate |
jite manasi śuddhā me tanurunmiṣati svayam || 43-94 ||

śakraḥ -

samastacidacidbhedatantrayantravidhāyini |
vidhātri sarvabhogānāṃ namaste paṅkajāsane || 43-95 ||

viṣayapravaṇaṃ śaśvaccapalaṃ balavad dṛḍham |
āśu dūragamavyaktaṃ damyate kena tanmanaḥ || 43-96 ||

śrīḥ -

durdamaṃ durdharaṃ śaśvadaṇu durbodhamutkramam |
vairāgyābhyāsanigrāhyaṃ tanmanaḥ śakra cañcalam || 43-97 ||

rāgastu viṣaye raktiḥ svabhāvābhyāsayogajā |
tadabhāvaśca vairāgyaṃ tattvajñānena janyate || 43-98 ||

daurātmyaṃ viṣayāṇāṃ yattattvajñānaṃ tu tanmatiḥ |
caturdhā lakṣayettacca daurātmyaṃ prajñayā sudhīḥ || 43-99 ||

yo yādṛśo yato yasmai bhāvo'yamiti cintayet |
viṣayā bandhanātmāno viṣiṇvanti svasevinaḥ || 43-100 ||

avyaktādvyaktimāpannāḥ sarve te sukhaduḥkhayoḥ |
te ca naiva svasaṃsiddhā viṣayā viṣayaiṣiṇām || 43-101 ||

anekāntavyayāyāsaduḥkhasādhanajā hi te |
sukhameva na te kuryurduḥkhaṃ ca suvate hi te || 43-102 ||

sukhaṃ ca tatkṣaṇadhvaṃsi svadaśāduḥkhasaṃmitam |
citrarūpamidaṃ cintyaṃ bhāve bhāve vipaścitā || 43-103 ||

tattvajñānamidaṃ proktaṃ saṃgṛhya ca vigṛhya ca |
viṣayeṣu ca rāgastu sukhahetutvaniścayāt || 43-104 ||

sa mithyājñānarūpatvāttattvajñānairapohyate |
tadviniścyabādhe ca hetutvaṃ naiva sidhyati || 43-105 ||

ahetūn viṣayān kaścinnādadīta svasiddhaye |
yadidaṃ tattvavijñānaṃ tasya yacchīlanaṃ muhuḥ || 43-106 ||

so'bhyāsa iti tattvajñaistattvaśāstreṣu śabdyate |
sūkṣme mahatyaṇau sthūle sthire ca calavastuni || 43-107 ||

yatra tiṣṭhati yaccittaṃ dhāryate'bhyāsa eṣu vai |
vairāgyābhyāsayogena yatamānena yoginā || 43-108 ||

damyate mana uddāmaṃ tataḥ śāmyati tad dhruvam |

śakraḥ -

tattvāravindasaṃdohavihāracaturakrame || 43-109 ||

madhujinmānasāvāse namaste paṅkajāsane |
abhyāsena yathā cittaṃ damyate balavad dṛḍham || 43-110 ||

taṃ pradarśaya panthānaṃ namaste padmasaṃbhave |

śrīḥ -

viyatyūrdhvaṃ tanūbhūte javāt patati patriṇi || 43-111 ||

arundhatyāṃ tathā sūkṣme śanaiścittaṃ nirodhayet |
śaile mahati vā cittamanante vā vibhāvayet || 43-112 ||

paribhramati vā cakre yat sūkṣmamaṇu vidyate |
manastatraiva saṃyojya bhrāmayedbhramatā samam || 43-113 ||

tathāśvatthadalāgreṇa calatā cālayenmanaḥ |
tiṣṭhati sthāpayeccittaṃ gacchatā gamayenmanaḥ || 43-114 ||

pradarśanārthamuktaste prakāro'yaṃ puraṃdara |
anena damayaṃścittaṃ paraṃ yogamavāpsyati || 43-115 ||

īśeśitavyasaṃbhedaṃ yatpuṃrūpaṃ parāvaram |
sūryasthaṃ saṃsmarettattu strīrūpaṃ pañcabindukam || 43-116 ||

iti te tārikārūpaṃ sarvataḥ saumya darśitam |
itthaṃ vijñātatattvasya jñeyaṃ naivānyadiṣyate || 43-117 ||

itīyaṃ piṇḍasiddhiste leśataḥ śakra darśitā |
saṃjñāmūrtividhānaṃ ca sādhanaṃ cātha me śṛṇu || 43-118 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre nānāyogaprakāśo nāma tricatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 44

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 44 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 44

śakraḥ -

namaste cidacidvargasaṃrakṣaṇavicakṣaṇe |
jagadvidhānaśilpinyai viṣṇupatnyai namo'stu te || 44-1 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparātmāno bhedāḥ pūrvaṃ pradarśitāḥ |
tārāyā bījapiṇḍādibhedaṃ darśaya me'mbuje || 44-2 ||

śrīḥ -

eko nārāyaṇaḥ śrīmān pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahaḥ |
ekāhaṃ paramā tasya śaktiḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā || 44-3 ||

lokānanujighṛkṣantī śaśvajjñānakriyātmanā |
sāhaṃ tārikayā tanvā poṣayāmi punāmi ca || 44-4 ||

tasyāḥ parādibhāvaste śakra pūrvaṃ nidarśitaḥ |
bījapiṇḍādikān bhedān gadantyā me niśāmaya || 44-5 ||

yā parā darśitā pūrvaṃ yādṛśī sā tridhātmanā |
sāhaṃtā tādṛśī śakra tārikābījamucyate || 44-6 ||

sūryānalasthitā viṣṇupiṇḍavyomeśaśekharā |
pauraścaraṇiko yogastasyāḥ siddhiśca darśitā || 44-7 ||

saṃjñākhyā tārikāyā hi yogibhiḥ śakra sevyate |
tāmadyāvadadhānastvaṃ gadantyā me niśāmaya || 44-8 ||

śuddhamekamupādāya svāhayā śakra yojayet |
ayaṃ saṃjñāmanuryogidevabrahmādipūjitaḥ || 44-9 ||

yogibhiryatamānairvā mayā nārāyaṇena vā |
śakyaḥ prabhāva ākhyātuṃ saṃjñāyāstridaśeśvara || 44-10 ||

śubhānubandhamātraṃ tu saṃjñeṣṭaṃ paramakṣaram |
piṇḍitāyā ivāsyāśca siddhayaḥ sādhanāni ca || 44-11 ||

smaran satatamabhyāsāttanmayīkṛtavigrahaḥ |
yogī manmayatāṃ prāpya madbhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 44-12 ||

ahaṃ vā bodhitā tena sākṣātkāramupeyuṣī |
vidadhe sakalaṃ kāmaṃ sa yogī yaṃ yamicchati || 44-13 ||

iti saṃjñāmanuḥ śakra leśataḥ saṃpradarśitaḥ |
padamantramidānīṃ me śṛṇu tvaṃ sarvasādhakam || 44-14 ||

vibhajya nāyamuddhāryo na ca lekhyastathāpi ca |
aviplavāya rūpasya svarūpamupadiśyate || 44-15 ||

oṃ 3, hrīṃ 3, śrīṃ 3 oṃ āṃ 3 hauṃ 3 haṃsaḥ 3 oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo viṣṇave |
oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo nārāyaṇāya |
oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo bhagavate vāsudevāya |
oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ

jitaṃ te puṇḍarīkākṣa namaste viśvabhāvana |
namaste'stu hṛṣīkeśa mahāpuruṣa pūrvaja || 44-16 ||

oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ bhagavan viṣṇo nārāyaṇa vāsudeva puṇḍarīkākṣa lakṣmīpate puruṣottama jagadāde jaganmadhya jagannidhana śrīnivāsa bhagavantamabhigacchāmi |

bhagavantaṃ prapadye |
bhagavantaṃ gato'smi |
bhagavantamabhyarthaye |
bhagavadanudhyāto'ham |
bhagavatparikarabhūto'ham |
bhagavadanujñāto'ham |
bhagavati sṛṣṭo'ham |
bhagavatprasādāt bhagavanmayīṃ bhagavatīṃ tārikāmayīṃ lakṣmīṃ padairāvartayiṣyāmi |
tadyathā oṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ gurubhyo gurupatnībhyaḥ |
oṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ paramagurubhyaḥ paramagurupatnībhyaḥ |
oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ parameṣṭhine parameṣṭhinyai |
oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ pūrvasiddhebhyaḥ pūrvasiddhābhyaḥ |
oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ lakṣmīyogibhyo lakṣmīyoginībhyo namo namaḥ |

oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ īṃ namaḥ saṃsiddhisamṛddhyādipradāyai paramaikarasyāyai paramahaṃsi samastajanavāṅmanasasvātmātivartinyai nirārambhastimitanirañjanaparamānandasaṃdohamahārṇavasvarūpe paraparāyai viṣṇuviṣṇupatnyai viviṣṇu īṃ svāhā |

oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ īṃ namo nirantaraprathamānaprathamasāmarasyāyai svasvātantryasamunmiṣitanimiṣonmeṣaparaṃparārambhe svacchandaspandamānavijñānavāridhaye parasūkṣmāyai viṣṇupatnyai māyāyai īṃ svāhā |

oṃ śrīṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ īṃ namaḥ svasaṃkalpabalasamunmīlitabhagavadvyāptibhāvasvabhāve svecchāveśavijṛmbhamāṇasattāvibhūtimūrtikāracaturaguṇagrāmayuga-trikamahormijālāyai viṣṇupatnyai pañcabindave īṃ svāhā |

oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ hiṃ hiṃ hiṃ namo nityoditamahānandaparamasundarabhagavadvigrahaprakāśe vividhasiddhāñjanāspade ṣāḍguṇyaprasaramayaparamasattvarūpaparamavyomaprabhāve vicitrānandanirmalasundarabhogajālaprakārapariṇāmapravīṇasvabhā-vāyai paramasūkṣmasthūlarūpasūkṣmāyai viṣṇupatnyai pañcabindave hiṃ hiṃ hiṃ svāhā |

oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ āṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ namaḥ svasaṃkalpasamīraṇasamīryamāṇabahuvidhajīvakośadṛṣatpuñjāyai kalitakālakālyavikalpabhedaphenapiṇḍanivahāyai vilāsanidarśitabhoktṛbhogyabhogopakaraṇabhogasaṃpadekamahāsindhave paramasūkṣmasthūlarūpasthūlāyai viṣṇupatnyai pañcabindave hrīṃ hrīṃ hrīṃ svāhā |

oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namaḥ samastajagadupakārasvīkṛtabuddhimano'ṅgapratyaṅgasundarāyai vidhācatuṣṭayasamunmeṣitasamastajanalakṣmīkīrtijayāmāyāprabhā-vātmasamastasaṃpadekanidhaye samastaśakticakrasūtradhārāyai samastajanabhogasaubhāgyadāyini vividhaviṣayopaplavapraśamani nārāyaṇāṅkasthitāyai oṃ hrīṃ śrīṃ namo nārāyaṇāya lakṣmīnārāyaṇābhyāṃ svāhā |
śrīṃ hrīṃ oṃ |

iti te darśitaḥ so'yaṃ padamantro mahādbhutaḥ |
grāhyo gurumukhādeva kṛtadīkṣaṃ manīṣibhiḥ || 44-16 ||

asyāmadhīyamānāyāmādarśa iva nirmale |
vidyāyāṃ saṃprakāśe'haṃ yāvatī yāsmi yādṛśī || 44-17 ||

saṃbodhitasvatattvārthā sarvasiddhābhinanditā |
aṅgasaṃtatimasyāstu gadantyā me niśāmaya || 44-18 ||

prakāśānandasārāhaṃ tadante sarvadarśini |
satsattvavyañjike cātha parabrahma tadantike || 44-19 ||

tato bhagavatītyeva viṣṇupatni tadantike |
jñānaṃ jātiyutaṃ vācyaṃ hṛnmantro'yaṃ mahādbhutaḥ || 44-20 ||

avyāhatānandagate tadante parameśvari |
sarvopari sthite śeṣaṃ hṛnmantra iva jātiyuk || 44-21 ||

ahaṃ ca śaktisaṃpūrṇe jagatprakṛtike tathā |
jñānavaiśvānaraśikhe śeṣaṃ pūrvavadiṣyate || 44-22 ||

prāṇāprāṇamayonmeṣamahāspandamayīti ca |
sarvāśramapadātīte kavacaṃ pūrvaśeṣavat || 44-23 ||

vikāravidhure cātha svasvabhāvastathocyate |
mahāvīryamayītyevamastraṃ pūrvoktaśeṣavat || 44-24 ||

parānapekṣasāmarthye sarvaprasavinīti ca |
ante bodhamayītyevaṃ netraṃ pūrvoktaśeṣavat || 44-25 ||

pañcake brahmaṇāṃ kūṭe śāntānalavihāriṇī |
brahmaśrīrnāma māyeyaṃ vyomeśakṛtaśekharā || 44-26 ||

catuṣke dhāraṇākūṭe sūkṣmānalavihāriṇī |
dhāraṇāśrīriyaṃ māyāvyomeśakṛtaśekharā || 44-27 ||

pradhānānalapīṭhasthā vyomeśakṛtaśekharā |
puruṣaśrīriyaṃ jñeyā cetanaughaprasāriṇī || 44-28 ||

dhruvānalasthitā māyāvyomeśakṛtaśekharā |
pradhānaśrīriyaṃ jñeyā sarvacetanakāriṇī || 44-29 ||

vāmanādipavitrānte pavitrānalagāminī |
antaḥkaraṇaśrīrmāyāvyomeśakṛtaśekharā || 44-30 ||

narāditālalakṣmānte sragdharānalacāriṇī |
jñānaśrīriyamuddiṣṭā māyāvyomeśabhūṣitā || 44-31 ||

kūṭe vaikuṇṭhapūrve tu viśvāpyāyānalasthitā |
karmaśrīriyamuddiṣṭā māyāvyomeśabhūṣitā || 44-32 ||

uttamādikarālānte kapilānalacāriṇī |
bhūtaśrīriyamuddiṣṭā māyāvyomeśabhūṣitā || 44-33 ||

brahmaśrīpūrvikā etā aṣṭau padmadalāṣṭagāḥ |
padamūrtestārikāyāḥ parivārāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 44-34 ||

sarvāstāḥ padmagarbhābhāḥ prasannānanapaṅkajāḥ |
bāhudvandve dhārayantyaḥ praphullaṃ paṅkajadvayam || 44-35 ||

brahmaśrīḥ pūrvahastābhyāṃ brahmāñjalikarī śubhā |
pūrvābhyāṃ dhāraṇālakṣmīḥ śuddhāśuddhavibhājinī || 44-36 ||

pūrvābhyāṃ puruṣaśrīstu prasādāñjalikāriṇī |
pūrvābhyāṃ prakṛtiśrīstu pāśāṅkuśavidhāriṇī || 44-37 ||

antaḥkaraṇalakṣmīstu tarkamudrāvidhāriṇī |
adhomukhe pāṇitale kaniṣṭhānāmikādvayam || 44-38 ||

kuñcayeddhārayedanyadaṅgulyordvitayaṃ saha |
viśliṣya dhārayettadvadaṅguṣṭhaṃ pronnataṃ balāt || 44-39 ||

unnate dakṣiṇatale bahirmukhamavasthite |
saṃniveśastathā kārya eṣā mudrā tu tārkikī || 44-40 ||

tathāvidhe karadvandve vyākhyāmudrā tu yā bhavet |
jñānaśriyastu sā mudrā karmalakṣmyā nibodha me || 44-41 ||

karaṇavyāpṛtau pāṇī sasaṃrambhodyamau sadā |
eṣā mudrā samuddiṣṭā karmalakṣmyā mahāmate || 44-42 ||

bhūtalakṣmyāḥ karau pūrvau nānābhogapradāyinau |
mahālakṣmīmayaṃ kūṭamekaṃ sarvasukhāvaham || 44-43 ||

śṛṇu me sāvadhānena cetasā balasūdana |
garuḍādikarālāntaṃ taṃ naraḥ proddharetkramāt || 44-44 ||

karālānalagāṃ māyāṃ savyomeśāmathoccaret |
mahālakṣmīmayaṃ kūṭaṃ mahāśrīrasya devatā || 44-45 ||

ekānekasvabhāvā sā sākārā ca nirākṛtiḥ |
anantavaktrānantapadā tathānantakarā parā || 44-46 ||

ādhārādheyabhāvena sarvatrāvasthitā sadā |
nānāvarṇā tathā nānāśastragrāmaughasaṃkulā || 44-47 ||

krūrā saumyā samāsīnā nānāsaṃpatprakarṣiṇī |
sarvatra sulabhā dhyeyā kamalodarabhāsvarā || 44-48 ||

iyameva viparyastā garuḍāntā mahāmate |
pūrvavadrūpato dhyeyā pūrvoktaphaladayinī || 44-49 ||

svaradvisaptakaṃ devyāḥ kiraṇatvena saṃsthitam |
bindurādhārabhāvena sṛṣṭiḥ svaṃ rūpamūrjitam || 44-50 ||

iti te tārikāmūrtiḥ padākhyā saṃpradarśitā |
avadhānavadasyāṃ tvaṃ sadā ceto niveśaya || 44-51 ||

śatakoṭipravistārāllakṣmītantramahārṇavāt |
ayaṃ sāraḥ samuddhṛtya snigdhayā darśito mayā || 44-52 ||

aṅkasthāyāṃ mayi purā devadevo janārdanaḥ |
ujjahārāravindākṣo vidyāṃ matprītaye parām || 44-53 ||

yathā hi candrikāṃ dṛṣṭvā nṛṇāṃ cetaḥ prasīdati |
vidyāmimāṃ tathā dṛṣṭvā yogināṃ hṛtprasīdati || 44-54 ||

na yamādiparikleśa āsanavyasanaṃ na ca |
na prāṇāyāmataḥ kleśo naiva kiṃcidiheṣyate || 44-55 ||

sukhāsīnaḥ prasannātmā yatheṣṭāsanavigrahaḥ |
abhyasya manasā vidyāmimāṃ siddhiṃ niyacchati || 44-56 ||

yathā nadyo nadāścaiva saṃplavante mahodadhau |
evaṃ sarvāḥ parā vidyāḥ saṃplavante padātmani || 44-57 ||

asaṃkhyeyāni ratnāni yathā nadanadīpatau |
asaṃkhyeyāni tejāṃsi padamūrtau tathā viduḥ || 44-58 ||

yathānnaṃ madhusaṃsṛṣṭaṃ madhu cānnena saṃyutam |
evaṃ bījādayo bhāvāstārāyāḥ prītidāyinaḥ || 44-59 ||

ahaṃ nārāyaṇāṅkasthā sarvalokamaheśvarī |
sarvasaṃpanmayī dhyeyā padamūrtirvivakṣitā || 44-60 ||

ahameva punaḥ śakra parā karuṇayodyatā |
sādhakānāṃ hitārthāya manaso bhāvanāya ca || 44-61 ||

akhaṇḍā paripūrṇā hi caturdhātmānamātmanā |
imāṃ vidyāmayīṃ mūrtiṃ vibhajāmi hitaiṣīṇī || 44-62 ||

vibhaktānāṃ tu mūrtīnāṃ manmayīnāṃ puraṃdara |
vidhiṃ catasṛṇāṃ tvaṃ me yathāvacchrotumarhasi || 44-63 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre rahasyaprakāśo nāma catuścatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 44-44 ||

Kapitel 45

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 45 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 45

śrīḥ-

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī devī pūrveṣāmapi pūrvajā |
sākṣādbhagavato viṣṇorlakṣmīḥ śrīranapāyinī || 1 ||

vibhajāmi svayā śaktyā caturdhātmānamātmanā |
lakṣmīḥ kīrtirjayā māyā catasro mūrtayaśca tāḥ ||

yā sā śaktiḥ parā lakṣmīrahaṃtāhaṃ vibhorhareḥ |
vibhajantī svamātmānaṃ caturdhā jagato hite || 3 ||

ahameva parāhaṃtā bhavāmi prathamā tanuḥ |
lakṣmīrnāma mahābhāgā sarvaiśvaryaphalapradā || 4 ||

kītirnāma dvitīyā me tanuḥ satkīrtidāyinī |
jayā nāma tṛtīyā me tanurvijayadāyinī || 5 ||

māyā nāma caturthī me sarvāścaryakarī tanuḥ |
lakṣmīḥ kītirjayā māyetyevaṃ nārāyaṇāśrayāḥ || 6 ||

nārāyaṇāśrayāyā me mūrtayaḥ paramojjvalāḥ |
svaśaktinicayopetā nirākārāstu niṣkalāḥ || 7 ||

sūryasya raśmayo yadvadūrmayaścāmbudheriva |
sarvaiśvaryaprabhāve tu lakṣmīrlakṣmīpateḥ sthitā || 8 ||

nānāviśeṣalakṣmībhiḥ koṭisaṃkhyābhirāvṛtā |
kīrtistathāvidhā naiva vibhinnā vigrahe vibhoḥ || 9 ||

tannāsti yanna hi tayā vyāptaṃ sāmānyadehayā |
yasya yatra ca yā kīrtiḥ svasāmarthyātprajāyate || 10 ||

sā sā rūpaviśeṣo'syāḥ sāmānyātmana utthitā |
jayā jayeśvarasyaivaṃ vyāptibhāvena saṃsthitā || 11 ||

yā kācidvidyate māyā jagatyasmin surādiṣu |
bhagavanmāyayodbhūtāṃ tāṃ māṃ viddhi sureśvara || 12 ||

tadīyaṃ niṣkalaṃ rūpaṃ madīyaṃ ca vihāya vai |
ko'smiṃstattvodadhau cāsti caturdhā surasattama || 13 ||

bhagavacchaktibhiḥ samyagābhiryogavibhāvitāḥ |
svālokajñānasāmarthyāt sākāratvamupāgatāḥ || 14 ||

dhyātavyāḥ sādhakaśreṣṭhairijyāḥ pūjyāśca siddhaye |
tāsāṃ mamādibhūtāyā lakṣmyā mūrtiṃ niśāmaya || 15 ||

saumyavaktrā saumyanetrā dvibhujā cārukuṇḍalā |
padmagarbhopamā kāntyā mekhalādāmamaṇḍitā || 16 ||

śvetamālyāmbaradharā hārakeyūramaṇḍitā |
sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannā pīnatuṅgaghanastanī || 17 ||

prabuddhotpalavistīrṇalocanā susmitānanā |
caradvirephapaṭalatulyairyuktā tathālakaiḥ || 18 ||

lalāṭe tilakaṃ citraṃ vahantī ca manoharam |
āraktādhararatnā ca vaṃśamuktāphaladvijā || 19 ||

ardhacandralalāṭā ca nīlakuñcitamūrdhajā |
pāśāṅkuśadharā devī dharmakāmārthamokṣadā || 20 ||

baddhapadmāsanā caiva makuṭottamaśobhitā |
evaṃ dhyeyāhamīśānā lakṣmīvyūhasthitā satī || 21 ||

mantramasyāḥ pravakṣyāmi taṃ me nigaditaṃ śṛṇu |
tārikā nāma yadbījaṃ hṛdayaṃ tatparaṃ mama || 22 ||

pūrvaṃ praṇavamādāya tadante tāṃ niyojayet |
dvyakṣaraṃ tu tato lakṣmyai namaścānte niyojayet || 23 ||

tataḥ paramaśabdaṃ tu tadante puruṣeśvaram |
ānandinaṃ ca garuḍaṃ varuṇaṃ ca samuddharet || 24 ||

sthitāyaipadamasyānte bhūyo maddhṛdayaṃ paṭhet |
anubījaṃ tadante ca madbījaṃ punaruttamam || 25 ||

vahnijāyāṃ tadante ca mūrtimantro mamedṛśaḥ |
viṃśatyarṇaḥ smṛtaḥ so'yaṃ sākṣāllakṣmīsamāhvayaḥ || 26 ||

aṅgamantraṃ nibodhāsyā yathāvad vṛtrasūdana |
śāntamādāya tasyānte vinyaset puruṣeśvaram || 27 ||

analaṃ tadadhaḥsthaṃ ca piṇḍametattrayaṃ smṛtam |
ante yugādimāyojya hyādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 28 ||

candriṇaṃ vyāpinaṃ caiva sarveṣāmupari nyaset |
viddhi ṣaḍ hṛdayādīni tānyastrāntāni vāsava || 29 ||

lakṣmīsakhīnāmadhunā mantrānetānniśāmaya |
satyaṃ tatsthaṃ varāhaṃ ca māyāntamamṛtaṃ tathā || 30 ||

varuṇaṃ rāmayuktaṃ ca catvāro bījanāyakāḥ |
candrī vyāpī kramādyojyau sarveṣāṃ mūrdhni vai tataḥ || 31 ||

ṛddhirvṛddhiḥ samṛddhiśca vibhūtiśca sakhīgaṇaḥ |
tāraṃ bījaṃ tataḥ saṃjñā svāhā cāsāṃ manuḥ smṛtaḥ || 32 ||

sakhyaścatasra etāḥ syurdvibhujāḥ saumyadarśanāḥ |
padmakośapratīkāśāḥ śrīvṛkṣacamarāṅkitāḥ || 33 ||

padmāsanopaviṣṭāśca prekṣamāṇā madānanam |
evaṃ dhyeyāstu sakhyastāścaturo'nucarāñśṛṇu || 34 ||

lāvaṇyaḥ subhagaścaiva saubhāgyaśca tṛtīyakaḥ |
caturthaḥ saumanasyaśca catvāro'nucarā mama || 35 ||

caturbhujāḥ saumyavaktrā nīlakauśeyavāsasaḥ |
dadhataḥ padmakumbhau ca nalinīdhvajameva ca || 36 ||

praphullāmalavṛkṣaṃ ca caturbhiḥ svabhujaiḥ śubhaiḥ |
mantrāneṣāṃ pravakṣyāmi tattvatastānnibodha me || 37 ||

vibudhastvādidevāḍhyaḥ somo'tha bhuvanasthitiḥ |
dvidhāmṛtaṃ samādāya bhūdharābhyāṃ niyojayet || 38 ||

candrivyāpisametāni smaredbījāni tattvataḥ |
tāraṃ bījaṃ tataḥ saṃjñā namaścānte manoḥ smṛtaḥ || 39 ||

etat sāṅgaparīvāraṃ lakṣmīrūpaṃ nidarśitam |
kīrtyākhyāyā dvitīyāyā mūrte rūpādikaṃ śṛṇu || 40 ||

rūpeṇa sadṛśī lakṣmyā varṇataścampakaprabhā |
śeṣe lakṣmīsamā rūpe mūrtimantrānnibodha me || 41 ||

tāraṃ maddhṛdayaṃ paścāt karālo viṣṇusaṃyutaḥ |
sragdharaścānalārūḍha aiśvaryaparibhūṣitaḥ || 42 ||

namaḥ sadoditānandavigrahāyaipadaṃ tataḥ |
sadbījaṃ kamalārūḍhamanalaṃ viṣṇubhūṣitam || 43 ||

vyāpinā ca samāyuktamante bījamidaṃ smaret |
svāhāpadaṃ manuḥ so'yaṃ viṃśatyarṇastu kīrtitaḥ || 44 ||

aṅgamantrānnibodhādya gadantyā me niśāmaya |
karālamanalārūḍhaṃ kṛtvā saṃyojya pūrvavat || 45 ||

ānandādyaiḥ svaraiścandrivyāpiyuktaiḥ śriyo yathā |
aṅgamantrā ime kīrteḥ sakhīrūpamanūñchṛṇu || 46 ||

dyutiḥ sarasvatī medhā śrutiḥ sakhya imāḥ smṛtāḥ |
dvibhujā hemavarṇābhāḥ kīrtirūpāḥ smitānanāḥ || 47 ||

supustakaṃ kare vāme dakṣiṇe cāmaraṃ kare |
mantrān kīrtisakhīnāṃ tu gadantyā me niśāmaya || 48 ||

madanaṃ cāmṛtaṃ caiva pradhānaṃ śaṃkaraṃ tathā |
etān kṛtvānalārūḍhān māyayā paribhūṣayet || 49 ||

candriṇaṃ vyāpinaṃ dadyāt sakhīmantrānimān smaret |
kīrteranucarāṇāṃ tu nāmarūpādikaṃ śṛṇu || 50 ||

vāgīśo jayadaścaiva prasādastrāṇa eva ca |
dhyeyāḥ kiṃśukavarṇābhāḥ kāntarūpā manoharāḥ || 51 ||

śvetāmbarāścaturhastāḥ sarvābharaṇabhūṣitāḥ |
vāmadakṣiṇahastābhyāṃ mukhyābhyāṃ teṣu cintayet || 52 ||

śaṅkhaminduśatābhaṃ ca kadambākhyaṃ mahādrumam |
sapuṣpaṃ paṭpadopetamaparābhyāṃ nibodha me || 53 ||

pūrṇacandropamaṃ vāme darpaṇaṃ dakṣiṇe kare |
mayūravyajanaṃ śubhraṃ dadhataścārulocanāḥ || 54 ||

varāhamādidevāḍhyamaprameyaṃ ca kevalam |
pavitramanalārūḍhaṃ sragdharaṃ ca tathāvidham || 55 ||

ādidevānvitaṃ kṛtvā teṣāmūrdhvaṃ suyojayet |
candriṇaṃ vyāpinaṃ cānte mantrā anucarāśritāḥ ||

kīrterdvitīyamūrtervai kramo'yaṃ parikīrtitaḥ |
rūpādikaṃ tṛtīyāya jayāyā me niśāmaya || 57 ||

rūpeṇa sadṛśī lakṣmyā jayā paramaśobhanā |
tāraśca tārikā caiva janmahantā caturgatiḥ || 58 ||

ādidevānvitaḥ paścāt sa evaiśvaryasaṃyutaḥ |
tāramādāya tasyānte kālaṃ saparameśvaram || 59 ||

vyāpako janmahantā sarāmo'tha sragdharastathā |
ādidevānvito dhartā pradhānaśca tathāvidhaḥ || 60 ||

varuṇo'thāmṛtasthaśca dhanvī rāmavibhūṣitaḥ |
vairājaścādidevāḍhyaḥ śaṅkha aiśvaryabhūṣitaḥ || 61 ||

tārikā śāśvato'śeṣabhuvanādhāraviṣṇumān |
vyomeśabhūṣitaścātha vahnipatnī tataḥ param || 62 ||

jayāyā mūrtimantro'yamaṅgamantrān nibodha me |
janmahantāramādāya kālapāvakabhūṣitam || 63 ||

svarairvibhūṣayet prāgvaccandrivyāpisamanvitaiḥ |
aṅgāni hṛdayādīni jayāyāstāni saṃsmaret || 64 ||

jayantī vijayā caiva tṛtīyā cāparājitā |
siddhiścaturthī vijñeyā jayāsakhya imāḥ smṛtāḥ || 65 ||

ajitaṃ viṣṇusaṃyuktaṃ varuṇaṃ ceddhasaṃyutam |
kevalavyāpakaṃ caiva somamiṣṭavibhūṣitam || 66 ||

candrivyāpisamāyuktaṃ kṛtvā saṃyojya saṃjñayā |
svāhāmante samāyojya sakhīmantrānimān smaret || 67 ||

nīlanīradavarṇābhāḥ prasannavadanekṣaṇāḥ |
pītāmbaradharāḥ sarvāḥ sakhyaḥ kanakakuṇḍalāḥ || 68 ||

sitacāmarahastāśca citravetralatākarāḥ |
nirīkṣamāṇā vadanaṃ jayāyā ajitasya ca || 69 ||

pratāpī jayabhadraśca tṛtīyastu mahābalaḥ |
utsāhaśceti vargo'yaṃ jayānucarasaṃjñitaḥ || 70 ||

raktāmbaradharāḥ sarve caturhastā mahābalāḥ |
dhanurbāṇakarāścaiva gadācakradharāstathā || 71 ||

itthaṃ te'nucarā jñeyāḥ puṣpābharaṇabhūṣitāḥ |
padmanābho'nalārūḍho'jitaḥ kālastathaiva ca || 72 ||

uddāmaśca sureśaite candrivyāpivibhūṣitāḥ |
praṇavādyā namo'ntāśca saṃjñayā ca samanvitāḥ || 73 ||

jayānucaramantrāste vijñeyā vṛtrasūdana |
ayaṃ tṛtīyamūrterme jayāyā vidhiradbhutaḥ || 74 ||

caturthyāḥ saṃvidhānaṃ me māyāmūrterniśāmaya |
sarvāścaryakarī devī devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 75 ||

māyā nāma mahāśaktisturīyā me tanuḥ parā |
rūpeṇa sadṛśī lakṣmyā mūrtimantraṃ niśāmaya || 76 ||

ādāya tārakaṃ pūrvaṃ tārikāṃ tadanu smaret |
māyāyai ca namaḥ paścāt kāla odanasaṃsthitaḥ || 77 ||

vāmabhrūsaṃyutaḥ sūryaḥ sragdharo viṣṇubhūṣitaḥ |
kevalo'sau narāntyo'tha madano gopanānvitaḥ || 78 ||

puṇḍarīko'nalārūḍho rāmavāṃstadanantaram |
tālalakṣmādidevāḍhyaḥ śaṅkha aiśvaryasaṃyutaḥ || 79 ||

tataḥ kālo'nalārūḍho māyāvyāpisamanvitaḥ |
māyābījamidaṃ divyaṃ tārikordhvasthitaṃ smaret || 80 ||

vahnijāyā tadante syādviṃśatyarṇo manuḥ smṛtaḥ |
aṅgānyasya pravakṣyāmi tāni me tvaṃ niśāmaya || 81 ||

māyābījaṃ samādāya gopanādyaiḥ svaraiḥ kramāt |
vibhedya pūrvavat kāryā hyaṅgakḷptirvipaścitā || 82 ||

mohinī bhrāmaṇī durgā preraṇī ca sureśvara |
māyāsakhyaścatasrastā vijñeyā ratnabhāsurāḥ || 83 ||

lāvaṇyena ca vīryeṇa saundaryeṇa ca tejasā |
māyātulyā imā devyaḥ sitavastrānulepanāḥ || 84 ||

cāmarāṅkuśahastāśca baddhapadmāsanasthitāḥ |
mantrānāsāṃ pravakṣyāmi śṛṇu tvaṃ balasūdana || 85 ||

pradhāna odanārūḍho dhruvo rephādidevavān |
madano bhuvanārūḍho yo'nalaiśvaryasaṃyutaḥ || 86 ||

candrivyāpiyutā hyete sarve praṇavapīṭhegāḥ |
saṃjñāsvāhāyujo māyāsakhīmantrā ime smṛtāḥ || 87 ||

māyāmayo mahāmohaḥ śambaraśca kalīśvaraḥ |
catvāro'nucarā ete kākālīkajjalopamāḥ || 88 ||

caturbhujā mahākāyāḥ saumyavaktrāḥ smitānanāḥ |
keyūrābharaṇopetāḥ pītakauśeyavāsasaḥ || 89 ||

hāranūpurasaṃyuktā nānākusumabhūṣitāḥ |
tuṣāradhūlidhavalāḥ khaḍgapāśakarodyatāḥ || 90 ||

bāṇaṃ kārmukamanyasminnātapatraṃ karadvaye |
pradhāno gopanopetaḥ kevalastadanantaram || 91 ||

śaṃkaraḥ kevalaścaiva kevalaḥ kamalastathā |
candrī vyāpī ca sarveṣāṃ kramānmūrdhasu vinyaset || 92 ||

tārakādyā namo'ntāśca saṃjñayā ca samanvitāḥ |
mantrā māyāmayādīnāṃ caturṇāṃ balasūdana || 93 ||

sarveṣāmaṅgamantrāṇāṃ dhyānaṃ sāmānyamīritam |
mudrāścāṅgasametānāṃ devānāmapi vāsava || 94 ||

yāḥ purastānmayā proktā darśayettā yathāyatham |
ekaikaśaḥ samastā vā devīretā bhajannaraḥ || 95 ||

yathāmati yathotsāhaṃ yujyate parayā śriyā |
etāścatasrastanvyo me bhagavatkiraṇātmikāḥ || 96 ||

yābhiḥ sa bhagavān devaḥ pūrṇarūpo'vatiṣṭhate |
ekaikasyā asaṃkhyātāḥ śaktayastattadātmikāḥ || 97 ||

anantaparivārāstā iti śaktimayaṃ jagat |
āsāṃ catasṛṇāmekāṃ śaktīnāṃ parameśvarīm || 98 ||

mūlabhūtāṃ parāhaṃtāṃ viṣṇostaddharmadharmiṇīm |
sarvaśaktimayīṃ tāṃ māṃ śakticakrasya nāyikām || 99 ||

prakāśānandayorantaranusyūtāmanusmaret |
agnīṣomadvayāntaḥsthāṃ madhyamārgānuvatinīm || 100 ||

aparācyā manovṛttyā manvīta matimānnaraḥ |
astamānāyya sauṣumne mārge sūryaniśākarau || 101 ||

aparācīnayā vṛttyā kurvīta mayi saṃsthitim |

śakraḥ-

devadevamaye devi sarasīruhasaṃsthite || 102 ||

mudrā devīsakhīnāṃ ca kiṃ karāṇāṃ ca me vada |

śrīḥ-

devīnāṃ darśitā mudrāḥ puraiva balasūdana || 103 ||

tatsakhīnāmidānīṃ tu ṣoḍaśānāṃ nibodha me |
saṃmukhau tu karau kṛtvā suspaṣṭau suprasāritau || 104 ||

kaniṣṭhānāmikābhyāṃ vai yugalaṃ yugalaṃ haret |
melayennakhadeśācca yathā syādekapiṇḍavat || 105 ||

aṅgulībhiścatasṛbhiḥ pāṇimadhye nirāśrayam |
aṅguṣṭhau daṇḍavatkṛtvā prāntalagnau prasāritau || 106 ||

aṅgulīnāṃ catasṛṇāṃ viśrāntau codarāvadheḥ |
sarpakuṇḍalavatkṛtvā prayatnāttarjanīdvayam || 107 ||

prasārya cāgrato lagne madhyame dve sureśvara |
kanīyasyau ṛjūbhūte samārabhya karadvayam || 108 ||

kuryāccaivātisaṃlagnaṃ maṇibandhāvasānataḥ |
īṣadaṅguṣṭhamūle tu maṇibandhaṃ karadvayāt || 109 ||

kuryādvikasitaṃ caiva mudraiṣā balasūdana |
mahāyonyabhidhānā ca trilokajananī parā || 110 ||

vaśīkuryājjagat sarvaṃ kāmato yadi yojitā |
atrānuṣṭhānayattā strī baddhvā dūrāt pradarśayet || 111 ||

munīnāṃ gatasaṅgānāṃ kṣobhaṃ janayate kṣaṇāt |
puruṣo'trābhiyukto vā darśayedvanitāsu ca || 112 ||

nivṛttakāmadharmāsu cābalāsvathavā muneḥ |
kṣubhyantyamadanāstāśca sakāmāyāstu kā kathā || 113 ||

eṣā sādhāraṇī mudrā sarvāsāmapi vāsava |
vakṣye'thānucarāṇāṃ tu ṣoḍaśānāṃ samāsataḥ || 114 ||

pṛṣṭhalagnau karau kṛtvā mokṣayettadanantaram |
pradeśinīyugaṃ caiva kaniṣṭhāyugalaṃ tathā || 115 ||

adhomukhaṃ tu suspaṣṭaṃ tābhyāṃ madhyaṃ mahāmate |
kaniṣṭhikādvayaṃ lagnaṃ viralaṃ tarjanīyugam || 116 ||

madhyamānāmikāyāṃ tu yugmaṃ yugmaṃ tu dhārayet |
ekalagnaṃ nakhoddeśādyāvatparva tu madhyamam || 117 ||

ūrdhvavaktraṃ suraśreṣṭha samena dharaṇena tu |
suspaṣṭau lambamānau cāpyaṅguṣṭhau cāpyadhomukhau || 118 ||

parasparaṃ tu dūrasthau mudraiṣā sarvakāmadā |
svasvamantrayutā kāryā sarveṣāmiyamekikā || 119 ||

sādhāraṇyāvime prokte mudre sakhyanucāriṇām |
itthaṃ saparivārābhistāṃ māṃ catasṛbhiryutām || 120 ||

vibhūtibhirupāsyaivaṃ māmevānte samaśnute |
vibhūtayo hyanantā me tattvatāttvikasaṃśrayāḥ || 121 ||

koṭikoṭiparīvārā ekaikāstāśca vāsava |
etāḥ pradhānabhūtāstāścatasraḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 122 ||

iti me mūrtimantrāṇāmaṅgamantrādibhiḥ saha |
kathitaste samuddeśaḥ sādhanādīni me śṛṇu || 123 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre mūrtiprakāśo nāma pañcacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 46

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 46 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 46

śrīḥ-

anukrameṇa deveśa lakṣmyādīnāṃ ca sādhanam |
vividhāni ca karmāṇi tanmantrebhyo'vadhāraya || 1 ||

caturaśraṃ caturdvāraṃ kṛtvā pūrvoditaṃ puram |
tanmadhye'ṣṭadalaṃ padmaṃ likhecchuklāruṇaprabham || 2 ||

sitāni caturālikhya koṇeṣu svastikāni ca |
vyāpakatvena tu purā maṇibandhamukhāditaḥ || 3 ||

vinyasya mūlamantraṃ ca haste dehe ca kevalam |
paścādādau ca hastābhyāṃ lakṣmīmantraṃ tathā nyaset || 4 ||

tadaṅgāni ca vinyasya haste dehe yathā purā |
tasyānugacatuṣkaṃ yaddevīnāṃ tadanu nyaset || 5 ||

pradeśinyādito hastadvaye tadanu vigrahe |
uttamāṅge tu hṛnmadhya ūrvorjānudvaye tathā || 6 ||

lāvaṇyādyāṃśca caturo hyanāmādi karadvaye |
aṅguṣṭhāntaṃ ca vinyasya haste dehe ca vāsava || 7 ||

dakṣiṇe ca tathā vāme skandhe pakṣadvaye tataḥ |
nyāsaṃ kṛtvā yathānyāyaṃ śrīkāmo'tha yajeddhṛdi || 8 ||

layayāgaprayogeṇa lakṣmīmantraṃ tu kevalam |
kṛtvāvalokanādyaṃ tu tato bāhye tu vinyaset || 9 ||

mūrtimantrayutaṃ mūlaṃ karṇikopari vāsava |
sakalākaladehaṃ ca sarvamantrānvitaṃ vibhum || 10 ||

tadutsaṅgagatāṃ lakṣmīṃ svamantreṇāvatārya ca |
pūrvoktadhyānasaṃyukto bhogamokṣaprasiddhaye || 11 ||

tadāgneye tadīśāne yātavīye'tha vāyave |
catvāri hṛdayādīni netraṃ kesarasaṃtatau || 12 ||

tadagre dakṣiṇe pṛṣṭhe vāmapārśve kramānnyaset |
catuṣṭayaṃ tu ṛddhyādyaṃ dvibhujaṃ tu tathākṛti || 13 ||

padmagaurapratīkāśaṃ śrīvṛkṣacamarāṅkitam |
padmāsanenopaviṣṭaṃ prekṣamāṇaṃ tadānanam || 14 ||

svastikānāṃ tadīśādikoṇasthāne niveśya tu |
lāvaṇyādyacatuṣkaṃ tu saumyavaktraṃ caturbhujam || 15 ||

nīlakauśeyavasanaṃ padmakumbhakarānvitam |
nalinīdhvajahastaṃ ca saphalāmalavṛkṣadhṛt || 16 ||

dvāreṣvastraṃ caturdikṣu nyasya pūjya yathā purā |
mūlamantrayutāṃ devīṃ lakṣmīṃ tridaśanandana || 17 ||

mudrāśca darśayet sarvā yatra yatra hi yāḥ smṛtāḥ |
japtvā kṛtvā tato homaṃ saghṛtaistu tilākṣataiḥ || 18 ||

sāmalaiḥ śrīphalaiścaiva sati lābhe tu paṅkajaiḥ |
yathāśakti hyasaṃkhyaistu homānte vṛtrasūdana || 19 ||

lakṣmīrūpastato bhūtvā sādhakaḥ kṛtaniścayaḥ |
japellakṣāṇi vai pañca śuddhāhāro jitendriyaḥ || 20 ||

homaṃ kuryājjapānte tu kramādbilvāmalāmbujaiḥ |
yathāśakti hyasaṃkhyaistu ayutāyutasaṃkhyayā || 21 ||

dadāti darśanaṃ śakra homānte parameśvarī |
putra siddhāsmi te brūhi yatte manasi cepsitam || 22 ||

kuru kāryāṇyabhīṣṭāni manmantreṇākhilāni ca |
adya prabhṛti niḥśaṅko dvandvopadravavarjitaḥ || 23 ||

evamuktvā tu sā devī yāti yatrāgatāśu vai |
tataḥ karmāṇi vai kuryāllakṣmyā anumate mama || 24 ||

sa eṣa tuṣṭo'bhīṣṭaṃ tu śriyaṃ dadyādyathārthinām |
saṃkruddho nirdhanaṃ kuryādvāṅmātreṇa dhaneśvaram || 25 ||

śulbaṃ kuryāt sakṛddhyāyan mantrajāpācca hāṭakam |
pūrayitvāmbhasā kumbhaṃ kṣīreṇa madhunāthavā || 26 ||

nidhāya dakṣiṇe haste vāmaṃ tadupari nyaset |
śatamaṣṭādhikaṃ mantraṃ japeddhyānasamanvitam || 27 ||

rasendrābhiniveśastho hyekacittaḥ samāhitaḥ |
rasendratvaṃ samāyāti tatkumbhe tvāhṛtaṃ jalam || 28 ||

saraso lakṣavedhī syācchastrādīnāṃ puraṃdara |
karoti kāyamamaraṃ jarārogavivarjitam || 29 ||

aṅguṣṭhākāramātraṃ tu purā pāṣāṇamāharet |
dakṣiṇodarahastena vāmena badarīsamam || 30 ||

abhimantrya tu tau muṣṭī dve śate ṣoḍaśādhike |
dakṣiṇasthaṃ tu pāṣāṇaṃ ratnatvamupayāti ca || 31 ||

vāme muktāphalatvaṃ ca mahāmūlye tu te ubhe |
yadyadicchati jātyā vai tattadratnaṃ bhavettadā || 32 ||

tathā muktāphalaṃ tattat pratibhāti karoti ca |
gogajāśvasamudbhūtamasthi cādāya pāṇinā || 33 ||

śatārdhaṃ mantritaṃ kṛtvā pravālatvaṃ prayāti tat |
śatābhimantritaṃ kṛtvā trapu sīsaṃ tathāyasam || 34 ||

jāyate kaladhautaṃ tu rajataṃ vātinirmalam |
yadyad gṛhītvā devendra yaṃ yaṃ dhātuṃ samīhate || 35 ||

kruddho vā parituṣṭaśca tattat kuryāttu so'nyathā |
evamaśmamayānāṃ tu anyatvamupapadyate || 36 ||

yā yā manasi vai yasya vibhūtiḥ pratibhāti ca |
tāṃ tāṃ dadāti tasyāśu dhanadhānyagavādikām || 37 ||

likhitvā bhūrjapatre tu yāganyāsakrameṇa tu |
rocanākuṅkumābhyāṃ tu saṃdhārayati yaḥ sadā || 38 ||

suvarṇaveṣṭitaṃ cāṅge lakṣmīmantraṃ śatakrato |
tasyāyuṣo bhaved vṛddhiḥ sarvatra vijayī mahān || 39 ||

prāpnuyānmahatīṃ pūjāṃ yatra yatra ca saṃviśet |
idamārādhanaṃ proktaṃ śrīkāmānāṃ viśeṣataḥ |
lakṣmyāstridaśaśārdūla mama yā prathamā tanuḥ || 40 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre lakṣmīmantrasiddhiprakāśo nāma ṣaṭcatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ ||

Kapitel 47

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 47 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 47

śrīḥ-

vyūhānāṃ prathamā lakṣmīrmatsaṃjñaivoditā hi yā |
tasyāḥ siddhiriyaṃ proktā dvitīyāyā niśāmaya || 1 ||

nyāsopāyaṃ padmayāgaṃ sarvaṃ viddhi puroditam |
pūrvoktaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā sitapītaṃ tadantare || 2 ||

kiṃtu vai paṅkajaṃ kuryādvinyasettadanantaram |
vibhorutsaṅgagāṃ kīrtiṃ hṛdādīni yathā purā || 3 ||

kramāddhyānaṃ sakhīnāṃ ca yathā tadavadhāraya |
dvibhujā hemavarṇā ca kīrtirūpā smitānanā || 4 ||

supustakaṃ kare vāme dakṣiṇe cāmaraṃ kare |
dhyāyet kiṃśukavarṇābhaṃ kāntarūpaṃ manoramam || 5 ||

tatrānugacatuṣkaṃ tu caturhastaṃ sitāmbaram |
vāmadakṣiṇahastābhyāṃ mukhyābhyāṃ teṣu cintayet || 6 ||

śaṅkhaminduśatābhaṃ ca kadambākhyaṃ mahādrumam |
sapuṣpaṃ ṣaṭpadopetamaparābhyāṃ nibodha me || 7 ||

pūrṇacandropamaṃ vāme darpaṇaṃ dakṣiṇe kare |
mayūravyajanaṃ śubhraṃ dhyātvaivaṃ darśayettataḥ || 8 ||

mudrāḥ sarvāḥ pratisvaṃ yāḥ sādhakaḥ pūjayettataḥ |
arghyapuṣpādinā samyagjaptvā śaktyātha homayet || 9 ||

tilāni cājyasiktāni gandhaśālyanvitāni ca |
devīrūpaṃ tu homānte kṛtvā puṣpāñjanāmbaraiḥ || 10 ||

ekānte vijane sthitvā maunī mūlaphalāśanaḥ |
japellakṣatrayaṃ mantraṃ japānte homamācaret || 11 ||

lakṣaikasaṃkhyaṃ devendra taṇḍulaistilamiśritaiḥ |
kāpilena ghṛtenaiva tādṛkkṣīrayutena ca || 12 ||

ekaikaṃ ca hṛdādīnāṃ sahasraṃ cātha homayet |
dadyātpūrṇāhutiṃ paścāt kṣīreṇājyānvitena ca || 13 ||

patitāyāṃ tu pūrṇāyāmāyāti parameśvarī |
sādhu sādhviti vai brūte sthitvāgre sādhakasya tu || 14 ||

ehyehi paramaṃ dhāma tyajedaṃ bhautikaṃ puram |
upabhuṅkṣvāmarān bhogān martyamadhyagato'pi ca || 15 ||

madīyenākhilaṃ karma mantreṇa kuru sādhaka |
evamuktvā tu sā devī gaganaṃ ca vrajettataḥ || 16 ||

sādhakaḥ kīrtimantreṇa kuryāt karma yathepsitam |
dadāti yasya yatkiṃcittattasyāpyakṣayaṃ bhavet || 17 ||

tenāsau labhate kīrtiṃ yāvaccandrārkatārakam |
pracaṇḍānāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ madhyastho yadi budhyate || 18 ||

vakti saṃsadi vā kiṃcit prāpnuyādvipulaṃ yaśaḥ |
abhibhūya janān sarvānutkṛṣṭatvaṃ prapadyate || 19 ||

japtvā siddhānnabhāṇḍaṃ tu svalpakāle'nnasaṃkaṭe |
yadecchati janānāṃ tu yathecchamaśanaṃ bhavet || 20 ||

dadāti cākṣayaṃ tasya saptāhamaniśaṃ yadi |
prāpnuyānmahatīṃ kīrtiṃ yāvadābhūtasaṃplavam || 21 ||

subhikṣe lavamātraṃ tu ādāya kanakasya ca |
parijapya sahasraṃ tu vidhinā paritaḥ sthitam || 22 ||

prayāti tat prabhūtatvaṃ dīyate'rthijanasya ca |
avyucchinnaṃ dvisaptāhaṃ saṃśayaṃ nādhigacchati || 23 ||

tenāsau mahatīṃ kīrtiṃ prāpnuyāllokasatkṛtām |
ādāya toyakalaśaṃ nāgendrabhavanahradāt || 24 ||

prayāyānmarubhūmiṃ vai tatra nimne tu bhūtale |
nikṣipet parvatāgre vā sahasraparimantritam || 25 ||

sa pannageśvarastatra parivārasamanvitaḥ |
rakṣannudakamātiṣṭhedyāvattiṣṭhati medinī || 26 ||

tenāsau mahatīṃ loke kīrtimāpnoti vāsava |
kāle tu bījarohī ca yadi devo na varṣati || 27 ||

ādāya mṛtkaṇaṃ haste taṭākajalamarditam |
tanmadhyasthaṃ ca vā klinnaṃ parijapya śatatrayam || 28 ||

mukhavātaistu saṃtaptaṃ kṛtvā kīrtimanuṃ smaret |
prakṣipedgagane tadvai meghatvaṃ pratipadyate || 29 ||

pūrayenmedinīṃ sarvāṃ jalena jaladastu saḥ |
tadājñayā vasettāvattasmin deśe sa megharāṭ || 30 ||

varṣaṃstadupayogyaṃ ca yāvat saṃpadyate jalam |
tenāsau mahatīṃ kīrtiṃ prāpnuyācca trilokagām || 31 ||

saṃpādayati tattasya yasya yanmanasepsitam |
prabhāvaṃ mantrarājasya kīrtyākhyasya surottama || 32 ||

likhitaṃ pūrvavadbaddhvā haste vā dakṣiṇe kare |
prāpnuyānmahatīṃ kīrtiṃ pūjāmṛddhiṃ sarasvatīm || 33 ||

etat saṃkṣepataḥ proktaṃ kīrtermantrasya vāsava |
dvitīyāyā vidhānaṃ me tanvāstanubhṛtāṃ vara || 34 ||

etadvidhānamātiṣṭhan kīrtimantrasya śobhanam |
prāpnuyādvimalāṃ kīrtiṃ saṃtaterapi bhūtidām || 35 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre kīrtimantrasiddhiprakāśo nāma saptacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 48

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 48 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 48

śrīḥ-

vidhiṃ tṛtīyatanvā me jayāyā vṛtrasūdana |
śṛṇu siddhiprakāraṃ ca siddhasaṃghairabhiṣṭutam || 1 ||

kṛtvā tu pūrvavannyāsamiṣṭvā ca hṛdaye jayām |
maṇḍalaṃ pūrvavat kṛtvā tanmadhye paṅkajaṃ likhet || 2 ||

nīlotpalābhatulyena rajasā ca supatrakam |
tatrotsaṅgagatāṃ viṣṇorhṛdayādyojayejjayām || 3 ||

karṇikopari mantrāṃśca nyaset pūrvakrameṇa tu |
kiṃtu dhyānāni sarveṣāṃ yathāvadavadhāraya || 4 ||

nīlanīradavarṇāśca prasannavadanekṣaṇāḥ |
pītāmbaradharāḥ sarvāḥ sakhyaḥ kanakakuṇḍalāḥ || 5 ||

sitacāmarahastāśca citravetralatodyatāḥ |
nirīkṣamāṇā vadanaṃ jayāyā ajitasya ca || 6 ||

kundakuḍmalavarṇābhāḥ prasannamukhapaṅkajāḥ |
raktāmbaradharāścaiva caturhastā mahābalāḥ || 7 ||

dhanurbāṇakarāścaiva gadācakrakarānvitāḥ |
catvāro'nucarā dhyeyāḥ puṣpābharaṇabhūṣitāḥ || 8 ||

sarvāśca darśayenmudrāḥ pratisvaṃ yāḥ prakīrtitāḥ |
pūjayecca tato bhaktyā homaṃ kuryādanantaram || 9 ||

tilaiḥ siddhārthakopetairhaviṣā gulgulena ca |
homāvasāne mantrī svaṃ kṛtvā rūpaṃ jayātmakam || 10 ||

jayāhamiti vai buddhvā cetasopasthitaṃ mahat |
tīrasthānaṃ samāsādya niḥśaṅkaṃ janavarjitam || 11 ||

varmaṇāstreṇa digbandhaṃ kṛtvā duṣṭanibarhaṇam |
prārabheta japaṃ paścāt payo'nnaphalabhuk sadā || 12 ||

praṇipatya hariṃ bhaktyā prāk svamantreṇa vāsava |
ekāntaśīlo laghvāśī maunī dhyānaparāyaṇaḥ || 13 ||

japellakṣacatuṣkaṃ tu japānte homamācaret |
samit prādeśamātrā tu raktacandanasaṃbhavā || 14 ||

tāsāmayutamavyagro ghṛtāktānāṃ tu homayet |
siddhārthairniyute dve ca madhumiśrairmahāmate || 15 ||

ayutaṃ niyutaṃ cātha juhuyādasitaistilaiḥ |
madhutritayasaṃyuktairante pūrṇāhutitrayam || 16 ||

madhukṣīraghṛtaiḥ śakra krameṇa parihomayet |
tato bhagavatī devī samāyāti jayā svayam || 17 ||

siddhāsmīti ca te putra manmantreṇa samācara |
yadabhīṣṭaṃ tu vai kāryaṃ niḥśaṅko vigatajvaraḥ || 18 ||

ityuktvādarśanaṃ yāti śaktirnārāyaṇātmikā |
tataḥ karmāṇi kurvīta vividhāni tvanekaśaḥ || 19 ||

loke'smin yānyabhīṣṭāni svātmanaśca parasya vā |
tatrāpyuddeśato vakṣye śṛṇu tattvena vajradhṛt || 20 ||

jvālāvadrasanāṃ dhyāyeddevīmantreṇa sādhakaḥ |
udgrāhayati vai yasya yasmin yasmin hi vastuni || 21 ||

vijitya nyāyatastaṃ vai jayamāpnotyayatnataḥ |
gajāśvaśastrabhṛtpūrṇamapi sainyaṃ balānvitam || 22 ||

dṛṣṭvānyasya samāyuktaṃ hantumabhyudyataṃ raṇe |
parijapya dhanuḥ khaḍgaṃ kheṭakaṃ bāṇapañcakam || 23 ||

prerayedyasya vai dattvā sa gatvā tu camūmukham |
vidārayati caikākī jayamāpnoti śāśvatam || 24 ||

dhyātvā dakṣiṇapāṇisthaṃ trikoṇaṃ cāgnimaṇḍalam |
tanmadhye cintayeddevīṃ parivārasamanvitām || 25 ||

mattebhasiṃhasarpāṇāmaśanīnāṃ ca darśane |
kṣipraṃ parāṅmukhā yānti dṛṣṭvā hastatalaṃ tu tat || 26 ||

khādiraṃ musalaṃ spṛṣṭvā cādāya śatamantritam |
kṛtvā gatvā biladvāraṃ caturvarṇaṃ jayānvitam || 27 ||

musalāhananānyaṣṭau dadyāt tatra śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
devīmantreṇa deveśa svāstrasaṃpuṭitena tu || 28 ||

phaṭkārāntena tu tato bilayantraṃ yajedatha |
samastajanasaṃyukto viśet sādhakasattamaḥ || 29 ||

bhittvā yantrāṇyanekāni jitvā dānavapuṃgavān |
janānāṃ yojanaṃ tatra kṛtvā kāntāgaṇaiḥ saha || 30 ||

pītvā tu sāttvikaṃ pānaṃ svahastena mahābalaḥ |
sa niryāti svamārgeṇa tenaiva svaniveśanam || 31 ||

karoti yadi deveśa matiṃ mantrī jagattraye |
jayaṃ pratyavicāreṇa gadācakrakarodyataḥ || 32 ||

pāśāṅkuśadharo vātha jayaṃ prāpnoti nānyathā |
likhedrocanayā bhūrje kuṅkumena ghanena ca || 33 ||

saṃpuṭīkṛtya vai nāma nidhāya janamadhyagam |
tadā sujayamāpnoti divyaiḥ sarvaistu līlayā || 34 ||

vilikhya candanenaiva payasā kuṅkumena ca |
dhārayedyo gale vaktre kare vāme'tha dakṣiṇe || 35 ||

sarvadā tu jayaṃ śakra saṃprāpnotyavicārataḥ |
jayārthaṃ tridaśeśān mantraṃ vai yatra kutracit || 36 ||

mantrī prayojayecchaśvat tatra tatrāpnuyājjayam |
jayā nāma tṛtīyā me yā tanuḥ parikīrtitā |
tasyā vidhānamityetat tava śakra pradarśitam || 37 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre jayāmantrasiddhiprakāśo nāmāṣṭacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 49

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 49 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 49

śrīḥ-

caturthī yā tanurmāntrī māyākhyā mama vāsava |
tasyā vidhānamadhunā śṛṇu mantrakriyānvitam || 1 ||

mūrtyaṅgasakhidāsākhyāṃ māyīyāṃ mantrasaṃtatim |
svahaste pūrvavannyasya vigrahe tadanantaram || 2 ||

hṛdayāntargatāṃ ceṣṭvā bhogaiḥ sarvaiśca pūrvavat |
bāhye tu maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā madhye ca kamalaṃ śubham || 3 ||

tatrotsaṅgagatāṃ viṣṇorhṛdayādavatārya ca |
ārādhayettato māyāmaṅgasakhyādisaṃyutām || 4 ||

bhrāmaṇyādyāstato dhyeyāḥ sakhyaḥ kamalalocanāḥ |
sitāmbaradharā divyāścatasro ratnabhāsurāḥ || 5 ||

cāmarāṅkuśahastāśca baddhapadmāsanasthitāḥ |
māyāmayādayo dhyeyāścatvāro'nucarāstathā || 6 ||

saṃpūrṇasarvāvayavāḥ snigdhālikulasaṃnibhāḥ |
caturbhujā mahākāyāḥ saumyavaktrāḥ smitānanāḥ || 7 ||

keyūrābharaṇopetāḥ pītāmbaradharāstathā |
hāranūpurasaṃyuktā nānākusumamaṇḍitāḥ || 8 ||

tuṣāradhūlidhavalāḥ khaḍgapāśakarodyatāḥ |
bāṇaṃ kārmukamanyasminnātapatraṃ karadvaye || 9 ||

darśayitvā tathā mudrā yasya yasya hi yāḥ smṛtāḥ |
homaṃ tadanu kurvīta tilaiḥ siddhārthakānvitaiḥ || 10 ||

tato niyamamāśritya kṛtvā tadanu vāsava |
devīrūpaṃ svamātmānaṃ bhāvenāvyabhicāriṇā || 11 ||

prayāyādvijanasthānaṃ prauḍhottarasahāyavān |
japellakṣāṇi vai sapta pūrvoktavidhinā vratī || 12 ||

kṣīramūlaphalāhāro deśakālavaśāttu vai |
ayācitaikabhikṣāśī yāvakenāpi vartayan || 13 ||

svaśiṣyasādhitaṃ vānnaṃ mantrapūtamasaindhavam |
tailamāṃsavinirmuktaṃ saṃdhyākāle hyupasthite || 14 ||

ātṛpterabhibhuñjīta bhāvitaṃ madhusapiṣā |
japānte vidhivanmantrī homaṃ kuryāt prayatnataḥ || 15 ||

balāṃ moṭāṃ tathā māṃsīṃ cakrāṅgīṃ nāgakesaram |
candanaṃ kuṅkumakṣodaṃ rajanīcūrṇameva ca || 16 ||

melayet sughṛtānāṃ ca tilānāṃ madhunā tataḥ |
bhāvayet saghṛtenaiva trilakṣaṃ juhuyāt tataḥ || 17 ||

madhyamānāmikābhyāṃ ca sāṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ puraṃdara |
ante'yutatrayaṃ caiva samidhāṃ parihomayet || 18 ||

prāgrājārkatarūtthānāṃ khādirāṇāṃ tataḥ param |
suradārumayīnāṃ ca tṛtīyamayutaṃ tataḥ || 19 ||

dadyāt pūrṇāhutiṃ samyak suśuddhenāntarātmanā |
patitāyāṃ tu pūrṇāyāmāyāti gaganāntarāt || 20 ||

parivārānvitā māyā bhāṣate sādhu sādhviti |
kuru kāryamabhīṣṭaṃ ca manmantreṇādhunā vraja || 21 ||

idamuktvā vrajet tūrṇaṃ devī viṣṇuniketanam |
tatastu sādhakavaraḥ karmāṇi vividhāni ca || 22 ||

prārabhetāñjasā śakra yānyabhīṣṭāni cetasā |
ātmārthe vā parārthe vā leśatastāni me śṛṇu || 23 ||

prajapyāmalakaṃ bilvaṃ sakṛnnṛpagṛhaṃ viśet |
kośasyāgre vinikṣipya yatra yatra sthitaḥ sa tu || 24 ||

gaganāt prapatet tūrṇaṃ yadyadvittaṃ samīhate |
yadyaccābharaṇaṃ ślāghyaṃ yadyadvā vasanaṃ śubham || 25 ||

evaṃ vai vrīhigulikāṃ tathaiva tilataṇḍulam |
kṣipeddhānyakule pūrṇe goṣṭhāgāre'tha khātake || 26 ||

rājakīye tathātmīye yatra yatra sthitastataḥ |
yadyat samīhate dhānyaṃ sasyaṃ vā taṇḍulānvitam || 27 ||

tattadagre'tha gaganāt patatyeva yathepsitam |
evameva tu siddhānnagulikāṃ parijapya ca || 28 ||

kṣiptvā mahānasoddeśe siddhānnaṃ karṣayet kṣaṇāt |
gulikāṃ gomayenaiva kṛtvā tu badarīsamām || 29 ||

nikṣipya govrajasyāntaḥ saptavārābhimantritām |
dhyānamātrāt kṣaṇasyānte dadhikṣīrājyapūritān || 30 ||

bhāṇḍāṃśca pṛṣṭhataḥ paśyedyatra yatra sthito vratī |
prajapya badaraṃ samyak phalamanyattu vā kvacit || 31 ||

kṣipenmadhuvane rājñaḥ phalākṛṣṭiṃ karoti ca |
supuṣpavāṭikāyāṃ tu puṣpamekaṃ vinirdiśet || 32 ||

japtvā vāratrayaṃ mantrī puṣpāṇyākarṣayet kṣaṇāt |
yatra yatra tadaṅgotthaṃ saptajaptaṃ vinikṣipet || 33 ||

tatra tatra tu tat tiṣṭhet saṃkalpe tu kṛte sati |
yathecchaṃ tu samākṛṣṭaṃ tatra tatra tu tad vrajet || 34 ||

na cāpi sādhakavaraḥ saṛṇo jāyate kvacit |
kṛtvāṅgārakaṇaṃ caiva śataṃ japtaṃ samāhitaḥ || 35 ||

kṣipet salilamadhye tu jvalat tad dṛśyate jalam |
kuśāgrasthaṃ jalakaṇaṃ śatavārābhimantritam || 36 ||

kṛtvā hutāśarāśau tu jvalamāne vinikṣipet |
bhavet pānīyamiva ca sa vahnirdṛśyate kṣaṇāt || 37 ||

vālukāparipūrṇaṃ cāpyaraṇyaṃ tu tṛṇojjhitam |
dṛṣṭvā tatra vinikṣipya tṛṇaṃ dviśatamantritam || 38 ||

puṣpapatrasamākīrṇaṃ patrapallavasaṃkulam |
kuryānnandanatulyaṃ tat toyarāśisamāvṛtam || 39 ||

nānāvihagasaṃpūrṇaṃ pattanopavanānvitam |
puraprākārasaṃpūrṇaṃ devatāyatanānvitam || 40 ||

geyavedadhvaniyutaṃ lalanābhiśca śobhitam |
nṛpāṇāmetadāścaryaṃ darśanīyaṃ sadaiva hi || 41 ||

tanūdakeṣvaraṇyeṣu niranneṣu sadaiva hi |
icchayāpastathānnāni bhogāṃśca vividhānapi || 42 ||

karoti mantritairloṣṭairgomayenāṣṭasaṃkhyayā |
arivarge gṛhītāstre saṃmukhe sati tiṣṭhati || 43 ||

krodhāccaiva tathodyukta ekākī yadi tiṣṭhati |
japamānastu vai mantraṃ saṃkalpya manasā mahat || 44 ||

ātmīyaṃ ca balaṃ pattisyandanāśvagajākulam |
tasya saṃpadyate kṣipraṃ camūrghoraparākramā || 45 ||

dṛṣṭvā tāṃ vimukhaṃ yāti hataujaskaṃ riporbalam |
karoti śakra yatkiṃcinmanasā mantramuccaran || 46 ||

vyalīkaṃ satyabhūtaṃ ca tattathā paridṛśyate |
dṛṣṭvā tu pādapaṃ śuṣkaṃ tāḍayeccaraṇena tu || 47 ||

japamāno mahāmantraṃ sa syāt puṣpaphalākulaḥ |
patrapuṣpaphalopetaṃ pāṇibhyāṃ mantramuccaran || 48 ||

pīḍayet pādapaṃ mantrī sa śoṣamadhigacchati |
parvatāgrasthito mantraṃ tannāśārthaṃ japedyadi || 49 ||

patedadhastācchailastu yāvadicchati sādhakaḥ |
tuṣṭaḥ protthāpayet paścāt pātālāt parvatottamam || 50 ||

cāndanena rasenaiva mantraṃ padmodare nyaset |
patreṣvaṅgāni cālikhya suśubhe divase tataḥ || 51 ||

pūjayitvātha puṣpādyairveṣṭanairveṣṭayettathā |
pūrvavad dhārayedyantraṃ tasya sarvā vibhūtayaḥ || 52 ||

samyagāvirbhavantyatra loke niṣkaṇṭakaḥ sa ca |
subhagaścaiva dīrghāyuḥ paratra sukhamāpnuyāt || 53 ||

mūrteścaturthyā vṛtrāre prabhāvo'yaṃ mahādbhutaḥ |
leśato darśitastasyāḥ sākalya mama durvacam || 54 ||

devīcatuṣṭayasyaiṣa siddhisaṃghaḥ samāsataḥ |
kiṃcittu leśataḥ proktaḥ sādhakānāṃ hitāptaye || 55 ||

tebhyo divyāni bhautāni prayacchati śubhāni ca vimalāṃ ca manaḥśuddhimante ca paramaṃ padam || 56 ||

prakāśayati bhaktānāṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ cāvināśitam |
vistīrṇāmiti māṃ lakṣmīmiyatībhirvibhūtibhiḥ || 57 ||

bhajeta vividhairbhāvaiḥ kṣemaṃ kṛtvā manaḥsthitam |

śakraḥ-

namo devādidevyai te namo vaikuṇṭhavallabhe || 58 ||

kasmin lakṣe manaḥ kṛtvā bhajeyaṃ tvāṃ saroruhe |

śrīḥ-

eko nārāyaṇo haṃsaḥ ṣāḍguṇyāmṛtavāridhiḥ || 59 ||

tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirviṣṇoranapagāminī |
sāhamaṅkasthitā tasya yathā te pūrvamīritā || 60 ||

lakṣaṃ tadeva te śakra manasaḥ sthairyakāraṇam |
sarvalakṣaṇasaṃpannāṃ suvarṇarajatādibhiḥ || 61 ||

nirmāya māṃ vibhoraṅkasthāyinīṃ śāstradarśanāt |
pratiṣṭhāpya vidhānena taistairbhāvairbhajasva mām || 62 ||

śakraḥ-

namaste jagadāvāse manonayananandini |
yuvayoḥ sthāpanaṃ kīdṛgbimbe ṣāḍguṇyanirmite || 63 ||

śrīḥ-

sarvabhūto yathā viṣṇurdevaḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahaḥ |
sarvabhūtātmabhūtasthā tādṛśyevāhamadbhutā ||64 ||

pratiṣṭhitāyāḥ sarvatra mama nārāyaṇasya ca |
vastutaḥ kā pratiṣṭhā syāt sarvaṃ yadvaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 65 ||

tamimaṃ vāstavaṃ bhāvamārūḍhaṃ mānasaṃ yateḥ |
arcā pratiṣṭhā cetyete vikalpāḥ pravijṛmbhitāḥ || 66 ||

śṛṇu tatra pratiṣṭhāṃ me yathāvadbalasūdana |
yayā vihitayā dehī kṛtārthatvaṃ prapadyate || 67 ||

nirmāpya śāstrataḥ samyagyogoktaṃ rūpamāvayoḥ |
sūktābhyāṃ sapavitrābhyāṃ snāpayet tīrthavāriṇā || 68 ||

ācchādya navavastreṇa viprairadhyāpayet saha |
vimalairdharmatattvajñaistrayīsāttvataśāstrayoḥ || 69 ||

tārakaṃ tārikāṃ caiva tathaivāpyanutārikām |
sūktaṃ ca śākunaṃ caivāpyadhīyīran pavitravat || 70 ||

sūryasyāstamayaṃ prāpya tadbimbaṃ vastraveṣṭitam |
ṛtaṃ cetyādisūktena tathā sārasvatena ca || 71 ||

ṛgbhirhiraṇyavarṇābhiḥ kuryādvāryadhivāsanam |
udgate vimale sūrye kuryāddiksthāpanaṃ tataḥ || 72 ||

uttiṣṭha brahmaṇa iti prāpayeyuśca vedikām |
apanīya tato vastraṃ snāpayecchuddhavāriṇā || 73 ||

yāmye ca vedibhāge tu mṛdvāstaraṇaśobhite |
bimbaṃ pūrvaśiraskaṃ tu śāyayejjapapūrvakam || 74 ||

tataḥ śalākāṃ sauvarṇīṃ gṛhītvāstrābhimantritām |
ullikhennayane netramantrajāpī śalākayā || 75 ||

snātaḥ śuddhāmbaraḥ śilpī divyadṛṣṭyāvalokitaḥ |
astramantritaśastreṇa netre prakaṭatāṃ nayet || 76 ||

pūrayenmadhusarpirbhyāṃ tatpātre ca pradarśayet |
sālaṃkāraṃ dhenuyugmaṃ tasmin kāle nivedayet || 77 ||

nayanonmīlanīyaṃ tat sarvaṃ dadyāttu śilpine |
tataḥ sitena sūtreṇa baddhvā rājīḥ suvāsasi || 78 ||

badhnīyāttārayā tasya kautukaṃ dakṣiṇe kare |
bhadrapīṭhe samāropya tathā bimbaṃ tu susthire || 79 ||

ādhārādikramopete samyagbhāvena pūjite |
tato bimbaṃ nirīkṣeta dhiyā ṣāḍguṇyapūritam || 80 ||

tāḍayitvāstramantreṇa kavacenāvakuṇṭhya ca |
sarvauṣadhyudakenaiva snāpayet kevalena ca || 81 ||

saṃmṛjyāhatavastreṇa kautukaṃ mocayettataḥ |
mantraviccakramantreṇa dadyādarghyaṃ tu mūrdhani || 82 ||

bhāvayitvā tato bimbaṃ bimbaṃ cāruruceriva |
pūjitairmantritaiḥ śuddhaiḥ kalaśairdravyapūritaiḥ || 83 ||

ṣoḍaśacchadapadmotthapatraṣoḍaśakasthitaiḥ |
prathamaṃ pañcagavyena gomūtreṇa dvitīyakam || 84 ||

tṛtīyaṃ gomayāmbhobhisturyaṃ tretāgnibhasmanā |
gajagovṛṣaśṛṅgāgravalmīkorvyambunā param || 85 ||

śālikṣetranadīpadmavanādyurvyambunā param |
saptamaṃ sarṣapāmbhobhiḥ sarvauṣadhibhiraṣṭamam || 86 ||

kṣīreṇa navamaṃ dadhnā daśamaṃ sarpiṣā param |
dvādaśaṃ madhunā sarvabījāmbhobhistrayodaśam || 87 ||

phalaiḥ paraṃ paraṃ dhānyaiḥ sugandhādbhistu ṣoḍaśam |
abhimantrya hṛdā pūrṇamekaikaṃ kalaśaṃ purā || 88 ||

snāpayenmūlamantreṇa taiḥ ṣoḍaśabhirādarāt |
udakāntaritaiḥ sārghyapuṣpadhūpapradīpakaiḥ || 89 ||

masūramāṣagodhūmacūrṇairatha vighṛṣya ca |
prakṣālya payasā mūrdhni tārikāṃ vinyaset parām || 90 ||

tataḥ sūkṣmāṃ tataḥ sthūlāṃ sthāneṣveṣu kramāt sudhīḥ |
mūrdhni vaktreṃ'sayoḥ karṇe hṛdi nābhau tu pṛṣṭhataḥ || 91 ||

kaṭimūle tathorvośca jānugulphe'tha pādayoḥ |
tārakaṃ binyasedevaṃ tathaivāpyanutārikām || 92 ||

nyasyaivaṃ pauruṣaṃ sūktaṃ nyasecchrīsūktamapyatha |
śiro me śrīryajurbhiśca nyaselliṅgānurūpakam || 93 ||

kuryācca hotṛvinyāsaṃ yathā proktaṃ yajurmaye |
evaṃ vinyasya puruṣe mayi paścāt samācaret || 94 ||

vinyasya pūrvaṃ śrīsūktaṃ śiro me śrīryajūṃṣi ca |
tataśca hotṛvinyāsaṃ vidhāyaivaṃ tanudvaye || 95 ||

kuṇḍe pūrvavidhānānte juhuyāt sarvaśāntaye |
uktāśca vartamānāśca yāvantyo mantrajātayaḥ || 96 ||

juhuyāt tāvatībhistu sarvadoṣapraśāntaye |
ṛcaḥ pūrvadiśābhāge dakṣiṇasyāṃ yajūṃṣi ca || 97 ||

pratīcyāṃ caiva sāmāni saumya ātharvaṇāni ca |
samīpe sāttvatānmantrānevamadhyāpayed dvijān || 98 ||

pūrvaṃ ṣoḍaśapatrābjakarṇikāsthaiścaturdiśam |
kalaśaiḥ snāpayenmantraistāratārānutāravat || 99 ||

vasavastveti mantreṇa puṣpāmbhaḥkalaśena tu |
rudrāstvā gandhatoyena svarṇāmbhaḥkalaśena tu || 100 ||

ādityāstveti viśveti ratnodakalaśena tu |
tāratārānutārābhirabhiṣiñcecca mantravit || 101 ||

tataḥ śuddhodamādāya parāditrividhātmanā |
tārayā tvabhiṣicyātha tathārghyaṃ mūrdhni nikṣipet || 102 ||

samālabhya tato bimbaṃ candanādyanulepanaiḥ |
vāsaḥprabhṛtibhirbhogaiḥ prāpaṇāntaiḥ samarcayet || 103 ||

mudrāṃ vaddhvārcayet paścāt pīṭhaṃ brahmaśilānvitam |
samastādhvamayaṃ pīṭhaṃ dhyāyedvaiṣṇavamujjvalam || 104 ||

ādhāraśaktibhūtāṃ ca divyāṃ brahmaśilāṃ smaret pīṭhabrahmaśile tvevaṃ sahabhāvena nirmite || 105 ||

pṛthagvinirmite te ca kuryāttu śayanottare |
śayanaṃ sthirabimbasya vakṣyamāṇaṃ vidhīyate || 106 ||

prāsādagamanaṃ caiva pīṭhabrahmaśilāsthitiḥ |
tatpratiṣṭhāpanaṃ caiva bimbasyāvāhanaṃ tataḥ || 107 ||

dvādaśāṅgakalānyāsastryahādyutsavasādhanam |
tathāvabhṛthakarmādi sarvametadvidhīyate || 108 ||

calabimbapratiṣṭhāṃ ca catuṣkalaśasecane ārādhyāvāhanaṃ kuryādyathā tadavadhāraya || 109 ||

kāryamāvāhanāt pūrvaṃ bhogānāṃ tritayaṃ kramāt |
svarūpe'vikṛte śuddhe nistaraṅge nirāmaye || 110 ||

parātīte guruḥ sthitvā punaḥ svahṛdayāmbuje |
śaktiṃ sattāmayīṃ viṣṇoranurūpāmanusmaret || 111 ||

yadbimbaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ pūrvaṃ tanmayaṃ tadanusmaret |
agnīṣomamayau bhāvau svadehasthāvanusmaret || 112 ||

ūrdhvādhovyāpakatvena sthitau paramabhāsvarau |
yathātmani tathā bimbe yathā bimbe tathātmani || 113 ||

dakṣiṇena tato yāyādagnimārgeṇa dehataḥ |
praviśedvāmamārgeṇa bimbasya hṛdayaṃ dhiyā || 114 ||

yathātmanātmā hṛdaye svānubhūto hyanūpamaḥ |
tathā taddhṛdayāntaḥsthamātmānamanusaṃsmaret || 115 ||

dṛṣṭvā svaraśmikhacitamānandāpūritaṃ mahaḥ |
tasmiṃstasmin parabrahmaṇyaikadhyaṃ tasya cintayet || 116 ||

evamekārṇavīkṛtya vaiṣṇavaṃ tat paraṃ mahaḥ |
tiṣṭhet samādadhānastadaspandaṃ svamano dadhat || 117 ||

manasi spandamāne'tha smṛtvā taṃ svaṃ dhiyā punaḥ |
bimbād dakṣiṇamārgeṇa bahirniṣkramya medhayā || 118 ||

saṃviśedvāmabhāgena svameva hṛdayāmbujam |
yogo'yaṃ dravyabimbasya nāḍībṛndapravartakaḥ || 119 ||

yogāntaramathātiṣṭhet tasya sarveśitāptaye |
dhyāyītāto hṛdambhojāt tārikāṃ tāriṇīṃ gṛṇan || 120 ||

yāyādūrdhvapravāheṇa paraṃ padamanāmayam |
tataḥ smaret paraṃ tacca bhogaṃ prāptaṃ svayecchayā || 121 ||

tatastatspandamādāya vijñānaiśvaryaśaktimat |
anākulaṃ punaryāyāt pathā tena hṛdambujam || 122 ||

dakṣiṇena viniṣkramya parasparasahāyavān |
tadbimbahṛdayāmbhojaṃ vāmenaiva tu saṃviśet || 123 ||

dhyātvā pūrvavadekatvaṃ viniṣkramyordhvamārgataḥ |
dvādaśāntaṃ samāviśya pūrvavat spandametya ca || 124 ||

yathābimbaṃ hṛdambhojaṃ tenaiva praviśet sudhīḥ |
tato'gninā viniṣkramya savyena hṛdayaṃ viśet || 125 ||

smaret spandamathaiśvaryaṃ svacakṣurdvayagolakam |
parasparaṃ nirīkṣyātha tanvānāvekatāmiva || 126 ||

anyonyālokanābhyāṃ tāvanuviddhāvanusmaret |
etadīśvarasaṃdhānaṃ nāma yogo'nuvarṇitaḥ || 127 ||

yena sarveṣu bimbeṣu sarveśitvaṃ sadā bhavet |
atha śabdānusaṃdhānaṃ mantrabimbaikatā hi yā || 128 ||

sā smṛtā vaiṣṇavī sūkṣmā śaktirviṣṇornirañjanā |
tatsāmānyamayo bhūtvā tasmin svaṃ lopayed dhvanim || 129 ||

sarvasaṃkalpahīnaṃ tacchabdamātravivarjitam |
śāntaṃ viddhi paraṃ sūkṣmaṃ tatparaṃ bodhanirmitam || 130 ||

tataḥ śabdārthasaṃskārasārdhaspandodyamo hi yaḥ |
tat smaret paramaṃ sūkṣmaṃ paśyantīpadamunmiṣat || 131 ||

saṃkalpapadavīrūḍhastattatsaṃskārarañjitaḥ |
svakaṃ vācyaṃ pṛthakkṛtya taduddiśyodayo hi yaḥ || 132 ||

śābdaṃ tanmadhyamaṃ rūpaṃ smareddhṛtpadmamadhyagam |
nānāsthānaprayatnotthaiḥ karaṇaśvasaneritaiḥ || 133 ||

taraṅgairvyaktimāyāti sphuṭo varṇapadādikaiḥ |
yo vācakasvarūpeṇa tatpadaṃ vaikharīṃ viduḥ || 134 ||

bodhaśabdātmakaṃ tasmāt parasūkṣmādibhedavat |
vapurityanusaṃdhāya tadbimbaṃ bhāvayet tataḥ || 135 ||

śabdasaṃhārayogena svaṃ vapustacca bimbakam |
niṣkampabodhaśabdātma smṛtvā taddvitayaṃ tathā || 136 ||

pūrvoktakramayogena śabdabrahma hyanāhatam |
paśyantyādikrameṇaiva śabdabimbamayaṃ smaret || 137 ||

evaṃ śabdānusaṃdhānaṃ kṛtvā mantrānusaṃhitam |
ārabheta sudhīḥ karma tasya yogo'yamucyate || 138 ||

anāhataṃ paraṃ nābhau paśyantīpadamāgatam |
nālasūtramivāntaḥsthaṃ madhyame hṛdayāmbuje || 139 ||

sthitvā tadvaikharīdvārā bimbāntaḥ saṃviśat smaret |
sphurannādasvarūpaṃ ca mantrairvyāptaṃ tathākhilaiḥ || 140 ||

mantrātmānaṃ jagannāthaṃ bimbahṛnmadhyagaṃ smaret |
evaṃ saṃsthāpitaṃ bimbaṃ bhuktimuktiphalapradam || 141 ||

āvāhanaṃ tataḥ kuryād bimbe'smin harimedhasaḥ |
pūrvamāvāhayāmīti tathā sarvāṅgamantrataḥ || 142 ||

praveśanirgamau lakṣmyāḥ smareddevasya dehataḥ |
ṛgbhiḥ pañcabhirādyābhistasyā āvāhanaṃ smṛtam || 143 ||

dvādaśāṅgakalānyāsaṃ devanyāsavadācaret |
bhavataṃ naḥ sumanasāviti dvāvanusāntvayet || 144 ||

etāvatī cale bimbe pratiṣṭhānyatra tu sthire |
kuryāt pūrvoktamārgeṇa sāttvatādividhānavit |
145 ||

yadetadanusaṃdhānatritayaṃ pūrvamīritam |
etadeva pratiṣṭhānamubhayatreti me matiḥ || 146 ||

itthaṃ saṃskārasaṃpanne tadbimbadvitaye sudhīḥ |
lakṣmīṃ lakṣmīpatiṃ caiva dhiyā paśyannupasthitau || 147 ||

tanmanāścaiva tadbhaktastadyājī tajjapodyataḥ |
tadyogī satataṃ bhūtvā tāvevānte prapadyate || 148 ||

pratiṣṭheyamiti proktā sākṣājjñānamayī parā |
jñānaṃ vinā na caivānyannarāṇāṃ tārakaṃ smṛtam ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre pratiṣṭhāvidhānaṃ nāmaikonapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 50

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 50 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 50

śakraḥ-

viśvāraṇe namastubhyaṃ namo viśvavibhūtaye sarvāsāmapi siddhīnāṃ namaste mūlahetave || 1 ||

ādidevātmabhūtāyai nārāyaṇakuṭumbini |
samastajagadārādhye namaste padmayonaye || 2 ||

tvatprasādācchrutā mantrāstvadīyāḥ siddhayo mayā |
ārādhanaṃ ca sarveṣāṃ yathāvadavadhāritam || 3 ||

idānīṃ śrotumicchāmi tvadvaktrāmbujaniḥsṛtam |
tvatsūktasya vidhiṃ kṛtsnamupasanno'smyadhīhi bho || 4 ||

śrīḥ

devo nārāyaṇo nāma jagatastasthuṣaspatiḥ |
ātmā ca sarvalokānāṃ ṣāḍguṇyānandavigrahaḥ || 5 ||

sarvaprakṛtirīśānaḥ sarvajñaḥ sarvakāryakṛt |
niraniṣṭo'navadyaśca sarvakalyāṇasaṃśrayaḥ || 6 ||

tamasāṃ tejasāṃ caiva bhāsakaḥ svaprakāśataḥ |
antaryāmī niyantā ca bhāvābhāvavibhāvitaḥ || 7 ||

śaktimān sakalādhāraḥ sarvaśaktirmadīśvaraḥ |
tasyāhaṃ paramā śaktirekā śrīrnāma śāśvatī || 8 ||

nirastanikhilāvadyā sarvakāmadughā vibhoḥ |
ātmabhittisamunmīlacchuddhāśuddhādhvavargiṇī || 9 ||

anuvratā hṛṣīkeśaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatā |
tāvāvāṃ parame vyomni pitarau jagataḥ parau || 10 ||

anugrahāya lokānāṃ sthitau svaḥ parayā śriyā |
kadācitkṛpayāviṣṭau jīvānāṃ hitakāmyayā || 11 ||

sukhinaḥ syurime jīvāḥ prāpnuyurnau kathaṃ nviti |
upāyānveṣaṇāyattau parameṇa samādhinā || 12 ||

mathnīvaḥ smātigambhīraṃ śabdabrahmamahodadhim |
mathyamānāttatastasmāt sāmargyajuṣasaṃkulāt || 13 ||

tat sūktimithunaṃ divyaṃ dadhno ghṛtamivotthitam |
anāhatamasaṃdigdhamanaspaṣṭamanaśvaram || 14 ||

sarvaiśvaryaguṇopetamanākulapadākṣaram |
ādyostathāntayoḥ śaśvadanyonyākṣaramiśritam || 15 ||

śaktiśaktimadāviddhaṃ tattadakṣaramiśritam |
tatra puṃlakṣaṇaṃ sūktaṃ sadbrahmaguṇabhūṣitam || 16 ||

svīcakārāravindākṣaḥ svamahimni pratiṣṭhitam |
tatra strīlakṣaṇaṃ sūktaṃ sadbrahmaguṇabhūṣitam || 17 ||

svīcakārāhamavyagrā svamahimni pratiṣṭhitam |
te ete parame sūkte maharṣigaṇasevite || 18 ||

adhīte ca vimṛṣṭe ca nayetāṃ paramāṃ gatim |
vihitāni vidhānāni kalpakṛdbhiḥ purātanaiḥ || 19 ||

aghorāṇyamarādhyakṣa tāni tāni sahasraśaḥ |
tatra saṃprati matsūktavidhānaṃ vihitaṃ śṛṇu || 20 ||

māmevāsya muniṃ vidyācchandaḥ śrīrnāma kathyate |
devatā sakalādhārā viṣṇupatnyahamīśvarī || 21 ||

viniyogo'sya sūktasya lakṣmīnārāyaṇārcane |
aṅkasthāṃ bhāvayellakṣmīṃ viṣṇormāṃ parameśvarīm || 22 ||

vāmenāliṅgitāṃ śaśvadbāhunā paramātmanā |
tadaṃsalagnabāhuṃ ca divyapaṅkajadhāriṇīm || 23 ||

atha māmarcayedṛgbhiḥ prayataḥ parameśvarīm |
vāmotsaṅganiṣaṇṇāṃ māṃ devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 24 ||

kuryāt prathamaya carcā tvāvāhanamatandritaḥ |
dvitīyayāsanaṃ dadyād devadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 25 ||

tṛtīyayārghyamīśāne pādyaṃ cāpi prakalpayet |
caturthyācamanaṃ caiva pañcamyā copahārakam || 26 ||

ṣaṣṭhyā snānaṃ prakurvīta saha nau sādhakottamaḥ |
saptamyā vāsasī dadyādaṣṭamyā bhūṣaṇāni ca || 27 ||

gandhaṃ dadyānnavamyā tu daśamyā sumanaścayam |
parābhyāṃ dhūpadīpau tu parayā madhuparkakam || 28 ||

prāpaṇaṃ ca caturdaśyā pañcadaśyā namaskriyāḥ |
tārikāmanutāraṃ ca prayuñjīyādathāntataḥ || 29 ||

pratyṛcaṃ niyato mantrī japecchaktyā yathāvidhi |
sūktasya vilayaṃ paścāttārikāyāmanusmaret || 30 ||

tārikāsthau ca nau dhyātvā smaret sarvagatiṃ ca nau |
ṛgbhiścatasṛbhiryadvā pūrvamāvāhanakriyā || 31 ||

pañcamyā tu prapadyeta śriyaṃ māṃ śuddhacetasā |
āpa ityanayā kuryādarghyapādyācamakriyāḥ || 32 ||

ārdrāmiti ca matsnānaṃ kardameneti cāmbaram |
gandhadvāreti gandhāḥ syurūpaitu syādalaṃkṛtiḥ || 33 ||

kāṃ sosmi dhūpadīpau ca ṣaṣṭhyā caivopahārakam |
manasaḥ kāmamityevaṃ madhuparkaṃ prakalpayet || 34 ||

kṣutpipāsāmiti hyeṣā prāpaṇapratipādikā |
antyayā tu namaskāraḥ śiṣṭaṃ pūrvavadācaret || 35 ||

sūkte'smin mama nāmāni pañcāśat trīṇi cāpyuta |
teṣāṃ niruktiṃ mattastvaṃ śṛṇu jambhaniṣūdana || 36 ||

nihitā sarvabhūteṣu raṇe bhṛṅgavadhūriva |
janayantī paraṃ nādaṃ tailadhārāvadacyutam || 37 ||

nimeṣonmeṣayormadhye sūryācandramasoḥ sthitā |
mūlamādhāramārabhya dviṣaṭkāntamupeyuṣī || 38 ||

uditānekasāhasrasūryavahnīndusaṃnibhā |
cakrakāt pavanādhārācchāntā paśyātha madhyamā || 39 ||

vaikharīsthānamāsādya tatrāṣṭasthānavartinī |
varṇānāṃ jananī bhūtvā bhogān prasnaumi gauriva || 40 ||

hiraṇyavarṇetyevaṃ māṃ prajāpatirudāradhīḥ |
stutvā tu matprasādāt sa yogānāṃ dharmamūcivān || 41 ||

praṇavādirnamo'nto'yaṃ mantro mama navākṣaraḥ |
śabdabrahmamayaḥ sākṣādyogināṃ yogasādhakaḥ || 42 ||

dūrād dūrataraṃ yāmi hariṇī yogimānasāt |
bhaktyā badhnanti nijayā yogino māṃ yatavratāḥ || 43 ||

ṣaṣṭiraṣṭau sahasrāṇi yogino matparāyaṇāḥ |
hariṇīṃ māmanudhyāya pratyāhāraṃ paraṃ gatāḥ || 44 ||

hariṇājinasaṃvītāṃ hariṇājinasaṃstarām |
hariṇāśliṣṭamadhyāṃ tāṃ hariṇāyatalocanām || 45 ||

hariṇīṃ māmanusmṛtya parāṃ śāntimavāpnuyāt |
hariṃ nayāmi kāryeṣu nīye ca hariṇā svayam || 46 ||

sadā hariṇabhāsāhaṃ hāriṇī duritaṃ satām |
praṇavādirnamo'ntaśca mantro'yaṃ me ṣaḍakṣaraḥ || 47 ||

savārthasādhakaḥ sākṣādyogasādhanamuttamam |
sauvarṇaiḥ kalpitā nityaṃ mama mālā saroruhaiḥ || 48 ||

sṛjāmi śobhanān varṇān suṣṭhu viśvaṃ vṛṇāmi vā |
sṛtāścāpi mayājasra baddhamuktādayo hyajāḥ || 49 ||

suvarṇasrajamityevaṃ guhyakānāmadhīśvaraḥ |
merau ciramupasthāya dhaneśatvamavāptavān || 50 ||

rājatairme srajaḥ padmai rājante ca srajo'malāḥ |
rājitāśca srajaḥ sarve sraṣṭāro jagatāṃ mayā || 51 ||

rajatasrajamityeva rudrāṇāṃ pravaraḥ purā |
kailāse samupasthāya rajatādhipatāṃ yayau || 52 ||

aṣṭākṣarāvimau mantrau satārau namasā yutau |
japārcanahutadhyānādabhīṣṭaṃ sādhayiṣyataḥ || 53 ||

caṃkramyamāṇā bhaktānāṃ drāvayāmi ca duṣkṛtam |
candravat satataṃ cittaṃ bhaktānāṃ drāvayāmi ca || 54 ||

udemi yogināmantarānandaspandalakṣaṇā |
caturthīṃ tu daśāṃ teṣāṃ candravadbhāsayāmi ca || 55 ||

yogāntarāyanihato vasiṣṭhaḥ paramo muniḥ |
antaścandramayīṃ śuddhāṃ cidānandamahodadhim || 56 ||

nāḍīsthāṃ māmanusmṛtya punaḥ svaṃ yogamāptavān |
ānandajanakaḥ sadyo mantro'yaṃ me ṣaḍakṣaraḥ || 57 ||

bhavadāvāgnidagdhānāṃ nirvṛtiṃ prakarotyayam |
ādhārābjād dviṣaṭkāntaṃ sūryabhāsā hiraṇmayī || 58 ||

udemi satataṃ proktā śabdasaṃkalpakorakaiḥ |
prakṛteśca pare vyomni maṇḍale ca trayīmaye || 59 ||

hiraṇmaye'vatiṣṭhe'haṃ hitāya jagatāṃ sadā |
tāṃ māṃ hiraṇmayītyevaṃ munayo vedapāragāḥ || 60 ||

stutvā samāpnuvan kāmaṃ yogino yogamuttamam |
saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmārthasādhakaḥ || 61 ||

sākṣiṇī sarvabhūtānāṃ lakṣayāmi śubhāśubham |
lakṣmīścāsmi harernityaṃ lakṣyaṃ sarvamiteraham || 62 ||

dadatī kṣepaṇī cāsmi nityā tripreraṇī tathā |
tathā jñānasvarūpāhaṃ lakṣaṇīyā mitau mitau || 63 ||

laye nivāse nirmāṇe preraṇī prakṛteraham |
lakṣaṇākhyasya bhāvasya kalākāṣṭhādirūpiṇī || 64 ||

avyaktavyaktasattvasthā prerayitrī sadāsmyaham |
lakṣaṃ nayāmi cātmānaṃ lāmi cānte kṣipāmi ca || 65 ||

kṣipāmi kṣapayāmyekā kṣiṇomi duritaṃ satām |
kṣame kṣamā hi bhūtānāṃ mime manye ca māmi ca || 66 ||

ityetān mayi dṛṣṭvārthān paramarṣirudāradhīḥ |
lakṣmīrlakṣaya metyeva kapilo muniruktavān || 67 ||

pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ pātālagatisādhanaḥ |
divyāntarikṣabhaumānāṃ bhogānāmupapādanaḥ || 68 ||

tanurjñānamayī sā me viṣṇorhṛdi ca vartate |
ātmajñānamidaṃ puṇyaṃ yogajñānamidaṃ param || 69 ||

bhānāmiva gatā kāntiḥ śītaraśmau sadā tathā |
śaktiḥ śaktimato viṣṇoḥ sthitāhamanapāyinī || 70 ||

apaścāhamayāmyekā dravo bhūtvā guṇo mahān |
apāvāhayamādau ca muniṃ bhūtvā sarasvatī || 71 ||

sārasvate jale pūrvaṃ viśvāmitroditā satī |
apovāha vasiṣṭhaṃ taṃ satyasandhā sarasvatī || 72 ||

ṛṣayaḥ prāhurevaṃ māṃ vasiṣṭhe srotasā hṛte |
satye satyapriyaṃ pāhi vasiṣṭhaṃ śātravāditi || 73 ||

sāhaṃ sarasvatī bhūtvā tamapovāha śātravāt |
ṛṣayo nāma cakrurme tadā hyanapagāminīm || 74 ||

navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvāpadvinivāraṇaḥ |
aśvā pūrvāhanī cāsmi vasāmi ca pure sadā || 75 ||

buddhiprāṇaśarīrākhye trividhe trividhātmanā |
aśvānāṃ heṣavannādaṃ yogārambhe karomi ca || 76 ||

nāḍīmadhyaṃ samāyātā karomi rathavad dhvanim |
vyomarandhramanuprāptā hastinādavinādinī || 77 ||

yogino yatamānā māṃ tridhaivaṃ pratipedire |
ādyāvaṣṭākṣarau mantrāvantya ekādaśākṣaraḥ || 78 ||

abhīpsitapradā hyete trayo mantrā hi manmayāḥ |
śṛṇomi karuṇāṃ vācaṃ śṛṇāmi duritaṃ satām || 79 ||

śṛṇāmi ca guṇairviśvaṃ śaraṇaṃ cāsmi śāśvatam |
śarīraṃ ca harerasmi śraddhayā cepsitā suraiḥ || 80 ||

śāntādhārapadasthāsmi paśyā rantī ca nābhijā |
preraṇī ca dhiyāṃ madhyā sṛṣṭirvaktre tathārṇasām || 81 ||

catuḥsthānasthitā caivaṃ śāntāpaśyādibhedinī |
śrayāmi śrayaṇīyāsmi śaktibhī remi rāmi ca || 82 ||

śakterujjvalinī cāsmi śaṃtamā ratirīpsitā |
iti trayyantatattvajñāḥ śriyaṃ māṃ vidurañjasā || 83 ||

api nātho vibhūtirme trailokyaṃ seśvarāmaram |
parāṃ madīyavarṇasya kalāṃ nārhati ṣoḍaśīm || 84 ||

ādye padatraye varṇāḥ śrīṃhrīmomiti manmayāḥ |
eṣa vaibhiścaturbhistairmadīyaṃ dhāryate vapuḥ || 85 ||

ekaikaśo dviśo vāpi triśo vā sarva eva vā |
japtārcitahutadhyātāḥ sādhayeyurabhīpsitam || 86 ||

prayatnenaiva gopyaṃ tadetadratnacatuṣṭayam |
anyonyaphalitaṃ sarvairaśeṣairadhikaṃ guṇaiḥ || 87 ||

mime mīye'khilairmānairmayi māti jagat kṣaye |
ātmeśvaravatī cāhaṃ vyāptāyāṃ mayi meti dhīḥ || 88 ||

ātmavaccepsitātyarthamato māṃ madvido viduḥ |
pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmaphalapradaḥ || 89 ||

pradātrī sarvakāmānāmavitrī sarvakarmaṇām |
devasya dayitā cāsmi devīṃ māṃ munayo viduḥ || 90 ||

pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro bhuktimuktiphalapradaḥ |
śabdāye sarvabhūtānāmantaḥsthā cinmayī sadā || 91 ||

kāye ca nikhilairvedairanviṣye keti cākhilaiḥ |
brahmarūpadharā cāhaṃ jaṭāmaṇḍaladhāriṇī || 92 ||

sṛjāmi vividhān bhāvānsvādhyāyādhyāyatatparān |
ataḥ kāmiti māṃ prāhurmunayo vedapāragāḥ || 93 ||

pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ svādhyāyaphaladāyakaḥ |
uditi brahmaṇo nāma vikastistasya tu smitam || 94 ||

mayyāyattā vikastiḥ sā sosmitāṃ māṃ tato viduḥ |
saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro vikastiṃ bhūyasīṃ vahet || 95 ||

hitā ca ramaṇīyā ca madīyā prakṛtiḥ parā |
tāṃ sattvarūpāmālambya taranti munayastamaḥ || 96 ||

ato hiraṇyaprākārāmṛṣayo māmupāsate |
daśākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhidaḥ || 97 ||

ārādaśeṣadoṣāṇāṃ drāviṇī māmupeyuṣām |
adhomukhācchiraḥpadmāt srutayāmṛtadhārayā || 98 ||

abhiṣiktā sadārdrāsmi dayayārdrāntarāsmi ca |
jvalāmi sarvabhūtāntargagane parame sadā || 99 ||

śuddhā nirañjanā satyā bhāsayantī jagat tviṣā |
aśikhā triśikhā cāhaṃ pañcapañcaśikhāvatī || 100 ||

saptadhā ca punastredhā jvalāmi vapuṣi sthitā |
ṣaḍakṣarāvimau mantrau nirvṛtyaujjvalyadāyakau || 101 ||

harau prītimatī nityaṃ tṛptā bhakteṣu nityadā |
prākṛtaiśca vinā bhogairnityatṛptāsmyahaṃ svataḥ || 102 ||

tāṃ māṃ tṛptāmanudhyāya munayo vedapāragāḥ |
jñānamūlāṃ parāṃ tṛptiṃ nityāṃ prāptāḥ sudhāmayīm || 103 ||

ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastarpayatyakhilaṃ jagat |
tarpayāmi guṇairviṣṇumātmānaṃ tadguṇairapi || 104 ||

dvisaptatyā sahasreṇa nāḍīnāṃ dehasāgaram |
tarpayāmi rasairnityaṃ prāṇānāṃ preraṇāvaśāt || 105 ||

sauṣumnenādhvanā nityaṃ paraṃ bhāvamupeyuṣām |
bimbabhāvamupetāhaṃ vimale yogadarpaṇe || 106 ||

ātmabimbasamudbhūtaiḥ paramārthaḥ sudhārasaiḥ |
cinmayaistarpayāmyantaryogināṃ sattvamuttamam || 107 ||

prakṛtyādi viśeṣāntaṃ pariṇāmonmukhaṃ sadā |
kāryabhāvaṃ samāpannamakṣiṇvantī nijairbalaiḥ || 108 ||

āpagābhirivāmbhodhiṃ prāṇādhānena tarpaye |
sneheneva sadā dīpaṃ prāṇināṃ karaṇāni ca || 109 ||

nijasaṃvidrasenaiva tarpayāmyakṣayātmanā |
tarpayantīti māṃ prāhuryogino yogapāragāḥ || 110 ||

saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastarpayatyakhilaṃ jagat |
padyamānaṃ minotīti kālaṃ padmaṃ pracakṣate || 111 ||

kālamapyakhilaṃ śaśvat kalayantī sthitā sadā |
stutvā tvanena nāmnā māṃ kālātītaḥ kṛtī bhavet || 112 ||

puṃpradhāneśvarānnityaṃ varṇayāmyātmatejasā |
padmākāraiśca varṇairme bhūṣitā tanuruttamaiḥ || 113 ||

padmavarṇeti māṃ stutvā śāstravaiśadyamāpnuyāt |
udgataḥ prathamo yoṃ'śuḥ kṣīrasāgaramanthane || 114 ||

candrākhyaḥ sa madīyoṃ'śurudgacchantyāḥ puraḥsaraḥ |
ṛṣayo matprabhāvajñā māṃ tu candrāṃ pracakṣate || 115 ||

yaḥ sa candro madaṃśūnāṃ koṭikoṭyaṃśakoṭijaḥ |
ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantro manovaimalyadāyakaḥ || 116 ||

prakṛṣyamāṇā bhāso me sarvāvasthāsu sarvadā |
yenecchati tirodhātuṃ tanme bhāsā tirohitam || 117 ||

yathā hi svaśiraśchāyā svapadā naiva laṅghyate |
sā padādagrato yāti yena laṅghanamicchati || 118 ||

nityoditacidānandā matprabhāḥ satatojjvalāḥ |
śraddhāṃ somamapo'nnaṃ ca vīryaṃ haviriti kramāt || 119 ||

bhogyaśaktiprabhā etā asyantī ṣaṭsu vahniṣu |
prabhāsā munibhiḥ procye tantravedāntapāragaiḥ || 120 ||

saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastejaḥsaṃtatisādhakaḥ |
yaśo yadujjvalaṃ loke vidyādānādisaṃbhavam || 121 ||

madīyaṃ tadyaśastacca nānārūpaṃ vibhajyate |
māmeva bhājanaṃ viddhi yaśasastejasaḥ śriyaḥ || 122 ||

ato yaśasvinīṃ tāṃ māṃ yaśaseti vidurbudhāḥ |
saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro yaśodo japato bhavet || 123 ||

svargaparjanyabhū puṃstrīvaiśvānaravibhāgataḥ |
ādadānā haviḥ prāptaṃ śraddhāsomādisaṃjñitam || 124 ||

ṣoḍhātmānaṃ vibhajyāhamagnibhāvamupāgatā |
jvalantī munibhirgītā bhoktṛśaktiprabhojjvalā || 125 ||

agnīṣomavibhāgena viśvamevaṃ bhajāmyaham |
mantreṇānena māṃ stutvā sādhayedyadabhīpsitam || 126 ||

devena hariṇā juṣṭā sadā devaiśca sevitā |
devāśca māmupāśritya viṣayān pratyavasthitāḥ || 127 ||

pariṇāmaviśeṣatvāt prakṛteste hyacetanāḥ |
ato macchaktimādāya śuddhasaṃvitkriyāmayīm || 128 ||

viṣayeṣu pravartante śrotravāṅmana-ādayaḥ |
vṛttyartha sevitāmakṣairdevajuṣṭāṃ tu māṃ viduḥ || 129 ||

sarvaśaktipradāmantardevajuṣṭāmavasthitām |
śaśvanmāmanusaṃcintya devān vijayate'khilān || 130 ||

matta evodgatānīha vijñānāni maharṣiṇām |
śaktayaśca kriyāścaiva yāstā uccāvacā nṛṇām || 131 ||

viśṛṅkhaleṣṭadāṃ cāpi māmudārāṃ vidurbudhāḥ |
saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvamiṣṭaṃ prayacchati || 132 ||

tanomi pañca kṛtyāni tāye ca jagadātmanā |
tāṃ māṃ tāmiti tattvajñāḥ prāhurvedāntapāragāḥ || 133 ||

pa~cākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastanoti śubhavistṛtim |
prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ caiva nayāmi svena tejasā || 134 ||

kālāccāpi bahirbhūtvā padmanemīṃ tato viduḥ |
saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvasaṃpatsamṛddhidaḥ || 135 ||

ādityaṃ varṇayāmyekā tejasā yaśasā śriyā |
ādityasthā ca varṇātmā bhūtvā divyā trayīmayī || 136 ||

prakāśayantī sarvārthānatītānāgatānapi |
pitṛdevamanuṣyāṇāṃ cakṣurasmi sanātanam || 137 ||

ādibhūtaśca varṇo me tāraḥ prathamavācakaḥ |
tatra śāntoditānandā nandāmyātmānamātmanā || 138 ||

tailadhārāvadacchinnā dīrghaghaṇṭāninādinī |
praṇavasya śikhā sūkṣmā sā me śabdamayī tanuḥ || 139 ||

tatra brahmaṇi niṣṇāto māṃ drāgadhigamiṣyati |
ādityavarṇajātaṃ me śabdamayyā upasthitam || 140 ||

śāntāpaśyādirūpeṇa vaikharī varṇanādinī |
duhānā sakalānarthān dhenuḥ kāmadughā sthitā || 141 ||

etānādityavarṇeti mayyarthānṛṣayo viduḥ |
navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmaprapūrakaḥ || 142 ||

kirantī kiraṇān loke kirantī cottarottaram |
vāyunā devamitreṇa maṇinādhāravahninā || 143 ||

śanairviśramya viśramya patreṣu jalajanmanām |
dvādaśānāṃ tataścordhvaṃ bhajāmi dvādaśāntimam || 144 ||

kīrtayanti tataḥ kīrtiṃ munayo māṃ manīṣiṇaḥ |
pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro yogavaimalyadāyakaḥ || 145 ||

ṛddhāsmyahaṃ guṇaiviṣṇorardhayāmi ca yoginaḥ |
patreṣu yogapadmānāmādhārāntaracāriṇām || 146 ||

uttarottaramṛdhyāmi bhajantī vistṛtiṃ parām |
ṛddhiṃ vṛddhāstataḥ prāhuryogino yogadīpinīm || 147 ||

gandhādayaḥ pṛthivyādyā dvārāṇi mama vedane |
sarveṣāṃ puṇyagandhānāṃ dvārabhūtāsmi śāśvatī || 148 ||

gandhadvāreti māṃ prāhurviprā vedāntapāragāḥ |
durādharṣāsmi sarveṣāṃ daityadānavarakṣasām || 149 ||

śuddhā saṃvit kriyā cāhaṃ nārhā kairapi bādhitum |
sarveṣāmātmabhūtāyā mama saṃvitkriyātmanaḥ || 150 ||

jñātṛtvamapi kartṛtvaṃ yo nāmāpaninīṣati |
jñātvā kartā niṣedhasya sa nirvakṣyati tat katham || 151 ||

śakto dharṣayituṃ kaścinnaiva saṃvidgatiṃ mama |
tadabhāvā vicintyaivaṃ hyabhāve saṃvideva sā || 152 ||

durādharṣeti māṃ prāhuḥ sāṃkhyajñānavicakṣaṇāḥ |
aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantrastamogativimocanaḥ || 153 ||

nityena viṣṇunā puṣṭā nityaṃ puṣṭā ca sadguṇaiḥ |
viṣayairme vinā puṣṭā nityaṃ saṃvit parā tanuḥ || 154 ||

saiva puṣṇāti viṣayānajaḍābhirjaḍātmanaḥ |
nityapuṣṭāṃ tu māṃ prāhuḥ siddhāḥ saṃvidvicakṣaṇāḥ || 155 ||

aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro nityaṃ puṣṇāti saṃvidam |
kariṇo nāma kartārastriśuddhāstrikriyāparāḥ || 156 ||

tānicchāmi sadā draṣṭuṃ manasā yāmi tān sadā |
himaśailendrasaṃkāśā gajendrā mama vāhanāḥ || 157 ||

tairīśvarā sadā yāmi kartrī cāntavatī sadā |
karīṣiṇīti māṃ tena tattvajñāḥ saṃpracakṣate || 158 ||

saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhidaḥ |
bhūtānāmīśvarā cāsmi priyeṇeśena sarvadā || 159 ||

varadā bhuvaneśānā vanitā ca sadākhilaiḥ |
vṛddhidā vardhamānā ca kṣapaṇī ca sadāṃhasām || 160 ||

īśvarītyeva me nāma tena vede nirūpitam |
ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvaiśvaryasamṛddhidaḥ || 161 ||

bhaumāntarikṣadivyākhyā ye cāpyaprākṛtāḥ pare |
sadānandamayāstvete sarve kāmā mayi śritāḥ || 162 ||

manorathānāṃ sarveṣāṃ parāhaṃ vibhramasthalī |
viṣṇośca manasaḥ kāmaḥ sāhaṃ sarvātiśāyinī || 163 ||

manasaḥ kāma ityeva tena māṃ tuṣṭuvuḥ surāḥ |
navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakāmasamṛddhidaḥ || 164 ||

laukikyo'pyatha vaidikyastathā vāhyāgamodbhavāḥ |
nirghoṣā ghoṣavatyaśca yā vācaḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 165 ||

māmabhipretya sarvāsāṃ tāsāmuccāraṇakriyā |
māmabhiprayate sarvo janaḥ sarvātmanā sthitām || 166 ||

tena tena prakāreṇa vācāmuccāraṇakrame |
ākūtirvacasāṃ tena vedajñairasmi bhāvitā || 167 ||

aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvaśabdārthasiddhidaḥ |
sacca tyacca jagad dvedhā yat pramāṇena dṛśyate || 168 ||

tat sarvamahamasmīti satyaṃ māmṛṣayo'bruvan |
ṣaḍa"kṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvasatyaphalapradaḥ || 169 ||

paśyanti paśavo jīvā vidhābhistisṛbhiḥ sthitāḥ |
teṣāṃ rūpaṃ tu yacchakra caitanyaṃ hayavarjitam || 170 ||

tadrūpamahamevāsmi cidghanānandarūpiṇī |
macchaktileśāste sarve jīvāścicchaktisaṃjñakāḥ || 171 ||

āgneyī yā hi macchaktiḥ sā hi jātā tathā tathā |
paśūnāṃ rūpamityevaṃ sāṃkhyā māṃ saṃpracakṣate || 172 ||

navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ samyagjñānaphalapradaḥ |
traiguṇyaṃ ṣaḍguṇotthaṃ ca dvidhānnaṃ parikīrtitam || 173 ||

traiguṇyamanubaddhānāmitareṣāmathetarat |
dvividhasyāpi cānnasya yadyaśo rūpamuttamam || 174 ||

tadahaṃ sarvabhūtātmā tattvajñaiḥ parikīrtitā |
prākṛtāprākṛtā bhogā macchaktipravijṛmbhitāḥ || 175 ||

somaśaktirmadīyā yā sā hi jātā tathā tathā |
annasya yaśa ityeva māṃ vidustattvacintakāḥ || 176 ||

navākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro bhogasarvasvadāyakaḥ |
mime ṣaḍadhvano vyagrā mīye mānaistathākhilaiḥ || 177 ||

mitiśca sarvamānānāṃ māti cāntarmamākhilam |
tārayāmi jagat sarvamapāraṃ bhavasāgaram || 178 ||

uttīrṇā sarvadoṣābdheḥ plave bhūteṣu cetasā |
plāvayāmi jagadviśvaṃ payasā meghatāṃ gatā || 179 ||

priyaṃ hitaṃ ca sarveṣāṃ cintayāmi karomi ca |
tena māṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ mātaraṃ yogino viduḥ || 180 ||

pañcākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvabhogasamṛddhidaḥ |
suṣumnā nāma yā nāḍī nāḍīcakrasya nāyikā || 181 ||

muktiyānaṃ mahāyānaṃ yogiyānamiti śrutā |
śaktiryā vaiṣṇavī sūkṣmā manmayī parikīrtitā || 182 ||

saṃkalpaviṣayaḥ sarvo yāmālambyāvatiṣṭhate |
ūrdhvaṃ cādhaśca yā bhittvā pratijīvaṃ vapurgatim || 83 ||

vyāptā paramamākāśaṃ sā suṣumneti gīyate |
muktaye'khilajīvānāṃ saṃsārākhilakhedinām || 184 ||

sāhaṃ suṣumnārūpeṇa varte deheṣu dehinām |
ā vastiśīrṣādā mūrdhnastasyāṃ śaktau puraṃdara || 185 ||

ādhārākhyāni padmāni dvātriṃśat saṃsthitāni vai |
padmānāṃ mālayā vyāptā tato'haṃ padmamālinī || 186 ||

prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ caiva kālaṃ caiva sanātanam |
dhārayāmi svarūpeṇa tato'haṃ padmamālinī || 187 ||

aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvakarmaphalapradaḥ |
poṣaṃ karomi sarveṣāṃ rūpeṇa yaśasā śriyā || 188 ||

puṣkaraṃ ca nayāmyekā kālākhyaṃ padmarūpakam |
tena puṣkariṇītyevamṛṣayo māṃ pracakṣate || 189 ||

saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvapoṣaphalapradaḥ |
iṣṭāsmi sarvadevānāṃ saṃgatā hariṇā sadā || 190 ||

dātrī ca sarvakāmānāmakhilasyāvalambanam |
māmālambyāvatiṣṭhante pradhānapuruṣādayaḥ || 191 ||

yaṣṭirityevamṛṣayo māṃ tataḥ saṃpracakṣate |
ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvayogaphalapradaḥ || 192 ||

piṅgalāsmi svayā bhāsā prataptakanakābhayā |
piṅgāya cāpyadāṃ pūrvaṃ yakṣeśāya mahāśriyam || 193 ||

yakṣeśo māṃ purā śakra piṅgaletyevamūcivān |
saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro yogatejaḥsamṛddhidaḥ || 194 ||

toṣayāmi guṇairviṣṇuṃ tuṣyāmi ca harerguṇaiḥ |
mayi tuṣṭiḥ samastānāmīḍitāyāṃ svakarmabhiḥ || 195 ||

tuṣṭirnirūpitā tena sāhaṃ yogābdhipāragaiḥ |
ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantro manaḥsaṃtoṣadāyakaḥ || 196 ||

suvarṇayāmi saṃsiddhānaparaṃ parameva vā |
anidaṃprathamā varṇāḥ śobhanā mama vācakāḥ || 197 ||

nityā sarasvatī bhūtvā śobhanaṃ varṇayāmyaham |
suvarṇeti tato vipraistattvajñaiḥ parikīrtitā || 198 ||

saptākṣaro hyayaṃ mantraḥ sarvasaṃpatsamṛddhidaḥ |
haimaṃ ca parvataṃ divyaṃ candrārkagrahapūritam || 199 ||

dhārayāmi dharā bhūtvā vedhasaḥ sthitisiddhaye |
tuṣṭāva māṃ purā tena viriñco hemamālinīm || 200 ||

aṣṭākṣaro hyayaṃ mantro mānavānāṃ dhṛtipradaḥ |
hitāya sarvajīvānāṃ prasūye tattvapaddhatim || 201 ||

ramayāmi punastatra bhuktyā muktyā yathārhataḥ |
niyacchāmi tathā kālaiḥ sajīvāṃ tattvapaddhatim || 202 ||

sūribhyaśca hitā nityaṃ sūryarūpārkamaṇḍale |
sūryeti sūribhiḥ proktā tato'haṃ tattvacintakaiḥ || 203 ||

ṣaḍakṣaro hyayaṃ mantro bhogamokṣaphalapradaḥ |
iti nāmnāṃ tripañcāśat sūktasthānāṃ prakīrtitā || 204 ||

kṛtārthayanti māṃ prāpya dhīrāḥ svaiḥ svairabhīpsitaiḥ |
yadyapyeṣāṃ mayā proktā vyavasthā phalagocarā || 205 ||

na tāvadeva māhātmyameṣāṃ cintyaṃ vipaścitā |
ā mokṣānnirvicāreṇa sarvā sarvaphalapradā || 206 ||

nāmāvalī yato hyasyāḥ śrīrahaṃ devatā parā |
nakṣatrāṇi yathā vyomni yathā ratnāni vāridhau || 207 ||

vasudhāyāṃ yathā bhogā yathā kāmāḥ suradrume |
mahimāno yathā goṣu tejāṃsi brāhmaṇe yathā || 208 ||

yathānantā guṇā divyā devadeve janārdane |
mahimāno hyasīmānastathāsmin sūktake mama || 209 ||

yāvān hi bhagavān kālaḥ kalākāṣṭhādilakṣaṇaḥ |
tāvatā naiva śaknomi vaktuṃ sūktaguṇānaham || 210 ||

saiṣā vedavidāṃ niṣṭhā saiṣā tantravidāṃ gatiḥ māṃ prapadyeta satataṃ sūktenānena mānavaḥ || 211 ||

sūktārthamanusaṃsmṛtya ciraṃ sūktamadhītya ca |
labdhe cittaprasāde tu māṃ prapadyeta vai gatim || 212 ||

prapadyamāno māṃ nityaṃ devaṃ vā puruṣottamam |
ityevamanusaṃdadhyācchraddadhāno jitendriyaḥ || 213 ||

prātikūlyaṃ parityaktamānukūlyaṃ ca saṃśritam |
mayā sarveṣu bhūteṣu yathāśakti yathāmati || 214 ||

apāyebhyo nivṛtto'smi pātakebhyo bhavodadhau |
tathāpyatra pravṛttiryā tvatsmṛteḥ sāpi naśyatu || 215 ||

alasasyālpaśakteśca yathāvaccāvijānataḥ |
upāyāścoditāḥ śāstrairna me syustārakāstrayaḥ || 216 ||

tathāpyatra pravṛttiryā tvadājñāpālanaṃ tu tat |
tato'hamanupāyatvāt kṛpaṇo'kiṃcano'gatiḥ || 217 ||

chāyāmāśritya varte'haṃ tvadīyāṃ tāpahāriṇīm |
nirupādhiḥ svatantrā ca svāminī naḥ kṛpānidhiḥ || 218 ||

tvameva sarvaśāstreṣu śaraṇatvena gīyase |
ātmātmīyaṃ ca yatkiṃcid dustyajaṃ durbharaṃ matam || 219 ||

tat sarvaṃ tava vinyastaṃ śubhayoḥ pādapadmayoḥ |
upeyāyāstava prāptyai tvāmupāyaṃ tathā vṛṇe || 220 ||

upāyo bhava me devi śaraṇaṃ bhava me'mbuje |
pluṣya me duritaṃ sarvaṃ puṣya me tvadgatāṃdhiyam || 221 ||

ityevamanusaṃdhāya māṃ prapadyeta vai gatim |
ādidevaṃ jagannāthamīśaṃ vā puruṣottamam || 222 ||

paraṃ svastyayanaṃ śakra sarvālakṣmīnibarhaṇam |
śrāvayet karmakāleṣu matsūktasya vidhiṃ naraḥ || 223 ||

samarthayati karmāṇi śrotāraṃ poṣayatyuta |
nirṇudatyakhilāṃ māyāmalakṣmīṃ ca malaiḥ saha || 224 ||

etadabhyasyamānaṃ hi karmaṇā manasā girā |
trāyate mahataḥ pāpācchriyaṃ cāvahati dhruvam || 225 ||

iti te kathitaṃ śakra tantrametadanuttamam |
yatra sarvāṇi vartante vijñānāni vipaścitām || 226 ||

mokṣaśāstraṃ yathā śreṣṭhaṃ śāstrāṇāṃ vividhātmanām |
dvipadāṃ brāhmaṇaḥ śreṣṭho yathā gauśca catuṣpadām || 227 ||

lohānāṃ kanakaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ ratnānāṃ kaustubho yathā |
mātā śreṣṭhā gurūṇāṃ ca putraḥ pravadatāṃ yathā || 228 ||

indriyāṇāṃ manaḥ śreṣṭhaṃ calatāṃ ca marudyathā |
meruḥ śreṣṭho girīṇāṃ ca trisrotāḥ saritāṃ yathā || 229 ||

āśramāṇāṃ gṛhasthaśca vasiṣṭho japatāṃ yathā |
tattvānāṃ sarvasaṃnyāso dhīrlābhānāṃ yathottamā || 230 ||

tathottamamidaṃ tantraṃ tantrāṇāṃ tattvavādinām |
bhagavān vāsudevo'smin viṣṇurnārāyaṇo guruḥ || 231 ||

ahaṃ ca kīrtitau samyak svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ |
asyāṃ hi manmatau saktā viśuddhajñānaniścayāḥ || 232 ||

etāṃ niśreṇikāṃ gṛhya hyārohanti paraṃ padam |
tantrāṇāṃ paramaṃ tantraṃ mudritaṃ matsamākhyayā || 233 ||

nātratasnāyine deyaṃ na kṛtaghnāya vai tathā |
na cātantravide nityaṃ nāsūyādūṣitāya ca || 234 ||

nāvāsudevabhaktāya na cābhaktimate mayi |
deyametat suśīlāya susnātāya tapasvine || 235 ||

nirṇītavedatantrāya madbhaktāya viśeṣataḥ |
bhūyasīṃ vahate bhaktiṃ vāsudeve janārdane || 236 ||

śucivratāya dakṣāya sadanuṣṭhānaśīline |
etatte kathitaṃ sarvaṃ yatpṛṣṭāhamiha tvayā || prītāhaṃ tvayi deveśa kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 237 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantre śrīsūktaprabhāvaprakāśo nāma pañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

Zusatzteil – Lakshmitantroddhara / Tantrarthasamgraha

Die Edition führt diese zusätzlichen Kapitel aus einer weiteren Handschrift an.

Kapitel 51

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 51 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 51

[Textlücke: Nach Editionsvermerk fehlen am Anfang vermutlich ein oder zwei Verse.]

śakraḥ-

utpattipralayau caiṣāṃ phalaṃ caivāvadhāritam |
pratipattiviśeṣāśca yeṣu teṣu yathā tathā || 1 ||

nityāni pañca kṛtyāni kādācitkāni caiva te |
caryāpādakriyāpādau pādau ca jñānayogayoḥ || 2 ||

iti nānāvidhaṃ tantraṃ catuṣpādopabṛṃhitam |
purākṛtyā purākalpairitihāsaiśca saṃmitam || 3 ||

rahasyānekasaṃbhedaṃ nānāvākyopaśobhitam |
lakṣmītantrāhvayaṃ samyak sadyaḥ pratyāyakaṃ nṛṇām || 4 ||

mayā samāhitenaiva yathāvadavadhāritam |
asya vistṛtarūpatvāt samyakkālaviparyayāt || 5 ||

cetaso'lpavalatvācca yathāvannaiva bhāsate |
asmānmahārṇavāddevi tvajjñānaparipūritāt || 6 ||

sarvataḥ sāramuddhṛtya lokānāṃ hitakāmyayā |
tantrasaṃkṣepamākhyāhi namaste padmasaṃbhave || 7 ||

nāradaḥ-

iti saṃcoditā devī vatseneva payasvinī |
snihyatā manasā padmā pākaśāsanamabravīt || 8 ||

śrīḥ-

sādhu saṃbodhitā samyag vatsa vṛtraniṣūdan |
śṛṇu saṃkṣepamākhyāmi tantrādasmāt samuddhṛtam || 9 ||

ahaṃtā sarvabhūtānāmahamasmi sanātanī |
āroheṇāvaroheṇa viśvasiddhikarī smṛtā || 10 ||

paramaṃ yadahaṃtākhyaṃ turyātītaṃ taducyate |
paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ tu tat || 11 ||

na tatra pravibhāgo nau bhavadbhāvavyavasthitau |
unmeṣastatra yo nāma yathā candrodaye'mbudhau || 12 ||

ahaṃ nārāyaṇī śaktiḥ sisṛkṣālakṣaṇā tathā |
turyāvasthā ca sā me syāt pariṇāmodbhavātmikā || 13 ||

śuddhāśuddhamayo bhāvaḥ sarvo'pyantargatastadā |
vyūhāśca vibhavāścaiva tathā vyūhāntarādikāḥ || 14 ||

ayaṃ śuddhamayo bhāvo yaccānyadbhagavanmayam |
vyūhe ca vibhave caiva tathā vyūhāntarādike || 15 ||

suṣuptādyā avasthā me pratyekaṃ caivamunnayet |
avyaktamahadādyāśca tathā vaikārikaṃ jagat || 16 ||

śuddhetarastvayaṃ bhāvastisro'vasthāśca tatra vai |
pratyekamunnayeccaivaṃ tatra tatra divaspate || 17 ||

bhūte sthite ca vijñeyā daśā etāścaturvidhāḥ |
aparo'sti kramastvevaṃ śuddhāśuddhamaye'dhvani || 18 ||

pramātṛkaraṇajñeyeṣvāroheṣu madātmake |
śūnyaprāṇādibhedena kramānmātṛgaṇā daśa || 19 ||

karaṇaṃ dvividhaṃ viddhi bāhyamābhyantaraṃ tathā |
ubhayorapi tāvaddhi tūṣṇīṃbhāvādike krame || 20 ||

jñeyaṃ bahuvidhaṃ proktaṃ tatrāpyevaṃ samunnayet |
turyātītatvameteṣāṃ bhagavadbhāvavedanam || 21 ||

avaroho'yamuddiṣṭa ārohamapi me śṛṇu |
caramāṃ koṭimārabhya madanto'bhūdvyavasthitaḥ || 22 ||

ārohaḥ sa tu vijñeyaḥ śuddhāśuddhamaye'dhvani |
ārohamavarohaṃ ca saṃtataṃ bhāvayannaraḥ || 23 ||

maccitto madgataprāṇo madbhāvaṃ samupāśnute |
ākārakāladeśānme paricchedo'sti naiva ca || 24 ||

mayaiva jñānarūpiṇyā vyāptāste pākaśāsana |
ātmabhittau jagat sarvamicchayonmīlayāmyaham || 25 ||

tadrūpatāratamyena grāhyagrāhakasaṃsthitiḥ |
vācyātmapariṇāmo'yaṃ leśataste pradarśitaḥ || 26 ||

vācakātmānamasya tvaṃ samāhitamanāḥ śṛṇu |
śuddhasaṃvinmayī pūrvaṃ vivarte prāṇarūpataḥ || 27 ||

tattatsthānaprasaṅgena vivarte śabdatastathā |
śāntā sūkṣmā tathā madhyā vaikharīti vivekinī || 28 ||

catūrūpaṃ catūrūpavāci vācyaṃ svanirmitam |
śāntā vivartamānāhaṃ prapadye sūkṣmasaṃsthitim || 29 ||

śaktirnāda iti dvedhā sūkṣmarūpavyavasthitiḥ |
sūkṣmā vivartamānāhaṃ prapadye madhyamāṃ sthitim || 30 ||

bindusaṃskārasaṃpattiḥ sāvasthākṣarasaṃtateḥ |
madhyā vivartamānāhaṃ prapadye vaikharīsthitim || 31 ||

pañcāśadādibhedena sāvasthākṣarasaṃtateḥ |
ārohamavarohaṃ ca saṃtataṃ bhāvayannimau |
śabdabrahmaṇi niṣṇātaḥ śabdātītaṃ prapadyate || 32 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe ekapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 52

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 52 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 52

śrīḥ-

atha mantramayaṃ mārgaṃ śṛṇu vatsa puraṃdara |
prakāśānandarūpāhaṃ pūrṇāhaṃtā hareraham || 1 ||

mantramāteti māṃ viddhi prāṇākhyāṃ śuddhacinmayīm |
udyanti matta evaite yānti cāstaṃ mayi dhruvam || 2 ||

ahaṃ ca valameteṣāṃ madrūpatvaṃ vidanti te |
ekadhā ca dvidhā caiva tridhā caivāhamūrjitā || 3 ||

caturdhā pañcadhā ṣoḍhā saptadhā cāṣṭadhā tathā |
tathā ṣoḍaśadhā caiva pañcaviṃśatidhā tathā || 4 ||

pañcāśaddhā punaścaiva punaścāhaṃ triṣaṣṭidhā |
udemi bahudhā caiva cintāmaṇiriveśvarī || 5 ||

svarāśca vyañjanāścaiva svaravyañjanasaṃhatiḥ |
akṣarāṇi padānyevaṃ vākyaprakaraṇaiḥ saha || 6 ||

āhnikādhyāyayoścaiva śāstratantravyavasthitiḥ |
āgamā bahudhā caiva bāhyābāhyavyavasthitiḥ || 7 ||

laukikā vaidikāścaivaṃ bhāṣāśca vividhāstathā |
mantrarūpamidaṃ viddhi sarvaṃ madrūpavedinām || 8 ||

bhāvanātāratamyena grāhyagrāhakasaṃsthitiḥ |
āsattiviprakarṣau ca bhāvanātāratamyataḥ || 9 ||

bījaṃ piṇḍaṃ padaṃ saṃjñetyevaṃ mantrāścaturvidhāḥ |
teṣāṃ pradhānato viddhi pañca ratnāni vāsava || 10 ||

matsūkte tāni bījāni dadhni sarpirivāhitam |
sūryasomāgnikhaṇḍotthaṃ nādavat pākaśāsana || 11 ||

yadatra sūryarūpaṃ tajjāgratpadamudāhṛtam |
vahniḥ svāpnaṃ suṣuptiśca somo māyā parāhvayā || 12 ||

khaṇḍaṃ yadindukhaṇḍākhyaṃ turyaṃ nādastataḥ param |
śaktiḥ śāntātmikāvasthā nādasyaiva tu saṃsthitiḥ || 13 ||

tataḥ paraṃ tu yad brahma lakṣmīnārāyaṇaṃ tu tat |
svarāṇāṃ ṣaṭcatuḥṣaṭkaṃ sūryāgnīndusamudgatam || 14 ||

śeṣāḥ varṇāḥ svarotpannā itīyaṃ varṇasaṃsthitiḥ |
itīdaṃ paramaṃ bījaṃ sarvakāmaphalapradam || 15 ||

putradaṃ putrakāmānāṃ rājyakāmasya rājyadam |
bhūtidaṃ bhūtikāmānāṃ mokṣakāmasya mokṣadam || 16 ||

vidhvaṃsayati śatrūṃścāpyākarṣayati vāñchitam |
cintāmaṇiridaṃ nāma naiva cintāmaṇirmaṇiḥ || 17 ||

tasyaiva cānugaṃ bījaṃ śakādyaṃ sarvakāmadam |
yugmairmāyākṣarādeśairādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 18 ||

aṅgakḷptiriyaṃ kāryā jātimudrāsamanvitā |
śiṣṭabījacatuṣkasyāpyevameva vyavasthitiḥ || 19 ||

pūrṇāhaṃtāsamāveśādādibījasamanvayāt |
nānāvidho mantragaṇo madīyatvaṃ prapadyate |
20 ||

mantrāṇāṃ devatā yā sā sā macchaktyadhiniṣṭhitā |
madbhāvabhāvinī caiva tasmāddhyeyāsmi tatra vai || 21 ||

tāṃ tāṃ vai devatāṃ tatra nārīrūpāmanusmaret |
tattadvarṇāyudhākārabhūṣaṇādisamanvitāḥ || 22 ||

madīyatvaṃ samāsādya tāḥ śīghraphaladāstathā |
iti te mantramārgo'yaṃ leśataḥ śakra varṇitaḥ || 23 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe dvipañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 53

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 53 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 53

śrīḥ-

kriyāpādaṃ pravakṣyāmi saṃkṣepeṇa puraṃdara |
paricyutamalaḥ snāto yathāvacchāstradarśanāt || 1 ||

ekāntaṃ sthānamāsādya sthānaśuddhipuraḥsaram |
jñānabhāvanayā śakra bhūtaśuddhiṃ samācaret || 2 ||

pṛthivyādi prakṛtyantaṃ yat prakṛtyaṣṭakaṃ viduḥ |
sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tatra rūpadvayaṃ smṛtam || 3 ||

cakṣurgocarasaṃsthānaṃ sthūlarūpaṃ tu varṇyate |
kāraṇākāratā tatra sūkṣmaṃ tanmātramucyate || 4 ||

sthūlasūkṣmavibhedena tattvametad dviraṣṭakam |
viṣayendriyavṛttīstu tatra tatra niveśayet || 5 ||

upasthaghrāṇagandhādipañcakeṣu trayaṃ trayam |
pṛthivyādimahābhūtapañcakaistatkramānnayet || 6 ||

mano'bhimāna ityetadahaṃkāre śamaṃ nayet |
prāṇamadhyavasāyaṃ ca buddhitattve nigūhayet || 7 ||

sattvaṃ rajastamaścāpi mūlāvyakte śamaṃ nayet |
dviraṣṭake tu varge'smin mūlāṣṭakamanusmaret || 8 ||

tattatsaṃjñā dhruvādyā huṃphaḍantāḥ pākaśāsana |
māṃsaṃ medastathāsṛk ca reto vyomākṣaratrayam || 9 ||

paraṃ paraṃ binduyutaṃ sūkṣmāṣṭakamanusmaret |
asmin bījāṣṭake māyāmindukhaṇḍena saṃyutām || 10 ||

mantrānimān vijānīyācchaktyaṣṭakagatān budhaḥ |
nivṛttiśca pratiṣṭhā ca vidyā śāntistathaiva ca || 11 ||

śāntyatītābhimānā ca prāṇā guṇavatī tathā |
pṛthivyādiprakṛtyantāḥ śaktīretāḥ smared budhaḥ || 12 ||

bījāṣṭake tu tatraiva vahnimāyārdhacandrakān |
saṃyojya mantrān jānīyādadhiṣṭhātṛgatānimān || 13 ||

kālāgnyarkasahasrābhāṃ nirdhūmāṅgārasaṃnibhām |
māṃ smṛtvā manmukhotthena vahninā nirdahed bhuvam || 14 ||

somāyutābhamadvaktrajena siñcettathāmbunā |
sthānaśuddhirbhavedevaṃ bhūtaśuddhimataḥ śṛṇu || 15 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe tripañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 54

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 54 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 54

śrīḥ-

caturaśrāṃ samāṃ pītāṃ vajracihnāṃ vasuṃdharām |
mantreṇākṛṣya dehāntaḥ svasthāne ca layaṃ nayet || 1 ||

gandhamātre tatastacca svabījenāstamānayet |
svabījena nivṛttau tāṃ svamantreṇāstamānayet || 2 ||

mayyadhiṣṭhānabhūtāyāṃ māṃ ca bāhye'mbhasi kṣipet |
mantreṇārdhendusaṃkāśaṃ padmāṅkaṃ tacca dehataḥ || 3 ||

svasthānasthaṃ layaṃ nītvā rasamātre svamantrataḥ |
mantreṇa tatpratiṣṭhāyāṃ tacca mayyānayellayam || 4 ||

māṃ ca vahnimanāvṛttyā prakṛtyā ca tataḥ kramāt |
sarvatra naikaṃ budhyeta macchaktervilayaṃ budhaḥ || 5 ||

yathā hi sarpirāsiñcet kṣīre tanmathanodbhavam |
sarpiranyatra ca kṣīre tatsarpirapi cānyakam || 6 ||

evamā prakṛteḥ śaktimadhiṣṭhātrīṃ smared budhaḥ |
evaṃ māṃ paramāṃ śaktiṃ śaktisaptakasaṃyutām || 7 ||

dvādaśāntāntamunnīya mantramayyāṃ mayi kṣipet |
agnīṣomārkakoṭyābhā sarvato'kṣiśiromukhī || 8 ||

sarvajīvopakārāya sā me mantramayī tanuḥ |

śakraḥ-

kāni sthānāni dehe'smin yatra kāryo layaḥkramāt || 9 ||

kīdṛśāni ca bimbāni bhūrādīnāṃ vadāmbuje |

śrīḥ-

ā jānuto bhuvaḥ sthānamā kaṭyāḥ payasaḥ smṛtam || 10 ||

ā nābhestejasaḥ sthānaṃ vāyoḥ sthānaṃ tadā hṛdaḥ |
ā kaṇṭhānnabhasaḥ sthānamā bilāccāpyahaṃkṛteḥ || 11 ||

ā bhruvormahataḥ sthānamākāśe tu paraṃ smṛtam |
caturaśraṃ bhavedbimbaṃ vajrāṅkaṃ pārthivaṃ mahat || 12 ||

ardhendusadṛśaṃ śuklaṃ padmāṅkaṃ payasaḥ smṛtam |
trikoṇaṃ svastikāṅkaṃ ca raktaṃ tejasa ucyate || 13 ||

dhūmraṃ ṣaḍbindusaṃyuktaṃ vṛttaṃ vāyavyamucyate |
añjanābhaṃ tathākāśaṃ bimbamātraṃ smṛtaṃ padam || 14 ||

evaṃ tattvopasaṃhāre kṛte hṛtkoṭarodgatam |
jñānarajjvavalambaṃ ca suṣumnāmadhyamārgagam || 15 ||

ūrdhvamātmana unnīya śaktisopānapaṅktibhiḥ |
dvādaśāntaṃ mahāpadmamadhyasthāyāṃ mayi kṣipet || 16 ||

dvādaśāntaṃ mahāpadmaṃ sahasradalasaṃyutam |
sūryakoṭisahasrābhamindukoṭyayutaprabham ||17 ||

agnīṣomadvayāntaḥsthā mahānandamayī tanuḥ |
anirdeśyopamā saṃvinmāyā sā māmikā tanuḥ || 18 ||

aṃśataḥ prasarantyasyā jīvānandā saridvarā |
svānandamenamānīya mahānandamayīṃ nayet || 19 ||

tato lavaṇakūṭābhaṃ piṇḍamasmanmukhodgataiḥ |
mahājvālāvalījālaiścinmayaiḥ parito dahet || 20 ||

raktatāmarasaḥ ṣaṣṭho bindumān dehapāvakaḥ |
somamayyā mamāsyotthaiḥ pīyūṣaiḥ plāvayettataḥ || 21 ||

sisṛkṣāyā mamodyantyā saṃvitprāṇopagūḍhayā |
preritāstāḥ smarecchaktīrmantramayyāṃ tanau sthitāḥ || 22 ||

tatastābhiḥ svaśaktībhiścodanadvārapūrvakam |
prakṛtyādi viśeṣāntaṃ nirmitaṃ saṃsmaret kramāt || 23 ||

tataḥ piṇḍasamutpattiṃ kāraṇavyañjanojjvalam |
evaṃ piṇḍaṃ samutpādya śuddhalakṣmīmayaṃ mahat || 24 ||

pūrvoktagatimārgeṇa vyutkrameṇānayeddhṛdi |
mahānandāt svamātmānaṃ saṃvidānandalakṣaṇam || 25 ||

tataḥ karaśarīreṣu mantranyāsaṃ samācaret |
aṅguṣṭhādikaniṣṭhāntamaṅgulīstheṣu parvasu || 26 ||

talayoḥ pṛṣṭhayoścaiva karayorubhayorapi |
nābhitaścāṅghriparyantaṃ nābherā mūrdhatastathā || 27 ||

nyasya saṃdhiṣu madbījaṃ hṛdādyaṅgāni ca nyaset |
punarhṛdādiṣaṭkena nābhipṛṣṭhakaroruṣu || 28 ||

jaṅghāpadośca jñānādi ṣāḍguṇyaṃ vinyased budhaḥ |

evamutpādite dehe śuddhe lakṣmīmaye śubhe |
ādhāraṣaṭkavinyāsaṃ jñānadṛṣṭyā samācaret || 29 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre tantrārthasaṃgrahe catuṣpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

Kapitel 55

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 55 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 55

śrīḥ-

ādhārān saṃpravakṣyāmi śṛṇu tvaṃ pākaśāsana |
atha meḍhrāntare meḍhre nābhimadhye dhanādhipa || 1 ||

hṛdi kūpe bhruvormadhye ṣaṭ padmāni smared budhaḥ |
vedai rasaiḥ prajānāthairarkaiścaiva vikārakaiḥ || 2 ||

aśvibhyāṃ ca dalairyuktān sūryakoṭisamaprabhān |
kāditāntaiḥ svaraiḥ sūryavarṇāntābhyāṃ ca saṃyutān || 3 ||

paṅkajeṣveṣu māṃ devīṃ ratnadīpākṛtiṃ smaret |
yatra yatra bhavedvāñchā tatrastho yogamabhyaset || 4 ||

prathamādhāramārabhya dvādaśāntāmbujātatām |
ekāṃ dīpākṛtiṃ dhyāyeddehasthāmādikāṃ parām || 5 ||

kramotkramābhyāṃ smaratastāmimāṃ cinmayīṃ parām |
yadā layaṃ mano yāti sā sattā vaiṣṇavī parā || 6 ||

dehabanghe ca vāñchā ceddehaṃ tvaṃ māmakaṃ śṛṇu |
ekasmin hṛdaye toyaṃ māhendraṃ maṇḍapaṃ smaret || 7 ||

caturdvārayutaṃ tatra saṃsmared dvārapālikāḥ |
balākinīṃ puraḥ śyāmāṃ vanamālāṃ tathāpare || 8 ||

śvetāṃ vibhīṣikāṃ paścāduktavarṇāmanusmaret |
uttare śāṃkarīṃ śakra dhūmravarṇāmanusmaret || 9 ||

tatra maṇḍapamadhye tu sahasrādityasaṃnibham |
aṣṭapatraṃ smaret padmaṃ karṇikākesarojjvalam || 10 ||

pūrve dale vāsudevaṃ saṃkarṣaṃ caiva dakṣiṇe |
pradyumnaṃ paścime patre tvaniruddhamathottare || 11 ||

śaṅkhacakradharān sarvān vanamālāvibhūṣitān |
yugānusārikāntīṃśca smaredabhimukhān mama || 12 ||

gulguluṃ ca guruṇyaṃ ca madanaṃ śalalaṃ tathā |
gajendrān saṃsmaret koṇe sudhāṃ māmabhiṣiñcataḥ || 13 ||

karṇikābījamadhyasthāṃ sarvalokamaheśvarīm |
māṃ smarettaptahemābhāṃ paṅkajadvayadhāriṇīm || 14 ||

varadābhayahastāṃ ca sarvābharaṇabhūṣitām |
anirdeśyāmanaupamyāṃ viṣṇupatnīmaninditām || 15 ||

smitajyotsnānugairdivyairasitāpāṅgasaṃbhavaiḥ |
siñcantīṃ kiraṇaiḥ śītaistaptataptaṃ jagattrayam || 16 ||

utpādya jñānato bhogāṃstairyajet parameśvarīm |
brahmānandamayaiḥ samyaṅ manmayairdoṣavarjitaiḥ || 17 ||

yadvā nārāyaṇāṅkasthāṃ tatsaṅgāhlādabhūṣitām |
kareṇa dakṣiṇeneśamāśliṣyantīṃ nirantaram || 18 ||

pratipattistu kartavyā tadā vaimānikī tanau |
dāṃpatyaṃ datamīmāṃsyamāvayoḥ śrutigahvaram || 19 ||

bījasya sthāna

[Textlücke: Nach dem Fragment „bījasya sthāna“ fehlen nach Editionsvermerk etwa zwölf Handschriftenseiten: Ende von Kapitel 55, ganz Kapitel 56 und Anfang von Kapitel 57.]

Kapitel 56

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 56 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 56

[Textlücke: Das gesamte Kapitel fehlt in der Vorlage.]

Kapitel 57

Deutsche Übersetzung: Kapitel 57 · Sanskrit Devanagari: Kapitel 57

[Textlücke: Der Anfang dieses Kapitels fehlt. Die erhaltene Fassung setzt innerhalb eines Verses ein.]

śrīḥ-

• * * * * ko devaḥ sthitikartā ca bhāvagā |
  

trimūrtistvadhikā śaktirityayaṃ paramo japaḥ || 1 ||

śabdārthapravibhāgena dvidhā lakṣmīḥ pravartate |
śāntā paśyātha madhyā ca vaikharī ceti saṃjñayā || 2 ||

śabdonmeṣaścaturdhāyamarthonmeṣastathāvidhaḥ |
pratyastamitasaṃskārā svaravarṇādivarjitā || 3 ||

śābdī yā saṃsthitiḥ prācyā sā śāntā śāntasādhanā |
arthabodhakarūpaṃ yacchabdaśakterasaṃskṛtam || 4 ||

kevalo yaḥ samunmeṣaḥ paśyantī sā prakīrtitā |
arthabodhakarūpaṃ yat sa śabdaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 5 ||

na hiṃsayanti saṃskārā yadā madhyātha sā tadā |
evaṃ saṃskārasaṃpannā vikalpaśataśālinī || 6 ||

vividhaṃ ramate vaiṣu yato na prākṛtīṣvatha |
rūpaṃ śakalaśaḥ kṛtvā sthāneṣvaṣṭasu sā tadā || 7 ||

vaikharī nāma sā vācyā vividhaṃ vakti varṇinī |
śāntā nāma parā yā sā sarvatra samatāṃ gatā || 8 ||

koṭikoṭisahasrāṃśastasyā vāgatha madhyamā |
koṭikoṭisahasrāṃśastasyā vāgatha vaikharī || 9 ||

varṇāḥ padāni vākyāni trividhā vaikharīgatiḥ |
saṃkocaṃ kramaśo yāti seyaṃ varṇādivartmanā || 10 ||

iyaṃ caturvidhā śaktiḥ pratilomānulomajā |
caturdhā sodayaṃ yāti śāntāpaśyādibhiḥ kramāt || 11 ||

caturdhāstamayaṃ yāti vaikharīmadhyamādibhiḥ |
vyaktā vyaktasamāvyaktā sā vijñeyā tridhā punaḥ || 12 ||

vyaktā prāṇiśarīrasthā yodetyastamupaiti ca |
vīṇāveṇumṛdaṅgādyairvyaktā tadvyajyate hi yā || 13 ||

vivakṣākaraṇodyogaiḥ prāṇibhiḥ sātha tatsamā |
marudāghaṭṭanāt sindhusaridgiridarīmukhaiḥ || 14 ||

vyajyate śabdaśaktiryā sā tvavyaktā samīritā |
udaye'stamaye cāsāṃ pūrvoktau vyutkramotkramau || 15 ||

vācyaṃ caturvidhaṃ jñeyaṃ śāntādipravibhāgavat |
evaṃ vyavasthitā śaktistāriketi nirūpaṇam || 16 ||

japo'sau madhyamo nāma parito varṇavarṇanam |
varṇarūpā ca śaktiryā yā ca saṃyogasaṃbhavā || 17 ||

śaktinaddhānuviddhā yā vivakṣāsaṃbhavā ca yā |
etacchakticatuṣkaṃ tadvinirṇayapuraḥsaram || 18 ||

arthādhyāsastu śabde yaścaramo'sau prakīrtitaḥ |
vācyaṃ buddhvā pṛthag buddhvā tāṃ tridhākārasaṃsthitām || 19 ||

tatsaṃbodho hi yo mantraiḥ sa japastu parāvaraḥ |
lakṣmītantre samuddiṣṭā tvagnīṣomamayī hi yā || 20 ||

tattadrūpamatikramya vācyavācakasaṃjñitam |
lakṣmīmayīṃ niśāṃ tīrtvā tārikārūparūpiṇīm || 21 ||

nistaraṅgamahānandasaṃvittārāmahodadhau |
viśodhya sakalān mantrāṃstadbhāvanyāsasaṃyutaḥ || 22 ||

tānupāsya tatastasyāṃ tattadāpyāyanojjvalān |
tatsāmānyaviśeṣābhyāṃ bhāvayenmantradevatām || 23 ||

tathā yukto japenmantrān nityo'yaṃ pūjito japaḥ |
tattacchāstroktasaṃsthānasaṃskārakramaśālinīḥ || 24 ||

taistairbhāvaiḥ sametāśca bhāvayanmantradevatāḥ |
japeta sarvadarśī yajjapo'yaṃ paramaḥ smṛtaḥ || 25 ||

nāradaḥ-

idaṃ rahasyaṃ paramaṃ nāpātre deyamityuta |
uktvā vidyudivākāśe sādarśanamupeyuṣī || 26 ||

vittaṃ prāpya paraṃ śakro mumude vigatajvaraḥ |

atriḥ-

ityuktvā bhagavān bhadre nārado virarāma ha || 27 ||

pūjitā puruhūtena subhagā śrīrvarānane |
indro'pi vismitaḥ śaśvadbrahmaṇaḥ sadanaṃ yayau || 28 ||

pṛṣṭaśca brahmaṇā tasmai provāca vidhivattadā |
brahmā prajāpatibhyaśca pṛṣṭaḥ provāca tattvavit || 29 ||

munayo nāradenātha śrāvitā malayācale |
aṅgirāḥ śrāvayāmāsa pāvakaṃ tantramuttamam || 30 ||

kātyāyanaṃ pāvakaśca sa ca gautamamāśrame |
gautamo'tha bharadvājaṃ sa ca gargaṃ mahāmunim || 31 ||

asitaṃ devalaṃ gargo jaigīṣavyaṃ muniṃ sa ca |
sa muniḥ śrāvayāmāsa pitṝn bheje'tha lobhajit || 32 ||

ekāñjanānānnapiko (?) mānasī duhitā ca yā |
sā sutaṃ śrāvayāmāsa pārāśaryaṃ mahāmunim || 33 ||

pārāśaryaḥ sutaṃ cāpi śukaṃ yoginamuttamam |
śrāvayāmāsa ca śukaḥ svarbhānvākhyaṃ prajāpatim || 34 ||

vasiṣṭho'rundhatīṃ prājñāṃ nāradasya śaśāsa sā |
tantraṃ lakṣmyāstataḥ prāpuryoginaḥ kapilādayaḥ || 35 ||

pārvatīṃ śrāvayāmāsa śaṃkaraścandraśekharaḥ |
hiraṇyagarbho yogānāṃ vaktā cāpi sarasvatīm || 36 ||

pativratā hi yā devyo devabrahmarṣiyoginām |
tāsāṃ pārāyaṇaṃ śaśvallakṣmītantramiti smṛtam || 37 ||

sakāśādbrahmaṇaḥ śrutvā mayā te kathitaṃ budhe |
iṣṭāsi me priyā ceti na kiṃcidavaśeṣitam || 38 ||

bhūyastvaṃ śṛṇu saṃkṣepamanasūye'nasūyayā |
śrutvā ca kuru yatnena rakṣa cāpyapramādinī || 39 ||

lakṣmīnārāyaṇākārā bhavitrī te manaḥsthitiḥ |
apāyān saṃparityajya pātakān bhavasāgare || 40 ||

daivādvā yadi vā mohādapāyasya pariplave |
bhajamānā tathā caiva lakṣmīnārāyaṇāvubhau || 41 ||

śaśvaccāśu kṛtān sarvānapāyān jahatī svayam |
alubdhā karaṇe teṣāṃ lokasaṃgrahaṇe ratā || 42 ||

ākiṃcanyaṃ samāropya buddhyaiva dṛḍhayā svayam |
sarvadā sarvadeśeṣu sarvāvasthāsu sarvathā || 43 ||

rakṣiṣyati hariḥ śrīmānāśritāniti niścayāt |
ātmātmīyaṃ paraṃ sarvaṃ nikṣipya śrīpateḥ pade || 44 ||

upāyaṃ vṛṇu lakṣmīśaṃ tamupeyaṃ vicintaya |
iti te sakalaṃ bhadre śāstraśāstrārthatatphalam || 45 ||

darśitaṃ paramaṃ tattvaṃ sāvadhānena cetasā |
sarahasyaṃ sasaṃkṣepaṃ lakṣmītantramidaṃ param || 46 ||

nāvāsudevabhaktāya tvayā deyaṃ kathaṃcana |
lakṣmīrlakṣmīpatiścaiva cetaso'napagāminau || 47 ||

yasya tasmai tvayā vācyaṃ yattadetadanuttamam |
nāstikānāṃ samīpe tu naivādhyeyamidaṃ bhavet || 48 ||

nāvratasnāyināṃ tadvanna mātāpitṛvidviṣām |
nānāśāstradviṣāṃ caiva na gurudveṣiṇāṃ tathā || 49 ||

dāṃpatyavidviṣāṃ caiva vanitāvidviṣāṃ tathā |
yo hi vedavratasnāto mātāpitṛgurupriyaḥ || 50 ||

anindakaśca śāstrāṇāṃ parāparavidhānavit |
āstikaḥ śraddadhānaśca lakṣmīlakṣmīpatipriyaḥ || 51 ||

kriyāyajñavibhāgajñastantrāntaravidhānavit |
sāṅgayogavidhānajñaḥ sarvaśāstrārthatattvavit || 52 ||

vedavedāṅgatattvajño vettā paśupatermatam |
ūhāpohavidhānajño mānatarkapadārthavit || 53 ||

sarvādhyātmikaśāstrārthatattvavit prāptumarhati |
oṃ namo vāsudevāya tasmai śrīryasya sā priyā || 54 ||

oṃ namo viṣṇupatnyai ca yasyā nārāyaṇaḥ priyaḥ |
namo nityānavadyāya jagataḥ sarvahetave |
jñānāya nistaraṅgāya lakṣmīnārāyaṇātmane || 55 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātrasāre lakṣmītantroddhāre (tantrārthasaṃgrahe) rahasyaśāstrārthasāro nāma saptapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

lakṣmītantraṃ samāptam

Zum weiteren Studium

Die deutsche Übersetzung und spirituelle Einführung findest du im Hauptartikel. Für die persönliche Vertiefung führen die 108 ausgewählten Verse und die Praxisanregungen vom Text zur Betrachtung. Der Werkvergleich verbindet diese Lehre mit Paushara Samhita, Jayakhya Samhita, Yogini Hridaya, Tantraloka und weiteren Schriften. Beim Studium der Mantralehre ist zwischen vollständig ausgeschriebenen Formeln und verschlüsselten Lautanweisungen zu unterscheiden.

Hauptartikel · Sanskrit IAST · Sanskrit Devanagari

Siehe auch

• Tantra Schriften
• Lakshmi
• Narayana
• Vishnu
• Vasudeva
• Pancharatra
• Shakti
• Sri Suktam
• Paushara Samhita
• Jayakhya Samhita
• Kularnava Tantra
• Tantraloka
• Vijnana Bhairava Tantra
• Yogini Hridaya
• Vamakeshvara Tantra
• Nitya Shodashikarnava
• Tripura Rahasya
• Dakshinamurti Samhita
• Kama Kala Vilasa

Seminare

Bhakti Yoga

23.10.2026 - 25.10.2026 Die Magie einer erfüllten Beziehung

Wie man einen Frosch zum Prinzen macht und umgekehrt. Basierend auf über 500 Jahren Weisheit werden dir sehr tiefe Missverständnisse zwischen Mann und…

Sadbhuja Dasa

23.10.2026 - 25.10.2026 Ein Wochenende mit den Göttern 2.0

Du wirst mitgenommen auf eine spannende Reise zu den Göttern. Die Götter werden lebendig durch die Geschichten, die erzählt werden. Du wirst erfahren…

Divya Jyoti van Neerbos

Mantras und Musik

18.10.2026 - 23.10.2026 Mantra Ferienwoche mit Gruppe Mudita

Eine Mantra Yoga Ferienwoche im schönen Allgäu zum Aufladen, Regenerieren und Verwöhnen mit der Gruppe Mudita. Das sind Menschen, die es ganz besonde…

Gruppe Mudita

23.10.2026 - 25.10.2026 Mantras & spirituelle Lieder auf Gitarre

Dieses Seminar ist für alle, die erste Erfahrung auf der Gitarre gemacht haben, und Spaß daran haben, zu Singen, zu musizieren, Neues zu lernen und zu…

Nancy Haywood

Meditation

18.10.2026 - 23.10.2026 Yoga und Meditation Intensiv-Praxis

Die Kernpraktiken des Yoga werden intensiv geübt: längere Meditation, ausgedehntes Mantra-Singen, Pranayama intensiv und meditative Yoga Asanas beflü…

Dana Oerding, Chamundi Wollweber

18.10.2026 - 23.10.2026 Shivalaya Meditationsretreat

Stille – Schweigen – Sein. In der Abgeschiedenheit des Shivalaya Retreatzentrums fühlst du dich dem Himmel ganz nah. Mit intensiver Meditations- un…

Swami Nirgunananda, Rukmini Keilbar

Sanskrit und Devanagari

06.01.2027 - 15.12.2027 Jahresgruppe Sanskrit - Lektüre der AMRITA SIDDHI 2 - online

Termine: 16x mittwochs: 06.01., 27.01., 17.02., 10.03., 31.03., 21.04., 12.05., 02.06., 23.06., 14.07., 08.09., 29.09., 20.10., 10.11., 01.12., 15.12.20…

Dr phil Oliver Hahn

09.04.2027 - 11.04.2027 Sanskrit Intensivwochenende

Du bist fasziniert vom Klang des Sanskrit und der tiefgehenden Wirkung der Wörter dieser uralten Sprache? Hast bereits Übersetzungen von Mantras oder …

Dr phil Oliver Hahn

Literatur

• Pandit V. Krishnamacharya (Hrsg.): Lakṣmītantra, mit Sanskrit-Glosse. Adyar Library and Research Center, Adyar 1959. Dies ist die in den verwendeten E-Texten bezeichnete Edition.

Textgrundlage und Hinweise zur Übersetzung

• Lakṣmītantra, herausgegeben mit Sanskrit-Glosse von Pandit V. Krishnamacharya, Adyar Library and Research Center, Adyar 1959; Angaben nach dem Dateikopf von Muktabodha M00206.
• Verwendeter Grundbestand: Muktabodha, lakSmItantra-M00206-IAST.txt und lakSmItantra-M00206-DEV.txt. Die E-Texte wurden von Mitarbeitenden des Muktabodha Indological Research Institute unter Leitung von Mark S. G. Dyczkowski erfasst. Die Datei nennt die Revisionen vom 5. April und 18. September 2010.
• Zusätzlich vorliegend: lakSmItantra-M00332-IAST.txt und lakSmItantra-M00332-DEV.txt, Revision vom 15. Dezember 2015. Die Hinweise auf die großen Lücken des Zusatzteils wurden zwischen den beiden IAST-Erfassungen verglichen; eine vollständige Kollation wurde nicht durchgeführt.
• Die Dateiköpfe weisen die elektronischen Texte als Creative Commons BY-NC 4.0 aus. Herkunft und Lizenzangabe sind bei Weiterverwendung zu erhalten. Die ursprünglichen Dateien enthalten auch Varianten und Sanskrit-Kommentare; die vorliegende Lesefassung trennt diese vom Grundtext und stellt keine neue kritische Edition dar.
• Seitenmarker und technische Dateiköpfe wurden entfernt; Verszählung, Sprecher und Kolophone bleiben erhalten. Eingeklammerte Varianten und erklärende Glossen wurden nicht in den laufenden Sanskritgrundtext übernommen. Die ungeänderten Quelldateien bleiben die Grundlage für deren Einsicht.
• Die Nummerierung der Quelle ist stellenweise fehlerhaft oder unvollständig, etwa 13.44 an der Position von 13.14, 32.117 an der Position von 32.65 und 50.83 an der Position von 50.183. 44.16 kommt zweimal vor; zwischen beiden Stellen steht der große Wortmantra mit längerer Prosa. Der letzte Vers von Kapitel 49 wurde in der Übersetzung als 49.149 zugeordnet. Kapitel 17 besitzt keinen eigenen erhaltenen Grundtextkolophon. Unnummerierte Verse sind erhalten. Die Sanskritartikel bewahren die Vorlagenzählung; nachvollziehbare redaktionelle Zuordnungen der Übersetzung werden ausdrücklich markiert.
• Die deutsche Übersetzung ist eine eigenständige textnahe Lesefassung. Unsichere Lesungen und Satzanschlüsse werden lokal bezeichnet, besonders bei verschlüsselten Lautanweisungen und im beschädigten Zusatzteil. Es erfolgte keine vollständige Kollation der beiden E-Text-Erfassungen und keine Herstellung eines kritischen Textes. Übernatürliche Wirkungszusagen, soziale Rangordnungen und Weitergabebeschränkungen werden als Aussagen der historischen Schrift wiedergegeben.
• Hauptteil: Kapitel 1–50. Zusatzteil: Kapitel 51–57 mit Lücken zu Beginn von 51, nach 55.19 und zu Beginn von 57; Kapitel 56 fehlt vollständig.

Weblinks

• Lakshmi im Yoga Vidya Wiki
• Muktabodha Indological Research Institute